NAVWEPS OP 2216 (VOLUME 1)
AIRCRAFT BOMBS, FUZES
AND
ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS
THIS PUBLICATION SUPERSEDES OP 988, 1050, 1087, 1234, 1280,
,343, 1531, 1548, 1585, 1884, 1903, 2307, AND 2559. OCL AV
24-45, AV31-45, AV32-45, AND AV2-46. OHI A12-45, AV22-43,
A 3-45 AND AVI-54. OMI V3-50. OML AV3-51. OTI AV7-43, AVI-45,
AN D AV6-45. NAVORDINST 8150.6, 8150.7, 8150.8, 8150.10,
8150.12, 8150.13, 8150.14, 8150.18, AN D 8150.20.
PUBLISHED BY DIRECTION OF
THE CHIEF OF THE BUREAU OF NAVAL W EAPONS
1 AUGUST 1960
CONTENTS
Chapter
1—
2—
GEN E RA L INFORM ATION
Scope ......................................... .....................
Purpose o f A ircraft Bombs ........................
Obsolescent Items ............... ............. ...........
Obsolete Items ...............................— .... —
Bomb Operation ............................................
Classification o f Bombs ......... — ...............
Classification o f Fuzes ------------------ ------Bomb Components ......................
Marking and Identification ------ M
Packaging .................................
Handling and Stowage .... ........................Disposal ......... ................................ — ............
Page
Chapter
2—
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-6
1-8
1-11
1-19
1-21
1-21
1-24
FUZES
Impact Nose Fuze AN-M 103A1, A N M139A1, and AN-M 140A1 ................... 2-1
Impact Nose Fuze AN-M 110A1 (obsoles­
cen t), AN-M 126, AN-M 126A1 (obso­
lescent), AN-M 158, and AN-M 159 ___ 2-7
Impact Nose Fuze AN -M k 219 (obsoles­
cent) Mods 3 and 4 .............
2-12
Impact Nose Fuze Mk 243 Mod 0 and Mk
244 Mod 1 ...........................
2-17
Mechanical Time Fuze AN-M 145A1 and
AN-M 146A1 ................
2-22
Mechanical Time Fuze, M155A1 ............. 2-30
VT Fuze, AN-M 166, AN-M 166E1, A N M166E3, AN-M 168, AN-M 168E1, A N M168E2, (T50E1, T50E4, T51E1, T91
-------obsolescent), and T93 ...................... 2-33
Impact Tail Fuze, AN-M 100A2, A N M101A2, AN-M102A2, M160, M161,
M162, M172, AN-M 175, M176, A N M177, AN-M 184, AN-M 185, AN-M 194,
and AN-M 195 .................
2-36
Impact Tail Fuze, AN-M 112, A N M112A1, AN-M 113, AN-M 113A1, A N M114, AN-M 114A1, AN-M 115, A N M116, AN-M 117, M178, M179, M180,
M181, M182 and M183 ........................... 2-43
Impact Tail Fuze, A N -M k 228 Mods 0
and 1, (obsolete) ...................................... 2-60
Impact Tail Fuze, AN-M k 247 Mod 0..... ......
Long-Delay Tail Fuze, AN-M 123, A N M123A1, AN-M 124, AN-M 124A1, and
AN-M125A1 ......
2-59
Long-Delay Tail Fuze, AN-M 132, A N M133, and AN-M134 ________________
2-68
FUZES (Contd)
Hydrostatic Tail Fuze, Type 1 AN-M k
230 Mods 4, 5, and 6, (obsolescent) .....
Multi-Position Fuze M157, AN-M173,
and AN-M 173A1 ................
Impact Side Fuze, M129 ............ .................
Time Side Fuze, M130 and M130A1 .......
Antidisturbance Side Fuze, M131 and
M131A1 __ _____M ......— ..... .................
3—
Page
2-77
2-83
2-89
2-93
2-97
BOMB COMPONENTS OTHER THAN
FUZES
Adapter-Booster M102A1 ---- ----------------- 3-1
Adapter-Booster M115A1 -----------------—
3-2
Adapter-Booster M117 ....... ........................ 3-3
Adapter-Booster T45E1 __ _____ ___ _____ 3—4
Adapter-Booster T46E4 .... ......................... 3-5
Auxiliary Booster Mk 1 Mod 0 ................. 3-6
Auxiliary Booster Mk 4 Mod 0 ..... ...... —
3-7
Burster M10 ........................... — ................. 3-8
Burster AN-M 12 ................... — ........- ....... 3-9
Burster AN -M 13 ............ — ......................... 3-10
Bursters AN-M 14, AN -M 15, and A N M16 ...... ............................ „ .... .................. 3-11
Burster AN -M 18 ..............
3-12
Burster AN-M 20 .............
3-13
Igniter A N -M 5 ................
3-14
Igniter A N -M 9 ................
3-15
Igniter M l5 .....................
3-16
Igniter AN-M 16 .............
3-18
Igniter M23 ......................
3-20
Practice Bomb Signal Mk 4 Mods 3 and 4 3-21
Practice Bomb Signal Mk 5 Mod 0 (Obso­
lete) ..................................
3-23
Practice Bomb Signal Mk 6 Mod 0 ......... 3-24
Practice Bomb Signal Mk 7 Mod 0 (obso­
lete) ...............................
3-26
Primer-Detonator M14 .............
3-28
Primer-Detonators M16 and M16A1 .....
3-30
4— ARM OR-PIERCING AND SEM I-AR­
M OR-PIERCING
BOMB
ASSEM ­
BLIES
2-65 1000-lb AP Bomb A N -M k 33 Mods 1, 2,
and 3 (obsolete) ......................................
1600-lb A P Bomb A N -M k 1 Mods 1, 2,
and 3 (obsolete) ............ .........................
500-lb SAP Bomb AN-M 58, AN-M58A1,
AN-M 58A2 (obsolete) ..... ......................
4-1
4-6
4-10
III
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Chapter
Page
4— ARMOR-PIERCING
AND
SEM I-AR­
MOR-PIERCING
BOMB
ASSEM ­
BLIES (Contd)
1000-lb SAP Bomb AN -M 59 (obsolete)
and AN-M 59A1 .................................. —- 4-14
2000-lb SAP Bomb M103 (obsolete) ........ 4-18
5—
GEN E RA L PURPOSE BOMB ASSEM ­
BLIES
100-lb GP Bomb AN-M 30A1 with Fin
Assembly AN-M 103A1 .................. - ......- 5-1
100-lb GP Bomb AN-M 30A1 with Fin
Assembly M135 .................. ...................... 5-5
250-lb GP Bomb AN-M 57A1 with Fin
Assembly AN-M 106A1
......... ........... 5-7
250-lb GP Bomb AN-M 57A1 with Fin
Assembly M126
........ ........................
5-11
500-lb GP Bomb AN-M 64A1 with Fin
Assembly AN-M 109A1 ................
5-12
500-lb GP Bomb AN-M 64A1 with Fin
Assembly M128A1 _........ ................. .......
5-16
1000-lb GP Bomb AN-M 65A1 with Fin
Assembly AN-M 113A1 ............................ 5-18
1000-lb GP Bomb AN-M 65A1 with Fin
Assembly M129
5-22
2000-lb GP Bomb AN-M 66A2 with Fin
Assembly AN-M 116A1 ..............
5-24
2000-lb GP Bomb AN-M 66A2 with Fin
Assembly M130 ___
5-29
250-lb Low Drag Bomb (G P) Mk 81
Mod 1 .................
5-31
500-lb Low Drag Bomb (G P ) Mk 82
Mod 1 .......................
5-35
1000-lb Low Drag Bomb (G P) Mk 83
Mod 3 .... ................
5-39
2000-lb Low Drag Bomb (G P) Mk 84
Mod 1 ...........
5-43
6—
A IR C R A F T DEPTH BOMB ASSEM ­
BLIES
350-lb A ircraft Depth Bomb A N -M k 54
Mods 0 and 1 (obsolete) .............. ....... 6-1
7—
FRAGM EN TATIO N
BOMB ASSEM ­
BLIES
4-Ib Frag Bomb M83 ..............................
7-1
20-lb Frag Bomb AN-M 41A1 _____
7-4
90-lb Frag Bomb M82 (Obsolescent) ..... 7-7
220-lb Frag Bomb AN-M 88 with Fin
Assembly AN-M 103A1
....
7-13
220-lb F rag Bomb AN -M 88 with Fin
Assembly M135 .............................
7-14
260-lb Frag Bomb AN-M 81 with Fin
Assembly AN-M103A1 ........ ...
____ 7-19
260-lb Frag Bomb AN-M 81 with Fin
Assembly M135
7-20
8— FRAGM EN TATIO N
BOMB
CLUS­
TERS AND AD A PTE RS
100-lb Frag Bomb Cluster AN-M 1A2
(obsolete) .............. ....................................
IV
8-1
Chapter
8—
9—
10—
11—
Page
FRAGMENTATION
BOMB
CLUS­
TERS AND ADAPTERS (Contd)
100-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M28A2 ............ 8-5
500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M26A2 (obso­
lete) _______________________
500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M27A1 (ob­
solete) ........................
8-14
500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M29A1 ........... 8-19
DEM OLITION BOMBS
750-lb Demolition Bomb M117 _________
3000-lb Demolition Bomb M118 ..................
8-9
9-1
9-5
CHEM ICAL
(G A S ), SMOKE, AND
IN C E N D IA R Y BOMB ASSEM BLIES
116-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb M70A1 .... 10-1
500-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb AN -M 78 . 10-4
1000-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb A N -M 79 .. 10-8
100-lb Smoke Bomb A N -M 47A 4
______ 10-12
100-lb Incendiary Bomb A N -M 47A 4
10-16
500-lb Incendiary Bomb AN -M 76 with
Fin Assembly AN-M 109A1 (Box-type)
(obsolescent) ...............................
500-lb Incendiary Bomb A N -M 76 with
Fin Assembly M128A1 (Conical) ____ 10-23
500-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 1 ..........
10-25
750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 0 . ......... 10-29
750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 0 with
Bomb Conversion Kit Mk 19 Mod 0 .... 10-34
750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 78 Mod 2 ........ .... 10-38
1000-lb Fire Bomb Mk 79 Mod 1 ..... ........ 10-42
PRACTICE BOMB A SSEM BLIES
3-lb Miniature Practice Bomb Mk 5 Mod
2 and 3 (obsolescent) ___________ ___ 11-1
3-lb Miniature Practice Bomb A N -M k 23
Mod 1 _________ ____ ______ _____ ______ 11-1
4.5-lb Miniature Practice Bomb Mk 43
Mod 1 (obsolete) ____ ___ ___ _________ 11-1
13-lb Miniature Practice Bomb Mk 19
Mods 0 and 1 (obsolescent) .... ...... .
11-5
5-lb Practice Bomb Mk 106 Mod 0 _____ 11-9
25-lb Practice Bomb Mk 76 Mods 0, 1,
and 2 (obsolescent)
............................... 11-12
56-lb Practice Bomb Mk 89 Mod 0 and 1 11-16
100-lb Practice Bomb Mk 15 Mods 2, 3,
and 4 _____ ____
_______ _________ 11-21
250-lb Practice Bomb Mk 86 Mod 0 and 1 11-29
500-lb Practice Bomb Mk 65 Mod 0 ........ 11-33
500-lb Practice Bomb Mk 87 Mod 0 ........ 11-38
1000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 66 Mod 0 ____ 11-42
1000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 88 Mod 0
11-47
2000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 67 Mod 0 ........ 11-51
2000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 104 Mod 0 _ 11-56
Practice Depth Bomb Mk 100 Mod 0
11-61
Practice Depth Bomb Mk 102 Mod 0 ...
11-76
12— S A F E T Y PRECAUTIO NS
.................. 12-1
IN DEX ..........................................................
1-1
10-19
ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure
Page
Figure
Page
1-0.
Frontispiece: Bombing Attack Deliv­
2-20. Impact Tail Fuze AN-M115, Cross
ered by Carrier A ircraft ..... .............. xii
Section .................................
2-21. Impact Tail Fuze AN -M k 228 ..........
2-50
1-1. Representative Bombs and Clusters — 1-4
2-22. Impact Tail Fuze A N -M k 228, Cross
1-2. Explosive Train ..............................-....... 1-7
Section ______
2-51
1-3. Arm ing Vanes ................ ......................... 1-9
2-23.
1-4.
Bomb Fuzing .....................
1-10 Impact Tail Fuze AN-M k 228, Indica­
tion o f Armed Condition
.............. 2-53
1-5. Arming Wires ---- ----- ------ ------------ ----- 1-12
1-6. Typical Cluster Adapters ......................
1-14 2-24. Tail Fuze A N -M k 247 Mod 0 ............. 2-55
2-25. Impact Tail Fuze A N -M k 247, Cross
1-7. Typical Box Fin Assemblies ....... —
1-15
Section .................................................. 2-56
1-8. Typical Conical Fin Assembly ..... .......
1-16
2-26. Long-Delay Tail Fuzes AN-M 123A1,
1-9. Typical Fin Locknuts .............................
1-17
AN-M 124A1, and AN-M 125A1 ...... 2-59
1-10. Fin Locking Web ..................—.............1-18
2-27. Long-Delay Tail Fuze AN-M 123A1,
1-11. Typical Suspension Band ....... ............
1-19
Cutaway View ......
2-60
1-12. Shipping Containers fo r Bombs -------- 1-22
2-28. Long-Delay Tail Fuze AN-M 123A1,
1 - 13. Shipping Containers fo r Bomb Fins
Details o f Operation ........................... 2-63
and Arming Wires ....................
1-23
2-29. Long-Delay Tail Fuzes AN-M 132,
2 - 1. Nose
Fuzes
AN-M 103A1,
ANAN-M 133, and AN-M 134 .............
2-68
M139A1, and AN-M 140A1 ________
2-1
2-30. Long-Delay Tail Fuze AN-M 132,
2-2. Impact Nose Fuze A N -M 103A1, Cross
Cross Section _________
2-70
Section ........ ........................... .............. 2-2
2-31. Long-Delay Tail Fuze AN-M 132, As
2-3.
Nose Fuzes AN-M 158 and AN-M 169 2-7
Shipped, Detail .............
2-71
2-4. Impact Nose Fuze AN-M 158, Cross
2-32. Long-Delay Tail Fuze AN-M132, De­
Section .................................................. 2-8
tails o f Operation
.....
2-72
2-5.
Nose Fuze A N -M k 219 ........................ 2-12
2-33. Hydrostatic Tail Fuze A N -M k 230
2-6. Impact Nose Fuze A N -M k 219, Cross
Mod 5 ......................
2-77
Section ..........
2-13
2-34. Hydrostatic Tail Fuze A N -M k 230,
2-7. Impact Nose Fuze A N -M k 219, De­
Cross Section .......
2-78
tails of Operation ................
2-14
2-35. Hydrostatic Tail Fuze AN -M k 230,
2-8. Nose Fuzes Mk 243 Mod 0 and Mk 244
Comparison o f Boosters ................
2-79
Mod 1 ......
2-17
2-36. Multi-Position Fuze M157, Exterior
2-9. Impact Nose Fuze Mk 244, Cross Sec­
View
.........................................
tion ______________ ______—...... ........ 2-18
2-37. Multi-Position Fuze AN-M173 ‘.1, E x­
2-10. Mechanical Time Nose Fuzes A N ....... ................................ 2-83
terior View
M145A1 and AN-M 146A1
2-22
2-38. Multi-Position Fuze M157, Cross Sec­
2-11. Mechanical Time Fuze AN-M 146A1,
tion . ...................................
Cutaway View, Unarmed
.....
2-23
2-39. Multi-Position
Fuze
AN-M173A1,
2-12. Mechanical Time Fuze AN-M 146A1,
Cross Section ..................................... 2-85
Cutaway View, Armed ...................... 2-24
2-40. Multi-Position Fuze M157, Installed
2-13. Mechanical Time Fuze AN-M146A1,
in Igniter M15 ......
. ............... 2-86
Details o f Firing-Pin Operation
2-26
2-41. Multi-Position Fuze -'N-M 173A1, In­
2-14. Mechanical Time Fuze M155A1, E x­
stalled in Igniter M23 ....._. .............
terior View ......
2-30
2-87
2-42. Side Fuze M129
..........................
2-89
2-15. Mechanical Time Fuze M155A1, Cross
Section ........ ..
........ „ ................... .. 2-31
2-43. Side Fuze M129, Cross Section and
Details of Operation
..............
2-90
2-16. V T Fuzes AN-M 166 and AN-M 168
2-33
2-44. Side Fuze M130A1
2-93
2-17. Tail Fuzes AN-M 100A2, AN-M 101A2,
2-45. Side Fuze M l30 \1, Cross Section
2-94
and AN-M 102A2
.... 2-36
2-18. Impact Tail Fuze AN-M 100A2, Cross
2-46. Side Fuze M131A1
2-97
Section ............ .
.... 2-38
2 - 47. Side Fuze M131A1, Cross Section and
2-19. Impact Tail Fuzes AN-M 115, A N Details o f Operation
.............
2-98
3— 1. Adapter-Booster M102A1 ............... 3-1
M116, and AN-M 117 ..................
2-44
V
2-45
2-83
2-84
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure
Page
Figure
5-1.
Adapter-Booster M115A1 ..... ....... ....... 3-2
Adapter-Booster M117 ..............-.......... 3-3
Adapter-Booster T45E1 ........ ............... 3-4
5-2.
Adapter-Booster T46E4
........ ........—. 3-5
Auxiliary Booster Mk 1 Mod 0 ........... 3-6
Auxiliary Booster Mk 4 Mod 0 —
3-7
5-3.
Burster M10 ............ ...... ......................... 3-8
Burster AN-M 12 ........................—
3-9
Burster AN-M 13 .......................
3-10
5-4.
Burster AN-M 14, AN-M 15, and A N M16 ......... ........................... - .... .........
3-11
5-5.
3-12. Burster AN-M 18 ...........................- ..... 3-12
3-13. Burster AN-M 20 .................................... 3-13
5-6.
3-14. Igniter AN -M 5 ............................... ........
3-14
3-15. Igniter AN -M 9 ................. ....... ............... 3-15
3-16. Igniter M15 .....................................
3-16
5-7.
3-17. Igniter AN-M16, Exterior V ie w -------- 3-18
3-18. Igniter M23 .............................................. 3-20
3-19. Practice Bomb Signal Mk 4 Mods 3
5-8.
and 4 ..... ................................................ 3-21
3-20. Practice Bomb Signal Mk 5 Mod 0
3-23
5-9.
3-21. Practice Bomb Signal Mk 6 Mod 0,
Assembled with Fuze ..... ......._.....3-24
3-22. Practice Bomb Signal Mk 7 Mod 0,
5-10.
Assembled with Fuze ............. ........
3-26
3-23. Primer-Detonator M14 .... ..................... 3-28
3 - 24. Primer-Detonator M16A1 .................
3-30
5—11.
4 - 1.1000-lb AP Bomb AN -M k 33 Mods 1,
2, and 3, Exterior View .......... ......... 4-1
4-2. 1000-lb AP Bomb AN -M k 33 Mods 1,
5-12.
2, and 3, Exploded View ...
4-2
4-3. 1000-lb AP Bomb A N -M k 33 Mods 1,
5-13.
2, and 3, Cutaway View ________...
4-3
4-4. 1600-lb AP Bomb AN-M k 1 Mods 1,
2, and 3, Exterior View _____ _____
4-6
5-14.
4-5. 1600-lb AP Bomb AN -M k 1 Mods 1,
2, and 3, Exploded View ...... .......
4-7
4-6. 1600-lb AP Bomb AN-M k 1 Mods 1,
5-15.
2, and 3, Cutaway View ....... ....... 4-8
4-7. 500-lb SAP Bomb AN-M 58A2, Exte­
rior View ......... ..................................
4-10
5-16.
4-8. 500-lb SAP Bomb AN-M 58A2, Ex­
4 -H
ploded View .................. ...................
5-17.
4-9. 500-lb SAP Bomb AN-M 58A2, Cut­
away View ......
4-12
4-10. 1000-lb SAP Bomb AN-M 59A1, Exte­
5-18.
rior View ............. ....... . ....
4-15
3-2.
3-3.
3-4.
3-5.
3-6.
3-7.
3-8.
3-9.
3-10.
3-11.
4-11. 1000-lb SAP Bomb AN-M 59A1, Ex­
ploded View ..... ...................................
4-12. 1000-lb SAP Bomb AN-M59A1, Cut­
away View .........
4-13. 2000-lb SAP Bomb M103, Exterior
View
........................... . .............
4-14. 2000-lb SAP Bomb M103, Exploded
View ..............................
4-15. 2000-lb SAP Bomb M103, Cutaway
View ......
4-15
4_16
4_i8
4-19
4_20
100-lb GP Bomb AN-M 30A1 with Fin
Assembly
AN-M 103A1, Exterior
View ...... .............................. —.......... ..
100-lb GP Bomb AN-M 30A1 with Fin
Assembly AN-M 103A1, Exploded
View ............................... —
—•
100-lb GP Bomb AN-M30A1 with Fin
Assembly AN-M 103A1, Cutaway
View ...... .........- ..................... — .....—
100-lb GP Bomb AN-M 30A1 with Fin
Assembly M135,Exploded View
250-lb GP Bomb AN-M 57A1 with Fin
Assembly
AN-M 106A1, Exterior
View ......... ............ ............... ......... .....
250-lb GP Bomb AN-M57A1 with Fin
Assembly AN-M 106A1, Exploded
View ....................................................
250-lb GP Bomb AN-M 57A1 with Fin
Assembly
AN-M106A1, Cutaway
View ....... ............................. ..... ....
250-lb GP Bomb AN-M57A1 with Fin
Assembly M126,Exploded View
500-lb GP Bomb AN-M 64A1 with Fin
Assembly
AN-M 109A1, Exterior
View -----500-lb GP Bomb AN-M 64A1 with Fin
Assembly AN-M109A1, Exploded
View ........
500-lb GP Bomb AN-M 64A1 with Fin
Assembly AN-M109A1, Cutaway
View .... ....... ................................ ...
500-lb GP Bomb AN-M 64A1 with Fin
Assembly M128A1,Exploded View
1000-lb GP Bomb AN-M 65A1 with
Fin Assembly AN-M 113A1, Exte­
rior View .....................
1000-lb GP Bomb AN-M 65A1 with
Fin Assembly AN-M 113A1, E x­
ploded View ..............
1000-lb GP Bomb AN-M65A1 with
Fin Assembly AN-M113A1, Cut­
away View ...................... ...
1000-lb GP Bomb AN-M 65A1 with
Fin Assembly M129, Exploded View
2000-lb GP Bomb AN-M 66A2 with
Fin Assembly AN-M116A1, Exte­
rior View
........ .................. ....... ..
2000-lb GP Bomb AN-M 66A2 with
Fin Assembly AN-M116A1, Ex­
ploded View ....................... ........... ......
5-19. 2000-lb GP Bomb AN-M 66A2 with
Fin Assembly AN-M 116A1, Cut­
away View
................... .... ....... .
5-20. 2000-lb GP Bomb AN-M 66A2 with
Fin Assembly M130, Exploded View
5-21. 250-lb Low-Drag Bomb (G P) Mk 81
Mod 1 (Mechanically Fuzed), Ex­
terior View ........................................
Page
5-2
5-2
5-4
5-5
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-11
5-13
5-14
5-15
5-16
5-19
5-20
5-21
5-22
5-25
5-26
5-27
5-29
5-31
IL L U ST R A T IO N S
Figure
Page
6-22. 250-lb Low-Drag Bomb (G P) Mk 81
Mod 1 (Mechanically Fuzed), Ex­
ploded View ---------------------5-23. 250-lb Low-Drag Bomb (G P) Mk 81
Mod 1 (Mechanically Fuzed), Cut­
away View ........ - ...........- ---------------- 5-33
5-24. 500-lb Low-Drag Bomb (G P) Mk 82
Mod 1 (Mechanically Fuzed), Exte­
rior View ....... - -........ — I 5-36
5-25. 600-lb Low-Drag Bomb (G P) Mk 82
Mod 1 (Mechanically Fuzed), Ex­
ploded View --------------------5-26. 500-lb Low-Drag Bomb (G P) Mk 82
Mod 1 (Mechanically Fuzed), Cut­
away View - ..... —--------------------5-27. 1000-lb Low-Drag Bomb (G P) Mk 83
Mod 3 (Mechanically Fuzed), Ex­
terior View _______ _____ ___ —.......
5-39
5-28. 1000-lb Low-Drag Bomb (G P) Mk 83
Mod 3 (Mechanically Fuzed), E x­
ploded View ....... ................................. 5—40
5- 29. 1000-lb Low-Drag Bomb (G P) Mk 83
Mod 3 (Mechanically Fuzed), Cut­
away View ...... ...........- ........................ 5—41
6 - 30. 2000-lb Low-Drag Bomb (G P) Mk 84
Mod 1 (Mechanically Fuzed), Exte­
rior View ....................................—....... 6-43
5-31. 2000-lb Low-Drag Bomb (G P) Mk 84
Mod 1 (Mechanically Fuzed), Ex­
ploded View ............. .......................... .
5—44
5- 32. 2000-lb Low-Drag Bomb (G P) Mk 84
Mod 1 (Mechanically Fuzed), Cut­
away View ................................... .... 5-45
6 - 1. 350-lb A ircraft Depth Bomb A N -M k
54 Mod 1, Exterior View ..... ......
6-2
6-2. 350-lb A ircraft Depth Bomb A N -M k
54 Mod 1, Exploded View
....
6-3
6 - 3. 350-lb A ircraft Depth Bomb A N -M k
54 Mod 1, Cutaway V ie w _________
6-4
7 - 1. 4-lb Frag Bomb M83, Exterior View 7-2
7-2. 4-lb Frag Bomb M83, Cutaway View 7-3
7-3. 20-lb F rag Bomb AN-M 41A1, Exte­
rior View .............................................. 7-4
7-4. 20-lb Frag Bomb AN-M 41A1, E x­
ploded View ___ _____________ _____ 7-5
7-6. 20-lb Frag Bomb AN-M 41A1, Cut­
away View ............................................ 7-5
7-6. 90-lb Frag Bomb M82, Exterior View 7-7
7-7. 90-lb F rag Bomb M82, Exploded View 7-8
7-8. 90-lb F rag Bomb M82, Cross Section 7-8
7-9. 220-lb Frag Bomb AN-M 88 with Fin
Assembly
AN-M103A1, Exterior
View .......................................... ..........
7-10
7-10. 220-lb Frag Bomb AN-M 88 with Fin
Assembly AN-M 103A1, Exploded
View ----------------- ----------- -------- ------ 7-10
7-11. 220-lb Frag Bomb AN-M 88 with Fin
Assembly AN-M103A1, Cutaway
View ______ ___ ___ ___ ______ ___ __7-12
Figure
Page
7-12. 220-lb Frag Bomb AN-M 88 with Fin
Assembly M135, Exploded View ..... 7-14
7-13. 260-lb Frag Bomb AN-M 81 with Fin
5-32
Assembly AN-M 103A1, Exterior
View ------- ------------------ ------------------ 7-17
7-14. 260-lb F rag Bomb AN-M81 with Fin
Assembly AN-M 103A1, Exploded
View ---- -------------------------- ------------- 7-17
7-15. 260-lb F rag Bomb AN-M 81 with Fin
Assembly AN-M 103A1, Cutaway
View _____ _____ ______ __ ______ __ 7-18
75-36
- 16. 260-lb Frag Bomb AN-M 81 with Fin
Assembly M135, Exploded View ...... 7-20
8 - 1. 100-lb Frag Bomb Cluster A N -M 1A 2 8-1
8-2. Cluster Adapter A N -M 1A3 ___ ___ —. 8-2
5-37
8-3. 100-lb Frag Bomb Cluster A N -M 1A2,
Perspective View .... .................— ..... 8—4
8—4. 100-lb F rag Bomb Cluster M28A2, Ex­
terior View ______ _____________ __ 8-5
8-5.
Cluster Adapter
M15A2...... .............. 8-6
8-6. 100-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M28A2,
Cutaway View --------- ------ --------------- 8-8
8-7. 500-lb Frag Bomb Ck-ster M26A2 ..... 8-9
8-8. Cluster Adapter AN-M 13A2
...... 8-10
8-9. 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M26A2,
Perspective View _____ ____ ______ 8-11
8-10. 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M27A1 .... . 8-14
8-11.
Cluster Adapter
M14A1............. ...... 8-15
8-12. 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M27A1,
Perspective View __
8-16
8-13. 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M29A1 ..... 8-19
8-14. 4-lb Frag Bomb M83 and W afer As­
sembly ---- ---------- --------------------------- 8-20
8 - 15. 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M29A1,
Cutaway View .........
8-21
9 - 1. 750-lb Demolition Bomb M117 (Me­
chanically Fuzed), Exterior View .... 9-1
9-2. 750-lb Demolition Bomb M117 (Me­
chanically Fuzed), Exploded View . 9-2
9-3. 750-lb Demolition Bomb M117 (Me­
chanically F uzed), Cutaway View .. 9-3
9-4. 3000-lb Demolition Bomb M118 (Me­
chanically Fuzed), Exterior View 9-6
9-5. 3000-lb Demolition Bomb M118 (Me­
chanically Fi’ zed), Exploded View .. 9-6
9-6. 3000-lb Demolition Bomb M118 (Me­
chanically Fuzed), Cutaway View _ 9-7
10-1. 115-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb M70A1,
Exterior View _____________ _______ 10-1
10-2. 115-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb M70A1,
Exploded View ___ _____________ __ 10-2
10-3. 115-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb M70A1,
Cutaway View
__________ _______ 10-3
10-4. 500-lb Chemical (Gas)
Bomb A N M78, Exterior View ........ ........ .......... 10-4
10-5. 500-lb Chemical (Gas)
Bomb A N M78, Exploded View __ _____ ______ 10-5
10-6. 500-lb Chemical (Gas)
Bomb A N M78, Cross Section ............__....... ...... 10-7
••
VII
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure
10-7.
Page
1000-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb A N M79, Exterior View ------- --------------- 10-9
10-8. 1000-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb A N M79, Exploded View ....... ................. 10-10
10-9. 1000-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb A N M79, Cross Section ............. ............... 10-11
10-10. 100-lb Smoke or Incendiary Bomb
AN-M 47A4, Exterior View ..... ....... 10-12
10-11. 100-lb Smoke or Incendiary Bomb
AN-M47A4, Exploded View ............ 10-13
10-12. 100-Ib Smoke or Incendiary Bomb
AN-M 47A4,Cutaway View ________ 10-14
10-13. 500-lb Incendiary Bomb AN -M 76 with
Fin Assembly AN-M 109A1, Exte­
rior View ........ - ..... - _______ ______ 10-20
10-14. 500-lb Incendiary Bomb AN-M 76 with
Fin Assembly AN-M 109A1, Ex­
ploded View
__
10-21
10-15. 500-Ib Incendiary Bomb AN-M 76 with
Fin Assembly AN-M 109A1, Cross
Section ______
10-22
10-16. 500-lb Incendiary Bomb AN-M 76 with
Fin Assembly M128A1, Exploded
View ___
10-23
10-17. 500-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 1, Ex­
terior View .............. ...... .................. 10-25
10-18. 500-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 1, Ex­
ploded View ___ ___ ____ __ _______ 10-26
10-19. 500-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 1, Cut­
10-27
away View __________________ ___ _
10-20. 760-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 0, Ex­
terior View .......... ..........................._.. 10-29
10-21. 750-Ib Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 0, Ex­
ploded View _________ _ ________
10-30
10-22. 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 0, As­
sembly Details ______ ______ _______ 10-31
10-23. 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 0, Cut­
away View ........................................... 10-32
10-24. 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 0 with
Bomb Conversion Kit Mk 19 Mod 0,
Exploded View ........ ........ .................. 10-34
10-25. 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 78 Mod 2, Ex­
terior View __ ____________ __ _____ 10-38
10-26. 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 78 Mod 2, Ex­
ploded View ...... ...... ............................ 10-39
10-27. 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 78 Mod 2, Cut­
away View
_____ ____ ___________ 10-40
10-28. 1000-lb Fire Bomb Mk 79 Md. 1, Ex­
terior View _________ _______ ____ 10-42
10-29. 1000-lb Fire Bomb Mk 79 Mod 1, E x­
ploded View ........................................ 10-43
10- 30. 1000-lb Fire Bomb Mk 79 Mod 1, Cut­
away View ........ .................................. 10-44
11- 1. 3-lb Miniature Practice Bomb AN -M k
23 Mod 1, Exterior View . ............
11-2
11-2. 3-lb Miniature Practice Bomb AN -M k
23 Mod 1, Exploded View ......... .
. 11-2
VIII
Figure
11-3.
11-4.
11-5.
11-6.
11—7.
11-8.
11-9.
11-10.
11-11.
11-12.
11-13.
11-14.
11-15.
11-16.
11-17.
11-18.
11-19.
11-20.
11-21.
11-22.
11-23.
11-24.
11-25.
11-26.
11-27.
11-28.
11-29.
11-30.
11-31.
Page
3-lb Miniature Practice Bomb A N -M k
23 Mod 1, Cutaway View and Detail
Showing Signal Mk 5 Mod 0 In­
stalled ....... ............................... ............ 11-3
13-lb Miniature Practice Bomb Mk 19
Mod 1, Exterior View ------------ ----—. 11-5
13-lb Miniature Practice Bomb Mk 19
Mod 1, Exploded View ...................... 11-6
13-lb Miniature Practice Bomb Mk 19
Mod 1, Cutaway View ..............—...... 11-7
5-lb Practice Bomb Mk 106 Mod 0,
Exterior View
.............. ..................... 11-9
5-lb Practice Bomb Mk 106 Mod 0, E x­
ploded View ...... —----- --------------------- 11-10
5-lb Practice Bomb Mk 106 Mod 0,
Cutaway View -----------11-10
25-lb Practice Bomb Mk 76 Mods ........ 11-12
56-lb Practice Bomb Mk 89 Mod 0, E x­
terior View .............
11-16
56-lb Practice Bomb Mk 89 Mod 0, Ex­
ploded View -------11-17
56-lb Practice Bomb Mk 89 Mod 1, E x­
11-18
ploded View ----56-lb Practice Bomb Mk 89 Mod 0,
Cutaway View --------------11-19
100-lb Practice Bomb Mk 15 Mods ___ 11-21
100-lb Practice Bomb Mk 15 Mod 3,
Exploded View .....
11-22
100-lb Practice Bomb Mk 15 Mod 4,
Exploded View _______ __ .....___ _ 11-23
100-lb Practice Bomb Mk 15 Mod 3,
Cutaway View ...... ............................... .11-24
100-lb Practice Bomb Mk 15 Mod 4,
Cutaway View ...............
11-26
250-lb Practice Bomb Mk 86 Mod 0,
Exterior View ...................
11-29
250-lb Practice Bomb Mk 86 Mod 0,
Exploded View ______ ___ __________ 11-30
250-lb Practice Bomb Mk 86 Mod 0,
Cutaway View ___ ___ ____ ____ __ _
11-31
500-lb Practice Bomb Mk 65 Mod 0,
Exterior View ___ ________ _________ 11-33
500-lb Practice Bomb Mk 65 Mod 0,
Exploded View _____
11-34
500-lb Practice Bomb Mk 65 Mod 0,
Cutaway View ......
11-36
500-lb Practice Bomb Mk 87 Mod 0,
Exterior View ...... .............................. . 11-38
500-lb Practice Bomb Mk 87 Mod 0,
Exploded View ........... ...................... 11-39
500-lb Practice Bomb Mk 87 Mod 0,
Cutaway View ____ __ ___ ____ ___ _ 11-40
1000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 66 Mod 0,
Exterior View ____ __ ________ __ _
11-43
1000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 66 Mod 0,
Exploded View .... ...... ....... ..... ........ 11-44
1000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 66 Mod 0,
Cutaway View ................ ..................... 11-45
IL L U ST R A T IO N S
Figure
11-32. 1000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 88 Mod 0,
Exterior View ___________ ________11-33. 1000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 88 Mod 0,
Exploded View ....................................
11-34. 1000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 88 Mod 0,
Cutaway View ........ ...........—...............
11-35. 200-lb Practice Bomb Mk 67 Mod 0,
Exterior View __________
11-36. 2000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 67 Mod 0,
Exploded View ____________
11 -37. 2000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 67 Mod 0,
Cutaway View .............
11-38. 2000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 104 Mod 0,
Exterior View ________ __ .....______
11-39. 2000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 104 Mod 0,
Exploded View .....
11-40. 2000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 104 Mod 0,
Cutaway View .......................................
11-41. Practice Depth Bomb Mk 100 Mod 0,
M ajor Components ................
11-42. Nose Section —...
11-43. Afterbody ..................
11-44. Parachute Pack Secured to Shroud
Ring .......— ......... .................................
Page
11-47
11-48
11-49
11-52
11-53
11-54
11-56
11-57
11-58
11-61
11-62
11-63
11-64
Figure
11-45. Parachute Bomb Marker Mk 17 Mod 0
and Wrench .....................................—
11-46. Marker Mounted on Nose o f Practice
Bomb ......
11-47. Adapter Bracket for Marker .................
11-48. Practice Bomb with Marker Mounted
on Adapter Bracket ........................
11-49. Lug Adapter Mounted on Forward
Suspension Lug ..................................
11-50. Weapon Response Simulator Mk 4
Mod 0 ...............................................— .
11-51. Weapon Response Simulator Mk 4
Mod 0, Schematic W iring Diagram
11-52. Parachute Static Line Replacement ....
11-53. Practice Depth Bomb Mk 102 Mod 0
11-54. Cutaway o f Assembled Practice Bomb
11-55. Manual Switch Mk 52 Mod 0, Installed
11-56. Weapon Connector Mk 22 Mod 0, In­
stalled .....
11-57. Manual Switch Mk 52 Mod 0 and
Arming Wrench
...........
11-58. Weapon Connector Mk 22 Mod 0 and
Adapter Plug ....................................
11-59. Schematic W iring Diagram Practice
Depth Bomb Mk 102 Mod 0 __ _____
Page
11-65
11-65
11-66
11-66
11-67
11-67
11-68
11-70
11-76
11-77
11-78
11-78
11-79
11-79
11-82
IX
SAFETY PRECAUTION
WARNING
For the protection of personnel handling aircraft bombs, fuzes, and
associated components, it is imperative that the reader be familiar with
the Safety Precautions contained in chapter 12.
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
aV
Figure 1-0.— Frontispiece: Bombing Attack Delivered by Carrier Aircraft.
x ii
Chapter 1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Scope
Ordnance Pamphlet 2216 (Volume 1) de­
scribes and illustrates aircraft bombs, fuzes,
and associated components, used by the
operating forces of the Navy. The text
includes information on identification, dif­
ferences in models, handling, safety proce­
dures, and assembling of components.
This publication is intended to provide
trained and authorized personnel with gen­
eral and specific information including de­
scription, identification, assembly, and use
of aircraft bombs, fuzes, and associated
components. As new items are developed
and accepted for use by the Naval Service,
changes to this publication will be issued.
Similarly, as items are removed from service
use, notices will be promulgated to remove
the applicable pages of the publication.
Suggestions for additions or changes are in­
vited from the users of this pamphlet;
address suggestions to NAVY DEPART­
MENT, Bureau of Naval Weapons, Wash­
ington 25, D.C.
To facilitate a wider dissemination of
information, classified material is included
in volume 2.
Specific information concerning installa­
tion or the releasing of bombs from air­
craft is not included.
Purpose of Aircraft Bombs
Aircraft bombs, figure 1-1, are used to
destroy installations, armament, and per­
sonnel, and to provide direct support of our
land and sea forces engaged in offensive or
defensive operations.
Obsolescent Items
The following material is obsolescent;
however, descriptive data are being retained
until disposition of all material is complete.
1. 90-lb Frag Bomb M82.
2. 500-lb Incendiary Bomb AN-M76.
3. 3-lb Miniature Practice Bomb Mk 5.
4. 13-lb Miniature Practice Bomb Mk
19.
5. 25-lb Practice Bomb Mk 76 Mod 0.
6. Impact Nose Fuze AN-M110A1.
7. Impact Nose Fuze AN-M126A1.
8. Impact Nose Fuze AN-M k 219.
9. Hydrostatic Tail Fuze AN-M k 230.
10. Mechanical Time Fuze T50E1.
11. Mechanical Time Fuze T50E4.
12. Mechanical Time Fuze T91.
Obsolete Items
The following material has been declared
obsolete; however, descriptive data are be­
ing retained until disposition of all the ma­
terial is complete.
1. All armor-piercing (AP) bombs.
2. 500-lb Semi-Armor Piercing (SAP)
Bomb AN-M58, AN-M58A1, A N M58A2.
3. 1000-lb Semi-Armor Piercing (SAP)
Bomb AN-M59.
4. 2000-lb Semi-Armor-Piercing (SAP)
Bomb M103.
5. 350-lb Aircraft Depth Bomb A N Mk 54 Mod 0.
6. 100-lb Frag Bomb Cluster A N M1A2.
7. 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M26A2,
M27A1.
8. 4.5-lb Minature Practice Bomb Mk
43 Mod 1.
9. Tail Fuze AN-Mk 228.
10. Practice Bomb Signal Mk 5 Mod 0.
11. Practice Bomb Signal Mk 7 Mod 0.
Bomb Operation
General. Bombs are carried either in the
bomb bay of aircraft or externally under
the wings or fuselage. Hooks on aircraft
racks and shackles engage suspension lugs
attached to the bomb body. For mechani­
cally fuzed bombs, the loop of an arming
wire is attached to a separate hook at the
center of the rack or shackle. The free
ends of the arming wire are passed through
1-3
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
ARMOR-PIERCING BOMB
SEM I-A R M O R -P IE R C IN G BOMB
GENERAL PURPOSE BOMB
Figure 1—1.— Representative Bombs and Clusters.
1-4
G E N E R A L IN F O R M A T IO N
FIRE BOMB (.1/3 RELATIVE S IZ E )
CHEMICAL BOMB
FRAGMENTATION BOMB CLUSTER
(Q U IC K -O P E N IN G FRAME TYPE)
F RAGMEN IATION (B U ITE R FLY ) BOMB
FRAGMENTATION BOMB CLUSTER
(A IM A B LE TYPE)
MINIATURE PRACTICE BOMB
FRAGMENTATION BOMB
Figure 1-1.— Representative Bombs and Clusters, (continued)
1-5
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
safety devices in the fuze and maintain the
fuze in an unarmed condition.
Safety
(Fahnestock) clips are placed over the pro­
truding ends of the arming wire to prevent
it from slipping out of the fuze safety de­
vices prior to bomb release. If a bomb
must be released over friendly territory,
the arming wire is released with the bomb
and stays in place as the bomb falls. This
prevents the fuze from arming so that the
bomb does not explode upon impact. When
the bomb is released for effect, the arming
wire is retained with the aircraft, and the
fuze is free to become armed. Electrically
fuzed bombs do not require arming wires.
Refer to volume 2 of this publication for
information.
Explosive Train (figure 1-2). After re­
lease of the bomb, the airstream causes the
arming vane of the fuze to rotate, thus arm­
ing the fuze. Some fuzes arm by spring
action, others by clockwork or electrical
means, but most fuzes now in use are armed
by action of the fuze arming vane. The
arming vane may drive a gear train which,
after a definite interval, removes safety
blocks or alines the detonator with the next
element in the explosive train.
The detonator is fired by mechanical or
electrical action, and its explosion is am­
plified and relayed to the main charge by a
booster. This pattern of action is called
the explosive train.
Bomb Blast. More serious damage can be
done by the blast effect of high-explosive
bombs than by their fragmentation. When
a high explosive bomb is detonated, the
charge is instantaneously converted into
high temperature gases which exert a tre­
mendous pressure and burst the bomb body.
Upon release from confinement, the gaseous
products of detonation expand suddenly and
move outward in all directions at a high
velocity, generating shock and pressure
waves, and shattering or displacing sur­
rounding material.
Classification of Bombs
Bombs are classified according to use as
follows; they are generally referred to by
the abbreviations given in parentheses.
1-6
Armor-Piercing (A P ).
Semi-Armor-Piercing (SAP).
General Purpose (G P ).
Aircraft Depth (A D B ).
Fragmentation (Frag).
Demolition.
Chemical (Gas).
Smoke.
Fire (and Incendiary).
Practice (PB).
Armor-Piercing Bombs. AP bombs have
heavy cases and thick noses. Approximately
13 percent of the weight of the bomb con­
sists of explosive. This type of bomb is
used against heavy armor and reinforced
concrete. AP bombs contain a delay ac­
tion tail fuze to permit penetration of the
target before the bomb explodes; they do
not have a nose fuze.
Semi-Armor-Piercing Bombs. SAP bombs
have wall thickness smaller than the AP
bombs and are normally tail fuzed; however,
a solid metal nose plug can be replaced
with a nose fuze when necessary. Thirty
percent of the complete weight of the bomb
is explosive.
Semi-armor-piercing bombs
are sometimes used as substitutes for gen­
eral purpose bombs.
General Purpose Bombs. GP bombs are
used in the majority of bombing operations.
Their cases are relatively light and approxi­
mately 50 percent of their complete weight
is explosive. GP bombs may use both nose
and tail fuzes. A conical fin may be used
with the AN series GP bombs instead of the
box-type fin to improve aerodynamic per­
formance when carried externally and to
provide greater ballistic accuracy.
Aircraft Depth Bombs. While the ADB
is used primarily against underwater tar­
gets, it has a secondary use as a demolition
bomb. Because of its light case, approxi­
mately 70 percent of its complete weight is
explosive. A flat nose prevents ricochet
when the bomb is dropped into the water.
The depth bomb has a hydrostatic tail fuze
that functions at a predetermined depth
rather than on impact. A nose fuze may
be armed and the hydrostatic tail fuze
dropped safe when the ADB is used as a
demolition bomb.
G E N E R A L IN F O R M A T IO N
1-7
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Fragmentation Bombs. The body of a
frag bomb usually consists of a thin steel
tube with square wire spirally wound on
the outside. The wire provides the prin­
cipal source of fragments when the bomb
is detonated. The explosive filler comprises
about 14 percent of the total weight of the
bomb.
Fragmentation bombs are used
against personnel and unarmored targets.
Most frag bombs have provisions for either
a nose or a tail fuze, although some of the
smaller bombs can accommodate only a nose
fuze. The lockring thread of frag bombs
often is used for the attachment of a para­
chute unit.
Demolition Bombs. This type of bomb is
designed to carry maximum explosive
charge; the explosive comprises 48 percent
or more of its total weight. To insure func­
tioning upon impact, both a nose and a tail
fuze are used.
Chemical (Gas) Bombs. Gas bombs re­
semble general purpose bombs in shape and
size. The body of the gas bomb serves as
the filling container and support for the
components. These bombs have a full-length
burster charge which splits the bomb case
and disperses the filling over the area to
be contaminated. Gas bombs are fuzed
to explode instantaneously upon contact, or
to provide an aerial burst.
Smoke Bombs. Smoke bombs are gen­
erally used for screening purposes to con­
ceal shore areas and the movement of troops
and ships. Their bodies are constructed
of thin metal, somewhat similar to that used
for 100-pound practice bombs. The bomb
is filled with a smoke agent. Functioning
of a fuze and a burster shatters the bomb
on impact, dispersing the smoke agent over
a wide area. Atmospheric oxygen ignites
the filling, causing it to burn and to produce
smoke.
Fire Bombs. Fire bombs are usually thinskinned containers of gasoline gel designed
for use against dug-in troops, supply instal­
lations, wooden structures, and land convoys.
The bombs rupture upon impact or air
burst in the air to spread burning gasoline
gel on surrounding objects. Fuzes, bursters,
1-8
and igniters are used to ignite the combusti­
ble filling.
Practice and Miniature Practice Bombs.
These bombs are used for target practice.
There is a wide range of types and weights
in order to simulate all varieties of service
bombs. Some practice bombs have a fuze
and a spotting charge; others are completely
inert. Practice bombs are usually filled with
sand or water. Some are fabricated to the
desired weight.
Classification of Fuzes
A fuze is a device which is utilized to
initiate the detonation or dispersion of the
filling o f a bomb under desired conditions.
Interchangeable arming vanes, figure 1-3,
may be used on some fuzes. These vanes
differ in degree of pitch, shape, and length
of blade. This is necessary to control the
arming distance of the fuzes when used with
different types of bombs.
Many fuzes, figure 1—4, incorporate the
following special safety features.
D etonator S a fe . Fuzes that are detona­
tor safe have the elements of their firing
train firmly fixed out of alinement in the
fuze body while the fuze is unarmed. This
increases safety during shipping, stowage,
and handling. The arming action of the
fuze alines the firing train.
S hear S a f e . A shear safe fuze will not
become armed if its arming mechanism is
damaged or completely severed from the
fuze body.
Shear safe fuzes afford addi­
tional security for bombs used in carrier
operations and for externally mounted
bombs.
D e l a y A r m in g . This feature, mechani­
cally or electrically, slows the arming of the
fuze and keeps it in the safe condition until
the bomb has fallen a sufficient distance away
from the plane to minimize the effects of
a premature explosion. Delay arming helps
to make dive bombing and carrier operations
safer in that a bomb accidentally released
on landing or takeoff will not ordinarily have
sufficient air travel to arm the fuze.
Fuzes are classified according to use as
follows.
G E N E R A L IN F O R M A T IO N
Impact Nose.
Mechanical Time.
VT.
Impact Tail.
Long-Delay Tail.
Hydrostatic Tail.
Multi-Position.
Side.
Electric (Refer to volume 2 of this
publication for information).
Impact Nose Fuze. Fuzes of this type are
vane operated and delay armed. Their ac­
tion can be instantaneous or delayed by the
selective setting of a control pin.
STANDARD VANE - 6 0 ' PITCH
SHORT VANE - 6 0 ’ PITCH
LONG AIR TRAVEL V A N E - 9 0 ' PITCH
ON INNER PART OF EACH BLADE
FLAT V A N E - 3 0 ’ PITCH
Figure 1-3.— Arming Vanes.
1-9
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
SCREW FUZE IN T O BOMB.
THREAD ARMING
WIRE T H R O U G H FUZE
EYELET H O LES. R EM O VE PIN.
SCREW FU ZE IN T O FUZE SEAT.
SECURE A R M ING -VANE ASSEMBLY TO FU ZE.
H O LES.ATTACH SAFETY CLIP. R EM O VE COTTER P IN .
SECURE ARMING-VANE ASSEMBLY TO FU ZE.
A TTA C H SAFETY C LIP TO ARMING W IR E.
Figure 1-4.— Bomb Fuzing.
1-10
G E N E R A L IN F O R M A T IO N
Mechanical Time Fuze. These fuzes are
armed by mechanical and time mechanisms.
The time of detonation after release can be
preset for a predetermined time. If the time
setting is greater than the time of flight,
impact will cause the fuze to function.
VT Fuze. VT (proximity) fuzes are es­
sentially radio transmitting and receiving
units that function automatically on ap­
proaching or passing any material object,
causing an air burst at an effective height or
distance.
Impact Tail Fuze. Fuzes of this type are
vane armed and inertia fired. The arming
is mechanically delayed by reduction gear­
ing. Fuzes of this type are used in bombs
launched by carrier-based aircraft and dive
bombers, armor piercing bombs, and prac­
tice bombs
Long-Delay Tail Fuze. These fuzes re­
quire less than 100 feet of air travel to
initiate the delayed action. Any attempt to
remove these fuzes after installation will
result in functioning of the antiwithdrawal
mechanism, followed by instantaneous det­
onation.
Hydrostatic Tail Fuze. The hydrostatic
fuzes are vane operated and require 400 to
500 feet of air travel to arm. Water pres­
sure operates the hydrostatic mechanism
that detonates thq fuze. The depth at which
detonation occurs can be controlled.
Multi-Position Fuze. The inertia firing,
impact, multi-position fuzes are fully armed
by anemometer type vanes after completing
the air travel. Once the fuzes are armed,
impact forces from any direction will cause
instantaneous detonation. These fuzes are
principally assembled in conjunction with
igniters or bursters in fire bombs.
Side Fuze. These fuzes are used only
with fragmentation bombs. The fuzes are
armed by the “ butterfly wings” of the bomb
and are preset to detonate in the air or on
impact, either delayed (subject to handling,
shock, or vibration) or instantaneous.
Bomb Components
Adapter-Booster. An adapter-booster is
a bushing threaded on the outside for assem­
bly to the bomb body and on the inside for
assembly of the fuze. Adapter-boosters,
normally assembled to high-explosive and
chemical bombs as issued, are drilled for
the insertion of lock pins to prevent their
removal when antiwithdrawal type fuzes are
to be assembled to the bomb. Since general
purpose bombs are usually adapted for large
diameter nose fuzes, a nose adapter-booster
is issued separately to adapt these bombs
for use with small diameter fuzes. Lowdrag GP bombs, developed primarily for
electrical fuzing, require nose and tail adap­
ter-boosters when mechanical fuzes are in­
stalled.
Arming Wires. Arming wires, figure 1-5,
usually consist of either one or two strands
of wire attached to a swivel loop. They are
used to lock the fuze arming mechanism in
the unarmed position. Safety (Fahnestock)
clips are attached to the ends of the wires
after installation of fuzes in the bomb. This
prevents accidental withdrawal of the wires
while the aircraft is in flight. When a
bomb is to be released ARMED from the
rack, the wire is pulled from the fuze head,
allowing the fuze vanes to rotate and to arm
the fuze. When the bomb is to be released
SAFE, the arming wire is not separated
from the fuze head.
When installed, arming wires are subject
to considerable wear caused by vibration;
where reused, they must be inspected before
each flight.
The standard arming-wire assemblies will
fit any bomb up to and including a weight of
2000 pounds. For larger bombs an exten­
sion cable is supplied. After the bomb is
installed on the shackle, the wire is cut ap­
proximately 21/2 inches beyond the fuze. For
proper release, wire must be free from
twists, kinks, and burrs. Arming-wire brack­
ets, which are furnished with armor-pierc­
ing bomb fin assemblies, must be requested
separately for use with depth bombs. A
metal tubular protector is used with the
arming-wire bracket to prevent chafing of
the wire by the fuze vane.
Arming wires are usually packed in metal
containers holding 50 or 100 assemblies.
Safety clips are packed with the wires.
1-11
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Fragmentation bomb clusters, however, are
supplied with their own arming-wire assem­
blies installed.
Auxiliary Booster. The auxiliary booster,
which consists of a column of tetryl pellets
in a suitable container, relays and amplifies
detonation waves to insure the explosion of
the main charge. The auxiliary booster may
be cast within the explosive charge adjacent
to the fuze seat liner, or the adapter-booster,
or both. It also may be issued separately
for installation in a fuze seat liner.
c
((
A R M IN G
W IR E S
F IG U R E
TYPE
M A T E R IA L
D IA M E T E R
(IN.)
MK 1 MOD
LEG
___
LENG TH
(IN.)
TO TAL LENG TH
D R A W IN G
(IN.)
NUM BER
0
A
S IN G L E
BRONZE
0 .0 6 4
57 0
57 0
422872
MK 3 MOD 0
A
S IN G L E
STEEL
0 .0 3 3
57 0
57 0
375994
MK 2 MOD 0
B
DOUBLE
BRONZE
0 064
57 0
570
114 0
422872
A N -M 6 A 2
C
S IN G L E
BRA SS
0 064
570
_
5 7 .0
8 2 -3 -2 3 4
A r:-f.;iA 2
D
DOUBLE
BRA SS
0 .0 6 4
2 7 .0
33 0
60 0
8 2 -3 -2 3 4
•—
A N -M 7 A I
D
DOUBLE
BRA SS
0 064
36 5
450
81 5
8 2 -3 -2 3 4
A N -M 8 A I
D
D O U B LE
BRASS
0 .0 6 4
5 7 .0
6 0 .0
117 0
8 2 -3 -2 3 4
M 13
D
D O U BLE
BRASS
0 064
3 6 .0
7 0 .0
106 0
8 2 -3 -2 3 4
M16
D
D O U BLE
BRA SS
0 .0 6 4
56 0
90 0
146.0
8 2 -3 -2 3 4
* MOT STO CKED BY NAVY
Figure 1 -5 .— Arming Wires.
1-12
G E N E R A L IN F O R M A T IO N
Base Plug. The base plug closes the fill­
ing hole in the end of the bomb body. An
extension of the plug to the rear is threaded
to provide space for attachment of the fin
assembly by means of the fin locknut. In
later (A l) modifications of GP bombs, the
base plug has studs extending into the ex­
plosive charge to prevent removal of the
plug. The plug is threaded to receive an
adapter-booster, and has a circular groove
which receives the adapter-booster lock pin.
Bomb Body. The bomb body is a metal
container that holds an explosive, chemical,
or inert filler. Its case may consist of a sin­
gle piece of metal, or several pieces welded
or otherwise joined together. It usually is
formed in the shape of a streamlined cylin­
der, closed at each end.
Nose Fuze Seat. Seats for noze fuzes are
usually machined into the bomb case and, to
provide for maximum flexibility, their di­
mensions (thread size and depth of seat)
are standardized as much as practicable.
Large bombs have the GP-type fuze seat
which has a 2-inch thread diameter and is 5
inches deep. Smaller bombs have the frag­
mentation-type fuze seat which is 1.5 inches
in thread diameter by 1.3 inches deep. Aimable clusters have a flare-type fuze seat
which is 1.5 inches in thread diameter by
0.84 inch deep. Adapter boosters also are
used to provide fuze seats, as described fully
in chapter 3.
Tail Fuze Seat. Tail fuze seats for GP,
SAP, chemical, and fragmentation bombs
are provided by adapter-boosters, as fully
described in chapter 3.
Burster. A burster is an explosive charge
used to open an incendiary or smoke bomb
and to spread the bomb filling. It consists
of a long plastic or paper and chipboard
tube, closed at both ends, and is filled with
TNT, black powder and magnesium, tetryl
pellets, or other explosive. It fits into either
the burster well or the igniter cavity. The
bursters for bombs included in this publica­
tion are described in chapter 3.
Closing Plug. Metal closing plugs are
used to protect the fuze seat cavity and
threads from damage during shipping and
stowage. They are removed only for in­
spection or for fuzing the bomb. If a bomb
is returned to stowage after being prepared
for use, the fuzes are removed and the
closing plugs replaced. Low-drag GP bombs
are equipped with steel nose and tail
plugs. When these bombs are to be used
with mechanical fuzes, the plugs are re­
moved and discarded prior to the insertion
of adapter-boosters. When the bombs re­
quire electrical fuzes, the nose and tail plugs
are reinstalled after the electrical fuzes have
been inserted.
Cluster Adapter. A cluster adapter, fig­
ure 1-6, is a mechanical device by means of
which several bombs are suspended in the
carrying station for one bomb. Two types
are covered by this publication: the quick­
opening (frame) type to which several
bombs are attached by metal straps, and the
aimable adapters which enclose the bombs in
a cylindrical container.
Explosive Charge. When the bomb body
is filled with an explosive charge, the type of
explosive depends upon the prospective use
of the bomb. In some bombs, thin pads of
inert wax in the nose and tail cavities pro­
tect the explosive from moisture and also
prevent the entrance of the explosive into
thread crevices. These bombs can be identi­
fied by the marking “ with pad.”
The explosive charge in GP and fragmen­
tation bombs is usually cast and is uniform
throughout unless the explosive is amatol or
composition B, in which case the nose and
tail portions are pure TNT “ booster sur­
rounds” to provide protection from mois­
ture.
The high explosives used in bombs are as
follows.
A m a to l . Amatol, a mixture of ammo­
nium nitrate and TNT, is less sensitive than
TNT. When used in a 50/50 ratio, it has
approximately the same rate of detonation
and brisance (shattering ability) as TNT.
Amatol is now obsolete, but it was used as
a main charge in bombs prior to and during
the early part of World War II.
C omposition B.
Composition B (comp
B) is a very powerful explosive, particularly
1-13
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
from the fragmentation standpoint. It con­
sists of large percentages of RDX and TNT
with a small amount of wax. The principal
ingredient, RDX, is a powerful but sensitive
explosive and is therefore always used in
mixtures with other materials. Comp B is
presently being used as the main filler in
fragmentation bombs.
E dn atol . Ednatol is a composition of 55
percent haleite and 45 percent TNT. It is
more sensitive and has greater brisance than
TNT. As an explosive for producing blast
effect, it is superior to amatol and nearly
equal to comp B. Ednatol is now obsolete,
but it was normally used in fragmentation
bombs.
E xplosive D ( A m m o n iu m P icrate ). E x­
plosive D is the least sensitive to shock and
friction of currently used military explosives.
For this reason it is used in armor-piercing
bombs which must withstand severe shock
and stresses before detonating.
HBX. HBX is a chemically stable, noncorrosive explosive containing RDX, TNT,
QUICK-OPENING FRAH/IE TYPE ADAPTER
SPOILER RING. AND DRAG PLATE
Figure 1-6.— Typical Cluster Adapters.
1-14
G EN ER A L IN F O R M A T IO N
aluminum powder, and wax, that is in the
same general class as TNT with respect to
safety of handling. Although HBX is no
longer used in its original form, it has some
important variations. HBX-1 and HBX-3,
which provide greater stability and power
than HBX, are used as explosive fillers in
underwater ordnance. H-6 is a variation of
HBX developed for bombs.
PlCRATOL. Picratol is a composition con­
taining 52 percent of explosive D and 48
percent of TNT. Picratol is now obsolete,
but it was normally used as an explosive
charge in semi-armor-piercing bombs.
TNT (T rinitroto luen e ). TNT is a rela­
tively insensitive high explosive of great
stability which has been used as the main
charge in GP bombs. In recent years it has
been superseded by more powerful explo­
sives, such as tritonal.
T rito nal . Tritonal, the previous stand­
ard explosive filler in GP bombs, is an
80/20 ratio by weight of TNT and aluminum
powder. Its sensitivity properties are of the
same order of magnitude as T N T ; however,
its blast effect is greater.
H-6. H-6, the present standard explosive
filler in GP bombs, is a variation of HBX
developed for use in bombs to give maximum
a,'r blast effect.
Fin Assembly. The fin assembly provides
for stability of the bomb in flight. Smaller
bombs (usually 100-pound and under) have
the fin assembled to the bomb body prior to
shipment. Some 100-pound and all larger
bombs are shipped with the fin unassembled,
in which case the fin assembly is shipped
separately in a metal crate. There are two
types of fin assemblies: the box-type assem­
bly and the conical assembly.
B ox -T ype F in A sse m b l y . The box-type
fin assembly, figure 1 -7 , generally used with
larger bombs, consists of a fin sleeve that
fits over the tail of the bomb and is held in
place by a thin locknut.
Sheet metal fin
blades are attached to the fin sleeve and to
each other by supports to form a square box­
like assembly.
Some fin assemblies (earlier than M118)
were made of a light gage metal but in­
creased bomb ceilings required the use of
heavier metals to insure more reliable bal­
listics. Only those box-type fin assemblies
designated by either A or M -A l, lower than
Ml 18, are made of a light gage metal. All
model designations higher than M118 are
made of the heavier gage metal.
C onical F in A sse m b l y , figure 1-8. Com­
ical fins are designed for use on cylindricalcase GP and frag bombs to provide for bet-
Figure 1-7.— Typical Box Fin Assemblies.
1-15
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
ter aerodynamic performance of these
bombs when carried externally on high­
speed aircraft. In addition, greater ballistic
accuracy is obtained. The fin assemblies
consist of four quarter sections of sheet steel
welded together, with four integral fin
blades. The fin assembly is secured to the
bomb by means of a coupling tube, a metal
locking web, and a special fin locknut. Each
coupling tube has three equally spaced set­
screws for locking the tube to the base plug
of the bomb. The fin assembly is placed
over the coupling tube and is secured by
the locking web and fin locknut. Since
these fin assemblies are longer than the
box-type, they require longer tail fuzes and
longer arming-wire assemblies.
F in L o c k n u t s . The fin locknut, figure
1-9, is a bushing which is threaded onto
a base plug or a coupling tube to secure the
fin assembly to the bomb. Three types of
locknuts are currently provided for varying
conditions, as follows.
O R D I N A R Y Or REGULAR-TYPE
LOCKNUT. This type of locknut is assem­
bled to the base plug of a bomb as shipped
and is used on bombs assembled in the fields
with box-type fin assemblies. During as­
sembly, the locknut is removed, the fin as­
sembly is placed over the tail of the bomb,
and the locknut is then screwed onto the
base plug and tightened with a wrench.
The ordinary locknut provides no other
means for attachment in the base plug;
therefore, it is not normally used when
bombs are to be carried externally on air­
craft expected to exceed 350 knots, or in
bomb bays subject to excessive air current.
NEW-TYPE LOCKNUT. The new-type
locknuts differ from the regular locknuts in
that they do incorporate a means of locking
themselves to the base plug by setscrews.
These fin locknuts are intended for gen­
eral use and should be installed when bombs
with box-type fin assemblies are carried ex­
ternally on aircraft expected to exceed 350
knots, or are carried in bomb bays subject
to air currents that can cause rotation of
Figure 1-8.— Typical Conical Fin Assembly.
1-16
G E N E R A L IN F O R M A T IO N
fins with the regular locknut installed.
When the new type locknuts are not avail­
able, the regular type may be used. The
new types are recommended for the type
bombs as follows:
F in L ocknut
B ombs U sed W ith
Mk l Mod 0 _____
SAP AN -M 58A1, AN M58A2,
and AN-M 59A1.
Mk 2 Mod 0 or M l. GP AN M30A1 and AN M57A1.
FRAG AN-M81 and AN-M 88.
Mk 3 Mod 0 or M2 GP AN-M 64A1 and AN-M 65A1.
Mk 4 Mod 0 or M3. GP AN-M 66A2.
The new-type fin locknut is installed in
essentially the same manner as the regulartype locknut. However, after screwing the
fin locknut onto the collar of the base plug
as far as possible, the setscrews are tight­
ened with an Allen wrench so that approxi­
mately equal pressure is exerted by each of
a pair of opposite screws.
CONICAL FIN LOCKNUT and LOCK­
ING WEB. The conical fin locknut and
locking web, figure 1-10, secure the conical
fin assembly to the coupling tube. During
assembly, the regular fin locknut found on
the bomb for use with box-type fin assem­
blies and the fin locknut packaged with the
early models of conical fins are removed and
discarded. After the conical fin assembly
is placed over the coupling tube, the locking
web is placed over the end of the coupling
tube so that the corner slots engage the four
fins. The fin locknut is screwed onto the
coupling tube and tightened securely in such
a manner that two slots in the fin locknut
are directly over two tabs of the fin locking
web. The two tabs are bent back to engage
the slots of the fin locknut securely. The
three setscrews of the fin locknut then are
tightened.
Fuze Seat Liner. The fuze seat liner is a
metal cup secured inside the nose of the
bomb to keep a cavity clear for assembling
the nose fuze and auxiliary booster.
Igniter. An igniter is a charge for setting
fire to the fillings of incendiary and fire
bombs. Igniters vary considerably in their
Figure 1-9.— Typical Fin Locknuts.
1-17
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure 7-JO ,— Fin Locking Web.
shape and method of operation; they are
fully illustrated and described in chapter 3.
Practice Bomb Signal. The practice bomb
signal is a cylindrical container filled with
black powder or a fluorescein dye. The pur­
pose of the signal is to indicate the point of
impact of a practice bomb when dropped
either on land or water targets. Blackpowder signals, upon impact, produce a flash
and a puff of smoke. Fluorescein-dye sig­
nals are actuated by water and produce a
slick for spotting purposes.
Primer-detonator. Primer-detonators are
interchangeable units that provide a varia­
tion of delay action in tail fuzes. Some units
are “ nondelay.” Each unit contains a pri­
mer, a delay charge (if required), a relay,
and a detonator. When the firing pin of a
fuze is driven by its spring into the primer,
the flame from the primer ignites the delay
element. After the proper time interval has
elapsed, the relay ignites and explodes the
detonator. Upon severe impact the plunger
is arrested by the shoulder of the primerdetonator so that the blow on the primer has
only the force of the firing-pin spring, thus
avoiding malfunction due to a pierced pri­
mer.
1-18
Since a primer-detonator may be assigned
one of a number of different delay periods,
the units are stamped and painted to indicate
the length of delay.
Primer-detonators of different model num­
bers vary in the pitch of their threads and
are not interchangeable.
Care must be
taken to install only the proper model
primer-detonator in a fuze in order to avoid
damage to the threads of both the fuze and
the primer-detonator.
Primer-detonators which have loose prim­
ers or show signs of corrosion or other
visible defects must be disposed of in accord­
ance with current directives.
Shipping Band. Shipping bands are at­
tached to the bomb to protect the suspension
lugs and to facilitate handling problems.
They may be compressed paper with a recess
for the lug or may be of metal in the form of
a U-shaped channel. They are not removed
until the bomb is prepared for use.
Suspension Band. Metal suspension bands,
figure 1-11, provide 14-inch suspension for
bombs already equipped with suspension lugs
spaced 30 inches apart, as found on the 2000pound Army-Navy GP bombs.
G EN ER A L IN F O R M A T IO N
Figure 1-11.— Typical Suspension Band.
M arking and Identification
Bombs and bomb components are com­
pletely identified by standard nomenclature
and ammunition lot numbers stamped on all
packings as well as on the item itself.
Mark Numbers. In order to distinguish
between different designs of the same type, a
Mk/Mark number (Navy) or M/Model
(Army) is assigned at the time a design is
adopted as a standard item.
N a v y . Items of Navy designs are desig­
nated by the word Mark or its abbreviation
Mk followed by an Arabic numeral (i.e. Mk
107). Modifications of the original design
are indicated by the term Mod and an Ara­
bic numeral following the Mark designation
(i.e. Mk 107 Mod 1). An original design
item includes the term Mod 0 to distinguish
it from later modifications (i.e. Mk 107 Mod
0 ).
A rmy. On items of Army design the
Model designation consists of the letter M
followed by an Arabic numeral (i.e. M6).
Modification of the original design is indi­
cated by the letter A and the appropriate
Arabic numeral added to the model designa­
tion (i.e. M 6A1).
The designation T l, T2, etc., indicates a
developmental item. While in the develop­
ment stage, and when a major change is
incorporated, the item will take a designa­
tion such as T1E1 or T1E2. Such a designa­
tion indicates a change affecting military
characteristics or installation.
A r m y -N a v y .
Certain items have been
standardized for use by both the Army and
the Navy. The model'designation of such an
item is prefixed by the letters AN (i.e. A N Mk 107 Mod 0). When an AN is de-standardized by either the Army or the Navy, the AN
is deleted from the model designation; how­
ever, to preclude loss of identity, the AN
designation is carried parenthetically in
standard
nomenclature; for
example,
M120A1 (AN-M120A1). When an item is
classified as AN standard, the previous model
is carried parenthetically; for example, A N M146 (M146).
Color Coding.
Bombs are painted in
various color schemes as a ready means of
identification. Color bands, depending upon
their color, size, and location, indicate the
type of bomb and the type of explosive used.
Identification marking and its color provide
further identification of the bomb. Two
color coding systems are indicated in the
following chart. The newer system, apply­
ing to new-issue bombs, establishes a uni­
form color coding system (MIL-STD 709
NOrd) for various types of ammunition
used by the Navy. The older system, apply­
ing to old-issue bombs, will be phased out
when those bombs are depleted.
Ammunition Code. The code established
by the Navy for the identification of am­
munition is used: (1) to standardize nomen­
clature to insure positive identification of
assembled ammunition and components;
and (2) to permit the use of mechanical
tabulating equipment to prepare consoli­
dated records of station on-hand balances.
Each item of ammunition is assigned a spe­
cific code; code numbers for bombs, com­
ponents, and accessories are contained in
OP 1219A. Fire bombs, components, and
accessories are contained in OP 1219C.
Federal Supply Classification (FSC). The
Federal Supply Classificaton and its indexes
have been developed and adopted by the
1-19
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Bomb Color Coding
B an d C olor
B omb T ype
M a r k in g C olor
B ody C olor
O ld I ssue
N e w I ssue
O ld I ssu e
N e w I ssue
AP, SAP________
Olive drab
Y e llo w ...............
(No new Issue). _ Black__________
GP
Olive d r a b __
Yellow__ ___ .
(No new Issue). .
Black___
_____
(No new Issue.)
GP(LD)
Olive drab
Yellow . .
Yellow.
___
Yellow .
__
Yellow.
Depth __ _
Olive drab
Yellow.
____
Yellow
__
Black. _____
Yellow.
Frag _ _
Olive drab 1____
Y e l l o w .__ ____
Yellow
B lack..
Yellow__
Demolition____
Olive drab. .
(No band)
Y ellow ..
Black___
Yellow.
Chemical:
Gas
Smoke _
Incendiary^-.
Fire .
Gray___
___ _
Gray____
____
G ray.. __ ____
Olive drab * .
Green..
Yellow_______
Purple
Purple ___ __
Red or Green 1
2'3.
Blue__
__
P u r p le ...............
(No band)
Green
___
Yellow
Purple
Black 4 *____
Red or Green.1
Blue.
Purple.
Yellow.
Black 8 (Old Issue).
Orange (New Is­
sue).
(No band)8.
(No band)7 ___
White 8_______
White.
- -
Practice
__ __
__
__
. _.
__
__
(No new Issue.)
. .
1Small frag bombs (except M83) have yellow nose and tail.
2 Red for harassing; green for casualty.
3 One band for nonpersistent; two bands for persistent; three bands for G-series.
* FB Mk 77 Mod 0 and 1 has unpainted body and red marking.
‘ MPB Mk 5, A N -M k 23, and Mk 43 are unpainted; PB Mk 19 tail section only is black.
• PB Mk 106, Mk 76 Mod 1, 2, and 4, and Mk 89 have white bands.
7 PB Mk 106 has white bands.
3 PB Mk 104 has white identification marking and yellow informational marking.
Office of the Secretary of Defense for use
in classifying items of supply identified in
the Federal Catalog System.
The FSC is a commodity classification de­
signed to serve the functions of supply and
is sufficiently comprehensive in scope to per­
mit the classification of all items of personal
property.
In order to accomplish this,
groups and classes have been established
for the universe of commodities, with em­
phasis on the items known to be in the sup­
ply systems of the Federal Government.
The structure of the FSC, as presently es­
tablished, consists of 75 groups, which are
1-20
subdivided into approximately 540 classes.
Each class covers a relatively homogeneous
area of commodities, in respect to” their
physical or performance characteristics, or
in the respect that the items included therein
are such as are usually requisitioned or is­
sued together.
The FSC utilizes a four-digit coding struc­
ture. The first two digits of the code num­
ber identify the group, and the last two
digits of the code number identify the
classes within each group. Code numbers
are so assigned as to make it possible to
expand the number of groups and classes
G E N E R A L IN F O R M A T IO N
when that becomes necessary. In most in­
stances gaps have been left within each
group, between the numbers assigned to ad­
jacent classes, to permit the insertion of
new classes in logical sequence, when neces­
sary, because of technological advances or to
accomplish other desirable additions and
changes.
The primary application of the FSC class
code number is in the Federal stock number
(F S N ). The FSC for an item of supply con­
sists of the applicable four-digit FSC class
code number plus the seven-digit Federal
item identification number.
Ammunition Data Card. The ammunition
data card is a 5- by 8-inch card prepared for
each lot of ammunition and forwarded with
each shipment of ammunition. In addition
to the ammunition lot number, it gives the
lot numbers of the components and other
pertinent information concerning the am­
munition. When required, instructions for
assembly are printed on the reverse side of
the card.
Packaging
The following table provides packaging
data for bombs and their components, figures
1-12 and 1-13.
Handling and Stowage
Because of the area of destructiveness of
explosives in the event of accidental ignition
Packaging
B omb B ody
F in A ssembly
Armor Piercing (A P ).
No protection; fuze
cavities plugged.
Semi-Armor Piercing
(SAP).
Metal Containers
with lugs, arming
wires, and mount­
ing screws.
Metal Containers...
Metal shipping rings;
fuze cavities
plugged.
Metal or Composi­
Metal Containers___
tion shipping rings;
fuze cavities
plugged.
Metal shipping rings; Metal Containers___
fuze cavities
plugged.
B
omb
T
ype
General Purpose
(GP).
Fragmentation
(Frag).
Fragmentation Bomb
Clusters.
Aircraft Depth Bomb
(ADB).
Miniature Practice
Bombs (MPB).
Practice Bombs
(PB).
Fire Bomb 1_________
Smoke and Incendi­
ary Bombs (100-lb
size).
Incendiary Bombs
(500-lb size).
Metal containers____
Fiberboard contain­
ers.
Metal containers____
A ssembled B ombs
GP 100-lb bomb is
shipped as a unit
in a metal con­
tainer.
In clusters or wafers
(See Frag Clus­
ters).
Shipping bands.
Metal containers
Metal containers____
Metal or wood con­
tainers.
Wood or metal con­
tainers.
Metal containers____
Wood containers.
Metal shipping rings;
fuze cavities
plugged.
Metal containers
1 The center section of Fire Bomb Mk 79 Mod 1 is used as a shipping container for the
bombs four sections: fins, filling-hole covers, lock pins, and a fiber pounding block.
1-21
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
A. AP BOMB
D. GP BOMB
C. GP OR SAP BOMB
F. FRAG BOMB CLUSTER
G. MINIATURE PRACTICE
BOMBS
H. PRACTICE BOMBS
J. AIRCRAFT DEPTH BOMB
Figure 7— T2.-»— Shipping Containers for Bombs.
1-22
G E N E R A L IN F O R M A T IO N
B. AP : >MB FIN ASSEMBLY
C. SAP AND PRACTICE BOMB
ASSEMBLY
A. GP BOMS FIN ASSEMBLY
D. FRAGMENTATION BOMB FIN ASSEMBLY
E. AIRCRAFT DEPTH BOMB FIN ASSEMBLY
F. ARMING W IRES
Figure 1-13.— Shipping Containers for Bomb Fins and Arming Wires.
1-23
G EN ER A L IN F O R M A T IO N
As a safety precaution, it must be as­
sumed that fuzes may function at some in­
determinate time after the dumping of
bombs, regardless of the method of disposal.
Lower the bombs over the side to the water
surface. Keep them off the hull to the fullest
extent practicable.
Release bombs into the
water with the least amount of fall that
circumstances permit.
1-25
Chapter 2
FUZES
IM P A C T NOSE FUZE A N -M 1 0 3 A 1 , A N -M 1 3 9 A 1 , A N D A N -M 1 4 0 A 1
AN-M139A1
0.01 SEC. DELAY
AN-M140A1
0 .0 2 5 SEC. DELAY
Figure 2 -1 .— Nose Fuzes A N M 1 0 3 A 1 , A N -M 1 3 9 A 1 , a n d A N M U 0 A 1 .
Model
__ ___
_ ------------- . .
Firing Action
................
Firing Delay (sec)_____
__
__ _.
Assembly Drawing No
...
Arming:
T ype ----------- ---------------------------Instantaneous Setting (rev.)
-_
Delay Setting (rev.) ______
Air Travel to Arm (ft) ------------__
Overall Length (in.) _ _ ____ —
Protrusion from Bomb ( i n . ) __ __
Vane Span ( i n . ) . . . .
- ... .
-Weight (lb)
. ______ Number of Vanes.
_ ___
__
Booster Charge:
Type--------------- -------------Weight (oz)
A N -M 103A 1_____. . . .
Impact
__
0 .1 _____________ . . . .
7 3 -8-14__________ . . . .
A N -M 139A 1_____ . .
Impact .
0 .0 1 _____________ . . . .
73-8-14_________ ___
Delayed ___
Delayed ___ . ..
302 _____________. . . .
302 _____________
180 _______
. . . 180_____________ .. .
. . 510 to 54 2 5 ...
510 to 5425 _.
___
7.23 - ___
7 .2 3 __
... _ ...
_ 2 . 13_ _
2 _______________
....
_ 6 ___ ____
6
________
....
- 3 .7 ______ _____ . . . .
3 .7 _______
2 .......... .
2 ______
_____
...
------ . _ T etryl __________ ___ Tetryl __________ ___
_ 1.9_ ....
1 .9 _____________
General Description
The impact nose fuzes of this type, figure
2-2, are vane operated and delay armed.
Their action can be either instantaneous or
delayed by the selective presetting of a
control pin.
The air travel (510 feet to 5425 feet) re­
AN-M140A1
Impact.
0.025.
73-8-14.
Delayed
302.
180.
510 to 5425.
7.23.
2.
G.
3.7.
2.
Tetryl.
1.9.
quired to arm these fuzes makes them safe
for use in dive bombing and carrier opera­
tions. Air travel is governed by the size of
the bomb and the type of arming vane used.
Nose Fuzes AN-M103A1, AN-M139A1,
and AN-M140A1 are structurally similar,
differing only in their firing delay elements.
2-1
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
VANE HUB SPRING
VANE HUB
ARMING-VANE ASSEMBLY
ELET PIN
VANE STRAP
EYELET STRAP
REDUCTION GEAR
MECHANISM
STRIKER FLANGE
VANE CUP-
SHEAR PIN
SETTING PIN
ARMING SCREW
ARMING DISC
STRIKER ASSEM BLY-
ARMING STEM
DELAY FIRING PIN
A R M IN G -STEM HOLLAR
PRIMEI
A R M IN G -S TE M SPRING
DELAY ELEMENT
UZE BODY
INSTANTANEOUS
FIRING PIN
RL LAY-
DETONATOR-
DELAY BOOSTER
DETONATOR SLIDER
LEAD I
-IN S T A N T A N E O U S
BOOSTER LEAD-IN
CUF
Figure 2-2.— Impact Nose Fuze A N -M 103A1, Cross Section.
2 -2
FUZES
Arm ing Vanes
One of four types of interchangeable arm­
ing vanes may be used on these fuzes, figure
1-3, differing in the degree of pitch of the
vane and the length o f the blade: (1) a
standard vane, Ml (60-degree pitch) ; (2)
a short vane (60-degree pitch) ; (3) a flat
vane (30-degree p itch ); or (4) a long air
travel vane, M2 (90-degree pitch on inner
half of each blade). The bomb in which the
fuze is installed and the required arming
distance will determine the vane to be used.
For general-purpose bombs, the standard
vane M l (60-degree pitch) is used for a
short arming distance, and the M2 (90degree pitch on inner half of blade) is used
for a longer arming distance. At present,
only the M l vane is provided with these
fuzes.
Separate action is necessary to
requisition the M2 vane.
For flat-nosed depth bombs, where air
travel to arm is necessarily shorter because
of low altitude release, the fuze is equipped
with a flat arming vane (30-degree pitch).
These fuzes also are used with certain
fragmentation bombs in clusters. Cluster
arrangement necessitates the use of short
vanes having a 60-degree pitch; a long air
travel to arm results.
Delay Elements
These fuzes differ in their firing delay ele­
ments. Some have a 0.1-second delay ele­
ment, others have a 0.01-second delay
element, and still others a 0.025-second de­
lay element. Black wedge markings on the
fuze head identify the delay time of the fuze.
Explosive Components
These fuzes contain two explosive trains,
one for delay action and one for instanta­
neous action.
The delay action explosive train consists
of a primer, a delay element, a relay, a deto­
nator, a booster lead-in, and a booster. The
primer and delay element assembly, con­
taining the delay element and relay, are
assembled in the fuze body and are sealed
as a protection against moisture.
The instantaneous explosive train consists
of a detonator, a booster lead-in, and a
booster.
The same detonator is used in both explo­
sive trains. It is alined with one of the ex­
plosive trains during the arming operations;
its final position depends upon the preset
position of the setting pin.
Safety Features
During shipping and stowage, a safety
wire is threaded through the holes in the
vane hub, vane strap, and eyelet strap. The
ends of this wire are secured with a car
seal. A safety cotter pin is secured through
another set of holes in the eyelet strap and
vane diametrically opposite the first set.
The wire and cotter pin prevent operation
of the arming mechanism. Instruction tags
are attached to the seal wire, and on a wire
attached to a pull ring through the eye
of the cotter pin.
As installed in a bomb, with the arming
wire in place, these fuzes are in the unarmed
condition; both the delay and instantaneous
explosive trains are broken by the detonator
being out of alinement.
The arming discs prevent premature fir­
ing of the explosive train by holding the
striker outward from the fuze body. These
discs are not ejected until the fuze arms.
Fuzes of this type are both detonator safe
and shear safe; these terms have been fully
explained in chapter 1. These fuzes in ex­
ternally carried stores are restricted in
accordance with NAVORDINST 8024.25,
latest issue.
Presetting
Selection of either delay or instantaneous
action is made by presetting the setting pin.
The pin has two slots, one for each of the
two possible actions. The deep slot is for
delay action, the shallow slot for instanta­
neous action.
The fuzes are shipped and stowed with
the setting pin in the deep slot or delay posi­
tion. To set for instantaneous action, lift
the pin, rotate it one quarter turn, and drop
it into the shallow slot. The portion of the
fuze body adjacent to the setting pin is
2-3
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
stamped DEEP SLOT DELAY— SHALLOW
SLOT INST.
Functioning
General. When the bomb is dropped
ARMED, the arming wire is retained in the
bomb rack. This frees the arming-vane as­
sembly, which rotates in the air stream to
operate the delay arming mechanism.
The air travel to arm these fuzes is ap­
proximately 510 to 5425 feet. Continued
rotation of the arming-vane assembly, after
arming is completed, unscrews the arming
mechanism from the fuze. Arming distance
varies with the vane type and bomb used.
Upon impact the fuze will detonate in­
stantaneously, or after its rated delay, ex­
ploding the bomb.
Arming. The arming-vane assembly is
mounted on the vane hub by means of the
vane hub spring and positioned on the vane
strap by pins. The arming-vane assembly
is connected to the arming screw through a
reduction gear train. A reduction ratio of
65 revolutions of the arming-vane assembly
to 1 revolution of the arming screw is ob­
tained with this gearing arrangement.
The arming screw engages a striker as­
sembly which contains two firing pins, one
for the delay and one for the instantaneous
explosive trains. The striker is prevented
from moving by the shear pin and the set­
ting pin.
A ring of 13 arming discs, housed in the
vane cup, are positioned between the flange
of the striker body and the fuze body. These
prevent the striker body from being driven
into the fuze body before arming has oc­
curred.
The fuzes do not become armed until the
13 arming discs are ejected and the detona­
tor is brought into alinement with one of the
explosive trains. The detonator is contained
in the detonator slider, a block of metal that
rides in a recess in the fuze. Compressed
springs that act on the slider tend to move
the detonator into alinement with one of the
explosive trains.
An arming stem, acted upon by a com­
pressed spring, bears against the inner sur­
2-4
face of the reduction gear assembly. The
inner end of the arming stem keeps the
detonator slider, which contains the deto­
nator, out of the functioning position until
the fuze arms.
As previously described, the air stream
rotates the arming-vane assembly and,
through the reduction gear mechanism, un­
screws the arming screw from the striker
assembly, carrying the vane cup and the re­
duction gear outward. When the vane cup
has progressed sufficiently, the arming discs
are ejected by means of a flat spring assem­
bled within the circle of discs. As the arm­
ing screw advances, carrying the reduction
gear and vane cup outward, the arming stem
follows, driven by its spring.
If the fuze setting pin has been preset in
the deep slot (for delayed action), it is in the
way of the advancing arming stem collar.
The progress of the arming stem is stopped
when the collar of the stem contacts the
setting pin. At this point the arming stem
has cleared the first step of the detona­
tor slider. The two compressed springs
force the slider over until its shoulder con­
tacts the partially withdrawn arming stem.
This alines the detonator with the delay ele­
ment. The arming screw continues to free
itself from the striker until the vane cup
assembly (vane cup and reduction gears)
drops off.
If the fuze has been set in the shallow
slot (for instantaneous action), the setting
pin stem will not stop the progress of the
arming stem during the arming sequence
described. During arming, the arming stem
rides outward, clearing both steps of the
detonator slider and allowing the detonator
to aline with the instantaneous firing pin.
Action. When the arming discs have been
ejected, the striker can be driven into the
fuze body. Impact drives the striker in­
ward, shearing the shear pin and the stem of
the setting pin. The delay firing pin sets off
the delay primer and the instantaneous fir­
ing pin is driven either into a cavity in the
detonator slider or into the detonator.
A striker retaining pin passes through the
FUZES
fuze body and into a slot in the striker; it
prevents the striker from moving outward
but does not prevent the striker’s motion
inward.
Detonation. If the fuze has been set for
delay action, the detonator is alined with the
delay explosive components. Impact fires
the delay primer. The flash from the primer
sets off the black powder delay element
which burns through and sets off, respec­
tively, the relay, the detonator, the booster
lead-in, and the booster.
When the fuze is set for instantaneous
action, the detonator is in line with the in­
stantaneous explosive components. Impact
drives the instantaneous firing pin into the
alined detonator, setting it off. The detona­
tor relays the explosion to the booster lead-in,
which explodes the booster.
Released Safe
If it is necessary to release fuzed bombs
over friendly territory, the aircraft arming
controls are set in the SAFE position before
the bombs are jettisoned. In this position,
the arming wire is released from the bomb
racks with the bomb, preventing the armingvane assembly from rotating and arming the
fuze. The unarmed fuze will not function
upon impact.
Accidental Arm ing
Recognition. When the arming mecha­
nism is missing, or has unscrewed from the
striker far enough to allow the arming discs
between the striker flange and the fuze
body to be ejected, the fuze is armed. If the
clearance between the vane cup and the fuze
body is greater than Vs inch, but the arming
discs are not ejected, the fuze is partially
armed.
Handling. The arming-vane assembly of
both armed and partially armed fuzes may
be turned backwards (counterclockwise look­
ing at the nose of the fuze) with safety.
This will not unarm a fuze when the deto­
nator slider has already moved over, but will
unarm a partially armed fuze.
Fuzes in which the clearance between the
vane cup and the fuze body is greater than
i/8 inch, but in which the arming discs are
still in place, are safe for handling although
they are no longer detonator safe.
Fuzes which have had the arming discs
ejected may be made safe for handling by
placing metal (or wood) blocks between the
striker flange and the fuze body. They must
be held in place by some suitable means,
such as adhesive tape. The blocks will pre­
vent the striker from being driven into the
fuze accidentally.
No attempt should be made to disassemble
this fuze. Fuzes which are armed or par­
tially armed should be disposed of by au­
thorized and qualified personnel.
Fuzing
1. Unseal the fuze container and remove
the fuze.
2. Inspect the overall appearance of the
fuze; see that the arming-vane assembly and
threads are in the proper condition.
3. Adjust the setting pin for the desired
action (instantaneous or delay). The pin
has two slots. The deep slot is for delay
action, the shallow slot for instantaneous
action. To change the delay setting, which
is under spring action, pull out the setting
pin from the fuze body, twist it a quarter
turn, and then release it. The vane cup of
the AN-M139A1 has a black painted seg­
ment covering one-eighth of the cup; the
AN-M140A1 has a segment covering onefourth of the cup; the AN-M103A1 has no
painted segment.
4. Obtain the proper vane assembly and
inspect it for damage.
5. Remove the nose shipping plug and in­
spect the fuze seat and threads for corrosion
and stripping. If necessary, clean the fuze
seat and threads.
6. Cut and remove the seal wire.
CAUTION: Do not remove the
cotter pin that locks the vane strap
and eyelet strap until the bomb is
installed in the bomb rack.
7. Screw the fuze, less the arming-vane
assembly, into the nose of the bomb, hand
tight. Use no tools.
2-5
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
8. Thread the arming wire through the
forward bomb suspension lug, then through
the upper pair of eyelets in the vane strap
and eyelet strap. If upper pair of eyelets
is occupied by a cotter pin, place a spare
cotter pin in the opposite eyelets and replace
the original pin with the arming wire.
9. Adjust the arming wire to protrude 2
to 3 inches from the vane strap.
10. Slip Fahnestock safety clips (nor­
mally two) over the end of the arming wire
until they just touch the face of the vane
strap. Be sure that the arming wire is free
from kinks and burrs. See instructions for
the particular bomb assembly to determine
how many, if any, safety clips are to be used.
11. Slip the arming-vane assembly over
the vane hub, so that the heads of the two
vane pins enter the mating holes in the
flange of the vane hub, and so that the vanehub spring snaps into the groove on the vane
hub.
12. Remove the cotter pin.
Defuzing
CAUTION: Before attempting to
remove a fuze from a bomb, be
sure it is in the unarmed condition
or safe to handle.1
1.
2.
3.
4.
2 -6
Replace
Remove
Remove
Remove
the
the
the
the
cotter pin and tag.
safety clips.
arming-vane assembly.
arming wire and repack.
5. Replace the seal wire and seal ends to­
gether.
6. Unscrew the fuze from the bomb, and
replace it in the fuze container.
Packaging and M arking
Fuze Container. One fuze, including the
standard arming vane M l, not marked as
such, is packed in a cylindrical metal con­
tainer having a maximum diameter of 3.46
inches and a maximum length of 7.51 inches.
The weight of the fuze and container to­
gether is approximately 4.5 pounds. The
container is sealed, and opened, by a metal
tear strip soldered to it. A ring on the end
of the tear strip facilitates opening. The
container is painted black and is marked as
follows:
FUZE, BOMB, NOSE AN-103A1
Loader’s Initials Loaded (Month and Year)
Drawing No.
Revision Date of Drawing
Packing Box. Twenty-five fuzes in con­
tainers are normally packed in a wood pack­
ing box. However one fuze and container
may be removed, if necessary, to make room
for a package of M2 arming vanes and in­
structions. The weight of the box and its
contents is approximately 132.5 pounds.
Its dimensions are 22(4 by 17Va by 9% 0
inches. The lid of the box is secured by
wood screws, and the end of the box is
marked as follows:
(No.) FUZES, BOMB, NOSE
AN-M103A1
LOT NO.
FUZES
IM P A C T NO SE FUZE A N -M 1 1 0 A 1 , A N -M 1 2 6 ,
A N -M 1 2 6 A 1 , A N -M 1 5 8 , A N D A N -M 1 5 9
Model . . .
Status. ___
____
Firing A ction ... ----Firing Delay . . . .
Assembly Drawing N o.
Arming:
T ype------------------Revolutions to
Arm.
Air travel to Arm
(ft).
Overall Length (in.) —
Protrusion from Bomb
(in.).
Vane Span (in.). ----Weight (lb) ____
Number of Vanes
Booster Charge:
T ype-------------------
A N -M 126____
A N -M 110A 1-.
Obsolescent___
Impact________ Impact ____
Instantaneous. _ Instantaneous. _
73-8-77_______ 73-8-166. .
A N -M 126A 1..
Obsolescent.
Impact . . .
Instantaneous..
73-8-167______
A N -M 158____
AN-M159.
Im pact..
__
Instantaneous
73-8-390.. . . .
Impact.
Instantaneous.
E14-15-256.
Delayed .
260___________
Delayed
. .
260___________
Delayed.
375 to 512____
Delayed.
414 to 512.
725___________
1200__________
1200.
Delayed__
570___________
725___________
3 .7 ___________
2 .3 9 __________
3 .1 2 __________
2 .2 8 __________
3 .2 4 ________
2 .4 ___________
3 .7 6 __________
2 .4 ___________
3.24.
2.4.
2 .9 ___________
1 .0 2 __________
3 .9 ___________
.68 (alum.)
1.16 (steel).
2_____________
3 .0 ___________
1 .10__________
3_____________
1 .0 2 __________
3.
0.65.
2_____________
2_____________
2.
Tetryl P ellet...
Small Tetryl
Column.
2_____________
Tetryl Pellet.
Figure 2-3.— Nose Fuzes A N -M 1 5 8 and AN-M 159.
General Description
The impact nose fuzes of this type, figure
2-4, are vane operated and delay armed.
They act to detonate the bomb instanta­
neously upon impact. The lengthy air travel
necessary to arm these fuzes (1200 feet)
makes them suitable for use with land-based
and carrier aircraft.
The AN-M158 and AN-M159 fuzes differ
from each other only in the size of their
main explosive element. Fuze AN-M158
has a booster containing 0.6 ounce of tetryl.
This has been replaced on the AN-M159 by
a smaller metal holder containing a column
of tetryl. This difference in booster volume
of the two fuzes has resulted in a variance
in fuze length. In all other respects the
two fuzes are identical.
Other fuzes similar to these are the fol­
lowing.
Nose Fuze AN-M110A1. Although very
similar in external appearance, the A N M110A1 (now obsolescent) differs in nu­
merous features from the AN-M158. The
AN-M110A1 does not have the springactuated detonator shutter; it has a gear re­
duction of 1:34 (instead of 1 :4 0 ); its
arming sleeve moves down (instead of up) ;
it arms in 260 revolutions and 725 feet (in­
stead of 440 revolutions and 1200 feet) ;
it has a lighter striker and firing pin, and
its striker has a retaining pin rather than
a retaining ring. Detonator M13 in the
AN-M110A1 extends into the booster
charge; Detonator M20 in the AN-M158 is
contained in the detonator shutter.
2-7
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
ARMING-VANE ASSEMBLY
STRIKER
VANE NUT
VANE TAB
A R M IN G
FIRING PIN SPRING
HU!
tTTi
FUZE BODY'
ARMING-WIRE GUIDE
ARMING SLEEVE
UTER GEAR
PINION
INNER GEAR
FIRING PI
DETONATOR SHUTTER
SHUTTER SPRING-
DETONATOR
OOSTER LEAD-IN
BOOSTER CU
Figure 2-4.— Impact Nose Fuze A N-M 158, Cross Section.
Nose Fuzes AN-M126 and AN-M126A1.
The AN-M126A1 is identical both in con­
struction- and in operation to the A N M110A1, except that instead of a booster,
the AN-M126A1 has a steel cylinder the
same size as the booster. This cylinder con­
tains an enlarged firing train consisting of
a primer, an upper detonator, and a lower
detonator, which is seated against the tetryl
burster in chemical bombs. The AN-M126
(now obsolescent) has more teeth on the
gears than the AN-M126A1 and requires
570 vane revolutions to arm as opposed to
2 -8
260 vane revolutions in the AN-M126A1.
It also has three safety blocks, each 120degree segments; the arming sleeve fits in a
groove in the blocks in the unarmed posi­
tion, preventing them from falling out.
Explosive Component’s
The main charge of the fuze is either a
0.6 ounce tetryl booster or a small column
of tetryl in a metal holder. Two other ele­
ments complete the explosive components of
both fuzes: a booster lead-in and a detonator.
The detonator is fired by the penetration of
FUZES
the firing pin. Until arming, the detonator
is out of alinement with the other explosive
components.
Safety Features
During shipping and stowage, the fuze is
made safe by a safety wire passing through
the vane tab and arming-wire guide. The
ends of the wire are secured with a car
seal. These fuzes in externally carried
stores are restricted in accordance with
NAVORDINST 8024.25, latest issue.
Functioning
General. When the bomb is dropped
armed, the arming wire is retained in the
bomb rack and frees the arming-vane assem­
bly. The vanes rotate in the air stream to
operate the delay-arming mechanism, and
arm the fuze. The fuze becomes completely
armed after the arming-vane assembly has
completed between 375 and 512 revolutions;
this requires approximately 1200 feet of air
travel. After the fuze is completely armed,
the arming-vane assembly is in a free­
wheeling state in which its continued rota­
tion produces n6 mechanical effect upon the
fuze.
Impact drives the striker into the fuze and
sets off the explosive components to detonate
the bomb.
Arming. The delay arming mechanism is
composed of the arming-vane assembly, an
inner and outer gear, and a pinion. The
armjng-vane assembly is threaded onto the
arming hub, outside the fuze body. Secured
in place at the other end of the arming hub,
within the fuze body, is the outer gear,
which has 39 teeth. Threads are cut on the
inside surface of the arming hub to accom­
modate the threaded arming sleeve. The
inner gear, which has 40 teeth, is attached
to the arming sleeve at its inner end. The
pinion meshes with the outer and inner
gears.
As the arming-vane assembly rotates, it
revolves the arming hub and arming sleeve.
The outer and inner gears contact the
pinion, which has an equal number of teeth
on its outer and inner portions. Since the
number of teeth on the outer and inner gears
is not equal, the outer gear turns the pinion,
and the pinion meshing with the inner gear
causes the inner gear to lag one tooth each
revolution. Motion is then induced between
the arming hub and arming sleeve, causing
the sleeve to thread itself into the arming
hub.
As the arming sleeve rises in the arming
hub, it forces the firing-pin spring to push
the striker outward. The firing pin is con­
nected to the striker and is withdrawn with
it.
The detonator is contained in the deto­
nator shutter, which pivots on one corner
under spring action. When the fuze is in
the unarmed state, the firing pin extends
into a cavity of the detonator shutter. This
holds the shutter against the action of the
shutter spring and keeps the detonator out
of alinement with the explosive components.
The firing pin is withdrawn from the shut­
ter cavity as the fuze arms. When the firing
pin has moved outward between Vi and 1/3
inch, it clears the shutter. The shutter
spring pivots the detonator into alinement
with the explosive train, and a spring detent
locks the shutter in place.
When the fuze is fully armed, the striker
has moved outward Vi to V3 inch and is
supported in this position by the firing-pin
spring. The inner gear has risen to the
point where it free-wheels in the groove of
the pinion. The arming hub and arming
sleeve now revolve together.
Action. Upon impact, the striker is driven
inward against the firing-pin spring. The
striker forces the firing pin into the alined
detonator.
Detonation. The detonator explodes when
struck by the firing pin. The explosion is
transmitted to the booster lead-in and then
to a booster, or to a column of tetryl, de­
pending upon which particular fuze is used.
Released Safe
If it is necessary to release fuzed bombs
over friendly territory, the aircraft arming
controls are set in the SAFE position before
the bombs are jettisoned. In this position,
2-9
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
the arming wire is released from the bomb
rack with the bomb, preventing the armingvane assembly from rotating and arming
the fuze. The unarmed fuze will not func­
tion upon impact.
Accidental Arming
Recognition. If the striker has risen more
than 14. inch above the vane nut, the fuze
must be considered armed.
Handling. Fuzes that have become armed
can be made safe for handling by placing
metal or wooden blocks between the striker
and the vane nut. This will prevent the
striker from driving the firing pin into the
detonator. Secure the blocks with adhesive
tape and unscrew the fuze from the bomb.
CAUTION: Under no condition
will any attempt be made to unarm
a fuze of this type which is sus­
pected of being armed.
Reverse rotation of the arming-vane as­
sembly will force the firing pin into the
detonator and fire the fuze. An armed fuze
must be disposed of by authorized and
qualified personnel.
Fuzing
1. Unseal the fuze container and remove
the fuze.
2. Inspect the fuze threads to see that
they are clean and serviceable and that the
vanes are not bent. The striker must be
firm against the vane nut.
3. Remove the nose shipping plug from
the bomb. Inspect the fuze seat to see that
it is clean and that the threads are in good
condition. Clean the threads if necessary.
4. Screw the fuze into the nose of the
bomb, hand tight. Use no tools.
5. If the bomb is clustered, install the
vane lock in accordance with the instructions
for the cluster adapter given in chapter 8.
Be sure that the vane lock prevents rotation
of the fuze’s arming-vane assembly. Cut
and remove the sealed wire and tag from
the fuze.
6. If the bomb is for individual suspen­
sion, pass the arming wire through the for­
2 -1 0
ward bomb suspension lug, then through the
inner holes in the arming-wire guide and
vane tab. Adjust the arming wire so that
the swivel loop is midway between the two
bomb suspension lugs.
7. Adjust the arming wire to extend 2 to
3 inches beyond the vane tab. Cut off excess
wire.
8. Slip two safety clips (Fahnestock clips)
over the end of the arming wire, until they
just touch the face of the vane tab. Be sure
that the wire is not kinked or burred.
Defuzing
CAUTION: Before attempting to
remove a fuze from a bomb, be sure
that it is unarmed or safe to handle.
If the striker has risen more than
14 inch above the vane nut, the fuze
must be considered armed. See in­
structions for handling in the pre­
ceding section before proceeding
further.
If the bomb was prepared for individual
suspension and not dropped:
1. Replace the safety wire through the
vane tab and arming wire guide, and twist
the ends together.
2. Remove the safety clips (Fahnestock
clips) and withdraw the arming wire. Re­
pack the clips and wire.
3. Unscrew the fuze from the bomb, and
repack in metal can; reseal the can with
adhesive tape.
If the bomb is part of a cluster that was
not dropped:
1. Replace safety wire in each fuze of the
cluster. Secure the wire by twisting two
ends together.
2. Remove the bomb from the cluster.
3. Unscrew the fuze from the bomb and
repack in metal container. Reseal the con­
tainer with adhesive tape.
Packaging and M arking
Fuze Container. Each fuze is individually
packed in a black cylindrical metal container.
Soldered to the container and cover is a
metal strip which seals the container during
FUZES
shipping and stowage. A key is attached to
the cover of the can to be used in removing
the metal strip. The following is a typical
container marking.
FUZE, BOMB, NOSE
AN-M158
LOADED (date)
DRG. 73-8-390
REV. (date)
Packing Box. Thirty fuzes, in containers,
are packed in a single wooden box fastened
together by wood screws and secured with
steel bands. It weighs 58.5 pounds gross
and its dimensions are 20%e by 12 by 103% 2
inches. The following is a typical packing
box identification:
30 NOSE FUZES
BOMB, NOSE, AN-M158 (or as applicable)
2 -1 1
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O LU M E 1)
IM P A C T NOSE FUZE A N - M k 219 Mods 3 and 4
M a r k _____ ________________
Mods _____ _______ ____ ___
Firing Action __
Firing Delay __
General Arrangement
Drawing No.
AN-Mk 219
_____3 and 4
Impact
Instantaneous
202656
Arming
Type
Revolutions to Arm
Air Travel to Arm (ft)
Overall Length (in.)
Protrusion from Bomb (in.)
Vane Span (in.)
Weight (lb)
Number o f Vanes
Detonator Designation
Booster Charge
Type
Weight (oz) .
Figure 2-5.— Nose Fuze A N -M k 219.
General Description
This detonator-safe, vane-operated nose
fuze, figure 2-6, is fired instantaneously upon
impact. Approximately 1000 feet of air
travel is necessary for the delay-arming
mechanism to arm the fuze. These fuzes in
externally carried stores are restricted in
accordance with NAVORDINST 8024.25,
latest issue. Mod 3 and Mod 4 are the same
mechanically; the mod numbers merely des­
ignate different manufacturers.
Explosive Components
The explosive components consist of a
detonator, an auxiliary booster lead-in, a
booster lead-in, and a booster. The booster
is about 0.9 ounce tetryl, either pelletloaded or loaded in place. It is held into the
fuze body by the booster cover, which is
crimped into the groove provided. The fuze
is set off when the firing pin is driven into
the detonator upon impact.
Delayed
175
1000
5.5
2.9
4.8
4.0
4
Mk 12 Mod 0
Tetryl
0.9
vane carrier lug and the flange of the striker,
which locks the delay arming mechanism.
This safety cotter pin is provided with a pull
ring and an instruction tag. The fuze is
further protected by the metal packing can
in which it is sealed.
When unarmed, the explosive train is
broken. The explosive components cannot
become alined until the arming mechanism
operates during arming and completes the
necessary number of revolutions.
As installed in a bomb, the fuze is in an
unarmed condition. The arming wire takes
the place of the safety cotter pin and pre­
vents rotation of the arming mechanism.
Should the detonator explode when the fuze
is in the unarmed condition, the gases would
expand in the space above, and no further
action would take place.
The delay arming mechanism furnishes
maximum safety for dive bombing as well
as protection against detonation when the
bomb is accidentally released from an air­
plane flying at low altitudes.
Functioning
Safety Features
The fuze is made safe during shipping and
stowage, by a safety cotter pin through the
2 -1 2
General. When the bomb is released free
to arm, the vane carrier is unlocked from
the striker flange by the withdrawal of the
FUZES
Figure 2-6.
Impact Nose Fuze A N -M k 219, Cross Section.
arming wire. The vane carrier then rotates
by action of the air stream on the armingvane assembly, driving the reduction gears
which arm the fuze. Completion of 175
revolutions of the arming-vane assembly
arms the fuze fully; this requires about 1000
feet of air travel along the trajectory of
the bomb. Impact drives the firing pin into
the detonator and the fuze acts instanta­
neously to explode the bomb.
Arming. The revolving arming-vane as­
sembly is connected to the arming shaft
through the reduction gear train, which con­
sists of an inner gear, an outer gear, and a
pinion. The outer gear has 23 teeth and
is connected directly to the arming shaft.
The inner gear has 22 teeth and is secured
to the inner gear carrier. The inner gear
carrier is prevented from rotating by the
inne gear carrier lug, which is set into a
recess on the inner sleeve. The outer gear
and the inner gear mesh with the pinion,
which has an equal number of teeth on its
inner and outer portions. As the pinion
is driven around the inner and outer gears
by the arming-vane assembly, it forces the
outer gear one tooth ahead each revolution,
resulting in a ratio of one turn of the outer
gear to 23 turns of the arming-vane assem­
bly.
2-13
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
A
i
UNARMED
f
ROTOR
l
ARMED
STRIKER, GEAR CARRIER, AND
VANE ASSEMBLY HAVE MOVED
OUTWARD
EXPLOSIVE TRAIN
UNAUNED
ALINED
Figure 2-7 .— Impact Nose Fuze A N -M k 219, Details of Operation.
The arming shaft, to which the outer gear
is secured, is threaded into the shaft nut
at the innermost end. As the outer gear
and the shaft revolve, the shaft moves out­
ward from the shaft nut. It is stopped by
the shoulder of the shaft screw jamming
with the shaft nut. The inner gear carrier
and striker are carried outward with the
arming shaft by the shaft collar.
When the shaft screw jams, the inner gear
carrier lug has been disengaged from the
slot in the inner sleeve, freeing the inner
gear carrier. The outer gear is prevented
from rotating by the jammed shaft screw.
Therefore, the pinion will act to turn the
inner gear and the inner gear carrier. The
guide pins prevent the striker from revolv­
ing with the inner gear carrier.
The inner gear carrier houses the firingpin extension. Below the inner gear carrier,
within the inner sleeve, is the firing-pin
holder. This holder contains the firing pin,
which is secured in position by a shear pin.
The firing-pin holder is a partial cylinder
fitting around the arming shaft. About
one-third of the firing-pin holder cylinder is
broken away; the inner gear carrier lug is
located in the upper portion of the brokenaway area.
2-14
The rotor pivots about the arming shaft,
at the inner end above the shaft nut. This
unit contains the fuze detonator. The re­
spective positions of the inner gear carrier,
inner sleeve, firing-pin holder, and rotor
can be seen in figure 2-7.
As the inner gear carrier revolves, the
inner gear carrier lug contacts the edge of
the firing-pin holder and carries the holder
with it. The firing pin holder then pushes
the rotor as the inner gear carrier continues
to rotate. When the inner gear carrier has
revolved appoximately 345 degrees, the
alinement of the firing-pin extension, the
firing pin, the detonator, and the auxiliary
booster lead-in is complete. At this point
a detent locks the inner gear carrier to the
striker, preventing further rotation.
Action. Impact drives the fuze head, vane
carrier, striker, and inner gear carrier into
the fuze body, thereby shearing the pin in
the shaft. The firing-pin extension on the
inner gear carrier strikes the firing pin
and shears the firing-pin shear pin.
Detonation. The firing pin penetrates
and initiates the detonator which, in turn,
fires the auxiliary booster lead-in. the
booster lead-in, and the booster. Fuze deto­
nation is instantaneous upon impact.
FUZES
Released Safe
If it is necessary to release fuzed bombs
over friendly territory, the aircraft arming
controls are set in the SAFE position before
the bombs are jettisoned. In this position,
the arming wire is released from the bomb
rack with the bomb, preventing the armingvane assembly from rotating and arming
the fuze. The unarmed fuze will not func­
tion upon impact.
Accidental Arm ing
Recognition. This fuze will be regarded
as armed if the striker flange has advanced
3/ig inch from the outer sleeve. From out­
ward appearances, it is practically impossi­
ble to obtain a definite indication as to
whether or not the fuze is partially or fully
armed. When fully armed, the flange of the
striker is separated from the outer sleeve by
inch and the inner gear carrier has ro­
tated 345 degrees, bringing the firing-pin
extension, the firing pin, and the detonator
into alinement.
Handling. Armed and partially armed
fuzes should be removed from bombs by
authorized and qualified personnel only. To
remove an armed fuze from a bomb, care­
fully remove the lock screw in the outer
sleeve. Gently withdraw the detonator and
striker assembly by grasping the striker
flange and pulling it outward along the axis
of the fuze until completely withdrawn.
Then unscrew the fuze body from the bomb.
Fuzing
1. Unseal the fuze container and remove
the fuze. Inspect the overall appearance to
insure that it is clean and serviceable; look
particularly for bent vanes and damaged
threads.
2. Remove the nose shipping plug from
the bomb.
Inspect the fuze seat and
threads; clean if necessary. A fuze adapter
and an auxiliary booster are required; in­
spect to see that they are in place.
3. Screw the fuze into the fuze adapter
at the nose of the bomb until it is seated
handtight. If the threads are not free run­
ning, a small spanner wrench may be used
to seat the fuze.
4. Remove the safety cotter pin from the
fuze and rotate the vane carrier slightly in
each direction to insure free rotation. Do
not rotate the vane carrier more than one
turn in either direction.
5. Thread the end of arming wire through
the forward bomb lug, then through the
uppermost hole in the striker flange and the
hole in the nearest vane carrier lug. Ad­
just the arming wire to protrude about 4
inches from the fuze.
6. Slip two safety (Fahnestock) clips
over the end of the arming wire until they
just touch the face of the vane carrier lug.
Make certain that the arming wire is not
kinked or burred. The arming wire may be
assembled to the bomb and fuze either after
the bomb is placed in bomb rack or immedi­
ately before. The safety pin must not be
removed until just before the arming wire
is threaded through the holes in the striker
flange and the vane carrier lug.
Defuzing
CAUTION: Before attempting to
remove a fuze from a bomb, be sure
it is unarmed or safe to handle.
This fuze will be regarded as armed
if the striker flange has advanced
% 6 inch from the outer sleeve.
From outward appearances it is
practically impossible to obtain a
definite indication as to whether
the fuze is partially or fully armed.
See the preceding subparagraph,
Accidental Arming, for further in­
formation on recognition and han­
dling of armed or partially armed
fuzes.
1. Hold the arming vane assembly to pre­
vent rotation and remove the safety clips
from the arming wire.
2. Withdraw the arming wire and insert
the original safety pin and tag.
3. Repack the safety clips and wire.
4. Unscrew the fuze from the bomb and
repack in the metal can; reseal can with
adhesive tape.
2-15
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Packaging and M arking
Fuze Container. One fuze with two safety
(Fahnestock) clips is hermetically sealed in
a metal container; six loaded containers are
packed in a metal packing box. The dimen­
sions of the box are 15!/2 by 10 7/10 by 6%0
inches, and its weight about 36 pounds
loaded.
The individual metal containers are
marked as follows:
1 FUZE, BOMB, NOSE AN-Mk 219
(Date Loaded)
Lot No.
Place Loaded
Inspector’s Initials
Contract No.
Weight: Empty, loaded
The metal packing box is marked as fol­
lows:
2-16
6 FUZES, BOMB, NOSE AN-Mk 219
Lot No.
Weight:
(Date Loaded)
Inspector’s Initials
Packing Box. Shipments from the manu­
facturer contain a convenient number of
metal packing boxes in an outside wooden
shipping box. Each box is marked “ Deto­
nating Fuzes— Handle Carefully.” The top
is marked “ This side up.” It is also marked
as follows.
(Number) Aircraft Bomb Fuzes, Mk 219,
Mod— Lot Number
Name of Manufacturer
Requisition, Contract, or Order Number
Inspector’s Initials
Shipping Address
FUZES
IM P A C T NOSE FUZE M k 243 M od 0 and M k 244 M od 1
Mark___
_______ ___ _
M o d _________ _____ ______
Firing Action_____________
Firing Delay (sec.)________
General Arrangement_____
Arming
T ype-------------------------Revolutions to Arm. .
Air Travel to Arm (ft)
Overall Length (in.)_______
Protrusion from Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter ( i n , ) . . ___
Vane Span (in.)___________
Weight (lb )_______________
Number of Vanes_________
Detonator Designation____
Booster Charge
T yp e------------------------Weight (oz)__________
243___
244.
0____
1.
Impact
0 .0 2 5 ..
344638.
Impact,
4.
344764.
Delayed_____
130___
450_______...
8 .9
____
3 .9
____
2 .5 __________
Delayed.
130.
450.
8.9.
3.9.
2.5.
6 ____________________
. .
6.
4 .4 __________
4.4.
2 __________
2.
Mk 22 Mod 0
344470
Mk 22 Mod 0
344470.
T etryl_______________
1 .9 __________________
Tetryl.
1.9.
General Description
Figure 2 -8 .— Nose Fuzes Mk 243 M od 0
and Mk 244 Mod I.
These vane type, delay armed impact nose
fuzes, figure 2-9, are either water-discrimi­
nating or not water-discriminating, depend­
ing upon the design of the striker plate and
the shear threads supporting the striker.
Approximately 450 feet of air travel is
necessary to arm these fuzes for action.
Nose Fuze Mk 243 Mod 0 differs from
Nose Fuze Mk 244 Mod 1 in external mark­
ings and in the delay element. Nose Fuze
Mk 243 Mod 0 is water discriminating. It
functions after a delay of 0.025 second, while
Nose Fuze Mk 244 Mod 1 is not water dis­
criminating and has a delay of 4 seconds.
When Nose Fuze Mk 243 Mod 0 is installed
in a 500-pound GP bomb, a drop from 20,000
feet into water will not result in fuze action.
Impact with at least 14 inch steel plate or
hard ground is necessary for detonation.
When used with certain inertia firing tail
fuzes that have a 0.24-second M14 primerdetonator, a dual purpose effect is achieved.
Nose Fuze Mk 243 Mod 0 will detonate the
bomb with a 0.025-second delay in case of a
direct hit on the target. In case of a near
miss, the tail fuze will detonate the bomb at
an optimum depth of about 25 feet to pro­
duce a mining effect.
2-17
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
RING SPRING
VANE CAP------
FUZE BODY
ARMING STEI
ARMING-STEM SPRING
FIRING PI
BOOSTS
DETONATOR
BOOST!.R
Figure 2 -9 .— Impact Nose Fuze Mk 244, Cross Section.
2-18
'
OP
FUZES
Nose Fuze Mk 244 Mod 1 is not water
discriminating. It has an added striker
plate which increases the striker surface
seven times. Also, the number of shear
threads supporting the striker is only half
the number of those on Nose Fuze Mk 243
Mod 0. Nose Fuze Mk 244 Mod 1 will func­
tion when dropped on soft ground from an
altitude of 1000 feet, or on water from an
altitude of 3000 feet. The fuze body is labeled
4 SEC. DELAY.
Explosive Components
The explosive components consist of a de­
lay element, a detonator, a booster lead-in,
and a booster charge. The booster consists
of 1.9 ounces of tetryl.
Safety Features
Each fuze is individually packed in a
sealed metal container. The fuzes are kept
in an unarmed condition by a safety cotter
pin, with an attached tag, which passes
through holes in the flange of the vane cup
and in the flange of the vane cup support.
This locks the reduction mechanism to pre­
vent the fuze from arming.
The arming wire keeps the fuze unarmed
until it is withdrawn when the bomb is re­
leased. This wire passes through the for­
ward suspension lug o f the bomb, through
a pair of holes in the flange of the vane cup,
and through the flange of the vane cup sup­
port, preventing rotation of the arming-vane
assembly.
These fuzes are detonator safe since the
detonator is out of alinement until the fuze
is armed; they are also shear safe. These
fuzes in externally carried stores are re­
stricted in accordance with NAVORDINST
8024.25, latest issue.
Functioning
General. When the bomb is dropped
ARMED, the arming wire is retained in the
bomb rack and withdrawn from the vane cup
and vane cup support. This unlocks the re­
duction gear mechanism to arm the fuze.
After 130 revolutions of the arming-vane
assembly, taking approximately 450 feet of
air travel along the trajectory of the bomb,
the fuzes become armed and the arming
mechanism is released into the air stream.
These fuzes will detonate upon impact with
a sufficiently dense substance.
Arming. The vane cup and arming-vane
assembly are connected directly by the eye­
let pins. The revolving arming vanes turn
the vane cup to operate the delay arming
mechanism.
The delay arming mechanism is composed
of an inner and outer gear, a pinion, an
arming screw, and an arming stem. The
movable outer gear, which is attached to the
arming screw has 23 teeth. The inner gear,
which has 22 teeth, is prevented from mov­
ing by the inner gear stop.
As the arming vanes turn the vane cup,
the pinion is forced to walk around the outer
and inner gears. The difference in the num­
ber of teeth between the outer and inner
gears causes the pinion to advance the outer
gear one tooth each complete revolution.
This moves the arming screw outward on its
threads. The reduction ratio obtained is
one revolution of the arming screw to 23
revolutions of the arming-vane assembly.
The reduction gears, vane cup, and arm­
ing-vane assembly are carried outward by
means of the arming-screw collar. The
arming stem rides outward with the arming
screw, under the action of the arming-stem
spring. When the arming screw has ad­
vanced approximately one-fourth inch, the
arming stem clears the detonator slider.
The detonator slider is a cube of metal
containing the detonator. It is confined in
a recess of the fuze body, and is under spring
action from one side. The arming stem
holds the slider against the slider springs to
prevent the detonator from becoming alined
with the explosive train. Raising of the
arming stem during arming allows the slider
springs to move the slider sideways. At a
point where the detonator is alined properly
with the delay element and the booster leadin, the slider is locked in position by a spring
loaded detent and a lock pin.
Continued rotation of the arming vanes
unscrews the arming screw from the striker,
freeing the reduction gears, the vane cup,
2-19
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
and the arming-vane assembly to the air
stream. The fuze now is armed.
Action. Impact with a sufficiently dense
substance drives the striker inward. The
striker shears the brass shear threads and
shear pin, and then strikes the firing pin.
Detonation. The firing pin fires the delay
element, setting off the explosive train. The
delay element relays the explosion to the
detonator which, in turn, sets off the booster
lead-in and the booster.
Released Safe
If it is necessary to release fuzed bombs
over friendly territory, the aircraft arming
controls are set in the SAFE position before
the bombs are jettisoned. In this position,
the arming wire is released from the bomb
rack with the bomb, preventing the arming
vane from rotating and arming the fuze.
The unarmed fuze will not function on im­
pact.
Accidental Arming
Recognition.
If the arming assembly
(arming vanes, vane cup, and reduction
gears) is missing, the fuze is armed.
If the arming assembly is not missing,
visual evidence of arming can be gained by
measuring the distance between the flange
of the vane cup and the flange of the vane
cup support. When this distance measures
% inch or more, the fuze is fully armed.
Any distance less than Vi inch is an indica­
tion that the fuze is partially armed.
Handling. If a fuze has become armed
and must be removed from a bomb, lock the
vane cup (if still attached) to the vane cup
support by means of a cotter pin. This will
prevent partially armed fuzes from becom­
ing fully armed. The vane cup offers some
protection in handling partially and fully
armed fuzes since it acts as a shield against
sharp blows being transmitted directly to
the striker. As long as the fuze is protected
against severe blows, it is reasonably safe to
handle.
Salvaging. If the fuze is in the partially
armed condition, with less than 14 inch dis­
tance between flanges, it may be made safe
2 -2 0
by turning the vanes in a counterclockwise
direction. This will force the screw to push
the arming stem downward and, by means of
its collar, compress the arming spring. The
counterclockwise rotation must be continued
until the mechanism jam s; then the direction
must be reversed one turn. A fuze returned
to an unarmed condition will require ap­
proximately the same air travel to arm as
was originally necessary. After returning
the fuze of its unarmed condition, remove it
from the bomb and repack.
Fully armed fuzes must be disposed of by
authorized and qualified personnel.
No
attempt is to be made to return the fuze to
its unarmed condition.
Fuzing
1. Remove the shipping plug from the
bomb. Inspect the fuze seat threads to see
that they are clean.
2. Remove the fuze from its sealed
container and examine for any physical de­
fects. Look for damaged threads and dented
parts.
3. Unwrap the arming-vane assembly
from its heavy waterproofed paper wrap­
ping. The arming-vane assembly is in the
fuze container together with the fuze.
4. Place the arming-vane assembly on the
vane cup hub. Press down firmly on the
arming-vane cap until the ring spring en­
gages the groove in the vane cup hub. This
operation will secure the arming-vane as­
sembly to the fuze.
5. Remove the safety cotter pin and turn
the arming-vane assembly one complete
revolution in each direction in order to make
sure that it will rotate freely. Replace the
safety cotter pin.
6. Screw the fuze into the fuze seat handtight. Do not use a wrench or other tools
since this might make it difficult to remove
the fuze if defuzing becomes necessary.
7. Insert the arming wire through the
forward suspension lug of the bomb and
through the nearest pair of holes in the
flange of the vane cup support and the flange
of the vane cup. If the safety cotter pin
FUZES
occupies the nearest set of holes, remove the
cotter pin and place it through another set.
8.
Cut the arming wire so that approxi­
mately 3 inches extends beyond the fuze.
Place the two safety (Fahnestock) clips
over the end of the arming wire, pushing
them up against the vane cup. Remove the
safety cotter pin.
Defuzing
CAUTION: Before attempting to
remove a fuze from a bomb, be sure
it is unarmed, or safe to handle. If
the arming assembly (arming
vanes, vane cup, and reduction
gears) is missing, the fuze is armed.
If the arming assembly is not miss­
ing, measure the distance between
the flange of the vane cup and the
flange of the vane cup support. If
this distance is 14 inch or more, the
fuze is fully armed. If less than
*/4 inch, the fuze is partially armed.
See preceding subparagraph Acci­
dental Arming, for instructions on
handling this type of fuze.
1. Replace and secure the safety cotter
through a set of holes in the flange of the
vane cup and the flange of the vane cup sup­
port.
2. Remove two safety (Fahnestock) clips
and also the arming wire from the fuze.
3. Unscrew the fuze from the fuze seat
of the bomb.
4. Free the arming vane assembly from
the vane cup hub of the fuze. It may be
necessary to place the end of a screwdriver
between the vane cup hub and the vane
assembly and gently pry the vane assembly
free.
5. Return the fuze to its container. Re­
wrap the arming vane assembly in heavy,
waterproof wrapping and place it into the
fuze container along with the fuze.
Packaging and M arking
Fuze Container. Each fuze comes in a
hermetically sealed metal container. The
arming-vane assembly for each fuze is
packed in the same container and is wrapped
in heavy waterproofed paper. The con­
tainer has a tear strip to facilitate opening,
and is marked as follows.
BOMB FUZE
Mk 244 MOD 1
Packing Box.
Fifteen containers are
packed in a wooden box. The dimensions of
the box are 2 6 J/2 by 151/2 by 1 1 inches, and it
weighs 98 pounds. It is marked as follows.
15 NOSE FUZES
BOMB, NOSE, Mk 244 Mod 1
4 SEC. DELAY
PACKED (MONTH AND YEAR) LOT NO.
2 -2 1
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
M E C H A N IC A L T IM E NOSE FUZE A N -M 1 4 5 A 1
AN-M145A1________
Mechanical time_____
Aerial burst, 5-92 sec­
onds, or instantane­
ous.
P-84247____________
AN-M146A1.
Mechanical time.
Aerial burst, 5-92 sec­
onds, or instantane­
ous.
P-83745.
Vane and time_____ _
260-350_____________
4 .5
____________
1000-1300_____ _____
6 .3 _______ _____ ____
4 .9 _________________
1 .9 3 ..____ _________
3___________________
Vane and time.
260-350.
4.5.
1000-1300.
5.7.
4.9.
1 .93.
3.
1 . 6.
5-92.
2.
M19A2.
Model- ____
Firing Action
Firing Delay.
Assembly Drawing N o____
Arming
T ype-------------------------Revolutions to Arm. _
Time to Arm (sec)____
Air travel to Arm (ft)
Overall Length (in.)_______
Protrusion from Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.)______
Vane Span (in.)___________
Weight (lb)_______________
Time Setting Range (sec)..
Number of Vanes_________
Detonator Designation____
Booster Charge
T ype------- -------- ---------Weight (grains)______
l
.
J
Figure 2-10.— Mechanical Time Nose Fuzes
A N -M 1 4 5 A 1 and A N-M 146A1.
General Description
Nose fuzes of this type, figures 2-11 and
2 -2 2
and A N -M 1 4 6 A 1
1.6
__________
5-92________________
2
__________
M19A2___ __________
Tetryl.................... .....
125_________________
Black Powder.
110 .
2-12, are armed by mechanical and time
mechanisms. The time of detonation after
release can be preset for 5 to 92 seconds.
Should the time setting be greater than the
time of the flight of the bomb, impact will
cause the fuze to function instantaneously,
provided it is armed. An air travel of 1000
to 1300 feet is necessary to arm these fuzes.
Mechanical Time Nose Fuzes AN-M145A1
and AN-M146A1 are identical except for
their boosters. The AN-M146A1 has a
black-powder booster which is used for igni­
tion purposes. The AN-M145A1 contains
tetryl and is used for detonating purposes.
These fuzes are detonator safe. These fuzes
in externally carried stores are restricted
in accordance with NAVORDINST 8024.25.
latest issue.
Fuzes AN-M145 and AN-M146 modified
an earlier Fuze M111A2 by the addition of a
detonator slider held out of line until the
fuze became partially armed by a crank­
shaped arming stem. The later fuzes are
also equipped with a spinner device to force
safety blocks to rotate with the arming vane
to insure positive ejection of the safety
block after the arming sleeve has withdrawn.
Fuze AN-M145E2 is the AN-M145 with a
FUZES
VA N E-NU T PIN
STRIKER
ARMING VANE
SAFETY BLOCK
STRIKER STOP
SAFETY-BLOCK
ARMING SLEEVE
VANE NUT
ARMING HUB
STATIONARY GEAR
HEAD
--------VANE TAB
THUMBSCREW
MOVABLE GEAR
PINION
BODY
F IR IN G -P IN SPRING
TIMING DISC
------------------FIRING PIN
ARMING CAM
ARMING-WIRE GUIDE
ARMING LEVER
-PIN SPRING
CLOCKWORK
MECHANISM
ARMING PIN
DETONATOR
DETENT
DETONATOR SLIDER
DETENT SPRING
DETONATOR SLI
SPRING
BOOSTER CHARGE
SLIDER COVER
CUP
Figure 2-11.— Mechanical Time Fuze A N -M 1 4 6 A 1 , Cutaway View, Unarmed.
2-23
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
VANE NUT PIN
STRIKER
SAFETY BLOCK COLLAR
ARMING VANE
ARMING HUB
VANE NUT
ARMING SLEEVE
FIRING PIN SPRING'
VANE TAB
STATIONARY GEAR
HEADPINION
MOVABLE GEAR
THUMBSCREWFIRING PIN
BODY
TIM ING DISC
RMING-WIRE GUIDE
ARMING CAM
ARMING LEVER
CLOCKWORK MECHANISM
DETONATOR
DETENT
DETENT SPRING
DETONATOR SLIDER
DETONATOR SLIDER SPRING'
BOOSTER CHARGE
SLIDER COVER
BOOSTER CUP
Figure 2-12.- Mechanical Time Fuze A N M l4 6 A 1 , Cutaway View, Armed.
2-24
FUZES
clockwork mechanism that has been re­
worked for low-temperature operation. An
added protective finish changed the A N M145E2 to the AN-M145E3, which became
standardized as the AN-M145A1.
Fuze M146E1 is Fuze M146 with the
booster charge increased from 70 to 110
grains of black powder. Fuze AN-M146E2
is Fuze AN-M146E1 with a clockwork
mechanism reworked for low temperature
operation. Fuze AN-M146E3, which was
standardized to become Fuze AN-M146A1,
is Fuze AN-M146E2 with an added protec­
tive finish.
Explosive Components
The explosive components of this type of
fuze consists of a detonator, a booster leadin, and a booster. The booster is held out of
alinement until arming occurs.
Safety Features
The fuze has a combination of four fea­
tures to keep it in the unarmed state and
to prevent detonation during shipping and
stowage.
A sealed safety wire, with attached in­
struction tag, is threaded through the vane
tab, the arming-wire guide, the striker stop,
and the eye of the cotter pin which se­
cures the arming pin. This wire locks the
mechanical arming system.
A safety block is located between the
striker and the vane nut, preventing the
firing pin from being driven inward pre­
maturely.
A cotter pin through the arming pin and
the arming-pin bracket holds the arming pin
in against the action of its spring. An
arming pin locked in this position will not
allow the time arming mechanism or time
train to operate.
Additional safety is provided by having
the detonator out of alinement with the ex­
plosive train until the fuze arms.
When installed in a bomb the arming wire
prevents the arming pin from being ejected
and the arming-vane assembly from rotat­
ing, thus keeping the fuze in the unarmed
condition.
Presetting
The fuze can be preset to detonate from
5 to 92 seconds after release. Markings
corresponding to these times are engraved
on the fuze head. The graduations are di­
vided into one-half second increments and
numbered every 3 seconds. To set the time
of detonation, loosen the thumbscrew and
turn the fuze head so that the engraved line
representing the desired time alines with
the index mark on the fuze body. Tighten
the thumbscrew to lock the setting.
Functioning
General. When the bomb is released
ARMED, the arming wire withdraws from
the fuze and remains in the bomb rack.
As the arming wire is withdrawn, the arm­
ing pin is ejected by the arming-pin spring
and the arming-vane assembly rotates in the
air stream. When the arming pin is ejected,
the time mechanism is set in motion, initiat­
ing the time train and turning the time arm­
ing cam. After 4.5 seconds the time arming
cam places the detonator in alinement with
the explosive train. The arming-vane as­
sembly operates the delay-arming mecha­
nism (mechanical arming) to remove the
safety block between the striker and the
vane nut. Approximately 1000 to 1300 feet
of air travel is necessary for the armingvane assembly to remove the safety block.
After this distance the fuze will function
on impact, if not previously fired by the
timing mechanism of the time set.
Arming. There are two distinct opera­
tions for arming these fuzes. The mechani­
cal arming mechanism functions to remove
the safety block, and the time arming
mechanism functions to bring the detonator
into alinement with the rest of the explosive
components. The mechanical delay arming
mechanism is composed of the arming-vane
assembly, an outer and inner gear, and a
pinion.
The arming-vane assembly is
threaded onto the arming hub, outside the
fuze body. The outer gear, containing 39
teeth, is secured in place at the other end
of the arming hub, within the fuze body.
Threads are cut on the inside surface of the
2-25
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
STI !K( .:
SPRING
TIMING-DISC LEVER
H A LF-R O U N D PIN
LEVER
TIMING DISC
FIRING PIN
. DETONATOR
POSITION BEFORE
FIRING
POSITION AT TIME
OF FIRING
Figure 2-13.— Mechanical Time Fuze A N -M 1 4 6 A 1 , Details of Firing-Pin Operation.
arming hub to accommodate the threaded
arming sleeve. The inner gear, containing
40 teeth, is attached to the arming sleeve
at its innermost end. The pinion meshes
with the outer and inner gears.
As the arming-vane assembly rotates,
it turns the arming hub and arming sleeve.
The outer gear meshes with the pinion and
forces it to rotate. Since the number of
teeth on the outer and inner gears are not
equal, the outer gear turning the pinion and
the pinion meshing with the inner gear
causes the inner gear to lag one tooth each
revolution of the outer gear. Motion is
thereby induced between the arming hub and
the arming sleeve, causing the arming sleeve
2-26
to unscrew itself from the arming hub.
When the arming sleeve is withdrawn from
the safety block, centrifugal force throws
the safety block clear of the fuze. As soon
as the safety block is removed, the mechani­
cal arming of the fuze is complete.
The safety block has a collar which bears
on pins in the vane nut. This insures that
the safety block will spin with the armingvane assembly, and sufficient centrifugal
force will be developed to throw the block
clear when the arming sleeve is withdrawn.
The second phase of arming is the process
of bringing the detonator into alinement
with the rest of the explosive components.
The detonator is contained in the detonator
FUZES
slider, which is under pressure from the
compressed slider spring. The slider spring
is prevented from forcing the slider inward
by the arming lever, which contacts a shoul­
der of the detonator slider.
At the same time that the arming wire is
withdrawn from the arming-vane assembly,
it is also withdrawn from the arming pin.
The arming pin is ejected by the armingpin spring and the timing mechanism is set
in motion. The timing mechanism turns a
shaft on which the time arming cam is
mounted. As the cam rotates, it strikes the
arming lever, which pivots and releases the
the detonator slider. The slider is driven
by the slider spring deeper into the fuze
body, alining the detonator with the firing
pin. The elapsed time for alinement is 4.5
seconds after release.
Action. All mechanical time fuzes are
essentially of one type. The principle of
operation is that of the common alarm
clock.
A trigger arm assembly (firing
lever and timing-disc lever), which re­
strains a spring-loaded firing-pin assembly,
figure 2-13, rides on the edge of a circular
timing disc. The disc has one notch cut into
its edge which, in the unarmed condition,
is occupied by the arming pin. The arming
pin holds the timing disc in place against
the action of the timing mechanism. When
the arming pin is ejected upon withdrawal
of the arming wire, the clockwork turns the
timing disc at a uniform rate until the tim­
ing-disc lever drops into the notch and
releases the firing lever. The firing lever
pivots and releases a half-round pin, which
had previously restrained the spring-loaded
firing pin by contacting the firing pin collar.
The collar had rested on one-half of the halfround pin, keeping the pin under a rotary
force. Releasing the firing lever frees the
half-round pin, which is forced to pivot by
the spring-loaded firing pin. The firing pin
is driven into the alined detonator.
Rotating the fuze head during the time
setting operation moves the timing-disc lever
around the timing disc. Locating the lever
at different positions varies the distance the
notch must travel to have the lever drop in,
and thereby varies the time of detonation.
The outside of the fuze head is engraved
with time settings corresponding to locating
positions for the timing-disc lever.
Detonation. The firing pin explodes the
detonator, which relays the explosion to the
booster lead-in. The booster lead-in fires
the booster, exploding the main charge of
the bomb.
Released Safe
If it is necessary to release fuzed bombs
over friendly territory, the aircraft arming
controls are set in the SAFE position before
the bombs are jettisoned. In this position,
the arming wire is released from the bomb
rack with the bomb, preventing the armingvane assembly from rotating and the arm­
ing pin from being ejected. The unarmed
fuze will not function in the air or on
impact.
Accidental Arm ing
Recognition.
This fuze is considered
armed when any of the following conditions
exist: absence of the safety block; complete
or partial ejection of the arming pin; and
failure of the trigger arm assembly to sup­
port the striker as evidenced by the striker
bearing down tightly against the safety
block.
Handling. If any of these conditions
exist, the safety block should be fastened in
place with tape. If the original safety block
is missing, a spare or improvised block
should be used. The fuze then may be han­
dled with comparative safety until it can be
disposed of by authorized personnel. Such
fuzes cannot be returned to a serviceable
condition and no attempt should be made
to do so.
Fuzing
1.
Remove the fuze from its packing and
inspect it to insure that the safety block
is in place, the arming pin is in its proper
position, the fuze threads are clean, and
that there is no indication of serious cor­
rosion or other evidence of unserviceability.
Special attention should be given to exami­
2-27
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
nation for evidence of corrosion. A small
amount of external corrosion may indicate
sufficient internal corrosion to freeze the
time mechanism or detonator slider and
cause a dud or, conversely, it may indicate
primer corrosion or weakening of light parts
which would render the fuze unsafe to han­
dle. Holding the safety block in place, re­
move the striker stop and examine for
clearance between striker and safety block.
If a clearance does not exist, it is an in­
dication that the half-round pin is not sup­
porting the firing pin and the fuze may
fire as soon as the safety block is ejected.
In this event, the safety block should be
taped in place and the fuze destroyed as soon
as possible. Shake the fuze gently to see
if the safety block falls out. If it does, re­
place it, secure it with tape, and dispose of
the fuze as soon as possible. Replace the
striker stop if these tests have indicated
that the fuze is serviceable.
2. Loosen the thumbscrew and turn the
head until the desired time is indicated by
the index mark on the body. Tighten the
thumbscrew to lock the setting. It should
be noted that there is a time lag of 0.2
second between the release of the bomb and
the starting of the time mechanism. This
is due to the fact that the bomb falls for 0.2
second after release before the arming wire
is withdrawn and the arming pin ejected.
Consideration should be given to the time
lag in selecting the time setting. Thus,
if it is desired that the fuze function 21.5
seconds after release, the fuze should be set
for 21.3 seconds.
3. Remove the nose plug from the bomb
and inspect the fuze seat to be sure that it
is clean and that the threads are not dam­
aged. The fuze may be installed in the
bomb before the bomb is placed in the rack,
but it is preferred that all fuzing be done
after the item is installed in the rack.
4. If the threaded hole in the bomb is
too large, install the appropriate adapter
booster.
5. Screw the fuze into the cavity, handtight.
2-28
6. Attach the arming-wire loop to the
shackle. Straighten the free end of the wire
and pass it through, in turn, the front sus­
pension lug, the smaller hole in the spoiler
ring (if present), the outer holes in the
arming-pin bracket and arming pin, and
the outer holes in the arming-wire guide and
arming vane. Take up slack in the wire by
pulling it forward through the arming pin
and arming vane. The use of a Fahnestock
clip on the arming wires of mechanical time
fuzes is mandatory where munitions, so
fuzed, are by tactical necessity carried on
external bomb racks or carried on internal
racks of aircraft whose rated cruising speed
is in excess of 300 knots. Use is optional
when the munitions are carried internally
in slower rated aircraft. Cut off the arming
wire 2 or 3 inches in front of the arming
vane or safety Fahnestock clip. Be sure
that no kinks or burrs are in the arming
wire.
7. Check the time setting on the fuze.
8. Remove the striker stop, the safety
cotter pin, and the seal wire. Check again
for clearance between the striker and the
safety block as described in step 1. If the
safety block should fall out, replace it, se­
cure it with tape, remove the fuze from the
bomb, and set it aside for destruction.
Defuxing
CAUTION: Before removing a
fuze from a bomb, be sure it is un­
armed or safe to handle. Check
for clearance between the striker
and safety block as described in
Fuzing, step 1. If the striker
should snap down or tightly against
the safety block, or if the safety
block should fall out, replace the
block, secure it with tape, remove
fuze from bomb or cluster, and set
it aside for disposal by authorized
personnel.
1. Replace the cotter pin in the fuze arm­
ing pin.
2. Replace the striker stop between the
striker and safety block.
FUZES
3. Pass the seal wire through the holes
in the arming vane and the arming-wire
guide, and fasten the ends of the wire to­
gether.
4. Remove the arming wire and unscrew
the fuze.
5. Replace the closing plug in the bomb.
6. Return the fuze to its original con­
tainer and seal with adhesive tape.
Packaging and M arking
Fuze Container. Each fuze is hermetically
sealed in a metal container. Soldered to
the container and cover is a metal strip,
sealing the container during shipping and
stowage. A key is provided to facilitate the
removal of this strip. The following is a
typical container marking.
FUZE, BOMB, NOSE, M. T.
AN-M145A1
PACKED (date)
(drawing no.)
REV. DATE OF FUZE
DRAWING
Packing Box. Fifteen fuzes in containers
are packed in a wooden packing box fastened
with wood screws and secured with steel
bands. The following is a typical packing
box marking.
15 NOSE FUZES
BOMB, NOSE, AN-M145A1, M. T.
PACKED (date)
LOT NO.
2-29
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
M E C H A N IC A L T IM E FUZE M155A1
Model
........
Firing Action
Firing Delay _
............. ..... ....... M155A1.
Mechanical time.
__ ___ ______ Aerial burst,
5-92 seconds
or instan­
taneous.
Assembly Drawing No. _________P-83912.
Arming
Type .................................................Vane and time.
Revolutions to Arm _______ ___6 to 9
Air travel to Arm (ft) ____
50
Overall Length (in.) ___ ..... . ... 4.5
Protrusion from Bomb (in.)
3.7
Body Diameter (in.)
1.63
Vane Span (in.) ....._______ _____ 3
Weight (lb) ___ __ ____ ________ __ 1.4
Time Setting Range (sec)
.........5-92
Number of Vanes
____________ 2
Percussion Primer Designation ___ M26
Booster Charge
Type ____________ ______ ______ ..Black powder
Weight (grains)
___
___ 120
Figure 2-14.— Mechanical Time Fuze
M155A1, Exterior View.
General Description
Mechanical Time Fuze M155A1 is similar
in operation to Mechanical Time Fuze A N M145A1 previously described in this chapter.
It is a “ detonator-in line” fuze; however it
is not detonator safe. This fuze is not to be
used from aircraft carriers and is not to be
installed in a bomb or cluster before it is
loaded in a plane. It may possibly function
when dropped unarmed. These fuzes in
externally carried stores are restricted in
accordance with NAVORDINST 8024.25,
latest issue.
Fuze M155A1 differs from the earlier
M ill series of fuzes in that it does not have
reduction gearing but has direct mechanical
arming instead. Fuze M ill had a minimum
time setting of 15 seconds; it required 570
vane revolutions to arm; it had a 4-inch vane
2-30
span and a three-segment safety block.
M111A1 was similar but required a minimum
time setting of about 8 seconds. M111A2
has a 3-inch vane span and a C-shaped safety
block. It has a minimum time setting of 5
seconds. The M155 is similar to the M111A2
but has no reduction gearing and has a safety
block ejection spinner. M155A1 has been
reworked to provide for low-temperature
operation.
Fuzing
1.
Remove the fuze from its packing and
inspect it to insure that the safety block is
in place, the arming pin is in its proper
position, the fuze threads are clean, and
that there is no indication of serious corro­
sion or other evidence of unserviceability.
Special attention should be given to exami­
nation for evidence of corrosion. A small
amount of external corrosion may indicate
sufficient internal corrosion to freeze the
time mechanism and cause a dud or, con­
versely, it may indicate primer corrosion or
weakening of light parts which would render
the fuze unsafe to handle. Holding the
safety block in place, remove the striker stop
and examine for clearance between the
FUZES
■------- STRIKER
SAFETY BLOCK
ARMING
ARMING HUB
STRIKER STOP
GEAR
VANE TAB
HEAD
FIRING-PIN SPf
THUMBSCREW
(OUT OF POSITION]
HALF-ROUND PIN
(OUT OF POSITION]
TIMING DISC
FIRING PIN
BOOSTER
Figure 2-15.— Mechanical Time Fuze M155A1, Cross Section.
striker and the safety block. If a clearance
does not exist, it is an indication that the
half-round pin is not supporting the firing
pin and that the fuze may fire as soon as the
safety block is ejected. In this event, the
safety block must be taped in place and the
fuze destroyed as soon as possible. Other­
wise, if the safety block should fall out, the
fuze would fire immediately. If the clear­
ance between the striker and the safety block
does exist, however, shake the fuze gently
to see if the safety block falls out. If it
does, replace it, secure it with tape, and
dispose of the fuze as soon as possible. Re­
place the striker stop if these tests have
indicated that the fuze is serviceable.
2-31
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
2. Loosen the thumbscrew and turn the
head until the desired time is indicated by
the index mark on the body. Tighten the
thumbscrew to lock the setting. Note that
there is a time lag of 0.2 second between the
release of the bomb and the starting of the
time mechanism. This is due to the fact that
the bomb falls for 0.2 second after release
before the arming wire is withdrawn and the
arming pin ejected. Consideration should be
given to the time lag in selecting the time
setting. Thus, if it is desired that the fuze
function 21.5 seconds after release, set it for
21.3 seconds.
3. Remove the nose plug from the bomb
and inspect the fuze seat to be sure that it
is clean and that the threads are not dam­
aged. The fuze may be installed in the bomb
before the bomb is placed in the rack, but it
is preferred that all fuzing be done after the
bomb is installed.
4. If the threaded hole in the bomb is too
large, install the appropriate adapter booster.
5. Screw the fuze into the cavity handtight.
6. Attach the arming-wire loop to the
shackle. Straighten the free end of the wire
and pass it through, in turn, the front sus­
pension lug, the smaller hole in the spoiler
ring (if present), the outer holes in the
arming-pin bracket and arming pin, and the
outer holes in the arming-wire guide and
arming vane. Take up slack in the wire by
pulling it forward through the arming pin
and arming vane. The use of a Fahnestock
clip on the arming wires of mechanical time
fuzes is mandatory where munitions, so
fuzed, are by tactical necessity carried on
external bomb racks or on internal racks of
aircraft whose rated cruising speed is in
excess of 300 knots. Use is optional when
the munitions are carried internally in slower
2-32
rated aircraft. Cut off the arming wire 2
or 3 inches in front of the arming vane or
safety Fahnestock clip. Be sure that no
kinks or burrs are in the arming wire.
7. Check the time setting on the fuze.
8. Remove the striker stop, the safety
cotter pin, and the seal wire. Check again
for clearance between the striker and the
safety block as described in step 1. If the
safety block should fall out, replace it, secure
it with tape, remove the fuze from the bomb,
and set it aside for destruction.
Defuzing
CAUTION: Before removing a
fuze from a bomb, be sure it is un­
armed or safe to handle. Check for
clearance between the striker and
the safety block as described in
Fuzing, step 1.
If the striker
should snap down or tightly against
the safety block, or if the safety
block should fall out, replace the
block, secure it with tape, remove
the fuze from the bomb or cluster,
and set it aside for disposal by
authorized personnel.
1. Replace the cotter pin in the fuze arm­
ing pin.
2. Replace the striker stop between the
striker and the safety block.
3. Pass the seal wire through the holes
in the arming vane and the arming-wire
guide, and fasten the ends of the wire
together.
4. Remove the arming wire and unscrew
the fuze.
5. Replace the closing plug in the bomb.
6. Return the fuze to its original con­
tainer and seal with adhesive tape.
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
M inim um
S a f e A ir
F uze
T ype
T ravel
A pplication
(F e e t )
A N -M 166___________________
B ar-...........
3600_______
AN-M166E1________________
AN-M166E3*
AN-M168
Bar..............
2000_______
Ring____
2000
AN-M 168E1___ _____ _______
Ring
AN-M168E2*
T50E1. ____________ _ . . .
T50E4________ ______ _____ .
Ring.......... . 3600 . .
R in g -.......... 3 6 0 0 ...
T51E1_______________________
T91_________: ________ _____
T93_________________________
Bar___ .
R i n g . . ___
Ring___
__
.
2000. .
3600_______
2000 . .
2000. ___
100-lb GP AN-M 30A1.
250-lb GP AN-M 57A1.
500-lb GP AN-M 64A1.
1000-lb GP AN M65A1.
2000-lb GP AN-M 66A2.
220-lb Frag AN-M 88.
260-lb Frag AN-M 81.
Same as AN-M 166.
100-lb GP AN-M 30A1.
250-lb GP AN-M 57A1.
500-lb GP AN-M 64A1.
2000-lb GP AN-M 66A2.
220-lb Frag AN-M 88.
260-lb Frag AN-M 81.
100-lb GP AN-M 30A1.
250-lb GP AN-M 57A1.
500-lb GP AN-M 64A1.
1000-lb GP AN-M 65A1.
260-lb Frag AN-M 81.
Same as AN-M168.
500-lb GP AN-M 64A1.
1000-lb GP AN-M65A1.
Same as AN-M 168.
Same as AN-M168E1.
* Information classified, see Fuze Catalog AD-305 024.
is quite sensitive to targets directly in front
of it and correspondingly less sensitive to
passing targets.
Fuze Components
The fuze body consists of two cylinders
which house all the internal components.
The larger cylinder is 3.4 inches in diameter,
the smaller approximately 1.7 inches in
diameter. Two wrench lugs are mounted on
the large cylinder. The smaller cylinder
contains a booster, a detonator, a firing con­
denser, and fuze threads.
The arming vane is a steel or plastic pro­
peller which drives the internal mechanism.
Ring-type fuze propellers are 10-finned; bartype are 3-finned. The arming ring is ap­
2-34
proximately 3.8 inches in diameter; arming
bars are 10.0 inches across.
The booster comprises an assembly of
booster cup and retainer sleeve. The cup
contains the booster charge; the retainer
threads into the small cylinder of the body.
The safety pin extends 2 inches into the
fuze, locking the detonator rotor in a safe
position. The pin is removed prior to as­
sembly of the fuze to the bomb.
Some fuzes include a thumbscrew for
manual setting of reduced fuze sensitivity.
For normal sensitivity, the thumbscrew is
removed. It remains in place for reduced
sensitivity.
Internal components include a transmit­
FUZES
ter-receiver, a power supply, a firing con­
denser, and an electric detonator circuit.
Ring-Type V T Fuzes
VT Fuze AN-M168 is the preferred ringtype fuze.
Minimum safe air travel
(MINSAT) is 2000 feet; burst is 30 to 60
feet above ground. It has a steel body, plas­
tic top, and either a steel or a plastic arming
vane. VT Fuze AN-M168E1 is similar to
the AN-M168 and is used as an alternate.
VT Fuze T93 is a ring-type fuze with a
sensitivity-setting thumbscrew. It was de­
signed by the Air Force to be used both for
ground and for airborne targets; however,
it is not intended that this feature be used
by Naval forces. When the sensitivity-setting thumbscrew is removed, the fuze be­
comes the AN-M168E1 fuze. The T93 fuze
is used only in case of AN-M168 shortage.
Bar-Type V T Fuzes
VT Fuze AN-M166E1 is the preferred
bar-type fuze. MINSAT is 2000 feet; burst
is 50 to 125 feet above ground at normal
sensitivity, 25 to 65 feet at reduced sen­
sitivity. It has a steel body, plastic top,
aluminum bars, and a plastic arming vane.
Use
The bar-type fuze can be used effectively
in any bomb with a fuze well that will ac­
commodate nose fuzes similar to the A N M103 series. The ring-type fits the same
size fuze well; however, it is used only in
the bomb sizes for which it is specified.
When not used in the proper size bombs,
very low bursts of 3 to 10 feet will generally
be obtained with ring-type fuzes.
2-35
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
IM P A C T T A IL FUZE A N -M 1 0 0 A 2 , A N - M l 01A2, A N -M 1 0 2 A 2 , M160, M161,
M l 62, M l 72, A N - M l 75, M176, A N -M 1 7 7 , A N -M 1 8 4 , A N -M 1 8 5 ,
A N —M l 94 A N D A N -M 1 9 5
Figure 2-17.— Tail Fuzes A N -M 100A2, A N -M 101A2, and A N -M 102A2.
2-36
FUZES
M odel___ _ . . _____ __ _
Firing A ction.. ____
. ..
Firing Delay__ _______________
A N -M 100A 2____
I m p a c t___
__
Delay or Nondelay.
7 3 -8 -3 __________
73-8-183________
A N -M 101A 2____
Impact. _ . _____
Delay or Nondelay.
7 3 -8 -7 __________
73-8-181________
A N -M 102A 2____
Impact____
__
Delay or Nondelay.
73-8-8.
73-8-72_________
M160.
Impact.
Delay or Nondelay.
Assembly
Drawing N o________
______
73-8-359.
Arming:
T ype-------------------------------Vane, delayed___ Vane, delayed___ Vane, delayed___
Vane, delayed.
Revolutions to Arm______
150 to 170_______ 150 to 170_______ 150 to 170.
Air Travel to Arm (ft.)-M4 V a n e .......... ............ 445-650_________
445-650_________
445-650.
M5 Vane______ . . .
1225-1420_______ 1225-1420_______ 1225-1420.
Overall Length (in .)-.............9 .2 6 ____________
12.26___________
16.26___________
9.26.
Protrusion from Bomb (in.)___
6 .2 6 ____________
9 .2 6 ____________
13.26___________
6.31.
Body Diameter (in.). ______ . 1 .5 _____________
1 .5 _____________
1 .5 _____________
1.44.
Vane Span (in.)____ _______ . 5 .0 _____________
5 .0 _____________
5 .0 _____________
4.85.
2 .7 ______________ 2 .9 ______________ 3 .2 _____________
Weight ( l b ) ..
___ __ ____
2.7.
No. of Blades on Vane
__ 4 ________________ 4 ________________ 4 ________________ 4.
Types of V a n e . .......................... M4 or M5 .
M4 or M5_
M4 or M5 _____ M4 or M5.
Model
M l 61_________
M l 62_________
A N -M 175____
M l 76.
M172_________
Firing Action______ - Impact___
Im pact..
Impact.
Impact .
Impact . . . . . .
Delay or Non­
Delay or Non­
Delay or Non­
Delay or Non­
Firing D e l a y ___ ____
Delay or Non­
delay.
delay.
delay.
delay.
delay.
Assembly Drawing N o. 73-8-359______ 73-8-359______ 73-8-470______ 73-8-471______ 73-8-471.
Arming:
Vane, delayed. . Vane, delayed.
T ype------------------- Vane, delayed
Vane, delayed.. Vane, delayed
Revolutions to
150 to 170____
150 to 170.
Arm.
Air Travel to Arm
(ft.):
M4 Vane____
500.
M5 Vane
Overall Length (in.)___ 12.26_________
16.26_________ 25.29_________ 25.29_________
37.05.
Protrusion from Bomb
9 .3 1 __________
34.05.
13.31_________ 22 .2 9 _________ 22.29_________
(in.).
1 .4 4 __________
Body Diameter (in.) —
1 .5 ___________
1.5.
1 .44__________
1 .5 ___________
Vane Span (in.)__ __ . 4 .8 5 __________
4 .8 5 __________
5 .0 ___________
5.0.
5 .0 ___________
Weight (lb)_______
3 .6 5 __________
3 .6 5 __________
4.4.
2 .9 ___________
3 .2 ___________
No. of Blades on Vane. 4 _____________
4 _____________
4.
4 ______ . . .
4 _____________
M5 or M4.
Types of Vane____
M4 or M 5_____ M4 or M 5 ___
M4 or M5__ .
M5 or M 4___
AN-M 195.
Model . . .
______ A N -M 177____
A N -M 185____
A N -M 184____
A N -M 194____
Firing Action................
Impact
Impact __ __
Impact.
Im pact..
Impact . . .
Firing Delay____ __
Delay or NonDelay or NonDelay or NonDelay or NonDelay or Nondelay.
delay.
delay.
delay.
delay.
Assembly Drawing N o, 73-8-471______ 73-8-470______ 73-8-470______ 73-8-470______ 73-8-470.
Arming:
T ype------------------- Vane, delayed.- Vane, delayed.. Vane, delayed.. Vane, delayed.
Vane, delayed.
Revolutions to
150 to 170.
Arm.
Air Travel to Arm
(ft):
M4 Vane____
550.
550___________
450, 460_______ 5 0 0 .. ...........
M5 Vane
Overall Length (in.)___ 45.12_________
37.05_________
45.12_________
31.035________ 28.972.
Protrusion from Bomb
42.12______
34.05_________
42.12_________ 28.035________ 25.972.
(in.).
Body Diameter (in .)--- 1 .5 ___________
1 .5 ___________
1 .5 ___________
1 .5 ...........—
1.5.
Vane Span ( i n . ) - , ___
5 _____________
5 .0 ___________
5 .0 ___________
5.0.
5 .0 _________
Weight (lb )__________
5 .0 ___________
4 .4 ___________
3.9.
5 .0 ___________
4 .1 ___________
No. of Blades on Vane. 4 ______________ 4 _____________
4 .......................
4 _____________
4.
Types of V a n e ... .
M4 or M5.
M5 or M 4 ___
Mk4 or 5_____
Mk4 or M k 5 ... M4 or M 5_. . .
2-37
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
VANE HUB
VANE NUT
ARMING-VANE ASSEMBLY
EYELET PIN
BEARING -CU P EYELET
GUIDE PI
FIRING PLUNGER
FUZE B O D Y-.
PRIMER
ANTICREEP SPRING
PRIMER-DETONATOR
ASSEMBLY
RELAY
DETONATOR
Figure 2-18.— Impact Tail Fuze A N-M 100A2, Cross Section.
2-38
FUZES
General Description
The impact tail fuzes of this type, figure
2-18, are armed and inertia fired. The
arming is mechanically delayed by reduc­
tion gearing. When issued, the fuzes are
equipped with an 0.025-second delay M14
primer detonator, which can be interchanged
with other M14 primer detonators to give a
selection of time delays. The lengthy air
travel necessary to arm these fuzes (445 to
650 feet with M4 vane and 1225 to 1420
feet with M5 vane) makes them safe for use
with carrier-based aircraft and for dive
bombing. These fuzes in externally carried
stores are restricted in accordance with
NAVORDINST 8024.25, latest issue.
The overall length o f the fuzes varies be­
cause of differences in the length of the
arming-stem tube.
These differences in
length are necessary to properly locate the
arming-vane assembly in the air stream so
that the same time fuze can be used with
various size bombs.
Tail fuzes AN-M100A2, AN-M101A2,
and AN-M102A2 are for use with box-fin
assemblies. Tail Fuzes M172, AN-M184,
and AN-M185 are used with conical-fin as­
semblies. Tail fuzes AN-M185, AN-M194,
and AN-M195 are used in low drag bombs.
Fuzes AN-M100A1, AN-M101A1, and
AN-M102A1 are earlier models of the A N M100A2 series. These differ from the A N M100A2 series in that each of these fuzes
has 24 single threads on the arming stem
and eight broad vanes with less pitch than
the A2 series; they require about 720 vane
revolutions to arm. Each fuze incorporates
the interchangeable Primer Detonator M14.
Fuzes M160, M161, and M162 are similar
to the AN-M100A2 series except for the
arming stem which has finer threads (28
single threads to the inch against 20 double
threads in the AN-M100 series) and a
longer engagement with the firing plunger
(0.75 inch against 0.50 inch). The M160
therefore requires a longer arming time.
The M160 series fuzes are distinguished
from the AN-M100 group by a yellow band
3 inches wide painted around the armingstem case.
Fuzes AN-M101A2C and AN-M102A2C
were the first of the slower-arming tail fuzes.
They have the same number of threads per
inch as the M160 series, but have the shorter
engagement of the AN-M100 series fuzes.
The yellow band is painted on, as in the
M160 series fuzes.
Fuzes AN-M175, M176, and AN-M177
are long-length fuzes developed for use with
specific conical bomb fin assemblies. They
are externally identical to the AN-M100A2
series tail fuze. The arming stem of the
AN-M175 series, however, has finer threads
than that of the AN-M100A2 series, in­
creasing the air travel to arm.
Arm ing Vanes
Two types of interchangeable armingvane assemblies are used on these fuzes.
The difference between the two vanes is the
degree of pitch of the vane with respect
to the plane of rotation. This difference is
necessary in order to vary the arming dis­
tance of the fuzes when required by operat­
ing conditions.
For shorter arming distances, the stand­
ard vane M4, which has a 45-degree pitch,
is used. When longer air travel to arm is
desired, an M5 vane, having a pitch of 75
degrees, is used.
At present only the M4 vane is provided
with these fuzes. Separate action is neces­
sary to requisition the M5 vane.
Safety Features
During shipment and stowage the fuze is
made safe by a cotter pin, with attached
tag, that extends through the fuze body and
firing plunger. This prevents movement of
the firing plunger, which fires the detonator.
A safety pin, through a set of holes in the
bearing-cup eyelet and arming-stem cup,
locks the gear mechanism. A sealed safety
wire, with attached instruction tag, is
threaded through a hole in the lower end of
the safety pin to prevent its removal. The
fuze cannot be installed without first re­
moving the cotter pin through the fuze body.
When a fuze is properly installed in a
bomb, with the arming wire in place, the
2-39
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
arming-vane assembly is prevented from ro­
tating and arming the fuze. The fuze is in
the safe condition until the bomb has been
released and has traveled the distance re­
quired for arming. The firing plunger is in
line with the explosive train at all times.
The plunger is held in place, however, by
the arming stem until the arming stem is
unscrewed by rotation of the arming-vane
assembly.
The arming stem also is
threaded to the fuze body cap. This pre­
vents accidental blows on the arming-vane
assembly from being transmitted to the fir­
ing plunger.
Functioning
General. When the bomb is dropped
ARMED, the arming wire is retained in the
bomb rack and withdrawn from the fuze.
This frees the arming-vane assembly which
rotates in the air stream to arm the fuze.
After the arming vanes have made from
150 to 170 revolutions, the fuze is fully
armed.
After approximately 200 more
revolutions of the arming-vane assembly,
the arming stem unscrews from the fuze
body cap and the entire arming assembly
(arming vanes, reduction gears, and arming
stem) is released into the air stream. Air
travel necessary to arm these fuzes is ap­
proximately 445 to 650 feet with an M4
vane, varying with the bomb used.
Upon impact’, inertia drives the firing
plunger into the primer to fire the fuze
and detonate the bomb.
Arming. The arming-vane assembly is
assembled to the bearing cup by the vane
nut. Eyelet pins lock the bearing cup and
arming-vane assembly together. The eyelet
pins fit into notches in the vane hub to in­
sure positive rotation of the bearing cup
with the arming-vane assembly.
Delay arming is obtained by reduction
gearing between the arming-vane assembly
and the arming stem. The ratio is 30
revolutions of the arming-vane assembly to
one revolution of the arming stem. Reduc­
tion is derived from a pinion gear, a movable
gear, and a stationary gear.
The movable gear has 30 teeth; the sta­
2-40
tionary gear has 29 teeth. The idler gear
(pinion) is driven around the stationary
gear and movable gear by the bearing cup
and arming-vane assembly. Since the mov­
able gear contains one more tooth than
the stationary gear, the movable gear
is forced one tooth ahead with each
complete revolution of the pinion around the
stationary gear.
When the pinion has
circled the stationary gear 30 times, the
movable gear has completed one revolution.
The movable gear is connected to the arming
stem by means of the movable gear carrier.
The stationary gear is secured to the sta­
tionary-gear carrier. Rotation of the mov­
able gear carrier is prevented by the carrier
stop.
As the arming-vane assembly rotates, mo­
tion is transmitted through the reduction
gears to the arming stem. As the arming
stem revolves, it unscrews from the firing
plunger and fuze body cap. The armingvane assembly is strong enough to withstand
air speeds up to 600 knots.
Action. When arming is complete, the
arming stem has unscrewed itself from the
firing plunger. The firing mechanism con­
sists of a firing plunger and an anticreep
spring. A guide pin through the fuze-body
cap and into the firing plunger prevents
rotation of the plunger as the arming stem
unscrews, but does not prevent the plunger
from sliding in and out.
The anticreep spring supports the plunger
against the fuze-body cap. This spring is
only strong enough to support the weight of
the firing plunger.
Upon impact, the
plunger compresses the anticreep spring and
is driven forward into the primer by inertia.
Detonation. The primer, when struck by
the firing pin, explodes and sets off the delay
element. After burning through, the delay
element sets off the relay which fires the
detonator and the bomb.
Released Safe
If it is necessary to release fuzed bombs
over friendly territory, the aircraft arming
controls are set in the SAFE position before
the bombs are jettisoned. In this position,
FUZES
the arming wire is released from the bomb
rack with the bomb, preventing the armingvane assembly from rotating and arming
the fuze. The unarmed fuze will not func­
tion upon impact.
Accidental Arming
Recognition. If the arming-vane assem­
bly and the reduction gear mechanism are
missing, the fuze is armed. If they are not
missing, however, the fuze is not necessarily
in the unarmed or SAFE condition. The
degree of arming can be determined by meas­
uring the distance between the eyelet on the
bearing cup and the flange on the armingstem cup.
If the distance is less than !/2 inch, the
fuze is only partially armed. If the distance
is from 14 to % inch, arming is questionable,
and the fuze must be considered armed. If
the distance is greater than % inch, the fuze
is definitely armed.
Handling. If the fuze is not installed in
a bomb, it may be made safe for handling by
inserting a pin through the hole in the fuze
body and the firing plunger, or by unscrew­
ing the primer detonator in the base of the
fuze. If the fuze is installed in a bomb, it
is impossible to insert a pin through the fuze
body and the firing plunger.
CAUTION: No attempt should be
made to unarm the fuze by turning
the arming vane backwards. If the
threads on the arming stem fail to
engage the threads on the firing
plunger, the firing plunger will be
pushed into the primer with proba­
ble initiation of the explosive com­
ponents.
To remove the fuze from a bomb, the
vanes must be secured in their existing po­
sition and the fuze carefully unscrewed.
Immediately upon removal, a pin should be
inserted through the fuze body and firing
plunger. Then the primer detonator may
be unscrewed. Such removal shall be ac­
complished by authorized and qualified per­
sonnel only.
Salvaging.
Fuzes which have become
armed or partially armed may be salvaged
by authorized and qualified personnel. In­
sert the safety cotter pin through the fuze
body and firing plunger, turning the armingvane assembly as far counterclockwise as it
will go, and then turn it clockwise about
twenty revolutions. Fuzes so salvaged will
require approximately the same air travel
to arm as when issued. To repack the fuze,
remove the arming-vane assembly, replace
the safety pin which locks the reduction gear
mechanism, and pack in the fuze container.
Fuzing
1. Remove the fuze from its sealed con­
tainer and inspect the general overall ap­
pearance, checking proper condition of the
arming-vane assembly and threads. Vanes
(M4) are not assembled to the fuze as is­
sued, but come in the same shipping box
as the sealed fuze container.
2. Inspect the adapter booster and threads
in the bomb. Clean if necessary.
3. Check the fuze for installation of the
desired primer detonator.
4. If a different time delay is required,
unscrew the existing primer detonator.
5. Select a primer detonator with the
proper delay; inspect for corrosion and loose
primer. If the primer detonator has a loose
primer, it must be disposed of by authorized
personnel.
6. Screw the desired primer detonator
into the fuze, hand tight. Use no tools.
7. Remove the cotter pin from the fuze
body.
8. Screw the fuze, less the arming-vane
assembly, into the adapter booster in the
tail of the bomb until it seats hand tight.
Use no tools. No auxiliary booster is re­
quired.
9. Draw one lead of the arming-wire as­
sembly through the rear suspension lug of
the bomb, and the nearer of two pair of
holes in the bearing-cup eyelet and armingstem cup. If the nearer pair of holes is
occupied by the safety pin, place the spare
pin through the holes diametrically opposite
before removing the original pin. The other
lead of the arming-wire assembly is for a
2.41
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
nose fuze. If no nose fuze is used, cut off
the second lead.
10. Cut the sealed wire and remove the
safety pin locking-gear mechanism.
11. Thread the end of the arming wire
through the eyelet in the arming-vane as­
sembly.
Slip the arming-vane assembly
over the end of the fuze so that the slots
in the hub fit over the heads of the two
eyelet pins of the bearing cup.
12. Screw the vane nut on the threaded
end of the bearing cup, hand tight.
13. Adjust the arming wire to protrude
2 to 3 inches beyond the arming-vane assem­
bly. Cut off excess arming wire; be sure
the arming wire is free of kinks and burrs.
14. Slip two safety (Fahnestock) clips
over the end of the arming wire until one
clip just touches the face of the armingvane assembly.
Defusing
CAUTION: Before removing a
fuze from a bomb, be sure that it
is unarmed, or safe to handle. The
fuze is armed if the arming-vane
assembly and reduction-gear mech­
anism are missing. If these are
not missing, the fuze is not neces­
sarily in the unarmed or SAFE
condition. Measure the distance
between the eyelet on the bearing
cup and the flange on the armingstem cup. If the distance is less
than V2 inch, the fuze is partially
armed; if Va to ■% inch, arming is
questionable; if more than % inch,
the fuze is definitely armed. In
any case, it is important to see the
sub-paragraph on Handling in the
preceding section before proceed­
ing further.
1. Unscrew the vane nut from the bear­
ing cup.
2. Remove the safety clips and withdraw
2-42
the arming-vane assembly from the fuze
and arming wire.
3. Place the original safety pin in the un­
occupied hole in the bearing-cup eyelet and
stem cup. Secure the safety pin by thread­
ing a retaining wire through the hole in the
lower end of the safety pin and twist the
ends of the wire together.
4. Withdraw the arming wire from the
fuze and repack.
5. Unscrew the fuze from the bomb and
insert the cotter pin in the fuze body. Open
the legs of the cotter pin to prevent it from
slipping out. Repack the fuze in its con­
tainer and seal with adhesive tape.
Packaging and M arking
Fuze Container. One fuze, less arming
vane, is packed in a black cylindrical metal
container. Soldered to the container and
cover is a metal tear strip which seals the
container during shipping and stowage. A
ring, attached to one end of the tear strip,
facilitates opening.
The following is a typical container mark­
ing.
FUZE, BOMB, TAIL, AN-M100A2
LESS ARMING VANE
.025 SEC. DELAY
LOADER’S INITIALS, LOT NO.
PACKED (Month and Year)
(Drawing No.)
REV. DATE OF FUZE DRAWING
Packing Boxes. Twenty-five fuzes, with
a corresponding number of arming-vane as­
semblies, (Vane M4, not marked as such)
are packed in a single wood box. The box
is fastened with screws and secured with
two steel bands. Each fuze is packed in an
individual container. The following is a
typical packing box marking.
25 TAIL FUZES
BOMB, TAIL, AN-M101A2
0.025 SEC. DELAY
Packed (Month and Year)
LOT NO.
FUZES
IM P A C T T A IL FUZE A N -M 1 1 2 , A N -M 1 1 2 A 1 , A N -M 1 1 3 , A N -M 1 1 3 A 1 ,
A N -M 1 1 4 , A N -M 1 1 4 A 1 , A N -M 1 1 5 , A N -M 1 1 6 , A N - M 1 1 7 # M178, M179,
M l 80, M181, M l 82, A N D M 183
M odel__________________
Firing A ction .. . . . . _
Firing Delay___________
Assembly Dwg N o __ __
Arming:
T ype---------------------Revolutions to Arm.
Air Travel to Arm
(ft):
M4 Vane______
M5 Vane______
Overall Length ( i n . ) . __
Protrusion from Bomb
(in.).
Body Diameter (in.)____
Vane Span (in.). _______
Weight (lbs.)___________
Number of Vanes_______
Shipping Container:
Number per Container.
Type Container
(outer).
Weight Filled (lb.).
Model__ _____ __________
Firing Action________ . .
Firing Delay____________
Assembly Dwg N o ______
Arming:
Type---------------------Revolutions to Arm.
Air Travel to Arm
(ft.):
M4 Vane
M5 Vane
Overall Length (in.)____
Protrusion from Bomb
(ft.).
Body Diameter (in.).
Vane Span (in.).
Weight (lbs.)___________
Number of Vanes_______
Shipping Container:
Number per Con­
tainer.
Type Container
(outer).
Weight Filled (lb.).
ANM112A1.
Inertial____
8-15 sec. or
4-5 sec.
7 3 -8 -1 1 2 ...
ANM113A1.
Inertial____
8-15 sec. or
4-5 sec.
7 3 -8 -1 1 4 ...
ANM114A1.
Inertial____
8-15 sec. or
4-5 sec.
7 3 -8 -1 1 6 ...
Delayed___
Delayed___
Delayed___
A N -M 115-.
A N -M 1 1 6 ..
AN-M 117.
Inertial____ Inertial____ Inertial.
According to primer detonator used.
7 3 -8 -1 5 8 ...
7 3 -8 -1 6 0 ...
73-8-162.
Delayed___
150-170___
Delayed___
150-170___
Delayed.
150-170.
445-650___
445-650.
12.54______
9 .5 4 _______
16.54.
13.54.
9 .6 ________
6 . 6 . . . .........
1 2.6_______
9 .7 ________
1 6 .6 _______
1 3.7_______
445-650___
1225-1420.
9 .5 4 _______
6 .5 4 ............
1 .43_______
4 . 8 3 . . .........
2 .3 ________
4 __________
1 .5 ________
4 .9 ________
2 .5 ________
4 __________
1 .4 3 _______
4 .8 3 _______
2.8________
4__________
1 .5 ________
5__________
2 . 7 . ............
4...................
1 .5 ________
5__________
2 .9 ________
4 __________
1.5.
5.
3.2.
4.
2 5 ...............
25_________
25.
116.3...........
128.9.
145.3.
Wood crate.
M178______
Inertial____
8-15 sec or
4-5 sec.
73-8-4 73A ..
M179______
Inertial____
8-15 sec or
4-5 sec.
73-8-473B-.
M180______
Inertial____
8-15 sec or
4-5 sec.
73-8-473C-.
M181______
Inertial__ _
4-5 sec or
8-15 sec.
73-8-473C .-
M182______
Inertial____
4-5 sec or
8-15 sec.
73-8-475B-.
M183.
Inertial.
4-5 sec or
8-15 sec.
73-8-475C.
Delayed___
Delayed___
Delayed___
Delayed___
Delayed___
Delayed.
24.85______
21.85...........
36.65______
33.65______
44.71______
41.71______
2 4 .6 _______
21.6_______
36.97______
33.97______
45.03.
42.03.
3 . 4 . .............
4 ...................
4 .1 ________
4 __________
4 .6 ________
4__________
3 .6 5 _______
4__________
4 .4 ________
4__________
5.0.
4.
2-43
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
16754
9“ 54
AN-M115
AN-M116
AN-M117
Figure 2-19.— Impact Tail Fuzes A N - M 1 15, AN -M 116, and AN-M 117.
General Description
Impact Tail Fuzes AN-M115, AN-M1I6,
and AN-M117. The impact tail fuze of
this type, figure 2-20, are vane operated and
inertia fired. Their arming is mechanically
delayed by reduction gearing. The explo­
sive components of the fuzes are contained
in one interchangeable primer detonator. By
substituting primer detonators with different
delay elements, the delay time between im­
pact and detonation can be varied.
The fuzes of this series differ in overall
length so that the same type fuzes can be
2-44
used in various size bombs. The differences
in length are necessary to locate the armingvane assemblies properly in the air stream.
The M4 and M5 arming-vane assemblies
are used with the AN-M115 series. The
standard vane M4 (45-degree pitch) is used
for shorter arming distances; the M5 vane
(75-degree pitch) is used for longer arming
distances. At present, only the M4 vane is
issued with these fuzes. Separate action is
necessary to requisition the M5 vane.
Other fuzes similar to the AN-M115 series
are the following.
FUZES
VANE NUT
BALL
MOVABLE GEAR CARRIER
ARMING STEM
IONARY GEAR CARRIER
ARMING-STEM TUBE
CARRIER STOP
BODY CAP
PLUNGER
-PIN SPRING
FUZE BODY
PIN
LOCKING BALL
ANTICREEP SPRING
PRIMER
SPRING RETAINER
DELAY ELEMENT
DELAY HOLDER
PRIMER-DETONATOR
A-
Ei.lt >
HOLDER
Figure 2-20.— Impact Tail Fuze A N-M 115, Cross Section.
2-45
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Impact Tail Fuzes AN-M112, AN-M113,
and AN-M114 (and their A1 modifications).
These fuzes differ from the AN-M115 series
in that they do not have reduction gears in
the vane assembly and therefore require a
longer arming period. The fuzes in this
series differ from each other only in length;
they are for use with box fins.
As the vanes rotate, the arming stem is
unthreaded from the plunger. The arming
stem is secured to the vane nut by a cotter
pin; 18 to 21 revolutions of the vane will
free the plunger. The air travel to arm is
100 feet.
Fuzes of this series will function on an
impact angle of 3 degrees and give positive
action because of the cocked firing pin.
These fuzes are not to be used from aircraft
carriers.
The original AN-M112, AN-M113, and
AN-M114 fuzes used Primer Detonator M16.
This primer detonator was modified to the
M16A1, which has a higher shoulder. The
AN-M112 series was modified to the A N M112A1 series in order to accommodate the
M16A1 primer detonator.
Impact Tail Fuzes M178, M179, and M180.
This series has the same operating charac­
teristics as the AN-M112A1 series (no re­
duction gear, fast arming) but has the
longer arming stem necessary for use with
a conical-fin assembly.
Impact Tail Fuzes M181, M182, and M183.
This series has the same operating charac­
teristics as the AN-M115 series (reduction
gear in arming-vane assembly), and also the
longer arming stem necessary for use with
conical fin assemblies.
Safety Features
During shipping and stowage, the fuze is
in the unarmed condition. A safety pin,
inserted through the hole in the arming-stem
cup and bearing-cup eyelet, prevents the re­
duction gears from revolving and arming
the fuze. A wire, with an instruction tag
attached, is threaded through the hole in the
lower end of the pin and sealed with a car
seal. A second instruction tag is secured
to the arming-stem tube.
2-46
When installed in a bomb with the arming
wire in place, the arming-vane assembly is
prevented from rotating and arming the
fuze. The fuze is in the safe condition until
the bomb has been released and has traveled
the distance required for arming. The firing
pin and plunger are in line with explosive
components at all times. However, the firing
plunger is held in place by the arming stem
until the arming stem is unscrewed by rota­
tion of the arming-vane assembly. The arm­
ing stem also is threaded through the fuze
body cap. This prevents the transmission of
accidental blows on the arming-vane assem­
bly to the firing plunger.
These fuzes in externally carried stores
are restricted in accordance with NAVORDINST 8024.25, latest issue.
Functioning
General. When the bomb is dropped
ARMED, the arming wire is withdrawn from
the fuze and retained in the bomb rack. This
frees the arming-vane assembly, allowing it
to rotate in the air stream and to arm the
fuze.
After 150 to 170 revolutions, the fuze is
fully armed. After approximately 200 more
revolutions of the arming-vane assembly, the
arming stem unscrews from the fuze body
cap and the entire arming assembly (arm­
ing-vane assembly, reduction gears, and arm­
ing mechanism) is released into the air
stream.
As bomb sizes increase, a greater air
travel is required for arming, ranging from
450 to 650 feet.
Upon impact, inertia drives the firing pin
into the primer to fire the fuze and detonate
the bomb.
Arming. Eyelet pins, fitting into notches
in the arming-vane hub, insure positive ro­
tation of the bearing cup with the armingvane assembly.
Delay arming is obtained by a reduction
gear train which is located between the
arming-vane assembly and the arming stem,
and which consists of a pinion gear, a mov­
able gear, and a stationary gear. The ratio
is 30 revolutions of the arming-vane assem­
FUZES
bly to one revolution of the arming stem.
The movable gear has 30 teeth, while the
stationary gear has 29. The idler gear
(pinion) is driven around the stationary and
movable gears by the bearing cup and the
arming-vane assembly. Since the movable
gear contains one more tooth than the sta­
tionary gear, the pinion pushes the movable
gear one tooth forward for each complete
revolution. When the pinion has made 30
revolutions, the movable gear has completed
one revolution. The movable gear is con­
nected to the arming stem through the mov­
able gear carrier. The stationary gear is
secured to the stationary gear carrier, which
is prevented from rotating by the carrier
stop.
As the arming-vane assembly rotates, mo­
tion is transmitted through the reduction
gears to the arming stem. The arming stem
revolves and unscrews itself from the firing
plunger and fuze body cap.
The firing mechanism consists of a firing
plunger, locking balls, an anticreep spring,
a spring retainer, and a hollow firing pin,
housing a cocked firing-pin spring.
The firing pin and spring are assembled
inside the plunger; the compressed firingpin spring is behind the firing pin. They
are held in this position by two locking balls
in the plunger, which are wedged in posi­
tion by the inner surface of the fuze body
and the beveled edge of the firing pin. The
plunger is prevented from revolving with
the arming stem by a pin passing through
the fuze-body cap and into the vertical
groove in the plunger. This pin does not
prevent the plunger from sliding in and out.
Action. When arming is complete, the
the arming stem has unscrewed itself from
the firing plunger and the plunger is held
back by the anticreep spring. This spring
is strong enough only to offset the weight
of the plunger and the firing-pin spring.
Upon impact, the plunger is driven forward
by inertia, compressing the anticreep spring.
After moving forward a short distance, the
locking balls pass a shoulder on the inner
surface of the fuze body and are forced out
by the spring-loaded firing pin, thereby un­
locking the firing pin. The compressed
firing-pin spring then drives the firing pin
into the primer.
Detonation. The primer fires when struck
by the firing pin, setting off the delay ele­
ment. After burning through, the delay
element sets off the relay, which fires the
detonator, the booster, and the bomb.
Released Safe
If it is necessary to release fuzed bombs
over friendly territory, the aircraft arming
controls are set in the “ SAFE” position
before the bombs are jettisoned. In this
position, the arming wire is released from
the bomb rack with the bomb, preventing
the arming-vane assembly from rotating and
arming the fuze. The unarmed fuze will
not function upon impact.
Accidental Arm ing
Recognition. If the arming-vane assem­
bly and reduction-gear mechanism are miss­
ing, the fuze is armed. If they are not miss­
ing, however, the fuze is not necessarily in
the unarmed or SAFE condition. The de­
gree of arming can be determined by meas­
uring the distance between the bearing-cup
eyelet on the gear mechanism and the arming-stem-cup flange.
If the distance is less than V2 inch, the
fuze is only partially armed. If the distance
is 1/2 to % inch, the arming is questionable
and the fuze must be considered armed. If
the distance is greater than % inch, the
fuze is definitely armed.
Handling.
Armed or partially armed
fuzes should be removed only by authorized
and qualified personnel.
CAUTION: Prevent the armingvane assembly from rotating by in­
serting a cotter pin or wire through
the holes in the arming-stem cup
and the bearing-cup eyelet. This
will not make the fuze any safer
if it is fully armed, but will pre­
vent partially armed fuzes from be­
coming completely armed.
Unscrew the fuze from the bomb; do not
jar or drop either the fuze or the bomb.
2-47
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
The bomb must be maintained in a hori­
zontal position, or with the nose end up.
Immediately after removal, keep the fuze in
a vertical position (vane end down) and
unscrew the primer detonator from the fuze
body.
Salvaging. Do not attempt to unarm fully
or questionably armed fuzes by turning the
arming vane; such fuzes should be turned
over to authorized and qualified personnel.
Fuzing
1. Remove the fuze from its sealed con­
tainer and inspect the general overall ap­
pearance. Check for proper condition of
vanes and threads. The arming-vane as­
sembly is not assembled to the fuze as issued
but comes in the same shipping box as the
sealed fuze container.
2. Change the primer detonator if a dif­
ferent delay is desired. To change, unscrew
the primer detonator by hand and screw in
the primer detonator with the desired delay.
Primer detonators having loose primers, evi­
dence of corrosion, or other visible defects
should be disposed of by authorized per­
sonnel.
3. Screw the fuze, less the arming-vane
assembly, into the adapter-booster in the
tail of the bomb until it seats handtight.
Use no tools. No auxiliary boosters are
necessary.
4. Thread one lead of arming-wire assem­
bly through the rear suspension lug of the
bomb and the nearest of two pairs of holes
through the arming-stem cup and bearingcup eyelet. If the nearer pair of holes is
occupied by the safety pin, place a spare pin
through the pair of holes diametrically op­
posite the first pair before removing the
original safety pin. The other end of the
arming-wire assembly is for a nose fuze
and should be cut off when a nose fuze is
not installed.
5. Cut the sealed retaining wire and re­
move the safety pin.
6. Position the arming-vane assembly so
that the slots in the vane hub will fit over
the heads of the eyelet pins and the arming
wire will pass through the hole in the
2-48
alined vane. Attach two safety clips to the
end of the arming wire.
7. Screw the vane nut on the threaded
end of the bearing cup, handtight.
8. Slip two safety clips snugly against
the vane. Cut off excess arming wire, al­
lowing the end to extend 2 to 3 inches past
the vane and clips. The end of the wire
must be free of kinks and burrs.
Defuzing
CAUTION: Before attempting to
remove the fuze from the bomb,
be sure it is in the unarmed con­
dition, or safe to handle. If the
arming-vane assembly and reduc­
tion-gear mechanism are missing,
the fuze is armed. If the armingvane assembly and gear mechanism
are not missing, however, the fuze
is not necessarily in the unarmed
or SAFE condition. Measure the
distance between the bearing-cup
eyelet on the gear mechanism and
the arming-stem-cup flange. If the
distance is less than 1/2 inch, the
fuze is partially armed; if i/2 to
% inch, arming is questionable and
the fuze must be considered armed;
if greater than % inch, the fuze is
definitely armed. In any case, it
is important to see the information
on Handling in the preceding sec­
tion before proceeding further.
1. Loosen the vane nut by unscrewing it.
2. Remove the safety clips. Withdraw
the arming-vane assembly from the fuze
and arming wire.
3. Place a safety pin through the unoc­
cupied hole of the bearing-cup eyelet and
arming-stem cup. Secure the safety pin by
threading a retaining wire through the hole
in its lower end. Twist the ends of wire
together.
4. Withdraw the arming wire from the
fuze and repack.
5. Unscrew the fuze from the bomb and
repack it in its container.
FUZES
Packaging and M arking
Fuze Container. One fuze, less armingvane assembly, is packed in a black cylin­
drical metal container. A metal tear strip,
soldered to the container and cover, seals
it during shipping and stowage. A ring
attached to the end of the tear strip facili­
tates opening.
The following is a typical container mark­
ing.
FUZE, BOMB, TAIL, AN-M115
LESS ARMING VANE
8 TO 15 SEC. DELAY
Loader’s Initials
Lot No.
Packed (Month
& Year)
Drawing No.
Rev. Date of Fuze Drawing
Packing Boxes. Twenty-five fuzes in con­
tainers and 25 arming-vane assemblies are
packed in a wooden packing box. The pack­
ing box cover is fastened with flathead
screws and the box is bound with two steel
straps. A sample marking on the side of
the box follows.
25 FUZES
BOMB, TAIL, AN-M115
8 TO 15 SEC. DELAY
Packed (Month and Year) Lot No.
2-49
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
IM P A C T T A IL FUZE A N - M k 228
Mark _________________
____ _____ A N -M k
Firing Action
____________
____ Impact
Firing Delay (sec)
0.08
General Arrangement
236220
Arming
Type
Delayed
Air Travel to Arm (ft)
1100
Overall Length (in.) __________ __ ___ 16.4
Protrusion from Bomb (in.)
12.4
Vane Span (in.)
—
6.3
Weight (lb)
____
10.5
Number of V a n e s ------ ----------------------- 16
Booster Charge
Type
. . ...................... .......
Weight (grams)
228
Tetryl
38.2
changeable with parts of the same fuze made
by another manufacturer.
Use extreme care in handling these fuzes;
some lots are dangerously sensitive. Refer
to OP 1515 (Ammunition: Unserviceable,
Limited-Use, and Suspended) before using
AN-Mk 228 fuzes. These fuzes in externally
carried stores are restricted in accordance
with NAVORDINST 8024.25, latest issue.
Explosive Components
Figure 2—21.— Impact Tail Fuze A N -M k 228.
Generol Description
The detonator safe, delay armed tail fuze
of this type, figure 2-22, is vane operated
and arms after 1100 feet c f air travel. It
functions upon impact through two indepen­
dent trains of 0.08-second delay. The fuze
is now obsolete; it generally was used in con­
junction with armor-piercing bombs where
the delay allowed penetration of the target
before detonation.
The fuze is bottle-shaped with a 16-blade
arming-vane assembly attached to its outer
end. A cylindrical extension, housing the
booster, projects from the base of the fuze
body.
The designations Mod 0 and Mod 1 merely
indicate different manufacturers. Because of
the differences in manufacturing practices,
however, the parts of a fuze made by one
manufacturer are not necessarily inter-
2-50
This type of fuze contains two explosive
trains for greater reliability. Each consists
of a primer, a delay element, a relay, a det­
onator, an auxiliary booster lead-in, a
booster lead-in, and a booster of approxi­
mately 38.2 grams (1.346 ounces) of tetryl.
The booster is located at the base of the fuze
body.
Safety Features
Each fuze is individually packed in a her­
metically sealed container.
The arming
mechanism is prevented from operating by
a safety cotter pin, with a pull ring and
instruction tag attached, which passes
through the body of the fuze (bushing) and
vane shaft. The fuze is detonator safe.
The arming wire keeps the fuze unarmed
until it is withdrawn when the bomb is
released. This arming wire passes through
the rear suspension lug of the bomb and
arming bracket on the fuze, preventing ro­
tation of the arming-vane assembly.
FUZES
COTTER PIN
ARMING-WIRE
TUBE
ARMING VANE
ASSEMBLY
BUSHING
ARMING BRACKE1
VANE SHAFT
COVER
COVER
OUTER GEAR
VANE SHAFT EXTENSION
INNER GEAR
STRIKER
PINION
INNER
GEAR CARRIER
DETENT
AND SHEAR PIN
GUIDE PIN
OUTER SLEEVE
CARRIER
INNER GEAR CARRIER LUG
PRIMER
FIRING-PIN EXTENSION
DELAY ELEMENT
FIRING f IN
RELAY
ARMING SHAFT
DETONATOR
INNER SLEEVE
ROTOR
AUXILIARY BOOSTER LEAD-IN
BOOSTER LEAD IN
SHAFT NUT
BOOSTER
9HAFT SCREW
BOOSTER CAP
Figure 2-22.— Impact Tail Fuze A N -M k 228, Cross Section.
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
A small glass window, figure 2-23, in the
side of the fuze permits visual examination
of the unarmed or armed condition of the
fuze mechanism. If unarmed, the upper
surface of the striker and the lower edge
of the gear cover are about flush with the
top edge of the outer sleeve. If armed, the
striker has moved away from the outer
sleeve approximately 11/32 inch.
Functioning
General. When the bomb is dropped
armed, the arming wire is withdrawn from
the arming-vane assembly and the armingwire bracket, allowing the arming-vane as­
sembly to rotate. This rotation is trans­
ferred to the arming shaft, through a reduc­
tion-gear train, to arm the fuze. After 150
to 160 revolutions of the arming-vane assem­
bly, all elements of the explosive train are
locked in alinement, and the fuze is armed.
When the explosive components lock in the
armed position, the arming-vane assembly
will usually cease to rotate. If the armingvane assembly is forced to continue rotating,
however, pins in the reduction-gear train
will shear and the arming-vane assembly will
be free to rotate with the no additional
effect.
Upon impact, inertia drives the striker
toward the booster, forcing the firing pins
into their respective detonators and firing
the fuze.
Arming. The revolving motion of the
arming-vane
assembly
is
transmitted
through the vane-shaft and vane-shaft ex­
tension to the reduction-gear train.
The reduction-gear train consists of an
outer (movable) gear, an inner (stationary)
gear, and a pinion. The outer gear has 23
teeth and is connected directly to the arming
shaft. The inner gear has 22 teeth and is
secured to the inner gear carrier. The inner
gear carrier is prevented from revolving by
the inner gear carrier lug, which is set into
a recess on the inner sleeve. The outer and
inner gears mesh with the pinion, which
has an equal number of teeth on its outer
and inner portions. As the pinion is driven
around the outer and inner gears by the
2-52
arming-vane assembly, it forces the outei
gear one tooth ahead each revolution. This
results in a ratio of one turn of the outei
gear to 23 turns of the arming-vane assem­
bly.
The arming shaft, to which the outer gear
is secured, is threaded into the shaft nut at
its lower end. As the outer gear and arm­
ing shaft revolve, the arming shaft rises in
the shaft nut until it is stopped by the
shoulder on the shaft screw jamming with
the shaft nut. The inner gear carrier and
the striker are carried outward with the
arming shaft by the collar and shear pin.
When the arming shaft jams, the lug on
the inner gear carrier is disengaged from
the slot in the inner sleeve, freeing the inner
gear carrier. The outer gear is prevented
from rotating by the jammed shaft screw;
therefore, the pinion will act to turn the
lower gear carrier and lower gear. The
guide pins prevent the striker from revolv­
ing with the inner gear carrier.
The inner gear carrier houses the firing
pin extensions. Below the inner gear car­
rier, within the inner sleeve, is the delay
carrier— a circular cylinder which rotates
around the shaft and which contains the
firing pin, the primer, and the delay ele­
ment. A protruding lug is positioned on
the upper end of the delay carrier, in the
path of the inner gear carrier lug. Contact
is made between these two lugs as the inner
gear carrier revolves after freeing itself
from the inner sleeve.
Below the delay carrier is the rotor, which
consists of a hub and two wing-shaped deto­
nator containers that project from the hub.
The hub allows the detonator containers to
rotate about the arming shaft. A lug on the
delay carrier is positioned in the space be­
tween the detonator containers.
As the inner gear carrier lug contacts the
outer lug of the delay carrier, the delay
carrier turns, contacting the rotor and ro­
tating it. When the inner gear carrier has
traveled 170 degrees, the firing-pin exten­
sions and all components of the two explo­
sive trains are in alinement. At this point,
detents lock the inner gear carrier to the
FUZES
striker, and also the delay carrier to the
inner sleeve.
The fuze is now fully armed. The arming-vane assembly has made between 150
and 160 revolutions, and the bomb has
traveled the necessary 1100 feet along its
trajectory.
Action. Inertia, upon impact, forces the
striker and inner gear carrier toward the
booster, shearing the shear pin which runs
through the supporting collar and arming
shaft. The firing-pin extensions, protrud­
ing from the inner gear carrier, strike the
firing pins, driving them into their primers.
One firing-pin extension is slightly longer
than the other; therefore the explosive com­
ponents are not initiated simultaneously.
Greater reliability of fire results from this
arrangement since all the force of the inner
gear carrier and striker is directed onto one
firing pin at a time.
Detonation. The firing pins ignite the
primers, and the flash from the primers sets
off the delay elements. The delay elements
set off the relays which, in turn, fire the
detonators, the auxiliary booster lead-ins,
the booster lead-ins, and the booster.
Released Safe
If it is necessary to release fuzed bombs
over friendly territory, the aircraft arming
controls are set in the SAFE position before
the bombs are jettisoned. In this position,
the arming wire is released from the bomb
rack with the bomb. This prevents the
arming-vane assembly from rotating and
arming the fuze. The unarmed fuze will not
function upon impact.
Accidental Arming
Recognition. The degree of arming can
be seen through a small glass window on the
side of the fuze. Examining the relative
positions of the striker, the cover, and the
outer sleeve affords an indication of the
degree of arming.
If the upper surface of the striker and
the lower edge of the cover are about flush
with the top edge of the sleeve, the fuze can
be considered unarmed. If the position of
the striker is not more than -y, (i inch away
ARMED
UNARMED
Figure 2-23.— Impact Tail Fuze A N -M k 228,
Indication of Armed Condition.
from the outer sleeve, the fuze can be con­
sidered only partially armed. If the striker
has moved away from the outer sleeve about
n/ !2 inch, the fuze is to be considered fully
armed.
Handling. In the armed condition, all
explosive components are alined with the
firing pins and firing-pin extensions. A
sharp blow to the arming-vane assembly
may be severe enough to detonate the fuze.
If a fuze is partially armed, the vanes
should be taped to prevent further arming
and turned over to authorized and qualified
personnel. If a fuze is so distorted that it
cannot be removed from the bomb, it must
be considered armed. Tape the vanes to
prevent further arming and turn both the
bomb and the fuze over to authorized and
qualified personnel.
When removing an
armed or partially armed fuze from a bomb,
use the utmost caution. Do not jar either
the bomb or the fuze.
Fuzing
1. Remove the shipping plug from the
bomb; inspect the fuze seat and threads.
Clean if necessary. Make sure Auxiliary
Booster Mk 1 Mod 0 is in place in the
bomb.
2. Unseal the hermetically sealed con­
tainer and remove the fuze. Inspect its gen­
eral appearance. Check for bent armingvane assembly, damaged threads, or corro­
sion. Use only serviceable fuzes.
3. If there is no arming-wire bracket on
the fin assembly of the bomb, it will be nec­
essary to attach one to the neck of the fuze.
To do this, remove the cotter pin holding
the arming-vane assembly to the vane shaft
and remove the arming-vane assembly.
2-53
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
CAUTION: Do not remove the
safety cotter pin that locks the
arming mechanism.
Attach the arming bracket loosely to the
neck of fuze. Replace the arming-vane as­
sembly and the cotter pin. Spread the ends
of the cotter pin 180 degrees.
4. Screw the fuze into the bomb, handtight. A small spanner wrench may be used
if necessary.
5. Rotate the arming bracket so that it
will be in a vertical position when the bomb
is placed in the rack; tighten the bracket.
6. Thread the arming wire through the
rear suspension lug of the bomb and then
through the arming bracket on the fuze. Be
sure the arming-wire tube (the brass tube
furnished with the bracket) covers the arm­
ing wire where it passes between the blades
of the arming-vane assembly.
7. Adjust the wire to protrude 2 to 3
inches past the arming bracket on the fuze.
Place two safety clips on the arming wire
and push them up until they are just touch­
ing the arming bracket. Make sure the
arming wire is free from kinks and burrs.
Remove the safety cotter pin, passing it
through the body of the fuze (bushing) and
the vane shaft.
Defuzing
CAUTION: Before attempting to
remove a fuze from a bomb, be sure
that it is unarmed, or safe to han­
dle. The degree of arming can be
determined through a small glass
window in the side of the fuze by
examining the relative positions of
the striker, cover, and outer sleeve.
If the upper surface of the striker
and the lower edge of the cover are
about flush with the top edge of
the sleeve, the fuze can be con­
sidered unarmed. If the position
of the striker is not more than
3/i 6 inch away from the outer
sleeve, the fuze can be considered
2-54
only partially armed.
If the
striker has moved away from the
outer sleeve about 11/z2 inch, the
fuze is to be considered fully armed.
See the preceding section on han­
dling for further information be­
fore proceeding further.
1. Replace and secure the safety cotter
pin through the holes on the vane shaft
and bushing directly behind the armingvane assembly.
2. Remove the two safety clips and also
the arming wire from the fuze.
3. Unscrew the fuze from the fuze seat
in the bomb.
4. Remove the arming bracket from the
fuze, if one was fastened to the fuze during
the fuzing operation.
5. Return the fuze to its packing; reseal
the fuze container with adhesive tape.
Packaging and M arking
Fuze Container. One loaded fuze, com­
plete with arming-vane assembly, and two
safety (Fahnestock) clips are packed in a
hermetically sealed metal container. The
fuze is stamped with the mark and mod
number, lot number, year, manufacturer’s
initials, and inspector’s initials. A typical
fuze container is marked as follows.
FUZE, BOMB, TAIL AN-M k 228
(Date Packed)
Contract No.
Manufacturer & Place
loaded
Weight: Loaded;
Inspector’s Initials
empty
Lot No.
Packing Box. Four fuzes in their metal
containers are issued in one metal packing
box weighing 60 pounds, the dimensions of
which are 17.1 inches by 11.6 inches by 11.6
inches. The box is marked as follows.
4 TAIL FUZES
BOMB, TAIL, AN-M k 228
Requisition No.
Manufacturer
Contract No.
Inspector’s Initials
Weight of Crate &
Contents
FUZES
IM P A C T T A IL FUZE A N - M k 247 M od 0
M a r k ................................................. 247
Mod ___ __ ____ ___________ _ __ _ 0
Firing Action
Inertia!
Firing Delay ( s e c ) _____________ None
General A rra n gem en t__________ 398792
Arming
Type ...................... ..... .... .......... Direct
Revolutions to Arm __________ 13
Air Travel to Arm (ft)
60 to 240
(depending
upon launching
conditions)
Overall Length (in.) ....... ........
4.6
Protrusion from Bomb (in.)
3.85
Vane Span (in.) _ ___________ _ 4.0
Weight (oz) ...
10
Number of V a n e s ______________ . 2
This type of impact tail fuze, figure 2-25,
is vane operated and inertia fired, and re­
quires from 65 to 240 feet of air travel to
arm, depending upon launching conditions.
It acts instantaneously upon impact to det­
onate the signal of a practice bomb. These
fuzes in externally carried stores are re­
stricted in accordance with NAVORDINST
8024.25, latest issue.
fuzing operation. A safety cotter pin, with
pull ring and instruction tag, attached ex­
tends through the fuze body. This cotter pin
locks the arming mechanism and firing mech­
anism so that the fuze will not accidently
detonate the signal during fuzing. The cot­
ter pin should not be removed until the fuze
is completely installed and the arming wire
attached. The fuze is shipped assembled to
the practice bomb signal, less the blank
cartridge.
When this fuze is properly installed in a
signal which, in turn, is in place in a bomb,
the arming wire of the bomb prevents the
arming-vane assembly of the fuze from ro­
tating and arming the fuze. The unarmed
fuze cannot function.
Explosive Components
Functioning
There are no internal explosive compo­
nents in this type of fuze since it serves only
as a trigger for firing the signal in a prac­
tice bomb. The explosive elements are ex­
ternal; they consist of a black-powder-filled
signal and a blank .38 caliber cartridge, both
of which are shipped in the same container
with the fuze. Upon impact, the fuze firing
pin strikes the black cartridge and the
exploding cartridge fires the signal.
General.
When the bomb is dropped
ARMED, the arming wire is withdrawn from
the fuze and retained in the bomb rack. This
frees the arming-vane assembly which ro­
tates in the air stream.
The arming-vane assembly arms the fuze
after approximately 13 revolutions, which
require from 65 to 240 feet of air travel
depending upon launching conditions. When
the arming-vane assembly completes ap­
proximately 25 revolutions, it is freed into
the air stream.
Upon impact, the fuze firing pin is driven
into the blank cartridge, igniting the signal.
Figure 2-24 .— Tail Fuze A N -M k 247 Mod 0.
General Description
Safety Features
Since the fuze is inert, it is safe to handle.
The blank cartridge is not installed until the
2-55
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
VANE HUB
ARMING-VANE ASSEMBLY
COTTER PIN
ARMING /VIRE GUIDE
ARMING SCREW
FIRING PL'JNGER
COTTER P IN 1
ANTICRI EP
Figure 2-25 .— Impact Tail Fuze A N -M k 247, Cross Section.
2-56
FUZES
Arming. The arming-vane assembly is
connected to the arming screw, which is
threaded into the firing plunger. As the
arming-vane assembly rotates, it causes the
arming screw to unscrew itself from the
firing plunger. This raises the armingvane assembly outward from the fuze.
The firing plunger rides vertically in the
fuze body. It is prevented from rotating by
a pin passing through the fuze body and
into a vertical groove in the firing plunger.
The anticreep spring supports the weight
of the plunger, the arming screw, and the
arming-vane assembly. The spring is strong
enough only to offset this weight; any added
force will cause the spring to compress and
the firing plunger to ride toward the blank
cartridge in the signal.
Until the arming-vane assembly has made
the necessary 13 revolutions, the fuze cannot
fire the signal. This is because the armingvane assembly has not raised sufficiently
from the fuze to allow the firing plunger and
pin to reach the blank cartridge. When 13
revolutions are completed, the plunger can
move inward far enough to allow the firing
pin to strike the blank cartridge. Continued
rotation of the arming-vane assembly causes
the arming screw to free itself from the
firing plunger. Both the arming-vane as­
sembly and the arming screw are released
into the airstream.
Action. When the bomb strikes a target,
the inertia of the firing plunger compresses
the anticreep spring and drives the plunger
toward the blank cartridge.
Detonation. The firing pin strikes the
blank .38 caliber cartridge which ignites
the signal.
Released Safe
When the bomb is released SAFE, the air­
craft arming controls are set in the SAFE
position. The arming wire is then released
with the bomb when the bomb is jettisoned.
With the arming wire in place, the armingvane assembly cannot rotate and arm the
fuze. The unarmed fuze will not function
on impact.
Accidental Arming
Recognition. If the arming-vane assem­
bly and the arming screw are missing, or if
the arming-vane assembly is raised from
the fuze V2 inch or more, the fuze is armed.
Handling. An armed fuze which is in
place in a signal can be made safe for han­
dling by inserting the original cotter pin
or a duplicate through the fuze body. This
will lock the firing plunger in place. The
fuze and signal then can be removed from
the bomb and separated.
The fuze is safe to handle once it is re­
moved from the signal since it contains no
explosive.
Salvaging. Armed or partially armed
fuzes may be returned to their original con­
dition by rotating the arming-vane assem­
bly counterclockwise until the holes in the
fuze body, the firing plunger, and the arm­
ing screw aline. Lock the fuze in this posi­
tion by passing the cotter pin through the
holes and securing it.
Fuzing
1. Remove the thumb nuts, lockwashers,
and C-plate from the two studs next to the
opening in the tail of the bomb.
2. Unpack from the corrugated carton
Practice Bomb Signal Mk 7 Mod 0 with
Tail Fuze Mk 247 Mod 0 attached, the
arming-vane assembly of the fuze, and the
cotter pin and blank .38 caliber cartridge
which are sealed in an envelope in the car­
ton.
3. Check the signal and fuze for any
physical defects; look for dented parts.
4. Place the arming-vane assembly on the
arming screw of the fuze and adjust it so
that the holes in the vane hub aline with
those in the arming screw. Insert the cotter
pin provided through the holes and secure
it by spreading its ends.
5. Loosen the locknuts on the fuze and
unscrew it from the signal; insert the blank
.38 caliber cartridge provided into the car­
tridge chamber of the signal. Rescrew the
fuze into the signal; tighten the locknuts
downward until they join.
2-57
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
6. Insert the fuzed signal into the open­
ing in the tail of the bomb; adjust the sig­
nal so that the hole in the arming-wire
guide of the fuze is in line with the rear sus­
pension lug of the bomb. Seat the signal
firmly.
7. Place the C-plate around the fuze and
over the signal; secure the C-plate with
thumb nuts and lockwashers; tighten the
thumb nuts finger tight.
8. Thread the arming wire through the
rear suspension lug of the bomb, the armingwire guide, and the arming-vane assembly
of the fuze.
9. Place the two safety clips on the end
of the arming wire. Move the clips up the
wire until they touch the arming-vane as­
sembly. Be sure the wire is free of kinks
and burrs.
10. Pull the safety cotter pin from the
fuze body.
Defuzing
CAUTION: Before removing a
fuzed signal from a bomb, be sure
it is unarmed, or safe to handle.
If the arming-vane assembly and
the arming screw are missing, or if
the arming-vane assembly is raised
from the fuze i/u inch or more,
the fuze is armed. See the para­
graph, Accidental Arming, in the
preceding section for information
on handling before proceeding fur­
ther.
2. Remove the safety clips from the arm­
ing wire. Withdraw the arming wire from
the arming-vane assembly and the armingwire guide.
3. Loosen the thumb nuts and remove the
C-plate from around the fuze and the sig­
nal. Withdraw the fuzed signal from the
bomb. Replace the C-plate, thumb nuts, and
lockwashers.
4. Loosen the locknuts at the base of the
fuze; unscrew the fuze from the signal.
5. Remove the blank cartridge from the
cartridge chamber of the signal. Rescrew
the fuze into the signal; tighten the locknuts
of the fuze.
6. Remove the cotter pin from the armingvane assembly and arming screw of the
fuze. Remove the arming-vane assembly
from the fuze.
7. Return the signal, with attached fuze,
arming-vane assembly, blank cartridge, and
cotter pin to the cardboard container. Re­
seal the container with adhesive tape.
Packaging
Fuze Container. Each fuze comes assem­
bled to Practice Bomb Signal Mk 7 Mod 0,
less the blank cartridge. The arming-vane
assembly of the fuze is detached and placed
next to it in the carton. The cotter pin and
blank .38 caliber cartridge are placed in an
envelope and are also packed in the fuze
carton which is made out of corrugated card­
board.
Packing Box. Twelve cartons, each con­
1.
Insert the safety cotter pin through taining a fuze, a signal, and accessories, are
the fuze body and secure it in place.
packed in a 20-mm ammunition box.
2-58
FUZES
L O N G -D E L A Y T A IL FUZE A N -M 1 2 3 , A N -M 1 2 3 A 1 , A N -M 1 2 4 , A N -M 1 2 4 A 1 ,
A N D M125A1
Figure 2-26.— Long-Delay Tail Fuzes A N -M 123A 1, A N -M 124 A 1 and A N-M 125A1.
M od el............
Firing Action__________
Firing Delay (hr)____
Assembly Drawing No__
Arming:
Type--------------------Air Travel to Arm
(ft).
Overall Length (in.)____
Protrusion from Bomb
(in.).
Body Diameter (in.)
Vane Span (in.) _ _
Weight (lb)__ _________
Number of Vanes. ____
Detonator Designation.
AN-M123A1____ . . . . .
Chemical long-delay or instantaneous on attempted withdrawal.
1-44________ _________
73 8 109
____
73-8-170_____ _ . ___
AN-M124A1____ . . .
Chemical long-delay or instantaneous on attempted withdrawal.
1-44____________________
73-8-169________________
73-8-170.. . . . . . ____
AN-M125A1.
Chemical long-delay or
stantaneous on attempted withdrawal.
1-44.
73-8-169.
73-8-170.
Direct______ ____
Less than 100____
____
__
Direct _________ ______
Less than 100.. . . ___
Direct.
Less than 100.
9.24 .
6.24
____
12.24 ..................
9.24____________________
16.24.
13.24.
1.3. ___________________
5,0
3 .1 _______ _________ . . . .
8____
M19A2_________________
1.3.
5.0.
3.4.
8.
M19A2.
_________
1.3 .
... . _____ .
5.0
2 .9 ______ ____ . . . .
8_______________________
M19A2___ . . . ____ . . .
2-59
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
SAFETY
CAP
ARMING STEM-
FUZE BODY
AMPOULE RETAINER
STEM COLLAR
SOLVENT AMPOULE-
■ RETAINER LOCKING NUT
LOCKNUT-
RETAINER SEALING CUP
FIRING-PIN SCREW
DELAY WAD
CELLULOID
DELAY COLLAR
FIRING-PIN BALLS
FIRING-PIN SPRINGCLIP-
SLEEVE SPRING
SLEEVE
FIRING PIN­
SLEEVE BALLS
SEALING DISC
-LOCKING BALL
WASHER
FUZE BODY EXTENSION
TOR HOLDER------------------- -
Figure 2-27. — Long-Delay Tail Fuze A N -M 1 2 3 A 1 , Cutaway View.
2-60
DETONATOR
FUZES
General Description
Explosive Components
The vane operated, long-delay tail fuzes of
this type, figure 2-27, are designed for
limited use only. These fuzes in externally
carried stores are restricted in accordance
with NAVORDINST 8024.25, latest issue.
These fuzes incorporate an antiwith­
drawal device. The fuzes act to detonate
the bomb after a delay of from 1 to 144
hours; specifically: 1, 2, 6, 12, 24, 26, 72, and
144 hours. Less than 100 feet of air travel
is necessary to initiate this delay action.
Any attempt to unscrew these fuzes will
result in the functioning of the antiwith­
drawal mechanism, followed by instan­
taneous detonation.
The detonator is the only explosive ele­
ment used in these fuzes. It is contained in
the detonator holder and is always in line
with the spring-loaded firing pin. The det­
onator holder screws into the base of the
body extension. The detonator and detona­
tor holder are not assembled in the fuze as
issued, and must be installed prior to the
bomb fuzing operation.
WARNING
Once installed, no attempt shall be
made to remove these fuzes from
bombs.
Long-Delay Tail Fuzes AN-M123A1, A N M124A1, and AN-M125A1 differ in overall
length so that the same type fuzes can be
used in various size bombs. The differences
in length are necessary to locate the arming
vanes properly in the air stream. Each
fuze of the series has a nominal delay-firing
time of 1, 2, 6, 12, 24, 36, 72, or 144 hours;
this nominal time is indicated on the fuze.
This type of fuze is particularly responsive
to heat and cold; high temperatures acceler­
ate its action while low temperatures retard
it. Temperature effect must be taken into
consideration when selecting a fuze of any
particular delay. See the following table,
Delay Times of Long-Delay Tail Fuzes for
the effects of temperature on delay times.
These fuzes differ from the earlier A N M123, AN-M124, and AN-M125 fuzes in
that the AN-M123 series has reduction gear­
ing and 4-bladed arming vanes. It also
requires 80 to 100 feet to initiate delay ac­
tion and 900 to 1800 feet to seal the fuzes
against leakage of solvent or entrance of
moisture. The AN-M123A1 series has no
reduction gearing, has 8 vanes, and requires
less than 100 feet both to initiate the delay
action and to seal the fuze.
Restrictions
Return of bombs to airfields or carriers is
restricted. Bombs with this type of fuze
may be returned to airfields or carriers pro­
vided that the following conditions prevail.
1. Bomb rack malfunction prevents re­
lease.
2. Efforts to release by maneuvering of
aircraft are unsuccessful.
3. Bombs and fin assemblies are undam­
aged and fuze arming wires are in place as
observed by check of aircraft before landing.
Fuzed bombs are immediately disposed of
by qualified and authorized personnel upon
landing of aircraft. NO ATTEMPT SHALL
BE MADE TO REMOVE FUZES FROM
BOMBS.
Special M arking of Bombs
When this type o f fuze is used with the
possibility of return to airfields or carriers,
special marking of bombs or fuzes is au­
thorized if, in the judgment of the cogni­
zant officer, safety considerations outweigh
any possibility of enemy forces being able to
identify long-delay fuzed bombs more
readily.
Hung Bombs
When hung bombs are carried away in
landing or separate from the aircraft during
takeoff because of malfunction of gear, the
resulting shock of impact may break the
glass ampoule solvent containers in fuzes of
this type. Under such conditions of acci­
dental release, the fuze firing delay period
allows time for the disposal of bombs. See
the following table, Delay Times of Long2 -6 1
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Delay Tail Fuzes AN-M123 series, for the
effect of temperature on delay times.
nator holder, a shipping plug is seated in
the fuze body extension. This makes the fuze
safe for handling.
Bomb Disposal Time
The fuze body extension is prevented from
unscrewing by a wire safety clip which locks
the fuze body extension to the fuze body.
This clip is not removed until the fuze is
prepared for installation in a bomb. A
safety pin, held in place by a sealed safety
wire, locks the clip disc and prevents the
arming stem from rotating and arming the
fuze. Four instruction tags are attached
to the fuze.
As indicated by the following table, Delay
Times of Long-Delay Tail Fuzes AN-M123
series, the minimum time available for clear­
ing fuzed bombs under accident conditions
will depend upon fuze delay and tempera­
ture. For example, action to complete a
bomb removal and disposition must be taken
within 15 minutes for fuzes having a time
delay of 1 hour when the fuze temperature is
estimated to be 115° F.
The packing box, containing the fuzes, has
indicator vials disclosing the various tem­
perature ranges to which the fuzes have
been subjected during shipping and stowage.
This system of indicator vials will prevent
the use of fuzes which have experienced
temperatures rendering them dangerous to
handle.
Effect of Temperature on Delay Action
These fuzes are responsive to changes in
temperature. Temperatures above 50° F
cause them to function earlier than specified;
temperatures below 50° F cause them to
function later than specified. The following
table gives the average actual delay in hours
and minutes at various temperatures, and
must be consulted when selecting a fuze for
a particular delay.
When the fuze is installed in a bomb, the
arming wire prevents the arming stem from
rotating and initiating the delay action.
This is the only safety feature afforded
these fuzes once they are installed. At­
tempted withdrawal or tampering with these
fuzes will cause the fuze to detonate the
bomb. Severe shock may cause the glass
ampoule to be broken prematurely and begin
the delay action before desired.
Safety Features
Each fuze is packed in an individual metal
container during shipping and stowage.
Until the fuzing operation the detonator
holder, containing the detonator, is not as­
sembled in the fuze. In place of the deto­
Delay Times of Long-Delay Tail Fuzes A N - M 1 2 3 Series
T
e m p e r a t u r e
(d
e g r e e s
A
v e r a g e
d e l a y
(h
r
h a v in g
1 hr
2-62
a c t u a l
F)
2 hr
6 hr
:
m in
)
a t
n o m in a l
12 h r
0:15
0:20
0:20
0:50
1:00
1:30
1:15
2:30
0:30
0:45
2:12
1:00
1:30
3:15
2:00
3:00
11:00
3:50
9:00
30:00
v a r io u s
d e l a y s
24 h r
t e m p e r a t u r e s
o f
f o r
f u z e s
:
36 hr
72 hr
144 h r
8:00
15:00
38:00
70:00
24:00
37:00
96:00
135:00
FUZES
Safety Precautions
The following precautions must be ob­
served in handling these fuzes.
The detonator holder must not be assem­
bled to fuzes, and fuzes must not be assem­
bled to bombs in anticipation of future
needs.
Particular care must be taken to protect
these fuzes from heat and shock.
Examine the indicator vials when the fuze
jacking box is opened. If all fuzes in the
box are not used, leave the vials in the box
with the remaining fuzes and reinspect them
when the box is reopened.
When engaging threads of mating parts
in assembling this fuze to a bomb, do not turn
one part back and forth until the threads
engage. Use a “ screwing-in” motion only.
The antiwithdrawal device will cause the
fuze and bomb to detonate if the fuze is ro­
tated counterclockwise while in the adapterbooster, even before the threads are engaged.
Functioning
General. When the bomb is dropped
ARMED, the arming wire is withdrawn
from the arming-vane assembly, stem disc,
and clip. The freed arming-vane assembly
rotates in the air stream.
After completion of less than 100 feet
of air travel, the fuze is armed and sealed
against the entrance of moisture and the
escape of solvent.
Impact produces no effect upon the armed
fuze. The fuze does not act to explode the
bomb until the delay time has expired, fig­
ure 2-28, or until someone attempts to de­
fuze the bomb.
Arming. The arming-vane assembly is
connected directly to the arming stem by
means of the safety catch. At its lower end,
the arming stem is threaded into the re­
tainer locking nut and ampoule retainer.
As the arming-vane assembly turns the
arming stem, the stem is screwed into the
ampoule retainer and ampoule-retainer nut.
After a short air travel, the stem, moving
into the fuze body, crushes the solvent am­
poule and frees the solvent. With additional
air travel, the arming stem progresses far
enough to force the stem collar against the
retainer locking nut. This action seals the
outer end of the fuze body to prevent the
escape of solvent or the entrance of moisture.
2-63
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Action. The solvent from the crushed
ampoule filters through the delay wad to
contact the celluloid delay collar. It is this
celluloid delay collar that is the key to the
locking arrangement of the spring-loaded fir­
ing pin. The firing-pin balls are wedged
between the head of the firing-pin screw and
the sleeve. These balls lock the firing pin
in place against the action of the compressed
firing-pin spring. The celluloid delay collar
prevents the firing-pin balls from being
forced outward.
Antiwithdrawal. If any attempt is made
to remove the fuze from the bomb before the
delay time has expired, the antiwithdrawal
device will detonate the fuze.
The following characteristics and mecha­
nisms of the fuze are related to the anti­
withdrawal feature.
The body assembly consists of two parts,
the fuze body and the fuze body extension.
The fuze body contains the firing pin and
sleeve assembly, the delay wad, and also
the solvent-filled ampoule. The body ex­
tension contains the detonator holder, which
is screwed into the base. An off-centered
circumferential groove is machined into the
outer surface of the body extension. This
groove contains the locking ball, used in con­
junction with the antiwithdrawal mecha­
nism.
The sleeve within the fuze body is held in
place against the- action of the compressed
sleeve spring by the sleeve balls. These
balls are wedged between the sleeve shoulder
and the body-extension shoulder and are held
in place by the lips of the fuze body.
Since the ball groove of the fuze body
extension is machined off-center, the lock­
ing ball is forced outward when the fuze
is turned' counterclockwise.
This action
wedges the ball between the adapter-booster
wall and the fuze body extension, thus lock­
ing the fuze body extension in place. Any
further counterclockwise rotation unscrews
the fuze body extension from the fuze body.
When the fuze body has been separated from
the fuze body extension
inch, the sleeve
balls are released and move outward. The
sleeve and firing-pin assembly are driven
2-64
forward as a unit by the sleeve spring, caus­
ing the firing pin to puncture the sealing
disc and strike the detonator.
As further insurance against withdrawal,
the adapter-booster of current design is
drilled for the insertion of a metal locking
pin supplied with the fuze. When this pin
is in place, the adapter-booster is locked to
the base plug of the bomb, thus preventing
removal of the fuze by the unscrewing of
the adapter-booster.
Detonation. When the firing pin punc­
tures the sealing disc and the detonator, the
detonator explodes, setting off the booster
and the bomb.
Accidental Arming
Recognition. From outward appearances
there is no way of determining definitely
whether these fuzes are armed or are in a
safe condition. The best policy is to regard
them as being armed at all times. Any fuze
that has been dropped from a height of 10
feet or more, or has had its arming-vane
assembly free to rotate, must be disposed of
as quickly as possible by authorized and
qualified personnel.
Handling. If the red-stoppered indicator
vial in the fuze packing box shows that the
fuzes have been subjected to temperatures
over 170° F, the fuzes must be destroyed
by authorized personnel. Return of bombs
to airfields or carriers is restricted.
CAUTION:
Bombs fuzed with
AN-M123A1,
AN-M124A1,
or
AN-M125A1 fuzes cannot be re­
leased SAFE. Impact will cause
the solvent ampoule to shatter and
to initiate the delay train, even
with the arming wire in place. In
the event of incomplete missions,
these fuzed bombs are to be jet­
tisoned over enemy territory or
deep water. Once installed, no at­
tempt shall be made to remove the
fuzes from the bombs.
Fuzing
Inspection Prior To Use. There are two
indicator vials packed in each box of fuzes.
FUZES
Each of these vials contains a powder which
melts at a critical temperature. When a
box of fuzes is opened, inspect the vials
and proceed as follows.
1. If the powder in the green-stoppered
vial has solidified, it indicates that the fuzes
have been subjected to temperatures higher
than 150° F. This temperature causes the
powder to melt; it solidifies into a homo­
geneous mass upon cooling.
CAUTION: Use none of the fuzes
in this box for low-altitude bomb­
ing.
2. If the powder in the red-stoppered vial
is solidified, it indicates that the fuzes have
been exposed to temperatures above 170° F.
This temperature causes the powder in this
vial to melt; solidification occurs upon cool­
ing.
CAUTION: Make no attempt to
install detonators in fuzes of this
box. Fuzes must be disposed of by
authorized personnel.
3. If there is any doubt whether the
powder in either vial is solidified, open the
vial and inspect its contents. Personnel
handling these fuzes should be able to differ­
entiate between powdered and solidified con­
dition of the two vials. This is best learned
by removing some powder from each vial,
melting it, and allowing it to solidify.
Installing the Fuze.
1. Remove the fuze and its components
from the container and inspect the general
condition. Back off the locknut and then
replace it to make sure the threads are clean
and undamaged.
2. Hold the fuze body extension during the
rest of the operation to prevent separation of
the fuze body extension from the fuze body.
3. Remove the tape and shipping plug
from the end of the fuze body extension.
4. Insert the sealing disc (aluminum or
copper) into the end of the fuze. Be sure
this disc rests on the shoulder of the fuze
body extension. If the firing pin inter­
feres with the seating of the disc, do not use
the fuze.
5. Insert the washer over the disc.
6. Screw the detonator holder into the
body extension and tighten with the wrench
supplied in the box of fuzes. Since the pur­
pose of the disc and washer is to seal the
fuze against escape of solvent and entrance
of moisture. Care must be taken to seat the
detonator holder firmly.
7. Remove the safety clip. After the
safety clip is removed, particular care must
be taken to prevent the fuze body extension
from unscrewing from the fuze body.
WARNING
The fuze will detonate if the exten­
sion is unscrewed by any amount.
8. If the bomb is not fitted with an adap­
ter-booster listed on the lockpin instruction
tag, the adapter-booster that is assembled
to the bomb must be staked to the base plug
staked to the bomb body. Use nonsparking
tools for the staking operation.
9. Gage the adapter-booster threads with
the proper gage, or insert the fuze (any
standard tail fuze, except one of the type
with an antiwithdrawal device, without a
primer-detonator may be used).
10. If the bomb is fitted with the listed
adapter-booster, insert the lockpin (supplied
with the fuze) into the hole in the adapterbooster.
11. Be sure the locknut is screwed all the
way into the fuze. Then carefully insert and
screw the fuze as far as possible into the
adapter-booster. Tighten the locknut with
the wrench supplied in the box of fuzes.
WARNING
Once the fuze is inserted in the
adapter-booster, the fuze must not
be turned backward (counterclock­
wise) by any amount, however
slight. Engage the threads by a
screwing-in motion only. Do not
attempt to unscrew the fuze; screw­
ing-out motion will cause the lock­
ing ball to become wedged against
2-65
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
the wall of the adapter-booster and
any further turning will detonate
both the fuze and the bomb.
12. Remove the safety catch from the
clip disc; position the arming-vane assembly
so that the hole in the vane cap is alined
with the hole in the clip disc.
13. Replace the safety catch and secure
the hook end.
14. After threading the arming wire
through the rear bomb suspension lug, pass
it through the clip, the stem disc, the clip
disc, and the arming-vane assembly, re­
spectively. Adjust the arming wire to pro­
trude 2 to 3 inches beyond the arming-vane
assembly. Place two safety clips on the arm­
ing wire and slide them up until the inner
one touches the arming-vane assembly. Be
sure the arming wire is free of kinks and
burrs.
15. Remove the safety pin. If it is in­
tended to keep the fuze SAFE until the
plane is airborne, replace the safety pin with
the cotter-pin pull-ring assembly provided
with the fuze. Remove the cotter pin while
the plane is in flight.
16. Bombs fuzed with AN-M123A1, A N M124A1, and AN-M125A1 type antiwith­
drawal fuzes must be used on the mission
for which they are fuzed. In the event of
incomplete missions, unused bombs must be
dropped over enemy territory or into deep
water. Once installed, no attempt shall be
made to remove these fuzes from bombs.
Return of bombs to airfields or carriers is
restricted.
CAUTION: If anything interferes
with the completion of the fuzing
operation, no attempt shall be made
to defuze the bomb. The bomb,
with the fuze in place, shall be dis­
posed of by authorized personnel.
See instructions for handling in the
preceding section before proceeding
further.
Defusing
NO ATTEMPT SHOULD BE MADE TO
DEFUZE A BOMB ASSEMBLED WITH
2-66
AN-M123A1, AN-M124A1, or AN-M125A1
FUZES.
THE COUNTERCLOCKWISE
MOTION NECESSARY TO REMOVE THE
FUZE WILL CAUSE THE ANTIWITH­
DRAWAL MECHANISM TO FUNCTION
AND THE FUZE AND BOMB WILL DET­
ONATE.
Packaging and M arking
Fuze Marking. Marking on the body of
the fuze is located just below the threads
and includes nomenclature, nominal delay,
lot number, and date loaded. In addition,
four tags attached to the fuze read as fol­
lows.
1. For the cotter pin pull ring assembly:
“ For use if safety pins are to be removed
after the plane is airborne.”
2. Around the stem tube: “ DANGER
never remove this tag. This fuze contains
a booby trap. NEVER ATTEMPT TO RE­
MOVE THIS FUZE FROM THE BOMB.”
3. For the adapter-booster lock pin: “ This
pin is used for the adapter-booster on the
following bombs: GP 100-lb., AN-M30A1
and GP 250-lb., AN-M57A1.” (This infor­
mation will alter as applicable.)
4. The fourth tag contains some of the
instructions given in the fuzing operations.
Fuze Container. One fuze, less its arming
vane, is sealed in a cylindrical black metal
container. The detonator holder, washer,
and sealing disc are packed in the same con­
tainer and are fitted into a drilled-out por­
tion of a wood block. A key is soldered to
the bottom o f the can to facilitate opening
the sealed container. The following is a
typical fuze container marking.
FUZE, BOMB, TAIL, AN-M123A1
LESS ARMING VANES
(date packed)
Drawing No.
REV. (date)
Packing Box.
Twenty-five containers,
with 25 vane assemblies on a spindle, are
packed in a wood box. Each packing box
contains two indicator vials, two wrenches,
and a thread gage. These fuzes may also
be packed 24 to a box, in which event all
FUZES
accessories will be included, or the box may
contain 25 fuzes, but no wrenches or thread
gage. The following is a typical packing box
marking.
25 TAIL FUZES
BOMB, TAIL, AN-M123A1
PACKED (month and year)
LOT NO.
2-67
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
L O N G -D E L A Y T A IL FUZE A N -M 1 3 2 , A N -M 1 3 3 , A N D A N -M 1 3 4
M133
M132
M134
Figure 2-29. — Long-Delay Tail Fuzes AN-M132, A N -M 1 33, and A N -M 1 34.
General Description
The vane operated, long-delay tail fuzes
of this type, figure 2-30, are delay armed
and incorporate an antiwithdrawal feature.
Approximately 100 feet of air travel is nec­
essary for arming. These fuzes in externally
carried stores are restricted in accordance
with NAVORDINST 8024.25, latest issue.
All fuzes in this group have the same de­
lay rating; they act to detonate the bomb
2-68
16 minutes after arming at a temperature
of 80° F. The delay time will vary with
changes in temperature; high temperature
will accelerate it and lower temperature will
retard it.
WARNING
Once installed, no attempt shall be
made to remove these fuzes from
bombs. Any attempt to remove
them will cause the antiwithdrawal
FUZES
Model_______________
Firing Action________
Firing Delay (min)___
Assembly Drawing No.
Arming:
Type-----------------Air Travel to Arm
(ft)----------------Overall Length (in .)...
Protrusion from Bomb
(in.)---------------------Vane Span (in .)... . .
Weight (lb) _____ .
Number of Vanes____
Detonator Designation-
AN-M132________
Chemical long-delay
or instantaneous
on attempted
withdrawal.
16 at 80° F _______
73-8-199_________
AN-M133________
Chemical long-delay
or instantaneous
on attempted
withdrawal.
16 at 80° F _______
73-8-199_________
AN-M134.
Chemical long-delay
or instantaneous
on attempted
withdrawal.
16 at 80° F.
73-8-199.
Direct.................. .
D ir e c t________
Direct.
100_______________
9.57______________
100_______________
12.57_____________
•
100.
16.57.
6.57______________
5 .0 _______________
2 .1 _______________
4_________________
M19A2___________
9.57______________
5 .0_______________
2 .3 _______________
4_________________
M19A2___________
13.57.
5.0.
2.6.
4.
M19A2.
device to detonate the fuze instan­
taneously.
Long-Delay Tail Fuzes AN-M132, A N M133, and AN-M134 differ in overall length
so that the same type of fuze can be used
in various size bombs. The differences in
length are necessary to locate the arming
vanes properly in the air stream.
The M4 and M5 arming-vane assemblies
are used with these fuzes. For shorter arm­
ing distances, the standard vane M4 (45degree pitch) is used; for longer arming
distances, the M5 vane (75-degree pitch)
is used. At present, only the M4 vane is
issued with these fuzes. Separate action is
necessary to requisition the M5 vane.
Explosive Components
The detonator is the only explosive ele­
ment used in these fuzes. It is contained in
the detonator holder and is always in line
with the spring-loaded firing pin. The deto­
nator and detonator holder are not assem­
bled in the fuze as issued, and must be in­
stalled prior to the bomb fuzing operation.
.
2. Efforts to release by maneuvering of
aircraft are unsuccessful.
3. Bombs and fin assemblies are undam­
aged and fuze arming wires are in place
as observed by check of aircraft before
landing.
Fuzed bombs are immediately disposed of
by authorized and qualified personnel upon
landing of aircraft.
NO ATTEMPT
SHALL BE MADE TO REMOVE FUZES
FROM BOMBS.
Special M arking of Bombs
When this type of fuze is used with the
possibility of return to airfields or carriers,
special marking o f bombs or fuzes is au­
thorized if, in the judgment of the cognizant
officer, safety considerations outweigh any
possibility of enemy forces being able to
identify long-delay fuzed bombs more
readily.
Hung Bombs
When hung bombs are carried away in
landing or separate from the aircraft dur­
ing takeoff because of malfunction of gear,
the resulting shock of impact may rupture
the metal bellows solvent containers in these
Restrictions
fuzes. Under such conditions of accidental
Bombs having this type of fuze may be
release, the fuze firing delay period allows
returned to airfields or carriers provided
time for the disposal of bombs. See the
that the following conditions prevail.
following table, Delay Times of Long-Delay
1.
Bomb rack malfunction prevents re­ Tail Fuzes, Type II, for the effect of tem­
lease.
perature on delay times.
2-69
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
VANE HUB-
VANE NUT
BEARING CUPMOVABLE GEAR CARRIER-
ARMING-VANE ASSEMBLY
PINION­
EYELET PIN
STATIONARY GEAR CARRIER'
BEARING-CUP EYELET
ARMING-STEM CUP
MOVABLE GEAR
ARMING oTEM TUBE
STATIONARY GEAR
CARRIER STOP
ARMING STB
FUZE HEAD
ARMING-STEM COLLAR
BELLOWS PLUNGER
LOCK NUT
BELLOWS HOLDER
BELLOWS
SEALING CUP
FUZE BODY
FELT WASHER
DELAY HOLDER
CLLLULOID CYLINDER
CLOSING SCREW
ARMING HOUSING
CLOSING-SCREW WASHER
FIRING-PIN SPRING
EIRING-PIN BALL
LOCKING BALL
FIRING PIN-
SEALING WASHER
DETONATOR-
—
DETONATOR HOLDER
Figure 2-30. — Long-Delay Tail Fuze AN-M 132, Cross Section.
2-70
FUZES
Bomb Disposal Time
As indicated by the following table, Delay
Times of Long-Delay Tail Fuzes AN-M132,
AN-M133, and AN-M134, the minimum
time available for clearing fuzed bombs
under accident conditions will depend upon
fuze temperature. For example, action to
complete bomb removal and disposition must
be taken within 6 minutes for this type of
fuze when the fuze temperature is estimated
to 120° F.
Effect of Temperature on Delay Action
These fuzes are responsive to changes in
temperature. They are rated as having a
16-minute delay at 80° F. Higher tempera­
tures cause the fuze to function earlier than
specified; lower temperatures retard its
functioning. The following table gives the
average actual delay in minutes at various
temperatures and should be consulted before
using the fuze.
Delay Times of Long-Delay Tail Fuzes
AN-M132, AN-M133, and AN-M134
fuze head. This safety clip prevents rota­
tion between the fuze head and the fuze
body. A safety screw located in the fuze
body locks the firing mechanism in position.
The safety clip and safety screw prevent
premature activation of the antiwithdrawal
mechanism. A safety pin locks the bearing
cup to the arming-stem cup until fuzing, pre­
venting operation of the delay arming mech­
anism.
The packing box in which the fuzes are
shipped contains indicator vials that show
the various temperature ranges to which
the fuzes have been subjected during ship­
ping and stowage. This prevents the use
of those fuzes which have experienced tem­
peratures rendering them dangerous to
handle.
When the fuze is installed in a bomb, the
arming wire prevents the arming stem from
rotating and arming the fuze. This is the
only safety feature afforded these fuzes
once they are installed. Attempted with­
drawal or tampering will cause the fuze to
detonate the bomb.
P revailing T emperature A verage D elay
D egrees (F )
(M in u t e s )
120
6
100
10
80
16
60
26
40
40
20
59
10
_________ 80
Safety Features
Each fuze is packed in an individual metal
container. The detonator holder containing
the detonator is not assembled in the fuze
as issued, and the detonator-holder cavity
in the fuze base is plugged with absorbent
cotton. This leaves the fuze inert at all
times during shipping and stowage. The
cotton will show leakage of solvent prior
to fuzing by being stained red, indicating
fuzes that are unserviceable.
During shipping and stowage, these fuzes
are equipped with a safety clip having two
studs. One stud engages a hole in the fuze
body and the other engages a hole in the
Figure 2-31. — Long-Delay Tail Fuze A N -M 1 32,
As Shipped, Defail.
2-71
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O LU M E 1)
Safety Precautions
The following precautions must be ob­
served in handling these fuzes.
The detonator holder must not be assem­
bled to fuzes, and fuzes must not be assem­
bled to bombs in anticipation of future
needs.
Particular care must be taken to protect
these fuzes from heat and shock.
Examine the indicator vials when the fuze
packing box is opened. If all fuzes in the
box are not used, leave the vials in the box
with the remaining fuzes and reinspect them
when the box is reopened.
When engaging threads of mating parts
in assembling this fuze to a bomb, do not
turn one part back and forth until the
threads engage. Use a screwing-in motion
only. The antiwithdrawal device will cause
the fuze and bomb to detonate if the fuze is
rotated counterclockwise while in the
adapter-booster, even before the threads are
engaged.
The warning tag attached to this fuze
should not be removed when the fuze is
assembled to the bomb.
Functioning
General. When the bomb is dropped
ARMED, the arming wire is retained in the
bomb rack and withdrawn from the fuze.
This frees the arming-vane assembly which
rotates in the air stream. The revolving
motion of the arming-vane assembly is trans­
mitted through the reduction gears to initi­
ate the time train, arming the fuze. Ap­
proximately 100 feet of air travel along the
trajectory of the bomb is necessary to com­
plete this operation.
Impact will not cause the fuze to detonate.
Detonation will take place when the delay
time has run out or when an attempt is made
to remove the fuze from the bomb. Such an
attempt will cause the anti withdrawal device
to detonate the fuze instantaneously.
Arming. The arming-vane assembly is
assembled to the bearing cup by the vane
nut. Eyelet pins, which fit into notches in
HEAD
BODY
LOCKING BALL
A
Figure 2-32.— Long-Delay Tail Fuze A N -M 1 32, Defails of Operation.
2-72
FUZES
the vane hub, insure positive rotation of the
bearing cup with the arming-vane assembly.
Delay arming is obtained by a reduction
gear train between the arming-vane assem­
bly and the arming stem. The ratio is one
revolution of the arming stem to 30 revolu­
tions of the arming-vane assembly. The
reduction-gear train is composed of a pin­
ion, a movable gear, and a stationary gear.
The movable gear has 30 teeth while the
stationary gear has 29. The idler gear (pin­
ion) is driven around the stationary and
movable gears by the bearing cup and the
arming-vane assembly. Since the movable
gear contains one more tooth than the sta­
tionary gear, the pinion pushes the movable
gear one tooth forward each complete revo­
lution. When the pinion has completed 30
revolutions, the movable gear has completed
one. The movable gear is connected to the
arming stem through the movable-gear car­
rier. The stationary gear is secured to the
stationary-gear carrier, which is prevented
from rotating by the carrier stop.
The lower end of the arming stem is
threaded into the bellows plunger. The arm­
ing-stem collar is pinned to the arming stem
to prevent any axial movement of the arming
stem. As the arming stem revolves, it is
unscrewed from the bellows plunger. This
forces the bellows plunger inward, com­
pressing the bellows and puncturing the
sealing cup. The solvent contained in the
compressed bellows is forced out through the
bellows holder. The fuze is now armed.
Delayed Action. The delay element con­
sists of a celluloid cylinder seated within
three felt washers. The freed solvent filters
through openings in the delay holder and is
then absorbed by the felt washers. The
celluloid cylinder serves as a lock for the
firing mechanism.
The firing mechanism consists of a firing
pin, an arming housing, a compressed fir­
ing-pin spring, and firing-pin balls. The
firing-pin balls seat in the groove of the
firing pin, rest on the inner shoulder of the
fuze body, and prevent the compressed firingpin spring from driving the firing pin into
the detonator. The lower lip of the arming
housing retains the firing-pin balls in this
position, preventing them from riding up on
the fuze body shoulder and releasing the
firing pin.
The celluloid cylinder of the delay element
is positioned between the delay holder and
the arming housing. This prevents the compresssed firing-pin spring from raising the
arming housing and freeing the firing-pin
balls.
The solvent absorbed by the felt washers
begins dissolving the celluloid cylinder as
soon as contact is made. After a time lapse
which depends upon the existing tempera­
ture, the cylinder is dissolved sufficiently so
that the firing-pin spring can force the arm­
ing housing outward to release the firing-pin
balls. This frees the firing pin which is
then driven into the detonator by the firingpin spring.
Antiwithdrawal. The body assembly con­
sists of two parts, the fuze body and the fuze
head. The fuze head contains the bellows
assembly and the stem collar. The fuze body
contains the spring-loaded firing pin, the
arming housing, the delay element, and the
holder.
An off-centered circumferential
groove is machined on the outer surface of
the fuze body. This groove contains the
locking ball used in conjunction with the
antiwithdrawal mechanism.
The ball groove on the fuze body, being
machined off-center, forces the locking ball
outward when the fuze is turned counter­
clockwise in an attempt to defuze a bomb.
This action wedges the ball between the
adapter-booster wall and the fuze body, thus
locking the fuze body in place. Any further
counterclockwise rotation unscrews the fuze
head from the fuze body. As the head is
unscrewed, the firing-pin spring pushes the
arming housing outward. When the housing
has cleared the firing-pin balls, the firing pin
is freed to detonate the fuze.
As further assurance against withdrawal,
current adapter-boosters are drilled for the
insertion of a metal locking pin supplied with
the fuze. When this pin is in place, the
adapter-booster is locked to the base plug of
the bomb, thus preventing removal of the
2-73
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
fuze by the unscrewing of the adapter-boos­
ter.
Detonation. When the firing pin punc­
tures the sealing disc and the detonator, the
detonator explodes, setting off the booster
and the bomb.
Released Safe
Bombs fuzed with this type of antiwith­
drawal fuze cannot be presumed to be re­
leased SAFE. In the event of incomplete
missions, therefore, these fuzed bombs must
be released over enemy territory or dropped
in deep water. Once installed, no attempt
shall be made to remove these fuzes from
bombs.
Accidental Arming
Recognition. From outward appearances
there is no way of definitely determining
whether these fuzes are armed or in a safe
condition after they have been installed in a
bomb. The best policy is to regard them as
being armed at all times. If a fuze has had
its arming-vane assembly free to rotate, or if
there is any doubt about it being in an armed
condition, both fuze and bomb must be dis­
posed of as quickly as possible by authorized
personnel.
Handling. No attempt must be made to
remove a fuze after it has been partially or
completely installed in a bomb. If the redstoppered indicator vial in the fuze packing
box shows that the fuze has been subjected
to temperatures exceeding 170° F, the fuze
must be destroyed by qualified and author­
ized personnel. In the event of incomplete
missions, fuzed bombs must be released over
enemy territory or deep water. Return of
bombs to airfields or carriers is restricted.
jected to temperatures higher than 150° F.
This temperature caused the powder to melt;
it solidified into a homogeneous mass upon
cooling.
CAUTION: Use none of the fuzes
in this box for low-altitude bomb­
ing.
2. If the powder in the red-stoppered vial
is solidified, the fuzes have been exposed to
temperatures above 170° F. This tempera­
ture caused the powder in this vial to melt;
solidification occurred upon cooling.
CAUTION: Make no attempt to
install detonators in the fuzes of
this box. Fuzes must be disposed
of by authorized personnel.
3. If there is any doubt whether the pow­
der in either vial is solidified, open the vial
and inspect the contents. Personnel han­
dling these fuzes should be able to differen­
tiate between powdered and solidified con­
dition of vials. This is best learned by
removing some powder from each vial, melt­
ing it, and allowing it to solidify.
Installing the Fuze.
1. Remove the fuze, detonator holder,
sealing washer, closing screw, and closingscrew washer from the fuze container. In­
spect the threads of the fuze for cleanliness
and the safety clip for proper positioning.
This must be done one-half hour before fuz­
ing. Remove the absorbent cotton from the
detonator-holder cavity. Be sure no solvent
has leaked onto the cotton. If the cotton in­
dicates leaking by being stained red, the
fuze must be disposed of by authorized per­
sonnel.
2. Replace the cotton in the detonatorFuzing
holder cavity.
Inspection Prior To Use. There are two
3. Remove the safety thumb screw. Shake
indicator vials packed in each box of fuzes.
the
fuze several times but do not strike it.
Each of these vials contains a powder which
4. Stand the fuze on the detonator-holder
melts at a critical temperature. When a box
end and let it remain in this position for
of fuzes is opened, inspect the vials and pro­
one-half hour.
ceed as follows.
1.
If the powder in the green-stoppered
5. After one-half hour, remove the cotton
vial has solidified, the fuze has been sub­
and inspect it for evidence of leakage. If
2-74
FUZES
the cotton has been stained red, the fuze
must be disposed of by authorized personnel.
6. Replace the thumb screw in the fuze
body. If it cannot be replaced, the fuze
must be disposed of by authorized personnel.
7. Check the bomb for presence of
the proper adapter-booster. Remove the
adapter-booster lockpin from the fuze. In­
sert the pin in the hole inside the wall of
the fuze cavity in the adapter-booster. The
end of the pin must be flush with or below
the inside surface of the adapter-booster
before the fuze can be assembled to the
bomb.
8. If the bomb to be fuzed is not fitted
with the adapter-booster listed on the lockpin instruction tag, it is necessary, before
assembling the fuze to the bomb, to stake
the adapter-booster to the base plug of the
bomb, and to stake the base plug to the
bomb body. Use nonsparking tools for the
staking operation.
9. Screw the thread gage (supplied in
the fuze packing box) into the bomb fuze
cavity until it seats. This assures that the
fuze will seat without difficulty. Remove
the thread gage. Do not use the bomb if its
threads are damaged.
10. Remove the safety screw from the
fuze body and insert the closing screw
washer and closing screw in its place.
Tighten the closing screw.
11. Insert the sealing washer into the
detonator-holder cavity.
12. Screw the detonator holder over the
washer. In doing this, hold the fuze body
(not the fuze head) to prevent rotation of
parts. Tighten the detonator holder se­
curely with the pin wrench supplied in the
fuze packing box.
13. The locking ball should move freely
in a small arc of the ball groove provided
for it.
14. Remove the safety clip from the fuze
body. Do not allow the fuze body to rotate
around the fuze head at any time after re­
moval of the safety clip.
15. Hold the fuze by the arming-stem
tube and turn the locknut so that it passes
over all the threads in order to make sure
that the threads are in good condition. Posi­
tion the locknut as far toward the vane end
as possible. Do not use fuzes with damaged
threads.
16. Screw the fuze into the bomb by hand
as far as possible. Tighten the locknut
with the L-wrench supplied with the fuzes.
Tap the wrench lightly with a small hammer
to insure that the nut is tight.
WARNING
Once the fuze is inserted in the
adapter-booster, the fuze must not
be turned backward (counterclock­
wise) by any amount, however
slight. Engage the threads by a
screwing-in motion only. Do not
attempt to unscrew the fuze; a
screwing-out motion will cause the
locking ball to become wedged
against the adapter-booster. Fur­
ther unscrewing action will cause
the fuze to detonate.
17. Thread the longer end of the armingwire assembly through the rear suspension
lug of the bomb and the nearer pair of eye­
lets in the bearing cup and arming-stem cup.
If the nearer pair of eyelets is occupied by
the safety pin and sealing wire, place a
spare pin diametrically opposite before re­
moving the original safety pin.
18. Cut the sealing wire and remove the
safety pin.
19. Thread the arming wire through the
appropriate eyelet in the arming-vane as­
sembly. At the same time, slip the armingvane assembly over the end of the fuze so
that the slots in the vane hub fit over the
heads of the two eyelet pins.
20. Screw the vane nut on the threaded
end of the bearing cup. Tighten the nut by
hand.
21. Adjust the arming wire to protrude 2
to 3 inches beyond the arming-vane assem­
bly. Cut off excess wire.
22. Slip two safety clips over the end of
the wire. Push them up the wire until the
inner one touches the arming-vane assem­
bly. Be sure there are no kinks or burrs in
the wire.
2-75
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
23. Remove the safety pin. If it is in­
tended to keep the fuze SAFE until the
plane is airborne, replace the safety pin
with the cotter-pin pull-ring assembly pro­
vided with the fuze. Remove the cotter pin
when the aircraft is in flight.
24. Bombs fuzed with AN-M132, A N M133, and AN-M134 type anti withdrawal
fuzes must be used on the mission for which
they are fuzed. In the event of incomplete
missions, unused bombs must be dropped
over enemy territory or into deep water.
Once installed, no attempt should be made to
remove these fuzes from bombs. Return of
bombs to airfields or carriers is restricted.
CAUTION: If anything interferes
with completion of the fuzing opera­
tion, NO ATTEMPT SHALL BE
MADE TO DEFUZE THE BOMB.
The bomb, with the fuze in place,
shall be disposed of by authorized
personnel. See instructions for the
disposal of fuzed bombs.
Defuzing
NO ATTEMPT SHOULD BE MADE TO
DEFUZE A BOMB ASSEMBLED WITH
AN-M132, AN-M133, AND AN-M134
FUZES.
The counterclockwise motion
necessary to remove the fuze will cause
functioning of the antiwithdrawal mecha­
nism and detonation of both the fuze and the
bomb.
Packaging and M arking
Fuze Marking. Markings on the fuze body
are located just below the threads and in­
clude nomenclature, lot number, and date
loaded. In addition, four tags attached to
the fuze read as follows:
1. For cotter pin pull ring assembly: “ For
2-76
use if safety pins are to be pulled after
plane is airborne.”
2. Around arming stem tube: “ DANGER
never remove this tag. This fuze contains a
booby trap. NEVER ATTEMPT TO RE­
MOVE THIS FUZE FROM THE BOMB.”
3. For the adapter-booster lock pin: “ This
pin is for use in the adapter-booster of the
following bombs: GP 100-lb AN-M130A1
and GP 250-lb AN-M57A1.”
(This data
may alter as applicable.)
4. For seal wire and safety pin: “ Remove
this wire after arming wire has been in­
serted, before arming vane is attached. DO
NOT UNSCREW FUZE DURING OR
AFTER ASSEMBLY TO BOMB.”
Fuze Container. One fuze, less its armingvane assembly, is sealed in a black cylindrical
metal container. The detonator holder, seal­
ing washer, closing screw, and closing-screw
washer are packed in a drilled-out portion
of a wooden block, in the same container as
the fuze. A key is soldered to the bottom of
the can to facilitate opening the sealed con­
tainer. The following is a typical fuze con­
tainer marking.
FUZE, BOMB, TAIL AN-M132
LESS ARMING VANE
(Date packed)
Drawing No.
REV. (Date)
Packing Box. Twenty-five fuze containers,
with 25 arming-vane assemblies on a rack,
are packed in a wood box. Each packing
box also contains two indicator vials, two
wrenches, and a thread gage. These fuzes
may also be packed 12 in a box in the same
manner and with the same equipment. The
following is a typical packing box marking.
25 TAIL FUZES
BOMB, TAIL, AN-M132
Packed (Month and Year)
LOT NO.
FUZES
H Y D R O S T A T IC T A IL FUZE A N - M K 230 M O D S 4, 5, A N D 6
M a r k ..__ ______
AN-Mk 230 ____
AN-Mk 230
M od__ . . _________
4 _____________
5. ______________
Firing Action.
____
Water pressure . . . .
Water pressure _ _
Firing Delay (ft) (De­
termined by Depth
Setting). ________
25, 50, 75,100,125. _ 25, 50,75,100, 125 .
General Arrangement.. 344703 . . . . ___ 344740____________
Arming
TvDe...
Vann __
Vane .
Revolutions to
Arm__
110_______________ n o
______
Air Travel to Arm
(ft)----------------- 300-400___________ 300-400__________
Overall Length (in .)... 15.4........ ............
15.4 ___
Protrusion from Bomb
(in.)------------------12.7______________ ..1 2 .7 ____________
Body Diameter (in.)__ 3.38______________ 3.38.
Vane Span (in.)
5.25________ _
. 5.25.
Weight (lb)__ .
15________________ 15________________
Number of Vanes. ..
16________________ 16.
Detonator Designation- Mk 20 Mod 0_____
Mk 20 Mod 0_____
Booster Charge
Type------------------ Tetryl___________
Tetryl__________ _
Weight (gm) _ _ _ 22________
13
_____________
____
AN-Mk 230.
6.
Water pressure.
25, 50,75,100,1:
344703.
Vane.
110.
300-400.
15.4.
12.7.
15.
Mk 20 Mod 0.
Tetryl.
22.
General Description
Figure 2-33.— Hydrostatic Tail Fuze
A N -M k 230 M od 5.
Hydrostatic Tail Fuze AN-Mk 230, figure
2-34, is vane operated and requires from
400 to 500 feet of air travel to arm. It is
bottle-shaped in appearance and has a 16blade arming-vane assembly attached to its
head. This type of fuze is sometimes used
in conjunction with a nose fuze.
Water pressure operates the hydrostatic
mechanism that detonates the fuze. The
depth at which detonation will occur can be
controlled by presetting the depth-setting
knob. This knob is located on the side of
the fuze and its face is marked with the five
possible depth settings: 25, 50, 75, 100, and
125 feet. When issued, the fuze is locked at
the 25-foot setting by means of the depth­
setting rod and lock.
Hydrostatic Tail Fuzes AN-Mk 230 Mod
5 and Mod 6 differ from Mod 4 by having the
accuracy of their 25-foot depth setting em­
phasized. Mod 4 has the accuracy of the
50-foot setting emphasized. The booster of
Mod 5 differs from that of Mod 4 and Mod 6
in that the firing pins of Mod 5 are welded to
the booster cap and its booster charge is
2-77
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
COTTER PIN'
VANE HUB
ARMINt - VANE
ASSEMBLY
BUSHING'
ARMING MECHANISM
HOUSING
VANE SHAFT
SHAFT NUT
GEAR COVER
MOVABLE GEAR
PLANETARY GEAR COVER
PINION
STATIONARY
GEAR
COUNTER BALANCE
ARMING SHAFT
STATIONARY
GEAR CARRIER
ARMING-N JT PIN
ARMING NUT
STRAP
DETENT
RETAINING CUP
DETENT
DEPTH-SPRING
STEM NUT
DETENT RETAINING PIN
DETENT CARRIER
DEPTH SPRING
DEPTH-SPRING STEM
DEPTH-SETTING SLEEVE
COUNTERWEIGHT RACK
DEPTH-SETTING
MECHANISM HOUSING
FUZE BODY
--DEPTH-SETT IN' 3 ROD
•DEPTH-SETTING KNOB
-DEPTH-SETTINC ; CAM
DEPTH-SETTING LOCK
^
— -BEI .LOWS
•HYDROSTATIC P ISTON
FIRING PLUNGER
LOCKING BALL
LEAD OUT CHARGE
LEAD-IN CHARGE
PLUNGER HOUSING
DETONATOR
FIRING POINT
RELAY
BOOSTER
Figure 2-34.— Hydrostatic Tail Fuze A N -M k 230, Cross Section.
2-78
FUZES
smaller. These fuzes in externally carried
stores are restricted in accordance with
NAVORDINST 8024.25, latest issue.
Explosive Component's
The explosive components of this fuze
consist of the detonator, the lead-out
charges, the lead-in charges, a relay, and a
booster charge. The detonator and lead-out
charges are in the firing plunger. The
booster charge, the relay, and the lead-in
charges consist of approximately 25.5 grams
(0.9 ounce) of tetryl.
Safety Features
Each fuze is individually packed in a
sealed metal container.
The fuze body,
plunger housing, and firing plunger are
locked by a safety rod to prevent operation
of the hydrostatic mechanism and conse­
quent premature functioning of the fuze.
The safety rod is protected against acci­
dental withdrawal by a cotter pin through a
hole at the protruding end.
A safety cotter pin, provided with a pull
ring and instruction tag, locks the bushing
and arming-vane assembly together to pre­
vent the arming vane from rotating and
arming the fuze.
In all, four cotter pins are used externally
on this fuze: one to prevent withdrawal of
the setting rod, one to prevent withdrawal
of the safety rod, one to lock the vane as­
sembly in place, and a fourth to connect
the arming-vane hub to the vane shaft.
An arming bracket is used with fuzes of
this type when they are assembled in bombs
that are to be carried on external racks of
high-speed aircraft. The bracket insures
that the arming wire will not shear, allow­
ing the fuze to arm.
When placed in a bomb, the fuze is in an
unarmed condition as long as the arming
wire is in place. It will not begin to func­
tion until the bomb is dropped armed and
the arming wire is withdrawn from the
arming-vane assembly and bushing.
The fuze is detonator safe as well as
shear safe. These terms have been fully
explained in chapter 1.
Functioning
General. When the bomb is dropped
ARMED, the arming wire is withdrawn and
the arming-vane assembly is free to rotate
in the air stream. After the bomb com­
pletes from 300 to 400 feet of air travel
along its trajectory, the fuze is fully armed.
The fuze begins functioning when water
enters its body. Water pressure, increasing
with depth, expands a bellows, causing alinement of the explosive elements and detona­
tion of the fuze.
Arming. Delayed arming of the fuze is
obtained by a reduction-gear mechanism be­
tween the vane shaft and the arming shaft.
■FIRING PLUNGERLEAD-OUT CHARGF
— DETONATOR^
LEAD-IN CHARGERELAY
BOOSTER
MOOS 4 AND 6
MOD 5
Figure 2-35.— Hydrostatic Tail Fuze A N -M k 230, Comparison of Boosters.
2-79
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
The rotating arming vanes turn the vane
shaft, the gear cover, and the planetarygear cover.
An idler gear (pinion) is
mounted on the planetary-gear cover. The
number of teeth on the upper and lower por­
tions of the pinion is the same. The plane­
tary-gear cover turns about the arming
shaft and is supported vertically by the sta­
tionary gear and the stationary-gear carrier.
The movable gear is secured to the arming
shaft at its forward end, above the plane­
tary-gear cover. The shaft nut locks the
movable gear in place. The movable gear
has 23 teeth while the stationary gear has
22. As the vanes revolve to turn the plane­
tary-gear cover, the pinion is driven around
the stationary and movable gears, with their
teeth meshing. The difference between the
number of teeth on the stationary and mov­
able gears causes the pinion to force the
movable gear one tooth ahead with each
revolution of the planetary gear cover. This
gives a reduction ratio of one revolution of
the arming shaft to 23 revolutions of the
arming-vane assembly.
Rotation of the arming shaft causes the
arming-nut assembly to rise upward on the
arming shaft, withdrawing the arming-nut
pins from the detent carrier. When the
pins are fully clear of the detent carrier,
further rotation of the arming shaft causes
the pins to turn the detent-retaining cup
until openings on the cup sides are opposite
the detents. The detents jump out, freeing
the depth-spring-stem nut. The detents are
prevented from jumping completely out of
their holes by detent retaining pins which
are fitted into the detent carrier.
A metal strap passes over the detentretaining cup, preventing its removal from
the detent carrier. If, therefore, the armingmechanism housing is broken free without
rotation of the arming-vane assembly, the
fuze will not become armed (shear safe).
Depth-Setting Mechanism.
The basic
concept of the depth-setting arrangement of
this fuze is a bellows expanding against the
compressive resistance of a spring. The
hydrostatic piston and depth-spring stem
ride vertically through the depth-setting
2-80
sleeve and the depth spring. The bellows is
secured to the piston and the depth-springstem nut is secured to the depth-spring stem.
The depth-setting sleeve can be positioned
in any one of five possible locations along
the depth-spring stem by turning the depth­
setting knob.
Moving the depth-setting
sleeve vertically up and down the depth­
spring stem regulates the space between
the depth-spring-stem nut and the base of
the depth spring. The distance which the
piston and the depth-spring-stem nut must
move to detonate the fuze is constant for
any depth. Selectivity is gained by causing
a portion of the movement to be made
against the compressive resistance of the
depth spring. The closer the depth spring
is brought to the stem nut, the greater the
distance the hydrostatic piston has to move
against the spring to detonate the fuze.
Since hydrostatic pressure is the motivat­
ing force that operates the bellow-actuated
piston, greater depths are necessary to pro­
duce sufficient pressure to overcome the com­
pressive strength of the spring.
Action. The hydrostatic piston, the coun­
terweight rack, the depth-spring stem, and
the depth-spring-stem nut move as a single
unit. One end of the hydrostatic bellows is
secured to the hydrostatic piston; the other
end is secured to the depth-setting-mecha­
nism housing, which is stationary.
When the fuze goes below the water sur­
face, water enters the fuze body through
two port holes. The water then passes
through four holes in the depth-settingmechanism housing and enters the bellows.
The bellows expands as water pressure is
built up when the fuze submerges.
The expanding bellows draws the hydro­
static piston downwards, compressing the
firing spring and depth spring. As the
piston moves downwards, it rides over the
firing plunger and plunger housing.
The detonator and lead-out charges are
contained in the firing plunger, which is
locked to the plunger housing by six locking
balls. After the hydrostatic piston has
moved downward about % inch (this dis­
tance is the same for all settings), the balls
FUZES
locking the firing plunger are forced out
into the circular recess in the hydrostatic
piston. The compressed firing spring then
drives the freed plunger into the firing point.
At this point the explosive train is completed
by the alinement of the lead-out and lead-in
charges and the fuze is detonated.
Detonation. The explosion, caused by the
detonator being driven into the firing point,
is passed to the lead-out charges, then to the
lead-in charges, the relay, and finally the
booster, which sets off the bomb.
Inertia] Counterbalancing. Two inertia
counterweights are attached to the hydro­
static piston through the counterweight rack
to prevent inertial forces from firing the
fuze. On impact, they provide a positive
force (since they weigh slightly more than
the piston assembly) which holds the hydro­
static piston up in the nonfiring position.
Released Safe
If it is necessary to release fuzed bombs
over friendly territory, the aircraft arming
controls are set in the SAFE position before
the bombs are jettisoned. In this position,
the arming wire is released from the bomb
rack with the bomb, preventing the armingvane assembly from rotating and arming the
fuze. The unarmed fuze will not function
upon impact.
Accidental Arm ing
Recognition. There is no way of deter­
mining from the visual appearance of the
fuze whether or not is is armed. By turning
the arming vane backwards, a partially
armed fuze can be disarmed.
H a n d l in g .
Even if the fuze is fully
armed, it will not fire from handling or
shock because the functioning mechanism is
counterbalanced. It will fire, however, if
sufficient air or water pressure enters the
fuze through the ports.
Armed fuzes may be removed from a bomb
with relative safety. However, the safety
rod that locks the firing plunger to the
plunger housing should be inserted immedi­
ately.
Salvaging. The only authorized salvaging
operation is the removal of the delay-arm­
ing-mechanism subassembly. Only qualified
and authorized personnel should attempt to
do this work.
Fuzing
1. Unscrew the shipping plug and fuze
adapter from the adapter-booster in the tail
of the bomb. Inspect the adapter-booster
and threads; if any dirt or other foreign
material has collected, clean the threads with
a pointed stick.
2. Remove the fuze from its packings and
inspect it for damaged threads and dented
surfaces.
CAUTION: Do not partially pre­
arm Hydrostatic Tail Fuze A N Mk 230 to insure arming at low
altitudes. The extent of arming
cannot be determined by visual ex­
amination. If the fuze is already
in a state of partial arming, ad­
ditional rotation of the vanes may
complete arming and render the
fuze dangerous since fluid pressure
(air or water) applied through
parts in the body may build up suf­
ficiently to detonate the fuze.
3. Set the desired depth as follows.
a. Remove the cotter pin from the
depth-setting rod. Withdraw the rod from
the depth-setting knob.
b. Turn the depth-setting knob to the
desired depth. The figure on the setting
dial closest to the lock indicates the depth
for which the fuze is set.
c. Replace the depth-setting rod through
the depth-setting knob and through the slot
in the depth-setting lock. Replace the cotter
pin in the depth-setting rod. It is easiest
to set the depth desired before the fuze is
placed in the bomb. The setting can be
changed, however, after the fuze has been
installed.
4. Remove the cotter pin from the safety
rod and withdraw the rod from the fuze.
5. Make sure the fuze gasket is in place.
Screw the fuze into the tail of the bomb.
In order to obtain a watertight seal, tighten
2-81
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
the fuze with a large spanner wrench. Do
not use grease or sealing compound. Grease
or waterproofing preparations might seep
into the fuze and cause a dud.
6 . Thread one end of the arming wire
through the rear suspension lug of the bomb
and then through the nearest pair of four
pairs of holes in the bushing and armingvane assembly of the fuze. If the safety
cotter pin occupies the nearest pair of holes,
insert a spare cotter pin in another set of
holes; then remove the original cotter pin
to free the holes desired. If no nose fuze
is used with the bomb, cut off the other end
of the arming-wire assembly.
7. Adjust the arming wire to protrude
from 2 to 3 inches beyond the arming-vane
assembly. Secure two safety clips on the
wire against the face of the arming-vane
assembly. Be sure that the arming wire
is free from kinks and burrs.
8 . If an arming bracket is to be used, at­
tach it so that it will be in a vertical posi­
tion when the bomb is placed in the rack.
Thread the long end of the arming wire
through the bracket and arming-wire tube.
Adjust the arming wire so that it extends
2 to 3 inches beyond the bracket. Be sure
the arming wire is free of burrs and kinks.
Slip two safety clips over the end of the
arming wire until the first one just touches
the bracket.
9. Remove the safety cotter pin from the
arming-vane assembly and bushing.
Defuzing
CAUTION : Before attempting to
remove a fuze from a bomb, be sure
it is unarmed or safe to handle.
THERE IS NO WAY OF TELL­
ING FROM VISUAL INSPEC­
TION OF THE FUZE WHETHER
OR NOT IT IS ARMED. See pre­
ceding instructions on handling
these fuzes before defuzing.
1. Replace the safety cotter pin through
one pair of holes in the vane assembly and
flange of the bushing to lock the arming
mechanism.
2. Remove the two safety clips; remove
the arming wire from the fuze.
2-82
3. Unscrew the fuze from the bomb. Re­
place the safety rod in the base of the fuze
and secure it with the cotter pin. (If the
safety rod cannot be reinserted into the
fuze, the fuze must be considered dangerous
and disposed of by authorized personnel.
This rod locks the firing plunger in the
plunger housing; if it is not in place, the
firing plunger will be free to detonate the
fuze if sufficient water or air pressure enter
the fuze through the ports.)
4. Adjust the depth-setting knob to the
25-foot setting. Make sure both depth­
setting rod and safety rod are secured with
safety cotter pins.
5. Return the fuze to its container and
reseal with adhesive tape.
Packaging and M arking
Fuze Container. Each fuze is packed in
a sealed cylindrical metal container which
is opened by a scored tear strip. The con­
tainer has a maximum diameter of 5 11/^(J
inches and a maximum length of I 6 V20
inches. The weight of the fuze and the con­
tainer together is 17 pounds. The container
is marked as follows.
ONE HYDROSTATIC BOMB FUZE
AN-Mk 230 U.S.N.
LOT NO.
YEAR OF MANUFACTURE
NAME OF MANUFACTURER
INSPECTOR
Fuze Container Crate. Four fuzes in their
containers are packed in a metal fuze con­
tainer crate, the approximate dimensions of
which are 1 1 % by 1 1 % by I 6 I/2 inches.
The crate and fuzes weigh approximately
75 pounds. The top of the crate is marked
as follows.
FOUR HYDROSTATIC BOMB FUZES
AN-Mk 230
LOT NO.
NAME OF
MANUFACTURER
CONTRACT NO.
YEAR OF MANU­
FACTURE
INSPECTOR’S
INITIALS
NET WEIGHT LBS. GROSS WEIGHT
LBS.
FUZES
M U L T I-P O S IT IO N FUZE M l 57, A N -M 1 7 3 , A N D A N -M 1 7 3 A 1
Figure 2-36. — Multi-Position Fuze M l 57,
Exterior View.
Model________________________________
Firing Action_________________________
Firing Delay__________________________
Assembly Drawing No_________________
Arming:
Type------------------------------------------Revolutions to Arm:
For Impact along Fuze Axis___
For All-Ways Action__________
Time to Arm (sec)
Air Travel to Arm (ft):
For Impact Along Fuze Axis__
For All-Ways Action_____ ____
Overall Length (in.)___________________
Protrusion from Bomb (in.)____________
Vane Span (in.)_______________________
Weight (lb)__________________________
Number of Vanes_____________________
Primer Designation___________________
Detonator Designation________________
Booster Charge:
Type-------------------------------------------Weight (grams)___________________
Figure 2-37. — Multi-Position Fuze A N -M 1 7 3 A 1 ,
Exterior View.
M l 57.......................
Impact
.
AN-M173A1.
Instantaneous___
...
C14—15—191__
Impact.
Instantaneous.
C14-15-638.
Vane____
Vane.
__
18_____ _________ . . .
34_______________ . . .
150__________ ______
220_________ ______
3 .4 _________ ______
0 .6 _________ ______
2 .0 _________ ______
0 .4 _________ ______
4____________ ______
M2 6________ ______
li .
34.
150.
220.
4.19.
0.6.
2.0.
0.45.
4.
M26.
M31.
Black powder.
. _ Tetryl.
12.
0.75_____________
2-83
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
\
ANEMOMETER VANE
HUB
ARMING SCREW
ARMING
HEAD
LOCKING BALL
FIRING PLUNGER
FUZE BODY
HOLDER
ANTICREEP SPRING
G PIN
RIMER
BOOSTER
Figure 2-38.- Multi-Position Fuze M l 57, Cross Section.
2-84
FUZES
J
PIN
ANEMOMETER VANE
ANEMOMETER HUB
ARMING STEM
ARMING SCREW
FUZE HEAD
LOCKING BALL
FIRING PLUNGER
FUZE BODY
FIRING PIN
PRIMER HOLDER
ANTICREEP SPRING
BOOSTER
DETONATOR
Figure 2-39.
Multi-Position Fuze AN-M 173A1, Cross Section.
2-85
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
General Description
The inertia firing, impact, multi-position
fuze M157 and AN-M173A1, figures 2-38
and 2-39, is fully armed by anemometer type
vanes after completing 220 feet of air travel.
Once the fuze is armed, impact forces from
any direction will cause instantaneous deto­
nation. These fuzes are assembled in con­
junction with igniters or bursters in fire
bombs. These fuzes in externally carried
stores are restricted in accordance with
NAVORDINST 8024.25, latest issue.
Explosive Components
The AN-M173A1 employs three explosive
elements: a primer, a detonator, and a
booster. The M157 fuze has a primer and a
booster.
Safety Features
Each fuze is individually packed in a her­
metically sealed metal container. The fuze is
kept in an unarmed condition by a safety
cotter pin, with a pull ring and instruction
tag attached, which passes through two offcentered holes in the anemometer hub. The
cotter pin prevents the anemometer vanes
from rotating and arming the fuze.
When installed in an igniter, the arming
wire replaces the safety cotter pin and pre­
vents the anemometer vanes from rotating
and arming the fuze. The arming wire main­
tains this position until it is withdrawn,
after the bomb is dropped ARMED.
Functioning
General. When the bomb is dropped
ARMED, the arming wire is retained in the
bomb rack and withdrawn with the fuze.
This frees the anemometer vanes, which
rotate in the air stream to arm the fuze.
When fuzes of this type are used with cer­
tain fire bombs, a nose cone covers the fuze
until the bomb is released armed. A sepa­
rate arming wire releases the nose cone,
exposing the fuze to the air stream.
After 18 revolutions (approximately 120
feet of air travel) the fuze will detonate
when the force of impact is directed along
its axis. After 34 revolutions of the anemom­
eter vanes (approximately 220 feet of air
travel), the fuze is fully armed so that im­
pact forces from any direction will cause
detonation ( “ all-ways action” ). With an
additional 15 revolutions, the anemometer
vanes are released into the air stream.
Figure 2-40.— Multi-Position Fuze M l 57, Installed in Igniter M l 5.
2-86
FUZES
Figure 2-41. Multi-Position Fuze A N -M 1 7 3 A 1 ,
Installed in Igniter M23.
Upon impact, the fuze detonates instan­
taneously.
Arming. The anemometer vanes are di­
rectly connected to the arming screw by a
pin. The arming screw is threaded into the
fuze head. At the inner end of the arming
screw is the inner arming stem which locks
the firing plunger in place.
Next to the fuze head, within the fuze
body, are the firing plunger and the primer
holder. The primer holder is a hollow cylin­
drical capsule with a round inward end and
an open outward end. The primer is posi­
tioned in a seat provided at the inward end
of the primer holder; it is always in line
with the firing pin.
Two locking balls prevent the firing
plunger from being driven into the primer
holder and detonating the fuze. The lock­
ing balls extend from the firing plunger and
bear against an internal shoulder of the
primer holder. These locking balls are held
outward in their extended position by the
arming stem. The arming stem extends
into the upper cavity of the firing plunger
and seats between the two locking balls.
The recess for the locking balls is bevelled
to prevent them from falling out.
As the anemometer vanes rotate and the
arming screw separates from the fuze head,
the arming stem is withdrawn from the
firing plunger. When it is withdrawn suf­
ficiently so that it no longer holds the lock­
ing balls outward, the fuze is armed. When
the anemometer vanes have completed ap­
proximately 60 revolutions, they are freed
from the fuze head and released to the air
stream.
Premature firing of the fuze is prevented
by the anticreep spring, which holds the fir­
ing plunger away from the primer after
arming is completed. This spring is strong
enough only to offset the weight of the fir­
ing plunger; additional weight or force will
overcome its strength.
Action. The shock produced by impact
along the fuze axis drives the firing plunger
inward, forcing the locking balls into the
firing plunger and compressing the anti­
creep spring.
Shock, produced by impact, along the sides
of the fuze, causes the firing plunger and
the primer holder to be forced together by
the tapered end of the fuze head and the
tapered inside surface of the fuze body.
This forces the locking balls into the firing
plunger and causes the firing plunger to
compress the anticreep spring.
The flash from the primer is sufficiently
strong so that the flame will ignite the deto­
nator, or booster, regardless of the position
in the fuze body at which the primer fires.
Detonation. In Multi-Position Fuze A N M173A1, the firing pin explodes the primer,
which sets off the detonator. The detonator
relays the explosion to the booster which,
in turn, bursts the igniter.
In Multi-Position Fuze M157, the firing
pin explodes the primer, which sets off the
booster. The booster relays the explosion
to a C8R1 Burster which bursts the igniter.
Released Safe
When assembled with an igniter, this
fuze cannot be released SAFE. Even if the
igniter is released SAFE and the fuze does
not function, impact may break the igniter
open and scatter its white phosphorus or
sodium filler. This will ignite the gasoline
2-87
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
gel just as though the explosion had scat­
tered the filler.
Accidental Arming
Recognition. If the anemometer hub has
separated from the fuze head by Vg inch or
more, or if the anemometer vanes are com­
pletely removed from the fuze, the fuze is
armed.
Handling. When the fuze is armed, the
firing plunger is held away from the primer
by the anticreep spring. This spring is
strong enough only to offset the weight of
the firing plunger. Therefore the fuze, the
igniter, and the bomb must be protected
against shock once the fuze is armed. A
blow at any point on the surface may deto­
nate the fuze since it is responsive to forces
from any direction.
The removal of armed or partially armed
fuzes from igniters must be performed by
authorized and qualified personnel.
Fuzing
1. Remove the igniter from its sealed
metal container and examine it for any ob­
vious physical defects.
2. Unseal the metal fuze container and
remove the fuze. Inspect the general ap­
pearance of the fuze; check for damaged
threads, damaged anemometer vanes, or cor­
rosion. Use only serviceable fuzes.
3. Screw the fuze into the threaded ig­
niter adapter.
4. Install the igniter in the fire bomb.
5. Revolve the fuze until the open set of
off-centered holes of the anemometer vane
hub aline with the rack, shackle, or other
point of attachment. The arming wire
should pull straight out of the arming-wire
hole in the fuze. Tighten the setscrew.
6. Thread the arming wire through the
open set of off-centered holes drilled through
2-88
the anemometer hub. Adjust the arming
wire so that at least 3 inches extends be­
yond the fuze. Place two safety clips on the
end of the arming wire and move them up
until they touch the anemometer vane. Be
sure the arming wire is free from kinks
and burrs.
7.
Pull the safety cotter pin out of the
other set of holes drilled through the
anemometer hub.
De fuzing
CAUTION: Before removing a
fuze from a bomb, be sure it is
unarmed or safe to handle.
If
the anemometer hub has separated
from the fuze head by l/g inch or
more, or if the anemometer vanes
are completely removed from the
fuze, the fuze is armed. See the
preceding section on accidental
arming before defuzing.
1. Replace the safety cotter pin in the
unoccupied set of holes drilled through the
anemometer hub.
2. Remove the two safety clips from the
arming wire. Pull the arming wire out of
the off-centered holes of the anemometer
hub.
3. Remove the igniter from the bomb.
4. Loosen the setscrew and remove the
fuze.
5. Return the fuze to its metal container
and reseal with adhesive tape.
Packaging and M arking
Fuze Container. Each fuze comes in a
hermetically sealed container which has a
tear strip to facilitate opening.
Packing Box.
Fifty metal containers,
each containing a fuze, are packed in a
wood crate.
FUZES
IM P A C T SIDE FUZE M 129
Figure 2-42.— Side Fuze M l 29.
Model ........... .......
Firing- Action
..........
Firing Delay
Air
Impact ._
Asembly Drawing No.
Arming
Type
Revolutions to Arm
Air Travel to Arm (ft)
Overall Length (in.)
Protrusion from Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.)
Weight (lb)
Detonator Designation
Primer Designation
Booster Type
....M129
Aerial
burstor
impact
2.5 seconds after
arming
Instantaneous
73—8—252
... Direct
3% to 5
_ 50
3.0
1.2
1.75
0.4
M31
M41A1
Tetryl pellet
General Description
Impact Side Fuze M129, figure 2-43, is
used only with the fragmentation (butter­
fly) bomb. It is armed by the “ butterfly
wings” of the bomb and can be preset to
detonate in the air or instantaneously upon
impact.
Fragmentation bombs are assembled into
clusters which require mechanical time fuzes
for cluster opening. These cluster assem­
blies are described in chapter 8, Fragmenta­
tion Bomb Clusters and Adapters.
Approximately 50 feet of air travel is re­
quired to arm the Type I impact side fuze.
If set for aerial burst, the fuze is detonated
2Vii seconds after arming.
For ground
burst, the delay train action is initiated after
the fuze has completed 50 feet of air travel.
Two and one-half seconds later, the delay
train is halted and is not reactivated until
impact occurs, resulting in detonation.
The words AIR and GROUND are em­
bossed on the outside of the fuze cap and in­
dicate the position of the setting plug. The
embossing is a distinguishing feature of this
type of fuze and differentiates it from simi­
lar fuzes.
The setting is made at the time of manu­
facture, and only fuzes set for ground burst
are supplied to the Navy. No one except
authorized personnel should attempt to
change this setting, to remove the fuze from
the bomb, or to work on the fuze in any
manner. Because the time fuzes used with
these fuzes utilize arming wires, these fuzes
in externally carried stores are restricted in
accordance with NAVORDINST 8024.25,
latest issue.
Explosive Components
The main charge of the fuze is a tetryl
pellet booster which is housed in a metal cup
protruding from the fuze base. A detonator
is positioned in the center of the booster at
its innermost end. The primer is housed in
the main body of the fuze where it is alined
with the firing pin at all times. When the
fuze is in the unarmed condition, however,
the arming stem tip is interposed between
these components.
Safety Features
Some additional safety features not pro­
vided in the AIR burst setting are present
2-89
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
SEGMENT
FIRING-PIN
FIRING PIN
A
C
Figure 2-43.— Side Fuze M l 29, Cross Section and Details of Operation.
2-90
FUZES
with the GROUND burst setting of the fuze.
Should the arming stem become unscrewed
prematurely, allowing the fuze to arm, the
fuze will not function unless a shock suffi­
cient to simulate the impact force of the
bomb is applied to the fuze. In the AIR
burst setting the fuze would detonate 2U2
seconds after arming, under similar circum­
stances.
Presetting
The setting plug, located on the fuze cap,
is used to select the AIR or GROUND burst
setting. Turning the pointer to either of
the settings operates a spring-actuated seting pin. In the AIR position, the cam sur­
face on the underside of the setting plug
forces the setting pin inward to contact the
safety-pellet assembly. In the GROUND
position, the setting pin is held in the fuze
cap, away from the safety-pellet assembly,
by the setting pin spring.
Functioning
General. When the fragmentation bomb
is released from the cluster, the butterfly
wings snap open and ride to the top of the
cable attached to the arming stem. The
rotation of the wings in this position causes
the cable to turn, unscrewing the arming
stem far enough to initiate the arming
mechanism of the fuze. This action requires
3 1/2 to 5 revolutions of the wings and ap­
proximately 50 feet of air travel.
If the fuze has been set for AIR burst,
it will detonate 2|/2 seconds after the arming
action is completed.
If the fuze has been set for GROUND
burst, it will not detonate until impact oc­
curs.
Arming. As the butterfly wings rotate in
the air stream, the arming stem is un­
screwed from its centrally threaded hole in
the fuze cap. When the arming stem has
completed between 3V2 and 5 turns, it has
withdrawn from the movement assembly
housing sufficiently to free the clockwork
mechanism. The fuze is technically armed
at this time. The clockwork mechanism
constitutes a delay firing mechanism.
The clockwork assembly is contained in
the movement assembly housing and includes
the segment gear (regulated by the gear
train or movement assembly), the segmentgear stop, the segment-gear camshaft, and
the safety-pellet assembly (pellet, shell, and
spring).
The spring-loaded firing pin bears on one
edge of the segment-gear camshaft, which
is connected to the segment gear. The seg­
ment gear bears against the arming screw
and prevents the spring-loaded firing pin
from turning the camshaft.
The withdrawal of the arming screw from
the movement assembly housing allows the
firing pin to rotate the camshaft. The cam­
shaft moves the segment gear in a clockwise
direction. A gear train, which is contacted
by the external teeth of the segment gear,
controls the speed at which the firing pin
will rotate the camshaft. The segment gear
contacts the segment-gear stop 2'/2 seconds
after it is freed.
Ground Burst Action. If the setting plug,
located in the fuze body cap assembly, is
turned to indicate GROUND, the setting pin
is retracted into the cap. In this case, the
segment gear stop is restrained by the tip of
the safety pellet, which projects through the
safety-pellet shell. When the segment gear
contacts the segment-gear stop after with­
drawal of the arming stem, it is stopped and
held in place. In this position, the firing
pin is still restrained from forward action
by the camshaft. Upon impact, the com­
plete safety-pellet assembly is depressed by
inertia. Almost simultaneously with this
action, the gear stop and segment gear pass
over the safety pellet assembly, permitting
the camshaft to rotate further until the
halfround notch cut in the camshaft has
alined with the firing pin. This frees the
firing pin, which is driven into the primer.
Air Burst Action. If the setting plug is
positioned to indicate AIR, the setting pin
is forced downward and depresses the
safety-pellet assembly. When the segment
gear is freed and contacts the gear stop, the
segment gear moves the segment-gear stop
over the depressed safety-pellet assembly.
2-91
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
This allows the camshaft to rotate until its
half-round notch alines with the firing pin.
The firing pin then is freed and driven into
the primer by the compressed firing-pin
spring.
Detonation. The primer is ignited by the
firing pin and the flash from the explosion
passes through the explosive canal to the
detonator. This sets off the detonator which,
in turn, fires the booster and bomb.
Released Safe
If it is necessary to release the cluster
SAFE over friendly territory, the aircraft
arming controls are set in the SAFE posi­
tion. In this position, the arming wire
through the time fuze is released with the
cluster when the cluster is jettisoned. This
prevents the time fuze from functioning and
opening the cluster. Bombs in the unopened
cluster will not function upon impact since
the individual fuzes are unarmed.
Accidental Arming
Recognition. From outward appearances
it is impossible to tell the condition of the
arming mechanism.
Consider the fuzes
armed if the arming stem has risen more
than Vs inch from the fuze cap.
Handling. If the fuze has been set for
2-92
GROUND burst and is armed, it is reason­
ably safe to handle but must be protected
against shock. A severe shock may cause
the safety-pellet assembly to depress enough
to allow the segment gear to ride over it
and free the firing pin.
A fuze set for AIR burst detonates ap­
proximately 2i/2 seconds after the arming
stem frees the segment gear. If the arm­
ing stem has risen more than Yg inch and
the fuze has not detonated, the fuze is only
partially armed. It must be handled cau­
tiously, however, since the margin of safety
is uncertain. The segment gear may be held
back by the lower edge of the arming stem.
A severe shock may free the segment gear
and fire the fuze.
No attempt should be made to remove an
armed, unarmed, or questionably armed fuze
from a bomb. The fuzes are set and in­
stalled in the bomb by the manufacturer.
In the event of an armed or questionably
armed fuze, notify authorized personnel for
destruction.
Packing and M arking
This fuze is installed in the bomb M83
by the manufacturer. No fuzes are shipped
without bombs. The Navy is supplied with
fuzes set for GROUND burst.
FUZES
T IM E SIDE FUZE M 130 and M130A1
60 minutes after arming, depending upon
the setting made at the time of manufacture.
Fragmentation bombs are assembled into
clusters which require mechanical time fuzes
for cluster opening. These cluster assem­
blies are described in chapter 8, Fragmenta­
tion Bomb Clusters and Adapters.
Bomb Clusters and Adapters
Model
Firing Action
Firing Delay (min)
______ M130 AND M130A1
Mechanical time
10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
or 60
Assembly Drawing No.
73-8-225
73-8-226
Arming
Type
------------------ Direct
Revolutions to Arm
3V2 to 5
Air travel to Arm (ft) ...
50
Overall Length (in.)
3.14
Protrusion from Bomb (in.)
1.2
Body Diameter (in.)
1.75
Weight (lb)
0.4
Detonator Designation
M31
Primer Designation
M41A1
Booster Type
Tetryl pellets
General Description
The mechanical time side fuze is used
only with the fragmentation (butterfly)
bomb. It is armed by the “ butterfly wings”
of the bomb. Its time train is initiated after
50 feet of air travel have been completed.
Detonation will occur 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, or
Side Fuzes M130 and M130A1 are identi­
cal in operation and appearance with the
exception that the M130A1 has a window in
the side which permits visual inspection to
determine whether or not the fuze is armed.
This window is not visible once the fuze is
installed in the bomb.
The fuze is very similar in appearance to
the M129 (which is distinguishable by the
words AIR and GROUND embossed on its
cap) ; the M130, M130A1, and M131A1 are
identical in appearance when assembled in
a bomb.
These fuzes are installed in bombs by the
manufacturer. In addition, the fuzed bombs
are issued in wafer assemblies or in com­
plete cluster assemblies. No attempt should
be made to remove them except by author­
ized personnel.
From outward appearances, it is impossi­
ble to tell the condition of the arming mech­
anism of the M130 or M130A1 in a fuzed
bomb. Consider the fuze armed if the arm­
ing stem has risen from the fuze cap more
than Vn inch.
WARNING
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE
AN ARMED, UNARMED, OR
QUESTIONABLY ARMED FUZE
FROM A BOMB. FUZE M131A1,
WHICH IS VERY SIMILAR IN
APPEARANCE TO THE M130
AND M130A1 FUZES, HAS AN
ANTIDISTURBANCE FEATURE
WHICH
WILL
DETONATE
AN
ARMED
BOMB
WHEN
SLIGHTLY VIBRATED.
2-93
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
ARMING STEM-
FUZE BODY CAP
SPRING
WHEEL
BODY
Figure 2 - 4 5 Side Fuze M130A1, Cross Section.
Because the time fuzes used with these
fuzes utilize arming wires, these fuzes in
externally carried stores are restricted in
accordance with NAVORDINST 8024.25,
latest issue.
Explosive Components
The main charge of the fuze is a tetryl
booster, housed in a metal cup which pro­
trudes from the fuze base. A primer and
a detonator complete the explosive compo­
nents of the fuze.
Safety Features
The fuze is not armed until the cluster
is released to eject the bombs and the bombs
2-94
have covered the necessary 50 feet of air
travel to initiate the time train.
Functioning
General. When the fragmentation bomb
is released from its cluster, the butterfly
wings snap open and ride to the top of the
cable (part of the bomb), attached to the
arming stem. The rotation of the wings
in this position causes the cable to turn and
unscrew the arming stem.
When the arming stem is withdrawn ap­
proximately Vi inch, the fuze is armed and
the timing mechanism is initiated. This ac­
tion requires SV> to 5 revolutions of the
wings and approximately 50 feet of air
travel.
FUZES
The fuze detonates after the time train
runs out. This may be 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, or
60 minutes after arming, depending upon
the setting made at the time of manufacture.
Arming. When the arming stem is in
place in the unarmed position, the arming
lever is held against the stem by the action
of the balance wheel pin, which bears on
the projection of the arming lever. The
balance wheel is under action of the clock­
work (movement assembly) driven by the
main spring. The wedging action of the
arming lever and the arming stem prevents
the balance wheel from turning as long as
the arming stem is in place. This locks
the clockwork mechanism against the force
of the main spring.
As the butterfly wings rotate in the air
stream, the arming stem is unscrewed from
its centrally threaded hole in the fuze-body
cap. When the arming stem is withdrawn,
the pin on the balance wheel forces the pro­
jection of the arming lever to rotate and
pivot the arming lever. The arming lever
moves a limited distance until it is cen­
tered over the hole previously occupied by
the arming stem. This action prevents re­
insertion of the arming stem and starts the
operation of the time mechanism as the pro­
jection on the arming lever frees the balance
wheel.
Action. With the maximum time setting
of 60 minutes the action is as follows. The
timing gear, under the influence of the main
spring, rotates in a counterclockwise direc­
tion. Near the end of its first revolution,
the stud on the timing gear engages the first
slot on the setting plate. The stud pulls the
setting plate around with it a limited dis­
tance in a clockwise direction.
Near the end of the second revolution of
the timing gear the stud engages the second
slot in the setting plate, again moving the
setting plate a limited distance in a clock­
wise direction.
This action of the gear and stud continues
four more times. The setting plate is re­
tained a slight amount each revolution of
the timing gear. Near the end of the sixth
revolution, the stud on the timing gear en­
gages the heel of the setting plate and moves
the setting plate clear of the timing gear.
With the setting plate in this position, the
setting-plate cam presents the cutaway sec­
tion to the release arm.
Before it is released, the release arm bears
against the setting-plate cam. The force
of the spring-loaded striker is applied to
the release arm cam, to which the release
arm is secured, and keeps the release arm
against the setting-plate cam. The springloaded striker engages the cam by a notch
cut into the striker.
The notch bears
against one-half of the release-arm cam in
order to produce the rotational force.
As the setting-plate cam presents its
cutaway section to the release arm, the re­
lease arm pivots clockwise with the releasearm cam. The release-arm cam frees the
striker, which rotates in a counterclockwise
direction undet the action of the spring and
strikes the primer.
Each complete revolution of the timing
gear takes approximately 9 to 10 minutes
and, with the maximum setting of the set­
ting plate, a delay of 54 to 60 minutes will
result. By varying the initial position of
the setting plate or the timing gear, or both,
at the factory, the fuze can be set to func­
tion at any desired time up to 60 minutes.
Detonation. The primer is fired by the
striker and sets off the detonator. The deto­
nator ignites the booster, which sets off the
bomb.
Released Safe
If it is necessary to release the cluster
SAFE over friendly territory, the aircraft
arming controls are set in the SAFE posi­
tion. In this position, the arming wire
through the time fuze is released with the
cluster when the cluster is jettisoned. This
prevents the time fuze from functioning
and opening the cluster. Bombs in the un­
opened cluster will not function upon impact
since the individual fuzes are unarmed.
Accidental Arming
Recognition. From outward appearances
it is frequently impossible to tell the con-
2-95
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
dition of the arming mechanism. The best
policy is to consider the fuze armed if the
arming stem has risen from the fuze cap
more than !/s inch. Some fuzes have been
modified and have a window in the side
which permits visual examination to deter­
mine if the fuze is in the armed condition.
Handling. No attempt should be made to
remove an armed, unarmed, or questionably
armed fuze from a bomb. The fuzes are set
2-96
and installed in the the bomb by the manu­
facturer. In the event of an armed or
questionably armed fuze, notify authorized
personnel for destruction.
Packing and M arking
This fuze is installed in the bomb M83
by the manufacturer. No fuzes are shipped
without bombs.
FUZES
A N T ID IS T U R B A N C E SIDE FUZE
Figure 2- 46 .
Model
Firing Action
Side Fuze M 131A1.
_______ ____ _
M131A1
Fired by any
disturbance after
initial impact
None
73-8—282
Firing Delay
Assembly Drawing No.
Arming
Type
......... .. Direct by me­
chanical timing
and impact
Revolutions to Arm
3 Vz to 5
Air Travel to Arm (ft)
50
Overall Length (in.)
3.1
Protrusion from Bomb (in.) ... 1.3
Body Diameter (in.)
1.75
Weight (lb)
0.4
Detonator Designation
M31
Primer Designation
M41A1
Booster Type
Tetryl pellets
M131
and
M131A1
not occur immediately upon impact, but only
after a second shock initiates the sensitive
antidisturbance mechanism.
Fragmentation bombs are assembled into
clusters which require mechanical time fuzes
for cluster opening. These cluster assem­
blies are described in chapter 8, Fragmenta­
tion Bomb Clusters and Adapters.
Side Fuze M131A1 is very similar in ap­
pearance to the M129 (which is distinguish­
able by the words AIR and GROUND em­
bossed on its cap). The M131A1 fuze is
identical to the M130 and M130A1 when
assembled in a bomb.
These fuzes are installed in bombs by
the manufacturer. In addition, the fuzed
bombs are issued in wafer assemblies or in
complete cluster assemblies. No attempt
should be made to remove them except by
authorized personnel.
From outward appearance it is impossi­
ble to tell the condition of the arming mech­
anism of the M131A1 in a fuzed bomb. Con­
sider the fuze armed if the arming stem has
risen from the fuze cap more than •/« inch.
WARNING
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE
AN ARMED, UNARMED, OR
QUESTIONABLY ARMED FUZE
FROM A BOMB. THE ANTIDIS­
TURBANCE MECHANISM IN
THE FUZE WILL DETONATE
THE BOMB IF THE FUZE IS
ARMED.
Because the time fuzes used with these
fuzes utilize arming wires, these fuzes in
externally carried stores are restricted in
accordance with NAVORDINST 8024.25,
latest issue.
General Description
The mechanical antidisturbance Side Fuze
M131A1 is used only with the fragmenta­
tion (butterfly) bombs. It is armed by the
“ butterfly wings” of the bomb. It is a time
fuze also and the time train is initiated
after 50 feet of air travel. Detonation does
Explosive Components
The main charge of the fuze is a tetryl
booster housed in a metal cup which pro­
trudes from the fuze base. A primer and
a detonator complete the explosive compo­
nents of the fuze.
2-97
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
F ig u re 2 - 4 7 . — S id e F u ze M 1 3 1 A 1 , C ro ss S e c tio n a n d D e ta ils o f O p e r a t io n .
2-98
FUZES
Safety Features
The fuze is not armed until the cluster
is released to eject the bombs and the bombs
have covered the 50 feet of air travel neces­
sary to initiate the time train.
Functioning
General. When the fragmentation bomb
is released from its cluster, the butterfly
wings snap open and ride to the top of the
cable attached to the arming stem. The
rotation of the wings in this position causes
the cable to turn and unscrew the arming
stem, initiating the steps in the firing ac­
tion.
When the arming stem has risen approxi­
mately Ys inch, the fuze is considered armed.
After completion of approximately 50 feet
of air travel, the arming stem has raised
about
inch. This allows the “ first re­
lease” in the firing action, which requires
about J/2 second, to take place.
The “ second release” occurs upon impact.
The force of impact is utilized to prepare
the antidisturbance device of the fuze for
action. This phase of the firing sequence
is completed 2 seconds after impact.
After the second release, the fuze is in
the extremely sensitive state. Should it be
subjected to handling, shock, or vibration,
the antidisturbance device will be released
( “ third release” ), and the fuze will detonate.
Arming. When the arming stem has
raised approximately Ys inch by action of
the butterfly wings, it has been withdrawn
from its original position between the firing
pin and the primer. In this condition, the
fuze is considered armed.
Action. When the arming stem has risen
inch, its inner end has cleared the escapewheel spring and the timing gear, freeing
them.
The released timing gear is rotated in a
clockwise direction under the force of the
coil drive spring. The speed of the timing
gear is controlled by the escape movement
(gear train, escape wheel, and escape-wheel
spring).
After about Yi second, the stud on the
inner surface of the timing gear contacts
a projection on the second release weight
(impact spring), bringing the entire mech­
anism to a halt and completing the first re­
lease. This condition exists until impact.
Upon impact, the second release weight
deflects, disengaging the impact spring and
the impact-spring stud. The timing gear
again rotates under action of the coil-drive
spring until a stud on the outer edge of the
timing gear contacts the small projection at
the end of the antidisturbance block (third
release block). Here the timing mechanism
is once more brought to a halt and the fuze
is prepared for its third release phase.
The time delay after the second release al­
lows the antidisturbance block to damp out
the oscillation caused by impact. The second
release time is about 2 seconds.
Detonation. The firing pin sets off the
primer which relays the explosion to the
detonator.
The detonator explodes the
booster.
Released Safe
If it is necessary to release the cluster
SAFE over friendly territory, the aircraft
arming controls are set in the SAFE posi­
tion. In this position, the arming wire
through the time fuze is released with the
cluster when the cluster is jettisoned. This
prevents the time fuze from functioning and
opening the cluster. Bombs in the unopened
cluster will not function upon impact since
the individual fuzes are unarmed.
Accidental Arm ing
CAUTION: When fully armed,
this fuze is extremely sensitive
and very dangerous. Only a slight
vibration is needed to initiate the
antidisturbance mechanism and ex­
plode the bomb. DO NOT HAN­
DLE armed or questionably armed
fuzes of this type; they are to be
destroyed by authorized and quali­
fied personnel, together with the
bomb.
Recognition. From outward appearances,
it is impossible to tell the condition of the
arming mechanism. The best policy is to
2-99
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
consider the fuze armed if the arming stem
has risen from the fuze body cap more than
Ys inch.
Handling. No attempt should be made to
remove an armed, unarmed, or questionably
armed fuze from a bomb. In the event of
an armed or questionably armed fuze, do
not disturb either the fuze or the bomb
since the delicate antidisturbance mecha­
2-100
nism may detonate both. Notify authorized
personnel for destruction of both bomb and
fuze.
Packing and M arking
This fuze is installed in the bomb by the
manufacturer. No fuzes are shipped with­
out bombs.
Chapter 3
BOMB COMPONENTS OTHER THAN FUZES
A D A P T ER -B O O ST E R M102A1
I
'G A SKET
CLOSING CUP
ASSEMBLY
4164
BOOSTER
CHARGE
OISC
F ig u re 3 -1 .- — A d a p t e r -B o o s t e r M l 0 2 A h
Model ........ ...........................................
M102A1
Assembly Drawing No.
82—3—129
Length (in.) ...... .......................
4.61
Closing-Cup Assembly Charge
Type _________ - ............—- ........................Tetryl
Weight (grains)
1.53
Booster Charge
Type ....................................................
Tetryl
W eight (grains) .....
884
General Description
Adapter-Booster M102A1 provides a tail
fuze seat for certain GP and SAP bombs.
It requires an adapter-booster lock pin to
prevent its removal after an antiwithdrawal
fuze is inserted in the bomb. The required
lock pin is assembled to the wire holding
the lock pin instruction card to the fuze.
The M102A1 differs from the M102 in its
provision for locking pins.
This adapter-booster has an inner diam­
eter of 1.5 inches and its cavity is 2.86
inches deep. It is used on the following
bombs :
500-lb SAP Bomb AN-M58
1000-lb SAP Bomb AN-M59
250-lb GP Bomb AN-M57
100-lb GP Bomb AN-M30
It receives Army designed fuzes only.
Adapter-boosters are described in chapter 1.
3-1
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
A D A PT ER -B O O ST E R M115A1
CLOSING
FUZE ADAPTER
CLOSING CUP CHARGE
BOOSTER CHARGE
F ig u re 3 - 2 . — A d a p t e r -B o o s ie r M115A1.
Model
........................................................
Assembly Drawing No................ .
Length (in.)
..
Closing-Cup Assembly Charge
Type
....
Weight (grains) _____ ___ ____ _______
Booster Charge
Type --------------Weight (grains)
.......................... .......... .
M115A1
82-3—356
4.64
Tetryl
1.53
Tetryl
1853
General Description
Adapter-Booster M115A1 provides a tail
fuze seat for the following GP, chemical, and
incendiary bombs.
500-lb GP Bomb AN-M64
1000-lb GP Bomb AN-M65
2000-lb GP Bomb AN-M66
500-lb Chemical Bomb AN-M78
3-2
1000-lb Chemical Bomb AN-M79
500-lb Incendiary Bomb AN-M76
The adapter-booster requires a lock pin
to prevent its removal after an antiwith­
drawal fuze is inserted in the bomb. The
required lock pin is assembled to the wire
holding the lock pin instruction card to the
fuze. The M115A1 differs from the M115
in its provision for the locking pin.
This adapter-booster has an inner sleeve
that has an inside diameter of 1.5 inches
to accommodate Army designed fuzes. If
the sleeve is removed, the adapter-booster
will accommodate Navy fuzes, which have
inner diameters of 2.00 inches. The cavity
provided by the adapter-booster is 2.68
inches deep. Adapter-boosters are described
in chapter 1.
B O M B C O M P O N E N T S O TH ER T H A N FUZES
A D A PT ER -B O O ST ER M l 17
6"35
F ig u re 3 - 3 . — A d a p t e r -B o o s t e r M l 17.
Model _____ ________ _________ ___ ___ _____
Assembly Drawing No.................................
Length (in.) ............... ....................................
Booster Charge
Type
........ ..............................................
Weight (lb) ...............................................
M117
82—3—491
6.35
Tetryl
0.29
General Description
Adapter-Booster Ml 17 adapts GP bombs
with large nose fuze seats to small frag­
mentation-type fuzes.
Installation
To installthis adapter-booster, proceed
as follows.
1. Unpack the adapter-booster and re­
move the shipping plug. Inspect it both
internally and externally to be sure that it
is clean and the threads are clear. Inspect
the bomb fuze seat.
2. Screw the adapter-booster into the
bomb until it is firmly seated, but do not
use force.
3. Unless the fuze is to be assembled im­
mediately, replace the shipping plug, hand
tight.
4. If the use of the adapter-booster be­
comes unnecessary, remove the unit and
return it to its original packings and condi­
tion.
3-3
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
A D A PT ER -BO O ST E R T45E1
CLOSING PLUG
C.OSING
CUP
BOOSTER
CHARGE
FELT DISC
F ig u re 3 - 4 . — A d a p t e r -B o o s t e r T 4 5 E 1.
General Description
Adapter-Booster T45E1 permits the use
of 2-inch thread size mechanical or VT nose
fuzes in low-drag GP bombs. This is an
3-4
interim measure pending availability of elec­
trical fuzes specially designed for these
bombs.
BO M B C O M P O N E N T S O TH ER T H A N FUZES
A D A PT ER -B O O ST E R T46E4
CLOSING
PLUG
FUZE
ADAPTER
CHARGE
ZE WELL
FlgSEMBLV
F ig u re 3 - 5 p - A d a p f e r - B o o s t e r T 46E 4.
General Description
Adapter-Booster T46E4 permits the use
of 1.5-inch thread size mechanical tail fuzes
in all low-drag GP bombs. This is an in­
terim measure pending availability of elec­
trical fuzes specially designed for these
bombs.
3-5
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
A U X IL IA R Y BOOSTER M k 1 M od 0
F ig u re 3 - 6 . — A u x ilia r y B oo ste r M k 1 M o d
Mark ....... ..............................................................
Mod
........ ...........................................................
General Arrangement
___ ___________ ..
Diameter (in.) _____ _____________ ________
Height (in.) ..........
............. ................L....
Explosive Charge
Type ___
Weight (grams)
1
0
327960
1.85
2.98
TNT
180
General Description
Auxiliary Booster Mk 1 Mod 0 is a stand­
3-6
0.
ard booster shipped in the nose or tail fuze
seat liner, or both, of Navy designed bombs
weighing over 100 pounds, with the excep­
tion of the low-drag series of GP bombs.
Some bombs may require the use of two
auxiliary boosters to complete the explosive
train between the fuze and the main charge
of the bomb.
B O M B C O M P O N E N T S O TH ER T H A N FUZES
A U X IL IA R Y BOOSTER M k 4 Mod 0
F ig u re 3 - 7 . — A u x ilia r y B oo ste r M k 4 M o d 0.
Mark ........... ........................................................
Mod ........... .........................................................
Genera] Arrangement .....................
Diameter (in.) .............................................
Height (in.) ............................... .........
Explosive Charge
Type
______
Weight (grams) ... .........................
4
0
389101
1.6
3.0
TNT
63
General Description
Auxiliary Booster Mk 4 Mod 0 is an ex­
plosive contained in a chipboard tube which
is closed at both ends by metal caps cemented
to the tube. White bond paper is glued to
the outside of the tube and is covered by a
transparent lacquer or shellac.
The auxiliary booster is used in the nose
fuze seat liners of AN-GP bombs when Nose
Fuze Mk 219 is used. Navy bombs, with
the exception of low-drag GP bombs, require
the use of one auxiliary booster, which is
usually shipped assembled in the bomb.
3-7
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
BURSTER M 1 0
F ig u re 3 - 8 . — Burster M IO .
Model
..................
Assembly Drawing No.
Diameter (in.)
....... ...........
Length (in.)
Type of Tube ____ __ ____
Explosive Charge
Type
Weight (lb)
...
Shipping Container
Number per container
.... .
Type Container
Weight Filled (lb)
Cubage (ft)
________
MIO
82-3—385
1.13
36.00
Paper or Plastic
Tetryl pellets
1.48
50
Wood box
150
2.7
General Description
Burster MIO is an explosive-filled tube
3-8
that has a threaded plastic or steel round
plug at one end. The other end is closed by
a threaded plug assembly consisting of a
gilding-metal cup and a steel cup holder with
a hexagonal or round shoulder for position­
ing the burster.
The cup, which is thin
enough to be ruptured by the fuze detonator,
is fitted into a hole in the cup holder and
contains a small charge of tetryl. This
burster is used in the 115-lb Chemical Bomb
M70.
B O M B C O M P O N E N T S O TH ER T H A N FUZES
BURSTER A N —M l 2
37.-88 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -j
■'
CUP
\
'
BODY
1*
‘ 1
" 1T
PLUG
/
•• .
/
CUP
HOLDER
CHARGE
F ig u re 3 - 9 . — Burster A N
Model ........................................
Assembly Drawing No............
Diameter (in.) ___ ____
Length (in.) .....................
Type of Tube
Explosive Charge
Type
______ ____
AN-M 12
C14—5—315
1.3
37.88
Plastic or Aluminum
Black Powder and
Magnesium
1.1
W eight (lb) ________
Shipping Container
Number per Container
50
Type Container
_____ Wood
box
Weight Filled (lb) ........
113
Cubage (ft)
2.6
20
Wood
box
54
1.4
M l 2.
General Description
Burster AN-M12 is an explosive-filled
tube that has a threaded plastic or steel
round plug at one end. The other end is
closed by a threaded plug assembly consist­
ing of an aluminum cup and a steel cup
holder with a hexagonal shoulder for posi­
tioning the burster. The cup, which is thin
enough to be readily ruptured by the fuze
detonator, is fitted into a hole in the cup
holder. This burster is used in AN-M47A4type incendiary bombs.
3-9
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
BURSTER A N - M 1 3
------------------- 3 6 *0 -------------------
F ig u re 3 - 1 0 . — Burster A N - M 1 3 .
Model
..................... .......................
Assembly Drawing No.
_____
Diameter (in.)
..
Length (in.)
Type of Tube
Explosive Charge
Type
AN-M 13
C14—5—500
0.45
36.00
Plastic
TNT and tetryl
pellets
Weight (gram s) ..........__............. 60—70
Shipping Container
Number per Container
100
Type Container
Wood box
3-10
Weight Filled (lb) .....
85
Cubage (ft)
........................ 0.9
General Description
Burster AN-M13 is an explosive-filled
tube closed at each end with a soft brass
cap. It is filled with about 65 grams of TNT
and has a 0.41-gram tetryl pellet at each
end. This burster is used with Igniter A N M9 in incendiary bombs AN-M47A4 type.
B O M B C O M P O N E N T S O TH ER T H A N FUZES
BURSTERS
A N -M 1 4 .
A N -M 1 5 . and A N - M 1 6
_L
1’33
AN M14
~r
AN-M15
1T69
------------
--------------------------------------
r
4 1 - 9 7 -------- ----------------------------------------------------
_L
-
~
-
METAL END
BURSTER CHARGE
P69
AN-M16
........................ .............................................-
METAL END
CHIPBOARD TUBE
F ig u re 3 - 1 1 . — Burster A N - M 1 4 , A N - M 1 5 , a n d A N - M 1 6 .
..
Model.
Assembly Drawing No.
Diameter (in.)____ _. .
Length (in.).
Type of Tube
Explosive Charge:
Type.
Weight (lb ). . .. .
Shipping Container:
Number per Container.
Type Container
Weight Filled (lb)
Cubage (ft).
AN-M 14
82-3-422.
..
1 .3 3 __________
35.83
Paper and chipboard
AN-M 15
82-3-422.
1.69
35.83 .........................
Paper and chipboard
TN T (25%) Cast tetryl
(75%).
1 .23
TN T (25%) Cast tetryl
(75%).
2.54
50
12
Metal-lined wood box.
70
Metal-lined wood box
70
1.7
1 .6
.
AN-M 16.
82-3 422.
1.69.
41.97.
Paper and chipboard.
TN T (25%) Cast tetr.
(75%).
4.29.
.
8.
Metal-lined wood box
65.
1 . 5.
General Description
Bursters AN-M14, AN-M15, and AN-M16 consist of paper and chip­
board tubes closed at both ends with thin steel caps. Bursters AN-M14
are used with Igniters AN-M5 in 500-pound incendiary bombs. Bursters
AN-M15 are used in 500-pound chemical bombs. Burster AN-M16 is
used in the 1000-pound chemical bomb.
3-11
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
BURSTER A N —M l 8
3 7 “ 94 -
i
BURSTER CHARGE
PLUG ASSEMBLY
Figu re 3 - 1 2 . — Burster A N - M l t s .
Model ..... -........
...........
Assembly Drawing No..
AN—M18
82—3—516
Diameter (in.)
Length (in.)
.....................
1.13
37.94
Type of Tube
..................
Plastic
Explosive Charge
Type
...... -
....
Black powder
Weight (lb)
0.6
Shipping Container
Number per Container
50
Type Container
Wood box
....... ......
Weight Filled (lb)
120
Cubage (ft) .............................
3
3-12
General Description
Burster AN-M18 is an explosive-filled
plastic tube closed at one end by means of
a threaded plastic or steel round plug. The
other end is closed by a threaded plug as­
sembly consisting of a gilding-metal cup and
a steel cup holder with a hexagonal shoulder
for positioning the burster. The cup, which
is thin enough to be readily ruptured by the
fuze detonators, is fitted into a hole in the
cup holder. This burster is used with 100pound smoke bombs for low-altitude bomb­
ing.
B O M B C O M P O N E N T S O TH ER T H A N FUZES
F ig u re 3 - 1 3 . — Burster A N - M 20.
Model ....................................
Assembly Drawing No.
.. AN-M 20
C14—5—892
Diameter (in.) ............. ......... ............. 1.13
Length (in.) ..... .....................
.... 37.94
Type of Tube ......... ..................
Plastic
Explosive Charge
Type .................................................. Tetryl pellets
Weight (lb) ...................................... 0.87
Shipping Container
Number per Container .......
50
Type Container
..... ... .......
Wood box
Weight Filled (lb)
___
155
Cubage (ft) ..... .................................. 3
General Description
Burster AN-M20 consists of an explosiveloaded plastic tube closed at one end by a
threaded plastic or steel round plug. The
other end is closed by a threaded plug as­
sembly consisting of a gilding-metal cup
and steel cup holder with a hexagonal shoul­
der for positioning the burster. The cup,
which is thin enough to be readily ruptured
by the fuze detonator, is fitted into a hole in
the cup holder and contains a small charge
of tetryl. This burster is used in 100-pound
smoke bombs.
3-13
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
IG N IT E R A N - M 5
3 5 3 1 ----------------------------------------------— ---------- „
------------------
------------
--------------- [
FILLING PLUG
OUTER TUBE
F ig u re 3 - 1 4 . -
Model ................... ..............
Assembly Drawing No.
Outside Diameter (in.) ....
Inside Diameter (in.) .......
Length (in.)
...
Filler
Type ................ .............—........
AN-M 5
82-3-432
3
1%
35-Viu
White Phosphorous
(W P)
9
Weight (lb)
Shipping Container
Number per Container
5
Type Container ....................... Wood box
3-14
Ign iter A N - M 5 .
Weight Filled (lb)
Cubage (ft)
28
0.7
General Description
Igniter AN-M5, a component of the 500lb Incendiary Bomb AN-M76, consists es­
sentially of two concentric steel tubes welded
to annular ends. One end ring has two
filling holes which are closed with pipe plugs.
These pipe plugs must not be tampered with
or removed.
BO M B C O M P O N E N T S O TH ER T H A N FUZES
IG N IT E R A N - M 9
-----------------------38’ 34------------
1—1—
INNER TUBE
BURSTER WELL
OUTER TUBE
F ig u re 3 - 1 5 . — Ign iter A N - M 9 .
Model .
Drawing No. . ...
Outside Diameter (in.)
Inside Diameter (in.)
Length (in.)
... ..
Filler
Type .
Weight (lb)
Shipping Container
Number per Container
Type Container
W eight Filled (lb)
Cubage (ft)
.............. ... _ A N -M 9
0 4 - 5 —218
.... ..........
. 1V4
%
38' *(12
WP or Na
1.6
20
..............
Wood box
80
2.4
General Description
Igniter AN-M9 consists essentially of two
concentric steel tubes joined at both ends
to form an annular space which is filled with
white phosphorus (WP) for land bombing
or sodium (Na) for water bombing. The
sodium-filled igniter was formerly called
Igniter E2. The inner tube, which is about
1V4 inches shorter than the outer tube, con­
tains a small coil spring for snubbing an in­
serted burster.
3-15
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
IG N IT E R M 15
ARMING VANES
ARMING WIRE
SETSCREW
• 7
C8R1 BURSTER
WP OR NA
" GRENADE
F igu re 3 - 1 6 . — Ig n ite r M l 5.
Model
Assembly Drawing' No.
Filler
Type
Weight (lb)
Shipping Container
Igniters
Number per Container
Type Container
3-16
M15
C 4-6-75
WP or Na
0.95 (W P)
0.52 (Na)
16
(individually
packaged in
vacuum-type
metal cans)
Wood box
Weight Filled (lb)
WP Filled
Sodium Filled
Cubage (ft)
Bursters and Fuzes
Number per Container
Type Container
Weight Filled (lb)
Cubage (ft)
75
69
2
50 cans
Wood box
46
1.3
General Description
Igniter M15 is an incendiary explosive
which is used to ignite the filling of fire
B O M B C O M P O N E N T S O TH ER T H A N FUZES
bombs. It is an M15 hand grenade with the
Bouchon fuze replaced by an impact all­
ways anemometer-type fuze. A threaded
igniter adapter is installed in the grenade
for mounting the fuze. The fuze seats above
a Burster C8R1 (a blasting cap and 2.5
grams of tetryl) in the grenade-burster well.
The igniter is filled with white phosphorus
(W P) for land bombing or sodium (Na)
for water bombing.
Functioning
When a bomb assembled with this igniter
is dropped, the arming wire is pulled and
the fuze arms after about 100 feet of air
travel. On impact, the fuze ignites the
primer which initiates the fuze booster
charge. This explodes Burster C8R1 which,
in turn, breaks the grenade case, allowing
WP or sodium to ignite the incendiary mix­
ture scattered by the bursting tank. Even
if the igniter is released SAFE and the fuze
does not function, impact may break open
the grenade and scatter the filler. This will
ignite the chemical filler of the bomb. For
this reason the igniter cannot be considered
capable of SAFE dropping with absolute
assurance of nonfunctioning.
CAUTION: All igniters now in
stock, with the exception of those
procured during or after 1950,
have
Arming-Wire
Assemblies
C-10 packed in the same shipping
box. Because of reported malfunc­
tions, these wires are to be used
only in the event that standard
arming wires are not readily avail­
able. If used, precautions must be
taken to crimp the ferrule (or
slide) with pliers and to bend back
the short length of the loop at­
tached to the swivel 180 degrees on
itself.
3-17
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
F ig u re 3 - 1 7 . — Ign iter A N - M 1 6 , Exterior V iew .
Model
......................................
Assembly Drawing No.
Filler
Type _____ ___ ____ ____ ___ ___
Weight (lb) ...................................
Shipping Container
Igniters
Number per Container .........
AN-M 16
C4—6—33
WP or Na
0.95 (W P)
0.52 (Na)
(individually
packaged in
vacuum-type
metal cans)
________ Wood box
Type Container
Weight Filled (lb)
WP Filled .... ..............
Sodium Filled
Cubage (ft)
Bursters and Fuzes
Number per Container
3-18
16
75
69
2
50 cans
Type Container ________________ Wood box
Weight Filled (lb)
46
Cubage (ft)
.. 1.3
General Description
Igniter AN-M16 is an incendiary explo­
sive type igniter used in fire bombs. It is
an M15 hand grenade with the Bouchon
fuze replaced by an impact all-ways ane­
mometer-type fuze.
A threaded igniter
adapter is installed in the grenade for
mounting the fuze. The fuze seats above
a Burster C8R1 (a blasting cap and 2.5
grams of tetryl) in the grenade-burster well.
A crimped locking flange for mounting in
the fuel tank filler neck is attached to the
B O M B C O M P O N E N T S O TH ER T H A N FUZES
igniter body with setscrews. The igniter is
filled with white phosphorus (W P) for land
bombing or sodium (Na) for water bomb­
ing.
Functioning
When a bomb assembled with this igniter
is dropped, the arming wire is pulled and the
fuze arms after about 100 feet of air travel.
On impact, the fuze ignites its primer which
initiates the fuze booster charge. This ex­
plodes the Burster C8R1 which, in turn,
breaks the grenade case, allowing WP or
sodium to ignite the incendiary mixture scat­
tered by the bursting tank.
Even if the igniter is released SAFE and
the fuze does not function, impact may break
open the grenade and scatter its filler. This
will ignite the chemical filler of the bomb.
For this reason the igniter cannot be con­
sidered capable of SAFE dropping with ab­
solute assurance of non-functioning.
CAUTION: All igniters now in
stock, with the exception of those
procured during or after 1950,
have Arming-Wire assemblies C-10
packed in the same shipping box.
Because of reported malfunctions,
these wires are to be used only in
the event that standard arming
wires are not readily available.
If used, precautions must be taken
to crimp the ferrule (or slide) with
pliers and to bend back the short
length of the loop attached to the
swivel 180 degrees on itself.
3-19
N A V W E F S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
IG N IT E R M 23
Model
.......... ....... M23
Assembly Drawing No.
C—14—5-805
Filler
Type ..... ................
.....
Weight (lb)
......... ............
Shipping Container
Igniters
Number perContainer
Type Container
Weight Filled (lb)
Cubage (ft)
Fuzes and Arming-Wires
Number per Container
Type Container
Weight Filled (lb)
Cubage (ft)
___________
3-20
WP
1.25
25 (individually
packaged in
vacuum-type
metal cans)
Wood box
125
2.1
50
Wood box
60
1.8
General Description
Igniter M23 is used with fire bombs. Its
steel body has external threads for mount­
ing in the tank flange and internal threads
for mounting a fuze. The fuze used with
this igniter is an impact anemometer-type.
Fuze and arming wire are procured and is­
sued separately.
Functioning
Upon release of the fire bomb, the arming
wire is withdrawn from the fuze. The fuze
is armed after about 8 feet of air travel or
17 vane revolutions. Upon impact, the fuze
bursts and splits the igniter body. Scat­
tered filling burns upon atmospheric contact
and ignites the incendiary fuel from the
tank.
B O M B C O M P O N E N T S O TH ER T H A N FUZES
P R A C T IC E BO M B S IG N A L M k 4 M ods 3 and 4
&to
4
■-
'■ '
—
— —
■
F ig u re 3 - 1 9 . — P ra cfice B o m b S ig n a l M k 4 M o d s 3 & 4.
Mark______________________
Mod _ ________ ___
General Arrangement______
List of Drawings___ ______
Length (in.)_______________
Diameter (in.)_____________
Weight (lb)-----------------------Case Material. . .
Expelling Charge__ . ___
Marker L o a d .............. ..........
Shipping Containers:
Cardboard Carton____
Wood Box . __ __
General Description
Practice Bomb Signals Mk 4 Mods 3 and
4 are essentially 10-gage shotgun shells of
4 ____________________
3. . . . . . _________
398800..
Sk 166560.. ________
6.0
____________
4.
4.
1211717.
256093.
6 . 0.
0 .8 5 _________________
0.16
_____________
Aluminum___________
Smokeless powder___
Stabilized red phos­
phorous.
0.85.
0.16.
Aluminum.
Smokeless powder.
Zinc oxide.
200 signals_____
200 signals.
25 cartons__
25 cartons.
extra length. They contain an expelling
charge of smokeless powder and are primed
with a commercial primer. A pyrotechnic
3-21
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
or inert marker load is separated from the
expelling charge by a disc and cardboard
gun-wad. The end of the shell is closed by
felt gun-wads which are secured by a
cemented cover.
Use
The signals are used either in the minia­
ture or the larger practice bombs. Installed
in the miniature practice bombs, the signals
do not consistently produce a visible signal
on impact with water or soft earth when
dropped from an altitude of 10,000 feet or
higher. The bomb, when dropped from that
height, enters the water or earth so quickly
that the signal frequently does not have
time to function.
Functioning
When the practice bomb in which the sig­
nal is installed strikes water or the earth,
impact causes the firing pin in the nose of
the bomb to impinge upon the primer of
the signal. The primer ignites the expelling
charge, forcing the marker load out through
an opening in the bomb. The resulting flash
and puff of white smoke permit observation
as to bombing accuracy.
Assembly
During loading operations, the signal is
placed in position in the bomb. The firingpin assembly then is inserted with the firing
pin facing toward the signal. A cotter or
plain pin is inserted in the nose of the bomb
to prevent the firing-pin assembly and the
signal from falling out. See assembly pro­
cedures under the particular bomb to be
used.
3-22
Differences Am ong Mods
Signal Mk 4 Mod 0 was the first of this
type developed. Mods 1 and 2 were pro­
cured for issue to activities limited by en­
vironment to performing practice bombing
in the vicinity of flammable areas. These
signals contain inert materials which pro­
duce very little flash and a smoke puff
markedly inferior to that of the Mod 0
signal.
Signal Mk 4 Mod 3 is similar to the Mk
4 Mod 0 but differs in that: (1) the car­
tridge case of the Mk 4 Mod 3 is extruded
aluminum instead of paper; (2) a primer
mixture with improved storage character­
istics has been used; and (3) a new pyro­
technic load which produces about the same
flash, but a superior smoke puff, has been
incorporated.
The Mk 4 Mod 4 signal is similar to the
Mk 4 Mod 3 with the exception of an inert
marker load of zinc oxide. In both mods
the cover and cartridge case are cemented
together; in Mod 3 the assembly also is
staked in four equally spaced places.
Safety Precautions
Rough handling may cause immediate
functioning of the signal or may damage
it so that it will not function properly.
Signals must not be unpacked in advance
of requirements. If unpacked and not used,
return to original packing.
Swollen or deformed signals are not to be
used. The primer must be flush with or
slightly below the base of the signal. De­
fective signals will be turned over to a bomb
disposal officer.
Under no circumstances should a signal
case be opened or tampered with.
B O M B C O M P O N E N T S O T H ER T H A N
FUZES
P R A C T IC E B O M B S IG N A L M k 5 M od 0
F ig u re 3 - 2 0 . — P ractice B o m b S ig n a l M k 5 M o d
Mark
............... .....................5
Mod ..... ........................ ............................ 0
General Arrangement
____________ 344644
Length (in.) .......
.................... ..... 1.74
Diameter (in.) ..
.................... 0.93
W eight (oz) .
0.5
Cylinder Material
. Plastic
Dye Filling (Type)
........ . Fluorescein
Dye Color
Dry ....................................................... Brick red
Dissolved in Water
Bright green
Shipping Containers
Cardboard Carton
200 signals
Wood box
_____ 5 cartons
General Description
Practice Bomb Signal Mk 5 Mod 0 is ap­
proximately the size of a 10-gage shotgun
shell. A shoulder, which increases the diam­
eter of one end, serves to locate the signal in
the bomb. The signal is a plastic cylinder
containing 10 grams of fluorescein dye. This
dye is a highly-soluble salt of sodium, brick
red in color, becoming bright green when
dissolved in water.
Use
The signal, for use in dive-bombing prac­
0.
tice, can be used in any miniature practice
bomb in which Signal Mk 4 can be used. It
is dropped only on water targets during day­
light. When a wind is blowing, the smoke
from the Mk 4 signal often blows away
before the pilot can get into position to
view the results of his attack. The slick
from the Mk 5 signal can be seen from an
altitude of 15,000 feet.
Functioning
The bombs are dropped in a normal man­
ner. Upon impact, water enters the nose
of the bomb, breaks the weak ends of the
plastic container, and forces the dye out the
tail end of the bomb.
Assembly
The bomb is prepared for use by removing
the cotter pin and the firing-pin assembly.
The signal then is inserted with the small
end toward the tail of the bomb. The signal
is fixed in place by replacing the cotter pin;
the firing-pin assembly is not used.
3-23
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
FUZE LOCKNUT
CONTAINER
EXPLOSIVE
CHARGE
F ig u re 3 - 2 1 . — P ractice B o m b S ig n a l M k 6 M o d 0, A s s e m b le d with Fuze.
Mark
____ _________ ___________ - 6
Mod
_____ ______ _______ .. 0
General Arrangement
438277
List of Drawings
109524
Length (in.)
8.0
Diameter (in.) ...............
....... .........3.0
Weight of Assembled Signal (lb)
3.7
Container Material
Steel
Explosive Charge
Type
Black powder
Weight (lb)
...........
2.0
General Description
Practice Bomb Signal Mk 6 Mod 0 is es­
3-24
sentially a can of black powder fitted with
the inert Fuze AN-Mk 247 Mod 0 and a
blank .38 caliber cartridge which is used as
a detonator. The Mk 6 is generally the same
as the Mk 7 signal except that the fuze is
mounted off-center in the Mk 6 and its black
powder filling weighs approximately 1 pound
more. The Mk 6 signal is used with prac­
tice bombs for observation as to bombing
accuracy.
BO M B C O M P O N E N T S O TH ER T H A N FUZES
Functioning
Upon release from the plane, the arming
wire is withdrawn, permitting the fuze arm­
ing vane to rotate and arm the signal. Upon
impact of the bomb, the firing pin in the fuze
overcomes a creep spring and impinges upon
the primer of the blank cartridge, which, in
turn, ignites the black-powder charge. The
resulting explosion produces a flash of light
and a large puff of gray smoke.
Assembly
When the signal is placed in the bomb, the
fuze is unscrewed and the blank cartridge
is inserted in the cartridge chamber. The
fuze then is re-inserted and secured by lock­
nuts. At the time of loading the bomb into
the plane, the arming wire is inserted
through a flange on the fuze and through
the fuze arming vane. After the bomb and
arming wire completely and securely are in­
stalled in the plane, the safety pin is removed
from the body of the fuze.
Packaging
When shipped, the signal is assembled
with the fuze and packed in a corrugated
cardboard carton. The carton also contains
the blank cartridge (sealed in a separate
envelope), the signal clamp assembly, the
fuze arming vane, and a cotter pin for se­
curing the vane to the fuze. 20-mm Am­
munition Box Mk 3 Mod 1 will accommodate
twelve of these cartons.
Safety Precautions
Signals should not be unpacked in advance
of requirements. If unpacked and not used,
return them to their original packing.
If signal cartons are punctured, split, or
badly damaged, or if seals are broken, the
contents are considered unserviceable. This
does not apply to signals repacked in the
field and sealed with adhesive tape for tem­
porary protection. These assemblies must
be examined carefully for serviceability by
qualified personnel.
Avoid dropping or jarring signal at all
times to prevent accidental detonation.
Stow signals in a dry, ventilated location,
out of the direct rays of the sun.
Signals and signal cartridges must not be
deformed in any manner.
If necessary to disassemble the signal, the
safety cotter pin must be installed in the
body of the fuze before the arming wire is
removed.
3-25
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
P R A C T IC E BO M B S IG N A L M k 7 M od 0
F ig u re 3 - 2 2 . — P ractice B o m b S ig n a l M k 7 M o d 0, A s s e m b le d with Fuze.
Mark
.......... ....... ..........................
Mod ___________ ____ _____ _____
General Arrangement
List of Drawings ............................
Length (in.)
Diameter (in.) _________________
Weight of Assembled Signal (lb)
Container Material ______ _____ L
Explosive Charge
Type
............................... ..
Weight (lb) .... ...........................
General Description
Practice Bomb Signal Mk 7 Mod 0 is es­
sentially a can of black powder fitted with
the inert Fuze AN-Mk 247 Mod 0 and a
blank .38 caliber cartridge which is used
as a detonator. The Mk 7 signal is generally
the same as the Mk 6 signal except that
the fuze is mounted off-center in the Mk 6
and its black-powder filling weighs about 1
pound more. The Mk 7 signal is used with
3-26
7
0
439736
109535
10.12
2.0
2.5
Steel
Black powder
1.0
practice bombs for observation as to bomb­
ing accuracy.
Functioning
Upon release from the plane, the arming
wire is withdrawn, permitting the fuze
arming vane to rotate and arm the signal.
Upon impact of the bomb, the firing pin in
the fuze overcomes a creep spring and im­
pinges upon the primer of the blank car­
tridge which, in turn, ignites the black-
B O M B C O M P O N E N T S O TH ER T H A N FUZES
powder charge.
The resulting explosion
produces a flash of light and a large puff
of gray smoke.
Assembly
When the signal is placed in the bomb,
the fuze is unscrewed, and the blank car­
tridge is inserted in the cartridge chamber.
The fuze then is re-inserted and secured by
two locknuts. At the time of loading the
bomb into the plane, the arming wire is in­
serted through a flange on the fuze and
through the fuze arming vane. After the
bomb and arming wire are completely and
securely installed in the plane, the safety
pin is removed from the body of the fuze.
Packaging
When shipped, the signal is assembled
with the fuze and packed in a corrugated
cardboard carton. The carton also contains
the blank cartridge (sealed in a separate
envelope), the fuze arming-vane, and a cot­
ter pin for securing the vane to the fuze.
The 20-mm Ammunition Box Mk 3 Mod 1
will accommodate 12 cartons.
Safety Precautions
Signals should not be unpacked in ad­
vance of requirements. If unpacked and not
used, return them to their original packings.
If signal cartons are punctured, split, or
badly damaged, or if the seals are broken,
the contents are considered unserviceable.
The latter does not apply to signals repacked
in the field and sealed with adhesive tape
for temporary protection. These assemblies
must be examined carefully for service­
ability by qualified personnel.
Avoid dropping or jarring signals at all
times to prevent accidental detonation.
Signals must be stowed in a dry, venti­
lated location, out of the direct rays of the
sun.
Signals and signal cartridges must not be
deformed in any manner.
If necessary to disassemble the signal, the
safety cotter pin must be installed in the
body of the fuze before the arming wire is
removed.
3-27
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
P R IM E R -D E T O N A T O R M l 4
— BODY
CHARGE
HOLDER
(WHITE)
0.01 SEC DELAY
(1/8 BLACK)
0.025 SEC DELAY
(1/4 B U C K )
0.10 SEC DELAY
(BLACK)
0.24 SEC DELAY
(GREEN)
Figure 3-23. — Primer-Detonator M l 4.
Model
_______________ _____ _____ .._______ - ................................................
Assembly Drawing No.
Nondelay .... ............................................... ..........................—.................
0.01 sec delay
......... ............................................... ...................................
0.025 sec delay --------- ----- ------ ---------------------- --------- -----------0.10 sec delay ...
............. ................. ............ .........................................
0.24 sec delay
.............................................................................. .........
Percussion Primer _______________ __ ___ _______ ______ ______ ________ ___
Detonator ........................— ...............- .................-------- ---------------------- ------- ...
General Description
Primer-Detonator M14 is available with
delays of 0.01, 0.025, 0.10, and 0.24 second.
A nondelay primer detonator also is avail­
able. The delay length of time (or the word
“ nondelay” ) is stamped on the end of each
primer-detonator. The time also is indi­
cated by the color of the exposed surface:
non-delay-white, 0.01-*/« black, 0.25-14 black,
3-28
M14
73-8-70
73-8-68
73-8-69
73-8-67
73-8-354
M39
M17
0.10-black, and 0.24-green. Primer-detona­
tors are described fully in chapter 1.
The M14 has a plain knurled head and is
threaded with 12 threads per inch. It is
thus distinguished from the M16 and
M16A1, each of which has a groove around
the head and 20 threads per inch. Do not
attempt to assemble the wrong type primerdetonator into a fuze; this will ruin both
the fuze and the primer-detonator.
B O M B C O M P O N E N T S O TH ER T H A N FUZES
Changing a Primer-Detonator
To change a primer-detonator already in­
stalled in a fuze in order to provide a dif­
ferent delay, proceed as follows.
1. Remove a primer-detonator with the
desired delay from its packing and inspect
it for any obvious defects.
2. Unscrew the undesired primer-detona­
tor from the fuze body. If the plunger
spring or spring washer fall out, replace
them before installing the new primer-deto­
nator.
3. Screw the new primer-detonator into
the fuze, hand tight. Do not use tools. If
hand force is insufficient, turn in the fuze
as unserviceable.
4. Seal the primer-detonator removed
from the fuze in the packing of the substi­
tute, and mark it to indicate the delay.
Packaging
One primer-detonator is packed in a black
cylindrical metal container 1.3 inches in
diameter and 2.2 inches long. The weight
of the primer-detonator and container is
about 0.5 pound. The cover is sealed with
an adhesive-tape strip, with a tab to facili­
tate opening.
Twenty-five primer-detonators in metal
cans are packed in an 8- by 8- by 2.25-inch
metal container. The cover is sealed with
an adhesive-tape sealing strip with a tab
to facilitate opening. The weight of box
and the contents is about 13% pounds.
3-29
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
P R IM E R -D E T O N A T O R S M l 6 and M 16A1
DETONATOR
PRIMER BODY
RELAY CHARGE
DELAY ELEMENT
PRIMER
SOLID YELLOW
F ig u re
3-24. — P rim e r-D e to n a to r
Mode] ........... ...................................................
Assembly Drawing No.
4- to 5-sec delay ... .................................
8- to 15-sec delay ......... ......................
Primer .... ........................................................
Detonator
........................ ...........................
General Description
Primer-Detonators M16 and M16A1 are
available with delays of 4 to 5 seconds or
8 to 15 seconds. The delay time is stamped
on the end of each primer-detonator.
3-30
M 16A1.
...........
M16A1
......................... .. ......................
....... ...............................................
— .........................
______________ _______ _______
73-8-84
73-8-83
M39A1
M17
Primer-detonators
chapter 1.
The M16 differs
turally only in that
shoulder. The end
are described fully in
from the M16A1 struc­
the M16A1 has a higher
of the M16A1 is painted
BO M B C O M P O N E N T S O TH ER T H A N FUZES
yellow. Both the M16 and M16A1 have a
groove around the head as distinguished
from the plain knurled head of the M14.
They differ also in thread pitch from the
M14. The M14 has 12 threads per inch;
the M16 and M16A1 have 20 threads per
inch. Do not attempt to assemble the wrong
type primer-detonator into a fuze; to do so
will ruin both fuze and primer-detonator.
The 4- to 5-second delay of the M16 and
M16A1 is used against ship targets, the 8to 15-second delay against shore targets.
Changing a Primer-Detonator
To change a primer-detonator already in­
stalled in a fuze in order to provide a dif­
ferent delay, proceed as follows.
1. Remove a primer-detonator with the
desired delay from its packing and inspect
it for any obvious defects.
2. Unscrew the undesired primer-detona­
tor from the fuze body. If the plunger
spring or spring washer fall out, replace
them before installing the new primerdetonator.
3. Screw the new primer-detonator into
the fuze, handtight. Do not use tools. If
hand force is insufficient, turn in the fuze
as unserviceable.
4. Seal the primer-detonator removed
from the fuze in the packings of the substi­
tute, and mark it to indicate the delay.
Packaging
One primer-detonator is packed in a black
cylindrical metal container 1.3 inches in
diameter and 2.2 inches long. The weight
of the primer-detonator and container is
about 0.5 pound. The cover is sealed with
an adhesive-tape strip, with a tab to facili­
tate opening.
Twenty-five primer-detonators in metal
cans are packed in an 8- by 8- by 2.25-inch
metal container. The cover is sealed with
an adhesive-tape sealing strip, which has
a tab to facilitate opening. The weight of
the box and its contents is about 13%
pounds.
3-31
Chapter 4
ARMOR-PIERCING AND
SEMI-ARMOR-PIERCING BOMB ASSEMBLIES
1000-LB A P BO M B A N - M k 33 Mods 1, 2, and 3
F ig u re 4— 1 .— 1 0 0 0 -lb A P B o m b A N - M k 3 3 M o d s 1, 2, & 3, Exte rio r View .
A N -M k _________ ______ ___ ____
Mod _________ _____________ — ....
General Arrangement .. .... ......
List o f Drawings _________ _____
Fin Assembly Drawing No. ___
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.) __________
Fin Span (in.) ..............................
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb)
Weight o f Fin Assembly (lb) ....
Weight o f Assembled Bomb (lb)
Arming-W ire Assembly ....
Arming Bracket .......... ..............
Auxiliary Booster _____________
Tail Fuze
______ ________ ____
General Description
The 1000-lb AP Bomb AN-Mk 33 Mods
1, 2, and 3, now obsolete, is a thick metal
cased bomb with a solid, pointed nose; it is
equipped with a box-type fin assembly.
33
1, 2, 3
329536
Sk 90916
328811
73.0
12.0
16.0
140.0
21.5
1008.0
Mk 1 or AN-M6A2
Mk 1 Mod 0
Mk 1 Mod 0
AN -M k 228 and Mods
The only fuze authorized for use with this
bomb is the AN-Mk 228 tail impact fuze.
The bursting charge is explosive D. Ap­
proximately 13 percent of the complete re­
leased weight of the bomb consists of the
explosive charge.
4-1
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
ARMING W IRE TUBE
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
ARMING BRACKET MK 1
SECURING WIRE
SCREWS
SUSPENSION LUG
FIN LOCK NUT
HOISTING LUG
BOX FIN ASSEMBLY
BOMB BODY
F ig u re 4 —2. — 1 0 0 0 -lb A P B o m b A N - M k 3 3 M o d z 1 , 2 , & 3, E x p l o d e d V iew .
Two suspension lugs, 14 inches apart, are
attached to the bomb body by slotted cap­
screws. A hoisting lug is attached similarly
between the two suspension lugs.
D
and
Q
Differences among Mods
There are no physical differences among
Mods 1, 2, and 3. The mod number is used
only to identify the manufacturer.
List of Attachments
A list of the attachments packed in each
bomb tail crate (Drawing 328382) follows.
4-2
P
u a n t it y
N
Painting and M arking
The entire bomb has a protective coating
of olive drab paint. A 1-inch wide yellow
band is painted around the nose of the bomb,
and a 3-inch wide yellow band encircles the
conical after end. A Vi-inch wide broken
yellow band may encircle the bomb at its
center of gravity; however, this is no longer
required. Identifying nomenclature is sten­
ciled on the cylindrical portion of the bomb
body in black letters, and similar data is
stamped on the conical after end.
r a w in g
A
ie c e
ttach m ent
um ber
2
3 2 8 8 1 3 -1
1
3 2 8 8 1 3 -2
1
3 2 8 8 1 3 -3
2
3 2 8 8 1 3 -5
11
3 2 8 8 1 3 -6
2
3 2 8 8 1 3 -7
1
3 2 8 8 1 3 -1 0
1
3 2 8 8 1 3 -1 1
1
300207
Suspension Lugs— for U.S.
Rack and Shackles.
Hoisting Lug— Single to U.S.
Racks.
Guide Stud— for U.S. Sling
Suspension.
Trunnions— for Dive Bomb­
ing.
Cap Screws— V i " x V \ " .
Trunnion Lock Washers.
Safety Wire— Vie" x 24", Coil.
Single Suspension Lug— Brit­
ish type.
Arming Bracket Assembly-—
for Tail Fuze.
Special Instructions
1.
Paint on attachments may, in some
cases, interfere with installing the screws.
Removal of the paint may be necessary in
such instances.
A R M O R -P IE R C IN G A N D S E M I-A R M O R -P IE R C IN G BO M B A SSEM B LIES
AIL FUZE
AUXILIARY
BOOSTER
BASE PLUG
ARMING-WIRE
ASSEMBLY
BODY
EXPLOSIVE
CHARGE
Figure 4 - 3 .— 1000-lb AP Bomb A N -M k 33 Mods 1, 2, & 3, Cutaway View.
4-3
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
2. All attachments not used in fitting up
bombs are to be disposed of in accordance
with current Bureau of Weapons instruc­
tions.
3. Use hoisting lug 328813-2, when it is
intended to hoist to a U.S.N. rack, using a
single cable; use hoisting band Mark 8 (uni­
versal) when it is intended to hoist a bomb
with or without shackle attached, using two
hoisting cables or, with shackle attached,
using one hoisting cable.
a wooden drift against the pins of the lock­
nut. Tap the drift lightly. Tighten the
setscrews on the locknut.
CAUTION: Do not use a fin as­
sembly if it cannot be properly
secured to the bomb. If the fin
assembly is loose and turns while
on the bomb, it will pull the arming
wire from the tail fuze, and the
fuze may arm before the bomb is
dropped.
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not unpacked in advance of require­
ments and are to be returned to
their original packings, if not used.
1. Remove shipping plugs from the holes
to be used for securing suspension lugs or
hoisting lug. Clean the holes.
2. Remove the fin assembly and attach­
ments from their shipping crate.
CAUTION: Use only
blies that are in good
Reject fin assemblies
rusted, dented, bent, or
fins.
fin assem­
condition.
that are
have loose
3. Remove the required fuze and arming
wire from their packings and inspect; make
sure the fuze is unarmed by looking through
the inspection window in it.
4. Attach the required suspension fittings.
Tighten securely. Screws holding the sus­
pension lugs should be safety-wired in pairs.
CAUTION:
Inspect suspension
and hoisting lugs for damage or
defects before securing them to the
bomb body. Replace if necessary.
5. Remove the shipping plug from the
fuze cavity of the bomb. Be sure the aux­
iliary booster is in place and that the tail
fuze seat is clean.
6. Back off the setscrews and unscrew the
fin locknut. Locate the fin vanes in a posi­
tion that will clear the aircraft structure
and ground, when installed on the plane.
Replace the fin locknut and tighten it. Hold
4-4
7.
The AN-Mk 228 tail impact fuze is
used with the 1000-lb AP AN-Mk 33 bomb.
For detailed information on fuzing and defuzing, refer to chapter 2.
CAUTION: Never use an arming
wire that is twisted, kinked, or
burred.
These conditions are
caused by mishandling. Burrs may
result when cutting the arming
wire to its required length or at
any other point in the operation.
File or recut to remedy the condi­
tion.
Fit of Suspension Lugs
Some difficulty may be encountered in at­
taching suspension lugs to the bomb. In
some of the earlier lots, tapped holes in the
bomb were mislocated. The holes in the
suspension lugs were properly located with
the result that they failed to line up with
the mislocated holes in the bomb body. This
condition has since been corrected at the
source of manufacture. In addition, the
holes in the suspension lugs have been in­
creased in diameter from
inch to 17/u;i
inch to facilitate attachment.
Where a proper fit cannot be obtained,
the holes of the suspension lug, dwg 328813,
Piece 1, may be reamed out by increasing the
diameter of each hole l/(U inch, i.e., from
a normal
inch to ' 5
7/:rj inch. To main­
6
tain the required degree of safety, IN NO
CASE SHOULD THE HOLES OF THE
SUSPENSION LUGS BE ENLARGED
MORE THAN y64 INCH. A '% a inch drill
A R M O R -P IE R C IN G A N D S E M I-A R M O R -P IE R C IN G BO M B A SSEM B LIES
may be used if a suitable reamer is not
available. In some cases only one or two
holes need to be reamed out to insure proper
fit. Since the head of the screw must seat
properly to provide adequate strength, it
may be necessary in some cases to increase
also the diameter of the counterbore by
inch.
Suspension lugs that are reamed out
should either be kept attached to the bomb
body or so marked that they can be rein­
stalled exactly as fitted.
4-5
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
F ig u re 4 —4. — 16 00-1b A P B o m b A N - M k 1 M o d s 1, 2, & 3, Exterior V iew .
AN-M k
...... .....................................
Mods ......................... ........ ...............
Genera] Arrangement ___________
List of Drawings ............................
Fin Assembly Drawing No. ______
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.) ........... ...........
Fin Span (in.) ..................................
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb)
Weight of Fin Assembly (lb)
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb) ..
Arming-Wire Assembly .................
Arming Bracket
Auxiliary Booster
Tail Fuze . ......... .............................
General Description
The 1600-lb AP Bomb AN-Mk 1 Mods
1, 2, and 3, now obsolete, is a thick metal
cased bomb with a solid pointed nose. The
thick case is designed to penetrate the
4-6
1
1, 2, 3
329431
Sk 91009
294201
83.50
14.0
20.60
209.0
28.50
1590.0
Mk 1 or AN-M 6A2
Mk 1
Mk 1 Mod 0
A N -M k 228
heaviest horizontal armor of combat ships.
The bomb is equipped with a box-type fin
assembly.
The only fuze authorized for use with the
AN-Mk 1 bomb is the AN-Mk 228 tail im-
A R M O R -P IE R C IN G A N D S E M I-A R M O R -P IE R C IN G B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY.
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
ARMING WIRE T U B E ^
SECURING WIRE
SCREWS
SUSPENSION LUG
ARMING BRACKET MK 1
TAIL FUZE
\
SCREWS
---------- SUSPENSION LUG
HOISTING LUG
FIN LOCK NUT
BOX FIN ASSEMBLY
BOMB BODY
F ig u re 4 - 5 . — 1 6 0 0 -lb A P Bomb A N - M k
pact fuze. The bursting charge of explo­
sive D comprises approximately 13 percent
of the weight of the complete round.
Four sets of threaded holes in the bomb
body permit mounting of lugs for either 14or 30-inch suspension. For single suspen­
sion, a lug may be secured to the underside
of the bomb body by means of slotted cap­
screws. A hoisting lug is similarly at­
tached between and in line with the two
suspension lugs.
Painting and M arking
The bomb is painted olive drab. A 1-inch
wide yellow band encircles the nose end of
the bomb and a 5.75-inch wide band en­
circles its conical aft portion. A >4-inch
wide broken yellow band may be found at
the center of gravity; however, this is no
longer required. Identifying nomenclature
is stenciled on the cylindrical portion of the
bomb body in black letters, and similar data
is stamped on the conical after end.
Differences among Mods
There are no physical differences among
Mods 1, 2, and 3. The complete rounds con­
tain the same components and the mod num­
ber is used only to identify the manufac­
turer.
1 M o d s 1, 2, & 3, E x p l o d e d V iew .
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not unpacked in advance of re­
quirements and are to be returned
to their original packing if not
used.
1. Remove shipping plugs from the
threaded holes in the bomb body where it is
desired to attach the suspension and hoist­
ing lugs. Clean the threaded holes.
2. Remove the fin assembly and attach­
ments from their shipping crate.
CAUTION: Use only
blies that are in good
Reject fin assemblies
rusted, dented, bent, or
fins.
fin assem­
condition.
that are
have loose
3. Remove the required fuze and arming
wire from their packings and inspect; make
sure the fuze is unarmed by looking through
the inspection window in it.
4. Attach the fittings for suspension and
hoisting, using the slotted capscrews pro­
vided. Use a screwdriver of the proper size
and tighten securely. Screws holding the
suspension lugs to the bomb body should
be safety wired in pairs.
4-7
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
ARMING
BRACKET
AUXILIARY
BOOSTER
TAIL FUZE
ARMING-WIRE
ASSEMBLY
BOMB BODY
EXPLOSIVE
CHARGE
Figure 4-6.
4-8
1600-lb AP Bomb A N -M k 1 Mods 1, 2, & 3, Cutaway View.
A R M O R -P IE R C IN G A N D S E M I-A R M O R -P IE R C IN G B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
CAUTION : Inspect suspension and
hoisting lugs for damage or defects
before securing them to the bomb
body. Replace if necessary.
5. Remove the fuze hole cover from the
bomb and clean the threads if necessary.
Be sure the auxiliary booster is in place.
6. Back off the two setscrews holding the
tail locknut in place; remove the locknut
and fit the tail to the body. Replace the
tail locknut and tighten by hand. Rotate
the vanes until their position clears the
airplane structure and the ground when the
bomb is installed. Tighten the locknut se­
curely. Hold a wooden drift against the
pins of the locknut. Tap the drift lightly.
Tighten the setscrews on the locknut.
7.
The AN-Mk 228 tail impact fuze is
used with the 1600-lb AP AN-M k 1 bomb.
For detailed information on fuzing and defuzing, refer to chapter 2.
CAUTION: Never use an arming
wire that is twisted, kinked, or
burred.
These conditions are
caused by mishandling. Burrs may
result when cutting the arming
wire to its required length or at
any other point in the operation.
File or recut to remedy this con­
dition.
4-9
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
F ig u re 4 - 7 . — 5 0 0 -lb S A P B o m b A N - M 5 8 A 2, Exte rio r V ie w .
Model ................................................
Assembly Drawing No.
______
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.)
Fin Span (in.)
_________ ______
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb)
TNT ..... ..............
Picratol
__________________
Weight of Fin Assembly (lb)
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb)
Loaded with TNT ____ _______
Loaded with Picratol
...........
Fin Assembly
....... ...................
Fin Locknut
Arming-Wire Assembly ..
Adapter-Booster
Nose Fuze
Tail Fuze .
4-10
..... ......
AN-M 58A2
82-0-61
57.80
11.82
16.18
152.0
154.0
17.5
552.0
554.0
AN-M110A1
Mk 1 Mod 0
Mk 1 or A N -M 6A2
M102A1
AN-M103A1, AN-M139A1,
AN-M140A1
AN-M101A2, AN-M116,
AN-M124A1, AN-M113
A R M O R -P IE R C IN G A N D S E M I-A R M O R -P IE R C IN G B O M B A SSEM B L IES
F ig u re 4 —8 . — 5 0 0 - lb S A P B o m b A N - M 5 8 A 2, E x p lo d e d V iew .
General Description
Painting and M arking
The 500-lb SAP Bomb AN-M58A2, now
obsolete, has a cylindrical heavy steel casing
with a pointed nose. A box-type fin assem­
bly is attached to the aft end of the bomb
body by a fin locknut. The base plug locks
securely in place and the adapter-booster
may be locked to the base plug.
Yellow bands on the nose and aft end
of the bomb body identify the explosive
charge. Identifying nomenclature is sten­
ciled in black on an olive drab painted bomb
casing.
This bomb accommodates both nose and
tail fuzes. Tactical requirements usually
nullify the need for a nose fuze, in which
case the nose fuze cavity is fitted with a
solid steel plug. The 500-lb SAP Bomb
AN-M58A2 was developed to provide
greater penetrative ability than that af­
forded by a comparable weight GP bomb.
Picratol, AM 50-50 (Amatol), and TNT
fillers account for the differences in released
weights. Bombs filled with Amatol 50-50
include a booster surround of TNT and the
Auxiliary Booster M104, which is inserted
during the filling process. Bombs filled
with Picratol include the auxiliary booster
less the TNT surround; TNT filled bombs
do not include the auxiliary booster.
Suspension lugs for either single or dual
point suspension are welded to the bomb
body.
Differences Am ong Bombs
A N -M 5 8 A 2 , A N -M 5 8 A 1 , and
A N -M 5 8
The AN-M58A2, AN-M58A1, and A N M58 bombs are similar to each other on out­
ward appearance. However, the AN-M58A2
contains antiwithdrawal pins in the base
plug, and an adapter-booster which can be
locked in place, while the AN-M58 and A N M58A1 bombs lack these features.
The three bombs also differ in their re­
leased weights. The AN-M58 has a lighter
body than its two modifications. Its com­
plete round weighs 480 pounds, of which
154.6 pounds, 32.3 percent of the total bomb
weight, is explosive filler. The AN-M58A1
weighs 499.5 pounds as released; its explo­
sive filler weighs 145.1 pounds, 29 percent
of the total bomb weight.
Assembly
CAUTION:
Fuzes and bombs are
4-11
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
TAI L
LOCKING PIN
IG
SEALER
ARMING-WIRE
ASSEMBLY
SURROUND
BOOSTER
BODY
EXPLOSIVE
CHARGE
INERT SEALER COMPOUND
(WAX PAD)
PLUG
Figure 4-9.— 500-lb SAP Bomb A N -M 58A 2, Cutaway View.
4-12
A R M O R -P IE R C IN G A N D S E M I-A R M O R -P IE R C IN G B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
not unpacked in advance of require­
ments and are to be returned to
their original packing if not used.
1. Remove the shipping bands from the
bomb by removing the nuts from the se­
curing bolts. Remove the closing plugs.
CAUTION: Inspect for damage,
cracks, or broken weldments which
might weaken the lugs or their at­
tachment to the bomb body.
2. Cut the shipping wire and remove the
fin locknut and its protector. Remove the
protector from the locknut.
3. Remove the fin assembly and its at­
tachments from the shipping crate. Place
the fin assembly over the end of the bomb
with one fin in line with the suspension lugs.
If hung in external racks, locate the fin
to clear the aircraft and the ground when
installed.
Replace the fin locknut and
tighten it with a wrench. When the bomb
is to be carried externally at speeds in
excess of 350 knots, Fin Locknut Mk 1 Mod
0 must be used in place of the regular fin
locknut in order to prevent rotation of the
fin assembly.
CAUTION: Do not use a fin as­
sembly if it cannot be properly
secured to the bomb. If the fin as­
sembly is loose and turns on the
bomb, it will pull the arming wire
from the tail fuze, causing it to arm
prematurely. Use only those fin
assemblies that are in good con­
dition.
Reject those that are
rusted, dented, bent, or have loose
fins.
4. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
securely lock it in place. If the bomb bay
joes not provide enough space for fuzing,
this operation will be performed before the
bomb is hoisted into place on the rack.
5. Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming-wire assemblies from their con­
tainers.
CAUTION: If the containers are
found to be punctured, split, or if
the seal is broken in any way,
the fuzes contained therein are con­
sidered unserviceable. This does
not apply to fuzes replaced in the
field and resealed with adhesive
tape for temporary protection.
Such fuzes should be carefully ex­
amined for serviceability.
6. For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
CAUTION: One of the fuzes used
with this bomb is the AN-M124A1
tail fuze which incorporates the
use of an antiwithdrawal device.
Nondetonation of bombs fuzed with
the AN-M124A1 cannot be relied
upon when released SAFE because
the glass solvent ampoules in the
fuze may be broken upon impact
of the bomb.
Once an A N M124A1 fuze is installed, no at­
tempt should be made either to re­
move the fuze from the bomb or to
return the bomb to an airfield or
aircraft carrier upon an incom­
plete mission. Do not turn the fuze
back and forth to engage threads;
use a screwing-in motion only. The
antiwithdrawal device will cause
the fuze and the bomb to detonate
if the fuze is rotated counterclock­
wise while in the adapter-booster,
even before the threads are en­
gaged.
4-13
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
1000-LB SAP BO M B A N -M 5 9 A 1
AN-M59A1
82-0-62
70.38
15.13
20.72
Model .. ..... ................................ ..
Assembly Drawing No. . ...........
Length o f Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.) ........ ..... .....
Fin Span (in.) ....... .....................
Weight o f Explosive Charge (lb)
Amatol .... .....................................
TNT .. ............. ....... .......... ......
Picratol ........... ................... ........
Weight o f Fin Assembly (lb) ....
Weight o f Assembled Bomb (lb)
Loaded with Amatol ..................
Loaded with TNT .... .................
Loaded with Picratol ___ _____
Fin Assembly ....... ..........................
Fin Locknut
......................
Arming-Wire Assembly ...... .........
Adapter-Booster ......... ..................
Nose Fuze ........................................
292.25
315.0
320.0
25.5
1032.0
1039.0
1042.0
AN-M114A1
Mk 1 Mod 0
Mk 1 or AN-M 6A2
M102A1
AN-M103A1, AN-M139A1,
AN-M140A1
AN-M 102A2, AN-M117,
AN-M 125A1, AN-M134
Tail Fuze __ _________ _________
General Description
The 1000-lb SAP Bomb AN-M59A1 has
a thick metal body designed to give greater
penetration than a general purpose bomb
of comparable weight. It is a heavy nosed
cylindrical shaped bomb. A box-type fin
assembly is attached to the aft end by a
fin locknut. The base plug of the A N M59A1 bomb locks securely in place and
the adapter-booster may be locked to the
base plug.
This bomb can accommodate both nose
and tail fuzes. Tactical requirements usu­
ally nullify the need for a nose fuze, in
which case the nose fuze cavity is fitted
with a solid steel plug. Approximately 30
percent of the total weight of the 1000-lb
SAP AN-M59A1 bomb is explosive charge.
Bombs filled with Amatol 50-50 include a
booster surround of cast TNT and the Aux­
iliary Booster M104, which is inserted dur­
ing the filling process. Bombs filled with
Picratol include the auxiliary booster less
the TNT surround; TNT filled bombs do
not include the auxiliary booster.
Painting and M arking
Yellow bands around the nose and aft
4-14
end of the bomb identify the explosive
charge. Identifying nomenclature is sten­
ciled in black on an olive drab painted bomb
casing.
Differences Between Bombs
A N -M 5 9 A 1 and A N - M 5 9
The 1000-lb SAP Bomb AN-M59A1 has
antiwithdrawal pins in the base plug and
an adapter-booster which can be locked to
the base plug. The AN-M59 bomb, now
obsolete, lacks these features. The explo­
sive charge in the AN-M59 bomb is ap­
proximately 315 pounds, or 31.8 percent of
the bomb’s complete weight of 990 pounds.
In all other physical respects, the 1000-lb
SAP Bomb AN-M59 is identical to the
1000-lb SAP Bomb AN-M59A1.
Assembly
CAUTION : Fuzes and bombs are
not unpacked in advance of require­
ments and are to be returned to
their original packing if not used.
1.
Remove the shipping bands from the
bomb by removing the nuts from the se­
curing bolts. Remove the closing plugs.
A R M O R -P IE R C IN G A N D S E M I-A R M O R -P IE R C IN G B O M B A SSEM B LIES
70"38-
F i g ore 4 -1 0 .— 1 0 0 0 -lb S A P B o m b A N - M 5 9 A 1 , Exterior V iew .
Figure 4 -1 1 .— 1000-lb SAP Bomb A N M59A1, Exploded View.
4-15
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
LOCKING
PIN
ARMING-WIRE
ASSEMBLY
SEALER
BOOSTER
BODY
OSIVE CHARGE
NERT SEALER COMPOUND
(WAX PAD)
PLUG
Figure 4-12.
4-16
1000-lb SAP Bomb A N M 59A 1, Cutaway View.
A R M O R -P IE R C IN G A N D S E M I-A R M O R -P IE R C IN G B O M B A SSEM B LIES
CAUTION : Inspect for damage,
cracks, or broken weldments which
might weaken the lugs or their
attachment to the bomb body.
2. Cut the shipping wire and remove the
fin locknut and its protector. Remove the
protector from the locknut.
3. Remove the fin assembly and its at­
tachments from the shipping crate. Place
the fin assembly over the end of the bomb
with one fin in line with the suspension lugs.
If hung in external racks, turn the fin and
locate it so as to clear the aircraft structure
and the ground when installed. Replace the
fin locknut and tighten with a wrench.
When the bomb is to be carried externally
at speeds in excess of 350 knots, Fin Locknut
Mk 1 Mod 0 should be used in place of the
regular locknut. Setscrews should be se­
curely tightened in order to prevent rotation
of the fin assembly.
CAUTION: Do not use a fin as­
sembly if it cannot be properly
secured to the bomb. If the fin
assembly is loose and turns on the
bomb, it will pull the arming-wire
from the tail fuze, causing it to
arm prematurely. Use only those
fin assemblies that are in good con­
dition.
Reject those that are
rusted, dented, bent, or have loose
fins.
4. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
securely lock it in place. If the bomb bay
does not provide enough space for fuzing,
this operation will be performed before the
bomb is hoisted into place on the rack.
5. Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming-wire assemblies from their con­
tainers, and examine them carefully for
serviceability.
6. For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
CAUTION: The AN-M59A1 bomb
uses the AN-M125A1 and the A N M134 tail fuzes which incorporate
the use of an antiwithdrawal de­
vice.
Nondetonation of bombs
fuzed with the AN-M125A1 and
AN-M134 fuzes cannot be relied
upon when released SAFE be­
cause the glass solvent ampoule
in the fuze may be broken upon im­
pact of the bomb. Once an A N M125A1 or AN-M134 fuze is in­
stalled, no attempt should be made
to remove the fuze or to return
the bomb to an airfield or aircraft
carrier upon an incomplete mission.
Do not turn an AN-M125A1 or an
AN-M134 fuze back and forth to
engage threads; use a screwing-in
motion only. The antiwithdrawal
device will cause the fuze and the
bomb to detonate if the fuze is ro­
tated counterclockwise while in the
adapter-booster, even before the
threads are engaged.
4-17
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
2000-LB SA P B O M B M l 03
Figure 4-13. — 2000-lb SAP Bomb M l 03, Exterior View.
Model ..... ..................—.............. - ....
Assembly Drawing No. .... ...........
Length o f Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.) ......................
Fin Span (in.) ................................
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb)
Weight of Fin Assembly (lb) ....
Weight o f Assembled Bomb (lb)
Fin Assembly ....... ..........................
Arming-W ire Assembly ................
Adapter-Booster ......... ..................
Tail Fuze __________ _______ ___
General Description
The 2000-lb SAP Bomb M103, now ob­
solete, is fabricated from seamless steel
tubing and has a solid, semipointed nose.
4-18
M103
82-0-133
88.45
18.75
25.84
556.48
52.75
2039.35
M117A1
Mk 1 or A N -M 6A 2
M115A1
AN-M 102A2, AN-M117,
AN-M 125A1, AN-M 134
This bomb takes only a tail fuze, having no
provision for a nose fuze. A box-type fin
assembly is used, as on other SAP bombs.
Approximately 27 percent of the total
A R M O R -P IE R C IN G A N D S E M I-A R M O R -P IE R C IN G B O M B A SSEM B LIES
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
FAHNESTOCK CU PS
Figure 4—14.— 2OOO-lb S A P Bomb M l 03, Exploded View.
weight of the bomb is explosive filler Picratol. Double suspension lugs having a 30inch spacing are welded to the bomb casing.
A single lug is located on the side opposite
from the double lugs.
Painting and M arking
Yellow bands on the nose and aft end
of the body identify the high-explosive
charge. Identifying nomenclature is sten­
ciled in black on an olive drab painted bomb
casing.
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not unpacked in advance of re­
quirements and are to be returned
to their original packing if not
used.
1. Remove the shipping bands from the
bomb by removing the nuts from the se­
curing bolts. Remove the closing plugs.
CAUTION: Inspect for damage,
cracks, or broken weldments which
might weaken the lugs or their at­
tachment to the bomb body.
2. Cut the shipping wire and remove the
fin locknut and its protector. Remove the
protector from the locknut.
3. Remove the fin assembly and its at­
tachments from the shipping crate. Place
th3 fin assembly over the end of the bomb
with one fin in line with the suspension lugs.
If hung in external racks, turn the fin and
locate it so as to clear the aircraft struc­
ture and the ground when installed. Re­
place the fin locknut and tighten it with a
wrench.
CAUTION: Do not use a fin as­
sembly if it cannot be properly se­
cured to the bomb. If the fin as­
sembly is loose and turns on the
bomb, it will pull the arming-wire
from the tail fuze, causing it to arm
prematurely. Use only those fin
assemblies that are in good condi­
tion. Reject those that are rusted,
dented, bent, or have loose fins.
4. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
securely lock it in place. If the bomb bay
does not provide enough space for fuzing,
this operation will be performed before the
bomb is hoisted into place on the rack.
5. Remove the required number of fuzes
4-19
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
TAIL FUZE
LOCKING
AIMING-WIRE
ASSEMBLY
TAIL SEALER
AUXILIARY BOOSTER
EXPLOSIVE
CHARGE
BOMB BODY
NOSE SEALER
(WAX PAD)
Figure 4-15.— 2000-lb SAP Bomb M l 03, Cutaway View.
4-20
A R M O R -P IE R C IN G A N D S E M I-A R M O R -P IE R C IN G B O M B A SSEM B L IES
and arming-wire assemblies from their con­
tainers, and examine them carefully for
serviceability.
6.
For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
CAUTION: The M103 bomb uses
the AN-M125A1 and the A N M134 tail fuzes which incorporate
the use of an antiwithdrawal de­
vice.
Nondetonation of bombs
fuzed with the AN-M125A1 and
AN-M134 fuzes cannot be relied
upon when released SAFE because
the glass solvent ampoule in the
fuze may be broken upon impact
of the bomb. Once an AN-M125A1
or AN-M134 fuze is installed, no
attempt should be made to remove
the fuze or to return the bomb to
an airfield or aircraft carrier upon
an incomplete mission.
Do not
turn an AN-M125A1 or an A N M134 fuze back and forth to engage
threads; use a screwing-in mo­
tion only. The antiwithdrawal de­
vice will cause the fuze and the
bomb to detonate if the fuze is ro­
tated counterclockwise while in
the adapter-booster, even before the
threads are engaged.
4-21
Chapter 5
GENERAL PURPOSE BOMB ASSEMBLIES
100-LB GP B O M B A N -M 3 0 A 1
W ith F in A ssem bly
A N -M 1 0 3 A 1
W ith F in A ssem bly
M 135
M odel..................... __.......................
Assembly Drawing No
- ______
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)__
Body Diameter (in.)______________
Fin Span (in.). .
______ _______
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb):
T N T _________ _____ ______
Tritonal ________ _____ _____
Weight of Fin Assembly (lb )______
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb ):
Loaded with T N T _____ ______
Loaded with Tritonal _ .
Fin Locknut........................................
Fin Locking Web
. _ _ _
Arming-Wire Assembly_______
A N -M 30A 1_____________
82-0-12.
40.26___________________
8 .1 8 ____________________
1 1 .0 . . ________________
AN-M 30A1.
5 7.0____________________
6 2 .0 . __________________
5 .6 _____________________
57.0.
62.0.
17.5.
119.5. __________ ______
124.5
. . . . . .............
M l or Mk 2 ___ ________
Not U sed..
.
___
Mk 1, A N -M 6A 2_______
Adapter-Booster_ _ .
Nose Fuze....... ....................................
M102A1________________
AN-M 103A1, A N M139A1, AN-M140A1,
Mk 243 Mod 0, Mk
244 Mod 1, AN-M 166
(VT), AN-M 168 (VT).
AN-M 100A2, A N M115, AN-M123A1,
or AN-M 132.
131.5.
136.5.
Sk 329153.
Dwg 1350522.
Mk 1 or A N -M 6A2, and
M13.
M102A1.
AN-M 103A1, A N M139A1, AN-M140A1,
Mk 243 Mod 0, Mk
244 Mod 1, AN-M 166
(VT), AN-M 168 (VT).
M -172 or AN-M175.
Tail Fuze____________ _____ ______
General Description
The 100-lb GP Bomb AN-M30A1 is a
relatively thin cased bomb with an ogival
nose, parallel side walls, and a tapered aft
section. A box-type fin assembly is fastened
to the aft end of the bomb with a fin lock­
nut.
The bomb uses both nose and tail fuzes.
The base plug of the bomb is locked securely
to the bomb body by two studs which ex­
tend from the base plug into the solidified
explosive charge. This bomb also provides
a means of locking the adapter-booster to
the base plug; a locking pin is passed
through a hole in the adapter-booster into
a groove in the base plug. These modifica­
54.2.
8.18.
11.18.
tions were initiated to prevent removal of
the base plug and adapter-booster to make
the antiwithdrawal devices of long-delay
fuzes more effective.
Two suspension lugs, 14 inches apart, are
welded to one side of the bomb body. A
single lug is welded to the opposite side at
the center of gravity. Approximately 50 per­
cent of the released weight of the bomb is
its explosive charge of TNT or Tritonal.
Painting and M arking
Yellow color bands on an olive drab body
identify the high-explosive charge. Identi­
fying nomenclature is stenciled on the nose,
5-1
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
F ig u re 5 - 1 .— 1 0 0 -lb G P B o m b A N - M 3 0 A 1 with Fin A s s e m b ly A N - M 1 0 3 A 1 , Exterior V ie w .
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
FAHNESTOCK. CLIPS,
TAIL FUZE
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
IN LOCK NUT
BOX FIN ASSEMBLY
BOMB BODY
NOSE FUZE
Figure 5-2.— 100-lb GP Bomb A N -M 3 0 A 1 with Fin Assembly A N —M103A1, Exploded View.
5-2
G E N E R A L PURPOSE B O M B A SSEM B LIES
midsection, and conical aft section in black
paint.
Difference Between Mods
The AN-M30A1 bomb contains antiwith­
drawal pins in the base plug and a device for
locking the adapter-booster to the base plug.
The earlier model, AN-M30, does not have
these features.
The AN-M30 bomb is lighter in weight
than its modification, the AN-M30A1. The
AN-M30 may be loaded with 105.5 pounds
of Tritonal, 102.5 pounds of TNT, or 99.0
pounds of Amatol 50-50.
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements.
Return them to
their original packing if not used.
1. Remove the shipping bands from the
bomb by removing the nut from the se­
curing bolts. Remove the closing plugs.
Inspect for damage, cracks, or broken weld­
ments which might weaken the lugs or their
attachment to the bomb body.
2. Cut the shipping wire and remove the
fin locknut and discard it with its protector.
3. Remove the fin assembly and its at­
tachments from the shipping crate. Place
the fin assembly over the end of the bomb
with one fin in line with the suspension lugs.
If hung on external racks, turn the fin and
locate it so that it will clear the aircraft
and the ground when installed. Replace
the fin locknut and tighten it with a wrench.
Fin Locknut M l or Mk 2 Mod 0 should al­
ways be used in place of the regular fin
locknut. Fin locknut setscrews should be
tightened securely. This is necessary to
prevent rotation of the fin assembly.
CAUTION: Do not use fin assem­
bly if it cannot be properly se­
cured to the bomb.
If the
fin assembly is loose and turns on
the bomb, it will pull the arming
wire from the tail fuze, causing it
to arm prematurely.
4. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
securely lock it in place. If the bomb bay
does not provide enough space for fuzing,
this operation will be performed before the
bomb is hoisted into place on the bomb rack.
5. Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming-wire assemblies from their con­
tainers and examine them carefully for
serviceability.
6. For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
CAUTION: The AN-M30A1 bomb
uses the AN-M123A1 and the A N M132 tail fuzes which incorporate
the use of an antiwithdrawal de­
vice.
Nondetonation of bombs
fuzed with AN-M123A1 and A N M132 fuzes cannot be relied upon
when released SAFE because the
glass solvent ampoule in the fuze
may break upon impact of the
bomb. Once an AN-M123A1 or
AN-M132 fuze is installed, no at­
tempt should be made to remove
the fuze. Return of bombs to air­
fields or carriers is restricted.
Bombs fuzed with AN-M123A1 or
AN-M132 fuzes may be returned to
an airfield or carrier provided that:
(1) Bomb rack malfunction pre­
vents release. (2) Efforts to re­
lease by maneuvering of aircraft
are unsuccessful. (3) Bomb and
fin assemblies are undamaged and
fuze arming wires are in place,
as observed by check of aircraft
before landing. (4) Fuzed bombs
are immediately disposed of by au­
thorized personnel upon landing of
aircraft. Do not turn an A N M123A1 or AN-M132 fuze back
and forth to engage the threads;
use a screwing-in motion only. The
antiwithdrawal device will cause
the fuze and bomb to detonate if the
fuze is rotated counterclockwise
while in the adapter-booster, even
before the threads are engaged.
5-3
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
TAIL FUZE
LOCKING
ARMING-WIRE
ASSEMBLY
INERT SEALER
COMPOUND
BODY
FUZE SEAT LINER
INERT SEALER
COMPOUND (WAX PAD)
FUZE
Figure 5-3.— 100-lb GP Bomb A N -M 30A 1 with Fin Assembly A N -M 1 0 3 A 1 , Cutaway View.
5-4
G E N E R A L PURPOSE BO M B A SSEM B LIES
100-LB GP B O M B A N -M 3 0 A 1 W IT H
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
FIN A S S E M B L Y M 135
FIN LOCKING WEB
FIN LOCK NUT
CENTER SUPPORT TUBE
Figure 5—4 .— 100-lb GP Bomb A N -M 30A 1 with Fin Assembly M l 35, Exploded View.
General Description
When equipped with Fin Assembly M135,
the 100-lb GP Bomb AN-M30A1 uses the
standard AN-M30A1 bomb body. Fin As­
sembly M l35 consists of an elongated fin
cone with four integral fins spaced at equal
distances on the cone surface. It was de­
veloped to increase aerodynamic perform­
ance and accuracy in bombing.
Use of the conical fin lengthens the overall
dimension of the bomb. This necessitates
the use of a tail fuze with an extra-long
arming stem and tube (long stem fuze) so
that the arming vane of the fuze can be
located effectively in the air stream.
ments which might weaken the lugs or their
attachment to the bomb body.
2. Cut the shipping wire. Remove the
fin locknut and discard it with its protector.
3. Remove the fin assembly and its attachments from the shipping crate. Thread the
center support tube onto the base plug of
the bomb (locknut seat) and tighten the
tube with a wrench. Tighten the setscrews
in the support tube. Place the fin cone over
the support tube and slide the cone back
until it is jammed against the bomb body.
Position the fins so that they will clear the
aircraft structure and the ground when in­
stalled. Place the fin locking web over the
support tube so that it engages the fins of
Assembly
the fin assembly. Secure the conical fin
assembly to the support tube by threading
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
on the special locknut (discard the locknut
not to be unpacked in advance of
supplied with the fin assembly). Tighten
requirements.
Return them to
the locknut with the special notched wrench.
their original packing if not used.1
Bend two tabs of the locking web into the
locknut
slots. Secure the nut in position by
1.
Remove the shipping bands from the
means
of
setscrews.
bomb by removing the nut from the se­
4. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
curing bolts. Remove the closing plugs.
securely lock it in place. If the bomb bay
Inspect for damage, cracks, or broken weld­
5-5
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
does not provide enough space for fuzing,
this operation will be performed before the
bomb is hoisted into place on the bomb rack.
5.
Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming-wire assemblies from their con­
5-6
tainers and examine them carefully for serv­
iceability.
6.
For detailed information on fuzing
and defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the
particular fuze to be installed.
G EN ER A L PURPOSE B O M B A SSEM B LIES
250-LB GP B O M B A N -M 5 7 A 1
W
it h
F
in
A
ssem bly
W
it h
A N -M 1 0 6 A 1
M odel______ _______ ___________
Assembly Drawing No .
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.) __
Body Diameter ( i n . ) . _ .....................
Fin Span (in.).....................................
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb):
Amatol 50-50 ...................
T N T . .........................................
Tritonal......... ...................... . .
Weight of Fin Assembly (lb ).........
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb):
Loaded with Amatol 50-50___
Loaded with T N T . _________
Loaded with T rito n a l............
Fin Locknut.......................................
Fin Locking W eb..............................
Arming-Wire Assembly. _________
Adapter-Booster.................................
Nose Fuze................... .......................
Tail Fuze...........................................
F
in
A
ssem bly
M l 26
A N -M 57A 1........................
82-0-60____________ ____
4 7 .8 __________ __________
1 0 .9 ____________________
14.90.......... ........................
AN-M57A1.
82-0-162.
62.2.
10.9.
15.0.
98.4 .................................
1 2 7 .0 _______ ______ .
136 0 ______________ ____
8 0 _____________________
98.4.
127.0.
136.0.
25.0.
256.63__________________
263.35____ _____ _______
272.35............ ....................
M l or Mk 2 Mod 0 _____
Not Used...................... . .
Mk 1 or AN M6A2____
273.63.
280.35.
289.35.
Sk 329153.
Dwg 1350522.
Mk 1 or AN-M 6A2, and
M13.
M102A1.
AN-M 103A1, A N M139A1, AN-M140A1,
Mk 243 ModO, Mk244
Mod 1, AN-M 166
(VT), AN-M 168 (VT).
M l72, AN-M 175, M181.
M102A1______ _____ ____
AN-M103A1, A N M139A1, AN-M140A1,
Mk 243 ModO, Mk244
Mod 1, AN-M 166
(VT), AN-M 168 (VT).
AN-M 100A2, AN-M 115,
AN-M 123A1, A N M132.
General Description
The 250-lb GP Bomb AN-M57A1 is a
relatively thin cased bomb with an ogival
nose, parallel side walls, and a tapered aft
section. A box-type fin assembly is fastened
to the aft end of the bomb with a fin locknut.
A nose and tail fuze are used for the
majority of bombing operations. The base
plug of the AN-M57A1 bomb is locked se­
curely to the bomb body by two studs which
extend from the base plug into the solidified
explosive filler. A locking pin is passed
through a hole in the adapter-booster into
a groove in the base plug. These modifica­
tions were initiated to prevent removal of
the base plug and adapter-booster to make
the antiwithdrawal devices of long delay
fuzes more effective.
Double suspension lugs are welded to the
body 14 inches apart. A single lug is welded
to the opposite side of the body at the center
of gravity. Approximately 50 percent of
the complete weight of the round is its ex­
plosive charge of Amatol 50-50, TNT, or
Tritonal. Bombs filled with Amatol 50-50
include nose and tail surrounds of TNT, a
body gasket, and Auxiliary Booster M104.
These features are not included with other
explosives.
Painting and M arking
Yellow bands on an olive drab body
identify the high-explosive charge. Identi­
fying nomenclature is stenciled on the nose,
mid-sections, and aft portion of the bomb
in black paint.
5-7
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure 5-5. — 250-lb GP Bomb A N -M 57A 1 with Fin Assembly A N -M 1 0 6 A 1 , Exterior View.
Differences Between Mods
The AN-M57A1 bomb contains antiwith­
drawal pins in the base plug and an adapterbooster which can be locked to the base plug.
The earlier model, AN-M57, does not have
these features.
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements.
Return them to
their original packing if not used.
1. Remove the shipping bands from the
5-8
bomb by removing the nuts from the secur­
ing bolts. Remove the closing plugs. In­
spect for damage, cracks, or broken
weldments which might weaken the lugs or
their attachment to the bomb body.
2. Cut the shipping wire and remove the
fin locknut and discard it with its protector.
3. Remove the fin assembly and its at­
tachments from the shipping crate. Posi­
tion the fins so that they will clear the air­
craft structure and the ground when in­
stalled. Fin Locknut Ml or Mk 2 Mod 0
should always be used in place of the regu­
lar fin locknut. Fin locknut setscrews should
G E N E R A L PURPOSE BO M B A SSEM B LIES
Figure 5—6.— 250-lb GP Bomb A N - M 5 7 A 1 with Fin Assembly A N M 106A1, Exploded View.
be tightened securely, in order to prevent
rotation of the fin assembly.
CAUTION: Do not use a fin as­
sembly if it cannot be properly
secured to the bomb. If the fin as­
sembly is loose and turns on the
bomb, it will pull the arming wire
from the tail fuze, causing it to
arm prematurely.
4. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
securely lock it in place. If the bomb bay
does not provide enough space for fuzing,
this operation will be performed before the
bomb is hoisted into place on the bomb rack.
5. Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming wire assemblies from their con­
tainers and examine them carefully for
serviceability.
6. For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
CAUTION: The AN-M57A1 bomb
uses the AN-M123A1 and AN­
RI 132 tail fuzes which incorporate
the use of an antiwithdrawal de­
vice.
Nondetonation of bombs
fuzed with AN-M123A1 and A N M132 fuzes cannot be relied upon
when released “ SAFE” because
the glass solvent ampoule in the
fuze may break upon impact of the
bomb. Once an AN-M123A1 or
AN-M132 fuze is installed, no at­
tempt should be made to remove the
fuze or return the bomb to an air­
field or aircraft carrier upon an in­
complete mission. DO NOT TURN
AN AN-M123A1 OR AN-M132
FUZE BACK AND FORTH TO
ENGAGE
THE
THREADS;
USE A SCREWING-IN MOTION
ONLY.
THE
ANTIWITH­
DRAWAL DEVICE WILL CAUSE
THE FUZE AND BOMB TO DET­
ONATE IF THE FUZE IS RO­
TATED COUNTERCLOCKWISE
WHILE IN THE ADAPTERBOOSTER, EVEN BEFORE THE
THREADS ARE ENGAGED.
5-9
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
TAIL
LOCKING
INERT SEALER COMPOUND
ASSEMBLY
AUXILIARY BOOSTERS
B BODY
CHARGE
SURROUND
INERT SEALER
COMPOUND (WAX PAD)
FUZE
Figure 5-7.— 250-lb GP Bomb A N -M 5 7 A 1 with Fin Assembly A N -M 1 0 6 A 1 , Cutaway View.
5-10
G E N E R A L PURPOSE BO M B A SSEM B LIES
250-LB GP B O M B A N -M 5 7 A 1 W IT H
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
FIN A S S E M B L Y M 126
FIN LOCKING WEB,
FIN LOCK NUT
Figure 5-8. — 250-lb GP Bomb AN-M57A1 with Fin Assembly M l 26, Exploded View.
General Description
When equipped with Fin Assembly M126,
the 250-lb GP Bomb AN-M57A1 uses the
standard AN-M57A1 bomb body. The fin
assembly consists of an elongated fin cone
with four integral fins spaced at equal dis­
tances on the cone surface. A support tube
runs through the center of the cone and the
fin assembly is secured to the bomb body
by means of this support tube, a locking
web, and a locknut. The conical fin length­
ens the overall dimension of the 250-lb GP
Bomb AN-M57A1. This necessitates the
use of a long stem tail fuze so that the arm­
ing vane can be located effectively in the
airstream. The M126 conical fin assembly
improves aerodynamic performance and ac­
curacy in bombing.
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements.
Return them to
their original packing if not used.
1. Remove the shipping bands from the
bomb by removing the nuts from the secur­
ing bolts. Remove the closing plugs. In­
spect for damage, cracks, or broken
weldments which might weaken the lugs or
their attachment to the bomb body.
2. Cut the shipping wire. Remove the
fin locknut and discard it with its protector.
3. Remove the fin assembly and its at­
tachments from the shipping crate. Thread
the center support tube onto the base plug
of the bomb (locknut seat) and tighten the
tube with a wrench. Tighten the setscrews
in the support tube. Place the fin cone over
the support tube and slide the cone back
until it is jammed against the bomb body.
Position the fins so that they will clear the
aircraft structure and the ground when in­
stalled. Place the fin locking web over the
support tube so that it engages the fins
of the fin assembly. Secure the conical
fin asembly to the support tube by threading
on the special locknut. Tighten the locknut
with the special notched wrench. Bend two
tabs of the locking web into the locknut
slots. Secure the nut in position by means
of setscrews.
4. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
securely lock it in place. If the bomb bay
does not provide enough space for fuzing,
this operation will be performed before the
bomb is hoisted into place on the bomb rack.
5. Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming-wire assemblies from their con­
tainers and examine them carefully for
serviceability.
6. For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
5-11
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
500-LB GP B O M B A N -M 6 4 A 1
W
it h
F
in
A
ssem bly
W
it h
AN-M109A1
M o d e l..............................................
Assembly Drawing N o____________
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)__
Body Diameter (in.)---------------------Fin Span (in.)____________________
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb):
Amatol 5 0 -50_____________
T N T ______________________
Composition B _____________
Tritonal___________________
Weight of Fin Assembly (lb )____
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb):
Loaded with Amatol 50-50___
Loaded with T N T ____________
Loaded with Composition B .-_
Loaded with Tritonal.............. .
Fin Locknut______________ _______
Fin Locking W eb_________________
Arming-Wire Assembly.....................
Adapter-Booster
Nose Fuze.........
Tail Fuze
in
A
ssem bly
AN-M64A1
82-0-74___
59.16..........
14.18______
18.94_____
AN-M64A1.
82-0-160.
72.10.
14.18.
19.56.
257.20
265.70
272.40
283.0.
1 8 .6__
257.20.
265.70.
272.40.
283.0.
41.0.
541.87____________
548.69_______________
555.39_______________
560.99_______________
M2 or Mk 3 Mod 0 .. .
Not Used____________
Mk 1 or A N -M 6 A 2 ...
564.27.
571.09.
577.79.
585.78.
Sk 329153.
Dwg 1350522.
Mk 1 or AN-M 6A2, and
M13.
M115A1.
AN-M 103A1, A N M139A1, AN-M 140A1,
Mk 243 M od 0, Mk 244
M od 1, AN-M 166
(VT), AN-M 168 (VT).
M172, AN-M 175, M181.
M115A1_____ ______ ____
AN-M103A1, A N M139A1, AN-M 140A1,
Mk 243 Mod 0, Mk 244
Mod 1, AN-M 166
(VT), AN-M 168 (VT).
AN-M101A2, A N -M k
230, AN-M 116, ANM124A1, AN-M133.
General Description
The 500-lb GP Bomb AN-M64A1 has a
cylindrical metal casing, an ogival nose, and
a tapered aft end. A box-type fin assembly
is secured to the aft end of the bomb with
a fin locknut.
Both a nose and a tail fuze are usually
used for the majority of operations with
this bomb. Unlike the smaller bombs of
the GP series, the AN-M64A1 bomb has an
adapter-booster capable of receiving a tail
fuze with a two-inch thread (such as the
AN-Mk 230 hydrostatic tail fuze) instead
of the usual U/2 inch thread. A fuze adapter
is used on the inside of the adapter-booster
5-12
F
M128A1
to convert the seat to accommodate fuzes
with the smaller lV 2 -inch threads.
Special studs attached to the base plug
are imbedded in the solidified explosive filler,
locking the base plug to the bomb body.
The adapter-booster and fuze adapter are
locked in the base plug by a locking pin
that extends from the adapter-booster to a
groove in the base plug.
Approximately 50 percent of the complete
weight of the bomb is an explosive filler of
Amatol 50-50, TNT, Composition B, or Tri­
tonal. Bombs filled with Amatol 50-50, such
as that illustrated, include nose and tail sur­
rounds of TNT, a body gasket, and an Aux-
G E N E R A L PURPOSE BO M B A SSEM B LIES
14 "18
18."94
Figure 5-9.— 500-lb C P Bomb A N -M 64A 1 with Fin Assembly A N-M 109A1, Exterior View.
iliary Booster M104. These features are not
included with other explosives.
Double suspension lugs are welded 14
inches apart and a single suspension lug is
welded to the opposite side of the bomb body.
The AN-M43 bomb, an earlier model of
the 500-lb GP bomb, is similar to the A N M64, but has an Adapter-Booster M102 as­
sembled which will accept only fuzes with
a lH -inch diameter thread.
Painting and M arking
Assembly
The bomb is painted olive drab; yellow
color bands and black stenciled nomenclature
identify the bomb and its high-explosive
charge.
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance
of requirements. Return them to
their original packing if not used.
1. Remove the shipping bands from the
bomb by removing the nuts from the se­
curing bolts. Remove the closing plugs. In­
spect for damage, cracks, or broken
weldments which might weaken the lugs or
their attachment to the bomb body.
2. Cut the shipping wire and remove the
Differences Among Mods
The AN-M64A1 bomb contains antiwith­
drawal pins in the base plug and an adapterbooster and fuze adapter that can be locked
in place. The earlier AN-M64 bomb lacks
these antiwithdrawal features.
5-13
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
FAHNESTOCK CLIFFS
TAIL FUZE
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
FAHNESTOCK CLIP'S
LOCK NUT
FIN ASSEMBLY
BODY
FUZE
Figure 5—10.— 500-lb GP Bomb A N —M64A1 with Fin Assembly A N —M 109A1, Exploded View.
fin locknut and discard it with its protector.
3. Remove the fin assembly and its at­
tachments from the shipping crate. Posi­
tion the fins so that they will clear the air­
craft structure and the ground when in­
stalled. Replace the fin locknut and tighten
it with a wrench. Fin Locknut M2 or Mk 3
Mod 0 should always be used in place of the
regular fin locknut. Fin locknut setscrews
should be tightened securely in order to pre­
vent rotation of the fin assembly.
CAUTION: Do not use a fin as­
sembly if it cannot be properly se­
cured to the bomb.
If the fin
assembly is loose and turns on the
bomb, it will pull the arming wire
from the tail fuze, causing it to arm
prematurely.
4. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
securely lock it in place. If the bomb bay
does not provide enough space for fuzing,
this operation will be performed before the
bomb is hoisted into place on the bomb rack.
5. Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming-wire assemblies from their con­
tainers and examine them carefully for
serviceability.
5-14
6.
For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
CAUTION: The 500-lb GP Bomb
AN-M64A1 uses the AN-M124A1
and the AN-M133 tail fuzes which
incorporate the use of an antiwith­
drawal device. Nondetonation of
bombs fuzed with AN-M124A1 and
AN-M133 fuzes cannot be relied
upon when released SAFE because
the glass solvent ampoule in the
fuze may break upon impact of the
bomb. Once an AN-M124A1 or
AN-M133 fuze is installed, no at­
tempt should be made to remove it
from the bomb. Do not turn an
AN-M124A1 or AN-M133 fuze
back and forth to engage the
threads; use a screwing-in motion
only. The antiwithdrawal device
will cause the fuze and bomb to det­
onate if the fuze is rotated counter­
clockwise while in the adapterbooster, even before the threads are
engaged.
G E N E R A L PURPOSE B O M B A SSEM B LIES
TAIL FUZE
BASE PLUG
LOCKING PIN
EXPLOSIVE CHARGE
ARMING •WIRE
SEALER
COMPOUND
AUXILIARY
BOOSTER
BOMB
BODY
AUXILIARY
BOOSTER
CHARGE
SURROUND
INERT SEALER
COMPOUND (WAX PAD)
NOSE FUZE
Figure 5 -J J .— 500-lb GP Bomb A N -M 64A 1 with Fin Assembly A N -M 1 0 9 A 1 , Cutaway View.
5-15
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
500-LB GP B O M B A N -M 6 4 A 1 W IT H FIN A S S E M B L Y M128A1
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
FIN LOCKING WEB
FIN LOCK NUT
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY.
CONICAL FIN
CENTER SUPPORT TUBE
NOSE FUZE
BOMB BODY
Figure 5—12.— 500-lb GP Bomb A N —M64A1 with Fin Assembly M128A1, Exploded View.
curing bolts. Remove the closing plugs.
Inspect for damage, cracks, or broken
When equipped with Fin Assembly
weldments which might weaken the lugs
M128A1, the 500-lb GP Bomb AN-M64A1
or their attachment to the bomb body.
uses the standard AN-M64A1 bomb body.
2. Cut the shipping wire. Remove the
The elongated cone of the assembled fin
fin locknut and discard it with its protector.
lengthens and streamlines the bomb, in­
3. Remove the fin assembly and its at­
creasing its aerodynamic performance and
tachments
from the shipping crate. Thread
accuracy. The M128A1 conical fin assembly
the
center
support tube onto the base plug
consists of an elongated cone with four in­
of
the
bomb
(locknut seat) and tighten the
tegral fins spaced at equal distances. A
tube
with
a
wrench.
Tighten the setscrews
support tube runs through the center of
in
the
support
tube.
Place
the fin cone over
the cone and the fin assembly is secured to
the
support
tube
and
slide
the cone back
the bomb body by means of this support
until
it
is
jammed
against
the
bomb body.
tube, a locking web, and a locknut. When
Position
the
fins
so
that
they
will
clear the
a conical fin assembly is installed on the
aircraft
structure
and
the
ground
when in­
bomb, the new long-stem tail fuzes are re­
stalled.
Place
the
fin
locking
web
over the
quired so that the arming vane is located
support
tube
so
that
it
engages
the fins
effectively in the air stream.
of the fin assembly. Secure the conical fin
assembly to the support tube by threading
Assembly
on the special locknut. Tighten the locknut
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
with the special notched wrench. Bend two
not to be unpacked in advance of
tabs of the locking web into the locknut
requirements.
Return them to
slots. Secure the nut in position by means
their original packing if not used.
of setscrews.
4. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
1.
Remove the shipping bands from the
bomb by removing the nuts from the se­
securely lock it in place. If the bomb bay
General Description
5-16
G E N E R A L PURPOSE BO M B A SSE M B L IE S
does not provide enough space for fuzing,
this operation will be performed before the
bomb is hoisted into place on the bomb rack.
5.
Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming-wire assemblies from their con­
tainers and examine them carefully for
serviceability.
6.
For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
5-17
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
1000-LB GP B O M B A N -M 6 5 A 1
M odel________
..
. . _______
Assembly Drawing No
__ _ _
Fin Assembly Drawing N o ..
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)__
Body Diameter (in.)_____
______
Fin Span (in.). _______ ________
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb):
T N T _________________________
Tritonal______________________
Weight of Fin Assembly (lb )______
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb):
Loaded with T N T ________
Loaded with Tritonal____
Fin L o c k n u t._________
Fin Locking W eb............. .. .............
Arming-Wire Assembly_______ .
W ith F in A ssem bly
W ith F in A ssem bly
A N -M 1 1 3 A 1
M 129
A N -M 65A 1_____ _______
341696. . . .
...
82-3-363
6 9 .5 ____________________
1 8 .8 _______ _____ . . . .
2 5 .4 ___________ . . . . . .
AN-M 65A1.
341696.
82-3-751.
91.1.
18.8.
26.2.
555.0_______ _______ ____
595.0_________________
3 2 .1 ________________ . .
555.0.
595.0.
73.0.
1064.0_______ . . .
1104.0_____ . .
..
M2 or Mk 3 Mod 0 . . . .
Not Used. _ . ________
Mk 1, AN -M 6A2, or
Mk 2.
A d a p ter-B o o ste r............................. M115A1 . . .
Nose Fuze
..
______ .
AN-M 103A1, A N M139A1, AN-M 140A1,
Mk 243 Mod 0, Mk 244
Mod 1, AN-M 166
(V T), AN-M 168 (VT).
Tail Fuze__ __
AN-M 102A2, A N -M k
230, Mods 4, 5, 6;
A N -M 117, M125A1,
AN-M 134.
General Description
The 1000-lb GP Bomb AN-M65A1 has a
cylindrical metal casing, an ogival nose, and
a tapered aft end. A box-type fin assem­
bly is secured to the aft end of the bomb
with a fin locknut.
Both a nose and a tail fuze are generally
used for the majority of operations with
this bomb. The AN-M65A1 uses an adapterbooster that will accommodate tail fuzes
with 2-inch diameter threads.
A fuze
adapter is used on the inside of the adapterbooster to convert the seat to accommodate
fuzes with the smaller 1^-inch threads.
Special studs attached to the base plug
and imbedded in the solidified explosive
filler prevent removal of the base plug. The
adapter-booster and fuze adapter are locked
5-18
1165.2.
1205.21.
Sk 329153.
Dwg 1350522.
Mk 1 or A N -M 6A 2, and
M13.
M115A1.
AN-M 103A1, A N M139A1, AN-M 140A1,
Mk 243 Mod 0, M k244
Mod 1, AN -M 166
(VT), AN -M 168 (VT).
M176 (T744), M182
(T782), M184(T739).
to the base plug with a locking pin that ex­
tends from the adapter-booster to a groove
in the base plug.
Approximately 50 percent of the complete
weight of the bomb is explosive filler. Dou­
ble suspension lugs are welded 14 inches
apart and a single suspension lug is welded
to the opposite side of the bomb case.
Painting and M arking
The bomb is painted olive drab; yellow
color bands and black stenciled nomenclature
identify the bomb and its high-explosive
charge.
Differences Between M ods
The AN-M65A1 bomb contains antiwith­
drawal pins in the base plug and an adapter-
G E N E R A L PURPOSE BO M B A SSE M B L IE S
Figure 5—13.— 1000-lb GP Bomb A N -M 65A 1 with Fin Assembly A N -M 113A1, Exterior View.
booster and fuze adapter that can be locked
in place. The earlier AN-M65 bomb lacks
these antiwithdrawal features.
Released weight of the AN-M65 is greater
than that of the AN-M65A1, the AN-M65
having an explosive charge of 53 percent as
compared to the 50 percent ratio of the A N M65A1 bomb.
" O ld " Series Bombs
The AN-M44 bomb, an earlier model of
the 1000-lb GP bomb, is similar to the A N M65 but has an Adapter-Booster M102 as­
sembled which will accept only fuzes with
a lV 2 -inch diameter thread.
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements.
Return them to
their original packing if not used.
1. Remove the shipping bands from the
bomb by removing the nuts from the se­
curing bolts. Remove the closing plugs.
Inspect for damage, cracks, or broken weld­
ments which might weaken the lugs or their
attachment to the bomb body.
2. Cut the shipping wire and remove the
fin locknut and discard it with its protector.
3. Remove the fin assembly and its at-
5-19
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
ARMING WIRE
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
V,
TAIL FUZE
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
LOCK NUT
FIN ASSEMBLY
BOMB BODY
NOSE FUZE
Figure 5 -1 4 .— 1000-lb GP Bomb A N M 6 5 A I with Fin Assembly A N -M 113 A 1 , Exploded View.
tachments from the shipping crate. Posi­
tion the fins so that they will clear the air­
craft structure and the ground when in­
stalled. Replace the fin locknut and tighten
it with a wrench. Fin Locknut M2 or Fin
Locknut Mk 3 Mod 0 should always be used
in place of the regular fin locknut. Fin
locknut setscrews should be tightened se­
curely in order to prevent rotation of the
fin assembly.
CAUTION: Do not use a fin as­
sembly if it cannot be properly se­
cured to the bomb. If the fin
assembly is loose and turns on the
bomb, it will pull the arming wire
from the tail fuze, causing it to
arm prematurely.
4. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
securely lock it in place. If the bomb bay
does not provide enough space for fuzing,
this operation will be performed before the
bomb is hoisted into place on the bomb rack.
5. Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming-wire assemblies from their con­
tainers and examine them carefully for
serviceability.
6. For detailed information on fuzing and
5-20
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
CAUTION: The 1000-lb GP Bomb
AN-M65A1 uses the AN-M125A1
and the AN-M134 tail fuzes which
incorporate the use of an antiwith­
drawal device. Nondetonation of
bombs fuzed with AN-M125A1
and AN-M134 fuzes cannot be
relied upon when released “ SAFE”
because the glass solvent ampoule
in the fuze may break upon impact
of the bomb.
Once an A N M125A1 or AN-M134 fuze is in­
stalled, no attempt should be made
to remove it from the bomb. DO
NOT TURN AN AN-M125A1 OR
AN-M134 FUZE BACK AND
FORTH
TO
ENGAGE
THE
THREADS; USE A SCREWINGIN MOTION ONLY. THE ANTI­
WITHDRAWAL DEVICE WILL
CAUSE THE FUZE AND BOMB
TO DETONATE IF THE FUZE
IS ROTATED COUNTERCLOCK­
WISE WHILE IN THE ADAP­
TER BOOSTER, EVEN BEFORE
THE THREADS ARE ENGAGED.
G E N E R A L PURPOSE B O M B A SSEM B LIES
TAIL FUZE
LOCKING PIN
BASE PLUG
ARMING-WIRE
ASSEMBLY
SURROUND
AUXILIARY BOOSTERS
BOMB BODY
'EXPLOSIVE CHARGE
SURROUND
NOSE FUZE
Figure 5 -1 5 .— 1000-lb GP Bomb A N -M 65A 1 with Fin Assembly A N - M 1 13A1, Cutaway View.
5-21
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
1000-LB GP B O M B A N -M 6 5 A 1 W IT H
FIN
A SSEM BLY
FIN LOCKING WEB
M 129
FIN LOCK NUT
NOSE FUZE
Figure 5—16.— 1000-lb GP Bomb A N —M65A1 with Fin Assembly M l 29, Exploded View.
General Description
When equipped with Fin Assembly M129,
the 1000-lb GP Bomb AN-M65A1 uses the
standard AN-M65A1 bomb body.
The
elongated cone of the fin assembly lengthens
and streamlines the bomb. The M129 coni­
cal fin assembly consists of a fin cone with
four integral fins spaced at equal distances.
A support tube runs through the center of
the cone and the fin assembly is secured
to the bomb body by means of this support
tube, a locking web, and a locknut. The
conical fin assembly was developed to in­
crease the aerodynamic performance and
accuracy of the bomb. When a conical fin
assembly is installed on the AN-M65A1
bomb, the new long-stem tail fuzes are re­
quired so that the arming vane can be lo­
cated effectively in the air stream.
Assembly
CAUTION : Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements.
Return them to
their original packing if not used.
1. Remove the shipping bands from the
5-22
bomb by removing the nuts from the secur­
ing bolts.
Remove the closing plugs.
Inspect for damage, cracks, or broken weld­
ments which might weaken the lugs or
their attachment to the bomb body.
2. Cut the shipping wire. Remove the
fin locknut and discard it with its protector.
3. Remove the fin assembly and its at­
tachments from the shipping crate. Thread
the center support tube onto the base plug
of the bomb (locknut seat) and tighten the
tube with a wrench. Tighten the setscrew
in the support tube. Place the fin cone over
the support tube and slide the cone back
until it is jammed against the bomb body.
Position the fins so that they will clear
the aircraft structure and the ground when
installed. Place the fin locking web over the
support tube so that it engages the fin of the
fin assembly. Secure the conical fin assem­
bly to the support tube by threading on the
special locknut. Tighten the locknut with
the special notched wrench. Bend two tabs
of the locking web into locknut slots. Sesure the nut in position by means of set­
screws.
G E N E R A L PURPOSE BO M B A SSEM B LIES
4. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
securely lock it in place. If the bomb bay
does not provide enough space for fuzing,
this operation will be performed before the
bomb is hoisted into place on the bomb rack.
5. Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming-wire assemblies from their con­
tainers and examine them carefully for
serviceability.
6.
For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
5-23
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
2000-LB GP B O M B A N - M 6 6 A 2
Model
_ _ ____________________
Assembly Drawing N o. --------------Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)__
Body Diameter (in.)_
__________
Fin Span (lb)_____________ _____
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb ):
T N T _________________________
Tritonal______ ___________ .
Weight of Fin Assembly (lb)______
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb):
Loaded with T N T _____ _
Loaded with T r ito n a l____ . _
Fin Locknut_________ ______ _ _ _
Fin Locking W eb- _______________
Arming Wire Assembly_______ _ -
W ith F in A s se m bly
W ith F in A sse m bly
A N -M 1 1 6 A 1
M 130
A N -M 66A 2_____________
82-0-76_________________
92.63___________________
23.29
- - - - 3 1 .6 --- _ -
AN-M 66A2.
82-0-193.
116.80.
23.29.
32.32.
1097.7__________________
1181.0______________ -5 4.4____________________
1097.7.
1181.0.
135.0.
2113.2. _____ _________
2196.5_____ ________
M3 or Mk 4 Mod 0_____
Not Used_____________ _
Mk 1, AN-M 6A2, or
AN-M 8A1 with Mk 1
Extension.
Adapter-Booster__ _______________ M115A1________________
Nose Fuze............. ......- ____ __ .
AN-M 103A1, A N M139A1, AN-M 140A1,
Mk 243 M od 0, M k 244
Mod 1, AN-M 166
(V T), A N -M 168 (VT).
Tail Fuze______________________ - AN-M 102A2, A N -M k
230 Mods 4, 5, 6;
A N -M 117, A N M125A1, AN-M 134.
General Description
The 2000-lb GP Bomb AN-M66A2 has a
cylindrical metal case, an ogival nose, and a
tapered aft end. A box-type fin assembly
is secured to the aft end of the bomb with
a fin locknut.
The bomb accommodates a nose and a tail
fuze, both of which are used for the majority
of bombing operations. The bomb has an
adapter-booster capable of receiving tail
fuzes with a 2-inch thread diameter. A fuze
adapter may be inserted into the adapterbooster to accommodate smaller fuzes with
i y 2-inch diameter threads.
Special studs attached to the base plug
and imbedded in the solidified explosive filler
prevent removal of the base plug. The
adapter-booster (and fuze adapter, when
5-24
2194.5.
2277.5.
Sk 329153.
Dwg 1350522.
Mk 1 or A N -M 6A 2, and
M16.
M115A1.
AN-M 103A1, A N M139A1, AN-M 140A1,
Mk 243 M od 0, Mk 244
Mod 1, AN -M 166
(VT), A N -M 168 (VT).
A N -M 177, M l 83, A N M185.
used) are locked to the base plug with a
locking pin that extends from the adapterbooster to a groove in the base plug.
Approximately 50 percent of the complete
weight of the bomb consists of explosive
filler. Two suspension lugs are welded to
the bomb case with 30 inches between cen­
ters. A single suspension lug is welded to
the case on the opposite side at the center
of gravity.
Painting and M arking
The bomb is painted olive drab; yellow
color bands and black stenciled nomencla­
ture identify the bomb and its high-explosive
charge.
Differences Am ong M ods
The AN-M66A2 and AN-M66A1 bombs
G E N E R A L PURPOSE B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
92!63
Figure 5-17. — 2000-lb GP Bomb A N M 6 6 A 2 with Fin Assembly A N -M 1 1 6 A 1 , Exterior View.
contain antiwithdrawal pins in the base
plug and an adapter-booster and fuze
adapter that can be locked in place. The
earlier AN-M66 bomb lacks these features.
The AN-M66A2 differs further from the
AN-M66A1 and AN-M66 bombs by having
a thicker and rounder nose. In the A N M66A2 bomb, the ratio of explosive charge
to total weight is approximately 50 percent
as compared to an average weight ratio of
53 percent in the other two bombs.
Assembly
" O ld " Series Bombs
1.
Remove the shipping bands from the
bomb by removing the nuts from the secur­
ing bolts.
Remove the closing plugs.
The AN-M34 bomb, an earlier model of
the 2000-lb GP Bomb, is similar to the AN M66 but has an Adapter-Booster M102
which will accept only those fuzes with a
lV2-inch diameter thread.
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements.
Return them to
their original packing if not used.
5-25
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
FIN LOCK NUT
FIN ASSEMBLY
BOMB BODY
NOSE FUZE
Figure 5-18. — 2000-lb G P Bomb A N -M 6 6 A 2 with Fin Assembly A N -M 1 1 6 A 1 , Exploded View.
Inspect for damage, cracks, or broken weld­
ments which might weaken the lugs or their
attachment to the bomb body.
2. Cut the shipping wire and remove the
fin locknut and discard it with its protector.
3. Remove the fin assembly and its at­
tachments from the shipping crate. Posi­
tion the fins so that they will clear the air­
craft structure and the ground when in­
stalled. Replace the fin locknut and tighten
it with a wrench. Fin Locknut M3 or Mk
4 Mod 0 should always be used in place of
the regular fin locknut. Fin locknut set­
screws should be tightened securely in order
to prevent rotation of the fin assembly.
CAUTION: Do not use a fin as­
sembly if it cannot be secured
properly to the bomb. If the fin as­
sembly is loose and turns on the
bomb, it will pull the arming wire
from the tail fuze, causing it to
arm prematurely.
4. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
securely lock it in place. If the bomb bay
does not provide enough space for fuzing,
this operation will be performed before the
bomb is hoisted into place on the bomb rack.
5. Remove the required number of fuzes
5-26
and arming-wire assemblies from their con­
tainers and examine them carefully for
serviceability.
6.
For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
CAUTION: The 2000-lb GP Bomb
AN-M66A2 uses the AN-M125A1
and the AN—M134 tail fuzes which
incorporate the use of an antiwith­
drawal device. Nondetonation of
bombs fuzed with AN-M125A1 and
AN-M134 fuzes cannot be relied
upon when released SAFE because
the glass solvent ampoule in the
fuze may break upon impact of
the bomb. Once an AN-M125A1
or AN-M134 fuze is installed, no
attempt should be made to remove
it from the bomb. Do not turn an
AN-M125A1 or AN-M134 fuze
back and forth to engage the
threads; use a screwing-in motion
only. The antiwithdrawal device
will cause the fuze and bomb to
detonate if the fuze is rotated coun­
terclockwise while in the adapterbooster, even before the threads are
engaged.
G E N E R A L PURPOSE B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
BASE
PLUG
LOCKING
PIN
ARMING-WIRE
T AI L
FUZE
INERT SEALER
COMPOUND
EXPLOSIVE
BOMB
BODY
INERT SEALER
COMPOUND (WAX PAD)
NOSE FUZE
Figure 5-19. — 2000-lb GP Bomb A N -M 6 6 A 2 with Fin Assembly A N -M 116 A 1 , Cutaway View.
5-27
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Suspension Band M k 34 M od 0
Mk 34 Mod 0 Suspension Band, dwg
561640, was designed to provide 14-inch
suspension for 2000-lb GP Bomb AN-M66
and Mods, which are equipped with suspen­
sion lugs 30 inches apart. This band is
used primarily on aircraft carrying the
2000-lb GP bomb externally. Either two
Suspension Bands Mk 34 Mod 0 (one sus­
pension lug on each band) or Suspension
Band Mk 10 Mod 1 (a double band) may
be used to suspend the 2000-lb GP bomb in
bomb bays or on 14-inch racks or shackles.
The Mk 10 band is not to be used on bombs
on the centerline station of AD type aircraft.
The Mk 34 band is lighter in weight (ap­
proximately 13 pounds) and presents less
frontal area than previous suspension bands.
5-28
It is suitable for use on AD aircraft
equipped with the Douglas bomb ejector.
Two bands should be oriented 14 inches
apart on the bomb with respect to the 30inch suspension lugs so that these lugs will
not interfere with the installation of the
bomb on the plane.
The forward band should be positioned
so that the center of its suspension lug is
26.5 inches from the nose of the unfuzed
bomb. After positioning, each of the 5 bolts
on the band should be tightened, hand tight,
then gradually tightened successively with a
wrench to 28 foot-pounds torque. The after
band is positioned so that the two suspen­
sion lugs on the bands are 14 inches apart,
center-to-center. Tighten the after band in
the same manner as the forward band.
G E N E R A L PURPOSE B O M B A SSEM B L IES
2000-LB GP B O M B A N - M 6 6 A 2 W IT H
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
FIN
ASSEM BLY
FIN LOCKING WEB
M l 30
FIN LOCK NUT
NOSE FUZE
Figure 5-20. — 2000-lb GP Bomb A N -M 6 6 A 2 with Fin Assembly M l 30, Exploded View.
General Description
When equipped with Fin Assembly M130,
the 2000-lb GP Bomb AN-M66A2 uses the
standard AN-M66A2 bomb body. The elon­
gated fin assembly lengthens and streamlines
the bomb, improving its aerodynamic per­
formance and accuracy. When the bomb is
installed with a conical fin assembly, the
new long-stem tail fuzes are required so
that the arming vane can be located effec­
tively in the air stream.
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements.
Return them to
their original packing if not used.1
1. Remove the shipping bands from the
bomb by removing the nuts from the secur­
ing bolts. Remove the closing plugs.
Inspect for damage, cracks, or broken weld­
ments which might weaken the lugs or their
attachment to the bomb body.
2. Cut the shipping wire. Remove the fin
locknut and discard it with its protector.
3. Remove the fin assembly and its at­
tachments from the shipping crate. Thread
the center support tube onto the base plug
of the bomb (locknut seat) and tighten the
tube with a wrench. Tighten the setscrews
in the support tube. Place the fin cone
over the support tube and slide the cone
back until it is jammed against the bomb
body. Position the fins so that they will
clear the aircraft structure and the ground
when installed. Place the fin locking web
over the support tube so that it engages the
fins of the fin assembly. Secure the conical
fin assembly to the support tube by thread­
ing on the special locknut. Tighten the
locknut with the special notched wrench.
Bend two tabs of the locking web into the
locknut slots. Secure the nut in position by
means of setscrews.
4. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
securely lock it in place. If the bomb bay
does not provide enough space for fuzing,
this operation will be performed before the
bomb is hoisted into place on the bomb rack.
5. Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming-wire assemblies from their con­
tainers and examine them carefully for serv­
iceability.
5-29
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
6. For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
7. Install the arming wire so that two to
5-30
three inches protrude beyond the fuze vanes,
and attach the safety clips.
wire.
Cut off excess
G E N E R A L PURPOSE BO M B A SSEM B 1 IES
250-LB L O W -D R A G B O M B (GP) M k 81 M od 1
Figure 5-21. — 250-lb Low-Drag Bomb (GP) Mk 81 M od 1 (Mechanically Fuzed), Exterior View.
Mark _____________ ________ _______
Mod ...... ....... ............ ...........................
General Arrangement _____ _______
List of Drawings _________ ___ ____
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.) ___ ________ ___
Fin Span (in.) _________ ___ _______
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb) ....
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb) ___
Arming-Wire Assembly
Cable Assembly (for electric fuzing)
Adapter-Booster
Nose ......................... .......................
Tail ...................... .............................
Nose Fuze
............. ........ ...... ..........
Tail Fuze
81
1
1366064
165790
74.1
9.0
12.62
100.0
260.0
Mk 1 or A N -M 6A2 (for nose fuze)
and M13 (for tail fuze)
M71 (T26)
T45E1
T46E4
AN-M103A1, AN-M139A1,
AN-M140A1, Mk 243 Mod 0,
Mk 244 Mod 1, AN-M168 (V T ),
AN-M166 (V T ), M193 (VT-T768
electric),
M910 ( VT-T750 with T49 drive),
M990 (T905) (electric), M904
(T709)
T750 (V T ) with T49 drive,
M913 (V T ) (T768 electric),
XB-113 (electric), M905
(T771 with T49 drive),
M906 (T778 with T49 drive),
M990 (T905 electric), M194 (T791)
5-31
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure 5-22.— 250-lb Low-Drag Bomb (GP) Mk 81 M od 1 (Mechanically Fuzed), Exploded View.
General Description
The 250-lb LD Bomb Mk 81 Mod 1 has
a slender body with a long pointed nose. A
conical type fin is attached to the aft end
of the bomb body by eight setscrews.
The bomb uses VT, mechanical, or electri­
cal fuzes. Mechanical and VT fuzes re­
quire the installation of adapter-boosters
to provide fuze seats of smaller diameters.
Two conduits for the electric fuze cable har­
ness connect the nose and tail fuze cavities
with the charging receptacle cavity between
the lugs of the outer surface of the bomb
case. When electric fuzes are not used, a
plug is threaded into the charging receptacle
cavity.
When fuzes are not installed, the bomb
body has a nose fuze plug, a base fuze plug,
and a support cup in the nose fuze cavity.
When the bomb is mechanically fuzed, these
three parts are removed and the adapterboosters and fuzes are inserted. The nose
fuze plug and base fuze plug are replaced
after electric fuzes have been installed.
Adapter-boosters and arming wires are not
used with the electric fuzes. If the bomb
is tail fuzed only, the support cup must be
reinserted in the nose cavity to prevent
collapse of the fuze cavity on heavy impact.
5-32
The bomb body has a base plug containing
locking pins which are imbedded in the so­
lidified explosive filler.
Two suspension
lugs spaced 14 inches apart and a hoisting
lug at the center of gravity are threaded
into lug inserts on the bomb body (at time
of use).
Painting and M arking
The high-explosive filler of the bomb, Tritonal 80-20, or H-6, is identified by yellow
stenciled nomenclature on the bomb body
and a yellow band around the body. The
base color of the bomb is olive drab.
Differences Between M ods
Bombs and fin assemblies of the A. O.
Smith Corporation Lot Number 1 have lo­
cating pins in the bomb body and holes in
the fin assemblies for receiving these locat­
ing pins. The reverse is true for bomb
bodies and fin assemblies manufactured by
the A. O. Smith Corporation subsequent to
this lot. Bodies and fin assemblies of the
later lots are not interchangeable with bomb
bodies and fin assemblies of Lot Number 1.
To ensure that Lot Number 1 bomb bodies
and fin assemblies are not issued with bomb
bodies and fin assemblies of later lots, the
G E N E R A L PURPOSE BO M B A SSEM B LIES
**A r
Figure 5-23.— 250-/b Low-Drag Bomb (GP) Mk 81 Mod 1 (Mechanically Fuzed), Cutaway View.
5-33
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
designation of Lot Number 1 has been
changed to Mk 81 Mod 0.
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements.
Return them to
their original packing if not used.
Mechanical Fuzing of the Mk 81 Mod 1
LD Bomb.
1. Remove the shipping cap on rear of
the bomb body.
2. Inspect bomb for damage, cracks, or
broken weldments which might weaken
threaded lug inserts or their attachment
to the bomb body.
3. Remove the nose plug, base plug, and
support cup from the nose fuze cavity. Re­
move the hoisting lug from the tail fuze
cavity. Install the required adapter-booster
for mechanical fuzing.
4. Remove the fin assembly and suspen­
sion lugs from the fin shipping crate. Place
the fin assembly over the end of the bomb
body with one fin in line with the suspension
lugs; if hung on external racks, turn the
fin and locate it so as to clear the aircraft
and the ground when installed. Butt the
fin against the aft end of the bomb and se­
cure it with setscrews located on the edge of
the cone. Assemble the two suspension lugs
5-34
and the hoisting lug in their respective
threaded holes.
5. Open the access door by unlocking the
attaching fasteners.
6. Remove the fuzes and arming-wire as­
sembly from their containers and examine
carefully for serviceability.
7. Insert the required tail fuze through
the opening in the rear of the fin assembly.
Grasp the fuze through the access door open­
ing and screw the fuze into the fuze well
until hand tight. Apply torque to the fuze
at the body adjacent to the adapter-booster.
Do not apply torque at the vane end of the
fuze.
8. The Mk 81 Mod 1 LD bomb uses the
AN-M103A1 series of nose fuzes. If nose
fuzing is not to be used, replace the nose
plug and support cup and secure the nose
plug with the setscrew.
9. For detailed information on fuzing
and defuzing with the AN-M103A1 nose
fuze, refer to chapter 2.
10. Install the bomb securely on the air­
craft and sway brace. If the bomb bay does
not provide enough space for fuzing, this
operation will be performed before the bomb
is hoisted into place on the rack.
11. Install the arming wire.
Electrical Fuzing of the Mk 81 Mod 1 LD
Bomb. Follow the assembly procedure pro­
vided in volume 2 of this publication.
G E N E R A L PURPOSE B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
500-LB L O W -D R A G B O M B (GP) M k 82 M od 1
-------------
--------------------------------- 86 V '-
------------------------------------------------------
Figure 5-24. — 500-lb Low-Drag Bomb (GP) Mk 82 M od 1 (Mechanically Fuzed), Exterior View.
Mark ________________ _____ H . ______
Mod - ......
|......................____________
General Arrangement _______________
List o f Drawings ______________ _____
Pin Assembly Drawing No. _________
Length o f Assembled Bomb (in.) .......
Body Diameter (in.) ______^ i.........Fin Span (in.) ______ _______________
Weight o f Explosive Charge (lb) .......
W eight of Assembled Bomb (lb)
Arming-W ire Assembly
___
82
1
1380543
165796
1380512
86.90
10.75
15.1
192.0
531.0
Mk 1 or A N -M 6A2 (fo r nose fuze)
M13 (fo r tail fuze)
Cable Assembly (for electric fuzing).. M72 (T32)
Adapter-Booster
N o s e ^ B ..— B _____________________ T45E1
Tail ___________ ___________________ T46E4
Nose Fuze JP..... ...................................... AN-M103A1, AN-M 139A1,
AN-M140A1, Mk 243 Mod 0, Mk 244,
AN-M166 (V T ), AN-M 168 (V T ), M913 (V T)
(T768) (electric),
M990 (T905) (electric), M904 (T709),
M910 (V T ) (T750) (with T49 drive)
Tail Fuze ............. M ________ _____ M195 (T792), M990 (T905) (electric),
M910 (V T ) (T750) (with T49 drive),
M913 (V T ) (T768) (electric), XB-113
(electric),
M905 (T771) (with T49 drive),
M906 (T788) (with T49 drive)
General Description
The 500-lb LD Bomb Mk 82 Mod 1 has
a slender body with a long pointed nose. A
conical type fin is attached to the aft end
of the bomb body by six setscrews.
The bomb uses VT, mechanical, or elec-
5-35
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
trical fuzes. Mechanical and VT fuzes re­
quire the installation of adapter-boosters to
provide fuze seats of smaller diameters.
Two conduits for the electric fuze cable
harness connect the nose and tail fuze cavi­
ties with the charging receptacle cavity be­
tween the lugs of the outer surface of the
bomb case. When electric fuzes are not
used, a plug is threaded into the charging
receptacle cavity.
When fuzes are not installed, the bomb
body has a nose fuze plug, a base fuze plug,
and a support cup in the nose fuze cavity.
When the bomb is mechanically fuzed, these
three parts are removed and the adapterboosters and fuzes are inserted. The nose
fuze plug and base fuze plug are replaced
after electric fuzes have been installed.
Adapter-boosters and arming wires are not
used with the electric fuzes. If the bomb
is tail fuzed only, the support cup must be
reinserted in the nose cavity to prevent col­
lapse of the fuze cavity on heavy impact.
The bomb body has a base plug contain­
ing locking pins which are imbedded in the
solidified explosive filler. Two suspension
lugs spaced 14 inches apart and a hoisting
lug at the center of gravity are threaded
into lug inserts on the bomb body.
Painting and M arking
The high-explosive filler of the bomb, Tritonal 80-20, or H-6, is identified by yellow
stenciled nomenclature on the bomb body
and a yellow band around the body. The
base color of the bomb is olive drab.
Differences Between M ods
Bomb Mk 82 Mod 1 differs from Bomb
Mk 82 Mod 0 only in the method used to
construct the bomb body.
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements.
Return them to
their original packing if not used.
Mechanical Fuzing of the Mk 82 Mod 1
LD Bomb.
1. Remove the shipping cap on the rear of
the bomb body.
2. Inspect bomb for damage, cracks, or
broken weldments which might weaken
threaded lug inserts or their attachment to
the bomb body.
3. Remove the nose plug, base plug, and
support cup from the nose fuze cavity. Re­
move the hoisting lug from the tail fuze
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
FAHNESTOCK CLIF>S
Figure 5-25.— 500-lb Low-Drag Bomb (GP) Mk 82 Mod 1 (Mechanically Fuzed), Exploded View.
5-36
G E N E R A L PURPOSE B O M B A SSEM B LIES
BASE PLUG
TAIL FUZE
ARMING WIRE
ASSEMBLY
EXPLOSIVE
CHARGE
REAR CHARGING
TUBE
FORWARD
CHARGING TUBE
BODY
LINER
FUZE
Figure 5 -2 6.— 500-lb Low-Drag Bomb (GP) Mk 82 M od 1 (Mechanically Fuzed), Cutaway View,
5-37
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
cavity. Install the required adapter-booster
for mechanical fuzing.
4. Remove the fin assembly and suspen­
sion lugs from the fin shipping crate. Place
the fin assembly over the end of the bomb
body with one fin in line with the suspension
lugs; if hung in external racks, turn the fin
and locate it so as to clear the aircraft and
the ground when installed. Butt the fin
against the aft end of the bomb and secure
it with setscrews located on the edge of the
cone. Assemble the two suspension lugs and
the hoisting lug in their respective threaded
holes.
5. Open the access door by unlocking the
attaching fasteners.
6. Remove the fuzes and arming-wire as­
sembly from their containers and examine
carefully for serviceability.
7. Insert the required tail fuze through
the opening in the rear of the fin assembly.
Grasp the fuze through the access door
opening and screw the fuze into the fuze
well until hand tight. Apply torque to the
fuze at the body adjacent to the adapterbooster. Do not apply torque at the vane
end of the fuze.
8. The Mk 82 Mod 1 LD bomb uses the
AN-M103A1 series of nose fuzes. If nose
5-38
fuzing is not to be used, replace the nose
plug and support cup and secure the nose
plug with the setscrew.
9. For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing with the AN-M103A1 nose fuze,
refer to chapter 2.
10. Install the bomb securely on the air­
craft and sway brace. If the bomb bay does
not provide enough space for fuzing, this
operation will be performed before the bomb
is hoisted into place on the rack.
11. Install the arming wire.
CAUTION: On certain aircraft,
the arming wire leading to the tail
fuze has been observed to whip dur­
ing high-speed flight. To reduce
this whipping action, at least one
arming wire guide should be in­
stalled at approximately the mid­
point on the tail cone of the fin as­
sembly. A standard eyebolt, Navy
Stock Catalog No. R5306-6382217-GIAN, is a suitable arming
wire guide.
Electrical Fuzing of the Mk 82 Mod 1 LD
Bomb. Follow the assembly procedure pro­
vided in volume 2 of this publication.
G E N E R A L PURPOSE B O M B A SSEM B LIES
1000-LB L O W -D R A G B O M B (GP) M k 83 M od 3
----------------------------------------------- 118"42 ------------------------------------
V"
A
PI — —
14'.'0
Figure 5—27.— 1000-lb Low-Drag Bomb (GP) Mk 83 Mod 3 (Mechanically Fuzed), Exterior View.
Mark
.... ...............................................
Mod ..._J...................................................
General Arrangement ..... ....................
List of Drawings .... ............................
Fin Assembly Drawing No. ........ .....
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.) ............................
Fin Span (in.) .......................................
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb)
Weight o f Assembled Bomb (lb)
Arming-W ire Assembly ......................
83
3
1380261
166791
1380606
118.42
14.0
19.62
446.0
985.0
Mk 1 or AN-M 6A2 (fo r nose fuze)
M16 (for tail fuze)
M73 (T27)
Cable Assembly (for electric fuzing)
Adapter-Booster
T45E1
Nose ....... .................:.......................
Tail .......... .............................. ............. ................................
T46E4
Nose Fuze ..............................................
AN-M103A1, AN-M139A1,
AN-M140A1,
Mk 243 Mod 0, Mk 244 Mod 1,
AN-M166 (V T ),
AN-M168 (V T ), M910 (V T) (T750)
(with T49 drive),
M913 (V T ) (T768) (electric),
M990 (T905) (electric)
Tail Fuze
M913 (V T ) (T768) (electric)
M905 (T771) (with T49 drive),
M906 (T788) (with T49 drive), M177
(T745)
M183 (T783), M185 (T740),
M990 (T905) (electric),
XB-113 (electric)
5-39
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
LONG STEM
TAIL FUZE
Figure 5-28.— 1000-lb Low-Drag Bomb (GP) Mk 83 Mod 3 (Mechanically Fuzed), Exploded View.
General Description
The 1000-lb LD Bomb Mk 83 Mod 3 has
a slender body with a long pointed nose. A
conical type fin is attached to the aft end
of the bomb body by six setscrews.
The bomb uses VT, mechanical, or elec­
trical fuzes. Mechanical and VT fuzes re­
quire the installation of adapter-boosters
to provide fuze seats of smaller diameters.
Two conduits for an electric fuze cable har­
ness connect the nose and tail fuze cavities
with the charging receptacle cavity between
the lugs on the outer surface of the bomb
case. When the electric fuzes are not used,
a plug is threaded into the charging re­
ceptacle cavity.
When fuzes are not installed, the bomb
body has a nose fuze plug, a base fuze plug,
and a support cup in the nose fuze cavity.
When the bomb is mechanically fuzed, these
three parts are removed and the adapterboosters and fuzes are inserted. The nose
fuze plug and base fuze plug are replaced
after electric fuzes have been installed.
Adapter-boosters are not used with the elec­
tric fuzes. If the bomb is tail fuzed only,
the support cup must be used to prevent col­
lapse of the fuze cavity on heavy impact.
The bomb body has a base plug containing
5-40
locking pins which are imbedded in the so­
lidified explosive filler. Two suspension lugs
spaced 14 inches apart and a hoisting lug
at the center of gravity are threaded into
lug inserts on the bomb body.
Painting and M arking
The high-explosive filler of the bomb, Tritonal 80-20, or H-6, is identified by yellow
bands around the nose and conical sections
of the bomb body. The base color is olive
drab; identifying nomenclature is stenciled
in yellow and die-stamped on one side of
the bomb body.
Differences Between Mods
Bomb Mk 83 consists of the Mod 2 and the
Mod 3. Differences lie in the methods used
in the construction of the bomb bodies.
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements.
Return them to
their original packing if not used.
Mechanical Fuzing of the Mk 83 Mod 3
LD Bomb.
1. Remove the shipping cap on the rear of
G E N E R A L PURPOSE BO M B A SSEM B LIES
FUZE LINER ASSEMBLY
■ BASE PLUG ASSEMBLY
REAR CHARGING TUBE
EXPLOSIVE CHARGE
ARMING-W IRE ASSEMBLY
FORWARD CHARGING TUBE
BOMB BODY
-FUZE LINER ASSEMBLY
NOSE FUZE
Figure 5-29.— 1000-lb Low-Drag Bomb (GP) Mk 83 Mod 3 (Mechanically Fuzed), Cutaway View.
5-41
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
the bomb body by removing the hex head
bolts.
2. Inspect bomb for damage, cracks, or
broken weldments which might weaken
threaded lug inserts or their attachment to
the bomb body.
3. Remove the nose plug, base plug, and
support cup from the nose fuze cavity. Re­
move the hoisting lug from the tail fuze
cavity. Install the required adapter-boosters
for mechanical fuzing.
4. Remove the fin assembly and suspen­
sion lugs from the fin shipping crate. Place
the fin assembly over the end of the bomb
body with one fin in line with the suspension
lugs; if hung on external racks, turn the fin
and locate it so as to clear the aircraft and
the ground when installed. Butt the fin
against the aft end of the bomb and secure
it with setscrews located on the edge of the
cone. Assemble the two suspension lugs
and the hoisting lug in their respec­
tive threaded holes.
5. Open the access door by unlocking the
attaching fastener.
6. Remove the fuzes and arming-wire as­
sembly from their containers and examine
carefully for serviceability.
7. Insert the required tail fuze through
the opening in the rear of the fin assembly.
Grasp the fuze through the access door open­
5-42
ing and screw the fuze into the fuze well
until hand tight. Apply torque to the fuze
at the body adjacent to the adapter-booster.
Do not apply torque at the vane end of the
fuze.
8. For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
9. Install the bomb securely on the air­
craft and sway brace. If the bomb bay does
not provide enough space for fuzing, this
operation will be performed before the bomb
is hoisted into place on the rack.
10. Install arming wire.
CAUTION: On certain aircraft,
the arming wire leading to Tail
Fuze M185(T740) or M177(T745)
has been observed to whip during
high-speed flight. To reduce this
whipping action, at least one arm­
ing wire guide should be installed
at approximately the mid point on
the tail cone of the fin assembly.
A standard eyebolt, Navy Stock
Catalog
No.
R5306-638-2217GIAN, is a suitable arming wire
guide.
Electrical Fuzing of the Mk 83 Mod 3 LD
Bomb. Follow the assembly procedure pro­
vided in volume 2 of this publication.
G E N E R A L PURPOSE B O M B A SSEM B LIES
Figure 5-30. — 2000-lb Low-Drag Bomb (GP) Mk 84 M od J (Mechanically Fuzed), Exterior View.
Mark ...................... ......- ......................
Mod ......... ..............- ........-.....-...................
General Arrangement
.................._
List o f Drawings ................... ................
Fin Assembly Drawing No.............. .
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.) ------ -----------------Fin Span (in .).......... ..........................—
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb) .......
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb) .....
Arming-W ire Assembly ....... ................
Cable Assembly (for electric fu zin g )..
Adapter-Booster
Nose
...... ........................................
Tail ............. .......................................
Nose Fuze ..............................................
Tail Fuze
84
1
1380522
165795
1380529
151.50
18.0
25.31
945.0
1970.0
Mk 1 or AN-M 6A2 (for nose or tail fuze)
M74 (T28)
T45E1
T46E4
AN-M103A1, AN-M139A1, AN-M140A1,
AN-M166 (V T ), AN-M 168 (V T ), T750 (V T ),
M904 (T709),
M913 (V T ) (T768) (electric), M990
(T905) (electric)
M913 (V T) (T768) (electric),
M190 (T759),
M990 (T905) (electric),
XB-113 (electric)
General Description
The 2000-lb LD Bomb Mk 84 Mod 1 has
a slender body with a longr pointed nose. A
conical type fin is attached to the aft end
of the bomb body by eight setscrews.
The bomb uses VT, mechanical, or elec­
trical fuzes. Mechanical and VT fuzes re­
quire the installation of adapter-boosters to
provide fuze seats of smaller diameters.
Two conduits for an electric fuze cable har-
5-43
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS.
Figure 5-31. — 2000-lb Low-Drag Bomb (GP) Mk 84 Mod 1 (Mechanically Fuzed), Exploded View.
ness connect the nose and tail fuze cavities
with the charging receptacle cavity between
the lugs on the outer surface of the bomb
case. When the electric fuzes are not used,
a plug is threaded into the charging recep­
tacle cavity.
When fuzes are not installed, the bomb
body has a nose fuze plug, a base fuze plug,
and a support cup in the nose fuze cavity.
When the bomb is mechanically fuzed, these
three parts are removed and the adapterboosters and fuzes are inserted. The nose
fuze plug and base fuze plug are replaced
after electric fuzes have been installed.
Adapter-boosters are not used with the elec­
tric fuzes. If the bomb is tail fuzed only,
the support cup must be used in the nose
fuze cavity to prevent collapse upon heavy
impact.
The bomb body has a base plug contain­
ing locking pins which are imbedded in the
solidified explosive filler. Two suspension
lugs spaced 30 inches apart and a hoisting
lug located at the center of gravity are
threaded into lug inserts on the bomb body.
Painting and M arking
The high-explosive filler of this bomb, Tritonal 80-20, or H-6, is identified by yellow
bands around the nose and conical sections
5-44
of the bomb body. The base color is olive
drab; identifying nomenclature is stenciled
in yellow and die-stamped on one side of
the bomb body.
Differences Between M ods
Bomb Mk 84 Mod 1 differs from the
earlier Mod 0 bomb in that the tail fins of
the Mod 1 are canted 2 degrees for added
stability.
Assembly
CAUTION : Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements.
Return them to
their original packing if not used.
Mechanical Fuzing of the Mk 84 Mod 1
LD Bomb.
1. Remove the shipping cap on the rear
of the bomb body by removing the hex head
bolts.
2. Inspect bomb for damage, cracks, or
broken weldments which might weaken
threaded lug inserts or their attachment to
the bomb body.
3. Remove the nose plug, base plug, and
support cup from the nose fuze cavity. Re­
move the hoisting lug from the tail fuze
cavity. Install the required adapter-boosters
for mechanical fuzing.
G E N E R A L PURPOSE B O M B A SSEM B LIES
TAIL FUZE
BASE
REAR CHARGING
TUBE
ARMING-WIRE
ASSEMBLY
CHARGE
FORWARD CHARGING
TUBE
BOMB BODY
LINER
NOSE FUZE
Figure 5-32.— 2000-lb Low-Drag Bomb (GP) Mk 84 Mod I (Mechanically Fuzed), Cutaway View.
5-45
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
4. Remove the fin assembly and suspen­
sion lugs from the fin shipping crate. Place
the fin assembly over the end of the bomb
body so that the pin in the fin assembly
alines with a hole in the body. Butt the fin
against the aft end of the bomb and secure
it with setscrews located on the edge of
the cone. Assemble the two suspension lugs
and the hoisting lug in their respective
threaded holes.
5. Open the access door by unlocking the
attaching fastener.
6. Remove the fuzes and arming-wire as­
sembly from their containers and examine
them carefully for serviceability.
7. Insert the required tail fuze through
the opening in the fin assembly. Grasp the
fuze through the access door opening and
screw the fuze into the fuze well until hand
5-46
tight. Apply torque to the fuze at the body
adjacent to the adapter-booster. Do not
apply torque at the vane end of the fuze.
8. For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
9. Install the bomb securely on the air­
craft and sway brace. If the bomb bay does
not provide enough space for fuzing, this
operation will be performed before the bomb
is hoisted into place on the rack.
10. Install the arming wire so that two
to three inches protrude beyond the fuze
vanes and attach the safety clips. Cut off
excess wire. Arming wire should be free
from kinks, twists, and burrs.
Electrical Fuzing of the Mk 84 Mod 1 LD
Bomb. Follow the assembly procedure pro­
vided in volume 2 of this publication.
Chapter 6
AIRCRAFT DEPTH BOMB ASSEMBLIES
350-LB A IR C R A F T DEPTH BO M B A N - M k 54 Mod 1
AN-M ark ................... .....................
Mod ....................................................
General Arrangement ..... ..............
List of Drawings ............................
Fin Assembly Drawing No........ ..
Length o f Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.) ......................
Fin Span (in.) _______ ____ ______
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb)
TNT ........................................... ....
HBX or HBX-1 ....... ..................
Weight of Fin Assembly (lb) ___
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb)
Loaded with T N T _____ _______
Loaded with HBX or HBX-1
Arming-Wire Assembly _____ ___
Arming Bracket ...... .......................
Auxiliary Booster ............ ..............
Nose Fuze ....... ..... .......................
Tail Fuze
54
1
438064
Sk 165766
394196
54.6
13.5
13.88
225.5
248.0
19.5
323.8
346.3
Mk 1 or AN-M 6A2
Mk 1 Mod 0
Mk 1 Mod 0 (2)
AN-M103A1, AN-M139A1,
AN-M 140A1, AN-M k 219*
Mods 2, 3, 4
A N -M k 230 Mods 4, 5, 6
*A fuze adapter and an additional Auxiliary Booster Mk 1 Mod 0 are required
for the A N -M k 219 fuze.
General Description
The 350-lb ADB AN-Mk 54 Mod 1 is a
flat nosed, thin walled bomb. The fin as­
sembly consists of a fin cone and four fin
blades surrounded by a shroud; it is at­
tached to the aft end of the bomb body by.
capscrews.
This bomb is used against
underwater targets. The flat nose prevents
ricochet upon water impact. The depth of
detonation is determined by the setting of
the hydrostatic tail fuze.
Depth bombs are usually tail fuzed only,
but provision is made for nose fuzing in the
event that a blast effect is desired. With
both fuzes installed, the aircraft depth bomb
may be selectively armed by releasing one
of the arming wires with the bomb. Depth
settings are made prior to flight.
The lethal radius of underwater effective­
ness of the bomb is approximately 17 feet;
however, damage may be expected up to 45
feet from the center of the blast.
Two suspension lugs are welded to the
body 14 inches apart and a single suspen­
sion lug is located diametrically opposite.
Tapped holes are provided for attaching
hoisting lugs which may be needed for the
handling of the bomb when not in use.
These holes are closed with special plugs.
Approximately 70 percent of the weight of
the bomb is high-explosive filler.
Painting and M arking
Yellow bands painted on the nose and aft
end of the bomb body identify the highexplosive filler of TNT, HBX, or HBX-1.
Identifying nomenclature is stenciled in
black (old issue) or in yellow (new issue)
on the olive drab bomb body.
6-1
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
54:6
Figure 6-1. — 350-lb Aircraft Depth Bomb A N -M k 54 Mod 1, Exterior View.
Differences Between Mods
The earlier mod, now obsolete, Mk 54 Mod
0, had no attached suspension lugs. The
suspension lugs were attached in the field
with capscrews; all of the suspension lug
fitting holes of the Mod 0 were plugged.
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements.
If unpacked and
not used, return them to their origi­
nal packings.1
1.
Open the shipping crate by removing
the cotter pins from the three lid latches.
Unthread the hex-head screws from the
bands which secure the bomb in the case.
6-2
Lift the bomb body out of the case.
CAUTION: The bomb body is
easily damaged because of its light
construction. Inspect it for dam­
age.
2. Remove the closing plugs which seal
the fuze cavities.
3. Remove the fin assembly and its at­
tachments from the shipping crate. Place
the fin assembly over the conical end of the
bomb so that one fin is in line with the sus­
pension lugs. Secure with hex-head cap
screws.
CAUTION: Do not use a fin as­
sembly if it cannot be properly
secured to the bomb.
A IR C R A F T DEPTH B O M B A SSEM B LIES
4. Hoist and secure the bomb to the air­
craft. If the bomb bay does not provide
sufficient room for fuzing, this operation
must be performed before hoisting.
5. Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming wire assemblies from their con­
tainers and examine them carefully for serv­
iceability.
6.
For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS.
HOISTING LUG
FAHNESTOCK CLIF>S
C 'O SIN G PLUG
TAIL FUZE
BODY
NOSE FUZE
Figure 6-2. — 350-lb Aircraft Depth Bomb A N -M k 54 M od 1, Exploded View.
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure 6-3. — 350-lb Aircraft Depth Bomb A N -M k 54 Mod 1, Cutaway View.
Chapter 7
FRAGMENTATION BOMB ASSEMBLIES
4-LB FRAG B O M B M 83
Model ___ ____________ ______ - ..........
Assembly Drawing No. ____________
Length o f Assembled Bomb (in.) .....
Body Diameter (in.) ......... ...............
Butterfly-wing Span (in.) _________
Butterfly-wing Length (in.) ________
W eight o f Explosive Charge (lb)
Weight o f Assembled Bomb (lb)
Loaded with Composition B _____
Loaded with Ednatol ____________
Loaded with TNT _______________
Fuze (integral) ____ _______________
Bomb Cluster
100-lb size _____________ __________
500-lb size ..........................................
Cluster Adapter
100-lb size ___ ___ ___ _________ ___
500-lb size ______________________
General Description
The 4-lb Frag Bomb M83 is a small barrel­
shaped bomb. Its fuze, assembled at the
time of manufacture, is mounted on the
bomb case midway between the cylinder
ends. Two semicylindrical surfaces (butter­
fly wings) and two discs (propeller blades)
are spring-hinged together independent of
the bomb. In the unarmed position, these
four pieces, or vanes, are folded about the
bomb, forming a cylindrical outer bomb cas­
ing. A cable extension projects from the
fuze through the folded outer bomb casing.
The 4-lb fragmentation bomb uses the
M129, M130, and M131 fuzes. Impact, me­
chanical time delay, and antidisturbance fir­
ing actions are obtained by selection of the
respective fuze. The fuzes are installed and
their actions are set at the time of manu­
facture.
Approximately 12 percent of the complete
weight of the bomb is explosive filler com­
position B, Ednatol, or TNT.
The M83 bombs are issued assembled in
clusters of the M28 series or in the form of
.....
...
.....
._
M83
82-0-106
11.13
3.12
9.5
.... 3.0
.... 0.5
...
....
.....
....
3.82
3.81
3.80
M129, M l 30, M131
..... M28A2
__ M29A1
..._ M15A2
..... M16A1
bomb wafers to be assembled in M29 clusters
in the field.
Painting and M arking
The bomb is painted olive drab; yellow
bands and black (old issue) or yellow (new
issue) stenciled nomenclature identify the
bomb and its high-explosive content.
Assembly of M 2 9 Clusters
1. Ten 4-lb Frag Bombs M83 are shipped
from the manufacturer in wafer assemblies
which are bound with two metal straps.
The wafer assemblies are individually
packed in metal lined wafer boxes and are
secured to plywood inserts. Fuzes are in­
stalled and set at the factory.
CAUTION: No attempt should be
made to remove the fuzes, change
the setting, or work on them in any
way.
2. Always handle wafers by the cable as­
semblies (pigtails) or by the flat side, not
by the strapping.
7-1
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
11. i.
ll
\
Figure 7—1.— 4-lb Frag Bomb M83, Exterior View.
7-2
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
3.
Refer to chapter 8, Fragmentation
Bomb Clusters and Adapters, for detailed
procedures on handling, installation, and
general precautions for fragmentation bomb
wafers. Failure to follow these instructions
may permit the bomb to spring out of the
cluster and the case assemblies (butterfly
wings) to open.
Figure 7-2.— 4-lb Frag Bomb M83, Cutaway View.
7-3
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
20-LB FRAG B O M B A N -M 4 1 A 1
Figure 7-3. — 20-lb Frag Bomb A N -M 4 1 A 1 , Exterior View.
Model ...... .... ........................ .............
Assembly Drawing No.
......... .
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.) .......... .....
Fin Span (in.)
.... ........................
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb)
AM50-50
____ ______________
TNT .......... ......... .........................
Weight o f Fin Assembly (lb)
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb)
Loaded with AM 50-50
Loaded with TNT
__________
Nose Fuze ____________ ________
Bomb Cluster
100-lb size ... ................................
500-lb size ..... ..............................
Cluster Adapter
100-lb size ......... ..........................
500-Ib size .... ........ ............. ........
J
General Description
The 20-lb Frag Bomb AN-M41A1 is con­
structed of spirally wound wire and cast
steel nose and tail pieces. A seamless steel
7-4
AN-M 41A1
82-0-39
22.4
3.64
5.13
2.57
2.7
1.6
19.7
19.8
AN-M 110A1, AN-M158
AN-M 1A2
M26A2
AN-M 1A3
M13A2
inner tube is threaded to the nose and tail
piece to form the base for the spiral wound
wire. The fin assembly is made of four rec­
tangular sheet steel vanes welded to a 1-inch
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B A SSEM B LIES
Figure 7-4. — 20-lb Frag Bomb A N -M 4 1 A 1 , Exploded View.
Figure 7-5. — 20-lb Frag Bomb A N -M 4 1 A 1 , Cutaway View.
diameter pipe. The threaded end of the pipe
is secured to the base filling plug. The nose
section of the bomb is threaded to receive
an impact fuze.
At the center of gravity, a U-shaped eyebolt of steel is welded to the bomb case for
horizontal suspension; an eyebolt is welded
to the tail for vertical suspension.
Approximately 13 percent of the complete
weight of the bomb is explosive filler AM
50-50 or TNT.
The AN-M41A1 bomb is used in the 100and 500-lb fragmentation bomb clusters of
the AN-M1 and the M26 series.
Painting and M arking
Old issue bombs have a yellow colored
head and base to identify the high-explosive
filler; identifying nomenclature is stenciled
in black on the bomb body. Body windings
are painted olive drab.
New issue bombs have an olive drab body,
yellow bands, and yellow identification mark­
ings.
" O ld " Series Bombs
The AN-M41 bomb, which is the earlier
model, differs from the AN-M41A1 in
length. A change in construction added a
7-5
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
V^-inch shoulder to the nose of the bomb
to facilitate clustering with unfuzed bombs;
this change in design alone constitutes the
A1 modification. The AN-M41 bomb, when
issued in cluster form, always is fuzed.
If unpacked and not used, return
them to their original packings.
2. Remove the bomb closing plug. Inspect
the threads and clean, if necessary.
Assembly
3. Remove the fuze from its container
and
examine it carefully for serviceability.
1.
This bomb is usually furnished in clus­
ters which are completely assembled except
4. For detailed information on fuzing and
for the fuzes.
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
CAUTION: Fuzes are not un­
packed in advance of requirements.
7-6
ticular fuze to be installed, and to chapter
8 for the assembly of bomb clusters.
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B A SSEM B LIES
90-LB FRAG BOMB M82
2 8 :o
Figure 7-6. — 90-lb Frog Bomb M82, Exterior View.
Model ................................................Assembly Drawing No. ........... ......
Fin Assembly .... ..........................
Length o f Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.) ..............
Fin Span (in.) .................. ...............
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb)
Composition B
.........................
TNT ................................................
Weight o f Fin Assembly (lb) .....
Weight o f Assembled Bomb (lb)
Loaded with Composition B .....
Loaded with TNT ...... .................
Arming-W ire Assembly ...............
Nose Fuze
....................................
Bomb Cluster
Cluster Adapter
M82
82-0-105
M101
28.0
6.06
8.11
12.3
11.4
2.46
86.6
87.4
Mk 1 or AN-M 6A2
AN-M103A1, AN-M139A1,
AN-M140A1, AN-M166 (V T ),
AN-M168 (V T )*
M27A1
M14A1
‘ Short Vane Assembly (dwg 73-8-281) used when clustering bombs.
7-7
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
General Description
The 90-lb Frag Bomb M82, now obsoles­
cent, is constructed of spirally wound wire.
A seamless steel inner tube forms the base
for the outer wound steel wire. A rounded
nose piece houses the nose fuze, and a boxtype fin assembly is attached to the tapered
aft end by a fin locknut.
The bomb is designed for use in clusters
and for single suspension. It has only one
suspension lug welded to its casing. When
adapted for single suspension, instantaneous
or VT fuzes are used. The fitting of a me­
chanical time fuze is permitted with the
addition of an adapter-booster.
Approximately 13 percent of the complete
weight of the bomb consists of composition
B or TNT.
Painting and M arking
Old-issue bombs have yellow bands on the
nose end and aft end of the bomb body to
identify the high-explosive charge. Identi­
fying nomenclature is stenciled in black on
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
IOX FIN ASSEMBLY
BOMB BODY
NOSE FUZE
Figure 7-7.— 90-lb Frag Bomb M82, Exploded View.
NOSE FUZE
FUZE SEAT LINER
EXPLOSIVE CHARGE
nr
SURROUND
SURROUNI
Figure 7-8.— 90-lb Frag Bomb M82, Cross Section.
7-8
CLOSING PLUG
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
the olive drab painted bomb casing.
New-issue bombs have olive drab bodies,
yellow bands, and yellow identification
markings.
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not unpacked in advance of require­
ments. If unpacked and not used,
return them to their original pack­
ings.
1. Remove the shipping bands from the
bomb by removing the nut from the securing
bolts. Remove the closing plug from the
nose end. Inspect for damage, cracks, or
broken weldments which might weaken the
lug or its attachment to the bomb body.
2. Cut the shipping wire and remove the
fin locknut and its protector. Remove the
protector from the locknut.
3. Remove the fin assembly and its at­
tachments from the shipping crate. Posi­
tion the fin on the bomb so that it will clear
the aircraft and the ground when installed.
Replace the fin locknut and tighten it with
a wrench.
CAUTION: Do not use a fin as­
sembly if it cannot be properly se­
cured to the bomb.
4. Install the bomb in accordance with
the type of rack in use, and lock it securely
in place. If the bomb bay does not provide
enough space for fuzing, this operation will
be performed before the bomb is hoisted into
place on the rack.
5. Remove the required fuze and armingwire assembly from their containers and
examine them carefully for serviceability.
All fuzes must have their safety devices
(cotter, shear, and arming pins) in place.
If any safety device is missing, handle the
fuze with extreme care. Return it to its
container and mark the container for dis­
posal by authorized personnel.
6. For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed, and to chapter 8
for the assembly of bomb clusters.
7-9
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure 7-9. — 220-lb Frag Bomb A N -M 8 8 with Fin Assembly A N -M 1 0 3 A 1 , Exterior View.
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY.
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS.
TAIL FUZE.
FAHNESTOCK CLIP’S
FIN LOCK NUT
BOX FIN ASSEMBLY
BOMB BODY
NOSE FUZE
Figure 7-10.— 220-lb Frag Bomb A N -M 8 8 with Fin Assembly A N -M 1 0 3 A 1 , Exploded View.
7-10
F R A G M E N T A T IO N BO M B A SSEM B L IES
220-LB FRAG BO M B A N - M 8 8
W ith F in A s se m bly I W ith F in A sse m bly
M135
A N -M 1 0 3 A 1
M odel_______ __________________
Assembly Drawing No
_____
Fin Assembly Drawing N o________
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)_._
Body Diameter (in.)____________ .
Fin Span (in.)
___________
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb):
Composition B ___________
EdnatoL _________________ _
T N T ____________________
Weight of Fin Assembly (lb)____ _
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb):
Loaded with Composition B __
Loaded with Ednatol_______ .
Loaded with TN T . . _____
Fin Locknut__________ ______
Fin Locking W eb_____________ _
Arming-Wire Assembly- ___
A N -M 8 8 -..........................
82-0-132.
8 2 -3 -4 3 7 ... .
.. ...
4 3 .7 . .. ________________
8 .1 2 . __________________
1 1 .0 .
.
....
AN-M 88.
4 1 .4 ____________________
4 1 .2 ____________________
4 1 .2 . .. __________ _____
4 .1 .......................................
41.4.
41.2.
41.2.
17.5.
2 1 6 .2 ...............................
217.7_____________ _____
217.7___________________
M l or Mk 2 M od 0_____
Not Used______
___
Mk 1 or A N -M 6 A 2 _____
Nose F u z e .______ ____ _______
AN-M 103A1, A N M139A1, AN-M 140A1,
A N -M k 219 1 Mods 3,
4; AN-M 166 (VT),
AN -M 168 (VT).
AN-M 100A2 (with
Primer-Detonator
M14 (nondelay)).
229.6.
231.1.
231.1.
Sk 329153.
Dwg 1350522.
M k 1 or AN -M 6A2, and
M13.
AN-M103A1, A N M139A1, AN-M140A1,
A N -M k 219 1 Mods 3,
4; AN-M 166 (VT),
AN -M 168 (VT).
M172, AN-M 175.
Tail Fuze...........................................
82-3-778.
58.0.
8 . 12.
11.19.
1 Requires Adapter Ring (dwg 294376-2 and Auxiliary Booster Mk 4.
7-11
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
TAIL FUZE
ARMING-WIRE ASSEMBLY
SURROUND
AUXILIARY BOOSTER.
STEEL TUBE
BOMB BODY
EXPLOSIVE CHARGE
•SURROUND
FUZE SEAT LINER
Figure 7-11.— 220-lb Frag Bomb A N -M 8 8 with Fin Assembly A N -M 1 0 3 A 1 , Cutaway View.
7-12
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B A SSEM B L IES
220-LB FRAG B O M B A N - M 8 8 W IT H FIN A S S E M B L Y A N -M 1 0 3 A 1
General Description
The 220-lb Frag Bomb AN-M88 has a
body constructed of spirally wound 1% 0-inch
square steel wire. A seamless steel tube
forms the base for the outer wrapping. The
steel wire winding is forged at the nose and
tail to form solid nose and tail sections.
A box-type fin is secured to the aft end
by a fin locknut. The nose and tail sections
are threaded to accommodate nose and tail
fuzes.
Two suspension lugs are welded 14 inches
apart on one side of the bomb body; a single
lug is attached to the opposite side at the
approximate center of gravity.
The explosive charge comprises approxi­
mately 19 percent of the complete weight of
the bomb.
Painting and M arking
Older issues of Frag Bomb AN-M88 have
yellow bands on the nose and aft end of the
bomb body to identify its high-explosive
filler of composition B, Ednatol, or TNT.
When filled with composition B, nose and tail
surrounds of TNT are employed. Identify­
ing nomenclature is stenciled in black on
the olive drab colored bomb casing.
Newer issues of the bomb have olive drab
bodies, yellow bands, and yellow markings.
" O ld " Series Bombs
The 260-lb Frag Bomb AN-M81 is an
earlier modification of the AN-M 88; it is
heavier because of its thicker windings.
Both bombs have the same outside diameter;
however, the larger explosive cavity of the
AN-M88 contains about 5 pounds more ex­
plosive filler. The physical characteristics
of the two bombs are otherwise similar.
The 260-lb bomb is more effective for
fragmentation effect than an equivalent
bomb station load of 500-lb GP bombs, 100lb GP bombs, and 20-lb frag bombs, except
for the casualty effect on unprotected per­
sonnel by the 20-lb frag bomb when released
from altitudes up to 10,000 feet. The 200lb fragmentation bomb compares similarly
in effectiveness with the 260-lb fragmenta­
tion bomb, with an overall increase of frag­
mentation effect under all conditions.
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements.
When unpacked
and not used, fuzes are to be re­
turned to their original packing.
1. Remove the shipping bands from the
bomb by removing the nuts from the secur­
ing bolts. Inspect for damage, cracks, or
broken weldments which might weaken the
lugs or their attachment to the bomb body.
2. Cut the shipping wire and remove the
fin locknut and discard it with its protector.
Remove the protector from the locknut.
3. Remove the fin assembly and its at­
tachment from the shipping crate. Position
the fin on the bomb so that it will clear the
aircraft structure and the ground when in­
stalled. Replace the fin locknut and tighten
it with a wrench. Always use Fin Locknut
M l or Mk 2 Mod 0 in place of the regular
fin locknut. Clean all threaded surfaces on
the after end of the bomb before installing
the fin assembly.
CAUTION: Reject any fin assem­
bly which is cracked, deformed, or
which cannot be properly secured
to the bomb.
4. Remove the nose and tail shipping
plugs and inspect the fuze cavities to be
sure they are free from rust and corrosion.
5. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
lock it securely in place. If the bomb bay
does not provide enough space for fuzing,
this operation will be performed before the
bomb is hoisted into place on the rack.
6. Remove the required fuze and armingwire assembly from their containers and
inspect carefully for serviceability.
7. For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
7-13
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
220-LB FRAG BO M B A N - M 8 8 W IT H FIN A S S E M B L Y M l 35
curing bolts. Remove the closing plugs.
Inspect for damage, cracks, or broken weld­
When equipped with the conical fin as­
ments which might weaken the lugs or their
sembly M135, the 220-lb Frag Bomb A N attachment
to the bomb body.
M88 uses the standard AN-M88 bomb body.
2.
Cut
the
shipping wire. Remove and
This elongated conical fin assembly lengthens
discard
the
fin
locknut and its protector.
and streamlines the bomb, improving its
3.
Remove
the
fin assembly and its at­
aerodynamic performance and accuracy.
tachments
from
the
shipping crate. Thread
The M135 fin assembly consists of an
the
center
support
tube
onto the base plug
elongated cone with four integral blades
of
the
bomb
(locknut
seat).
Tighten the
spaced at equal distances. A support tube
tube
with
a
wrench
and
tighten
the set­
runs through the center of the cone; the fin
screws
in
the
support
tube.
Place
the fin
assembly is secured to the bomb body by
cone
over
the
support
tube.
Slide
the
cone
means of this support tube, a locking web,
back
until
it
is
jammed
against
the
bomb
and a locknut. Installation of the M135
body. Position the fin assembly so that it
conical fin assembly requires the use of one
will clear the aircraft structure and the
of the new long-stem tail fuzes to locate
ground
when installed. Place the fin lock­
the arming vane effectively in the air stream.
ing web over the support tube so that it
engages the blades of the fin assembly. Se­
Assembly
cure the conical fin assembly to the support
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
tube by threading on the special locknut,
not to be unpacked in advance of
and
tighten the locknut with special notched
requirements. If unpacked and not
wrench.
Bend two tabs of the locking web
used, return them to their original
into
the
locknut
slots. Secure the nut in
packings.1
position by means of setscrews.
1.
Remove the shipping bands from the
4. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
bomb by removing the nuts from the se­
lock it securely in place. If the bomb bay
General Description
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
FIN LOCKING WEB
LONG STEM
TAIL FUZE.
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
I
FIN LOCK NUT
CONICAL FIN
CENTER SUPPORT TUBE
BOMB BODY
'G
NOSE FUZE
Figure 7—12.— 220-lb Frag Bomb A N —M88 with Fin Assembly M 135, Exploded View.
7-14
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
does not provide enough space for fuzing,
this operation will be performed before the
bomb is hoisted into place on the rack.
5.
Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming-wire assemblies from their con­
tainers and inspect them carefully for serv­
iceability.
6.
For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
7-15
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
260-LB FRAG B O M B A N -M 8 1
1
M odel __________________________
Assembly Drawing No
_. . __
Fin Assembly Drawing N o _______
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)__
Bomb Diameter (in.)____ . _
Fin Span (in.)............. .
__ .
Weight of Fin Assembly (lb )______
Weight of Explosive Charge (lb):
Composition B ___
T N T _______ .
___
...
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb):
Loaded with Composition B __
Loaded with T N T _____
__
Fin Locknut.... ..................................
Fin Locking W e b .. __
Arming-Wire Assembly___________
Nose Fuze____ _______ _________
Tail F u ze ............ _ __
1Requires
7-16
____
W ith F in A sse m bly
W ith F in A sse m bly
A N -M 1 0 3 A 1
M 135
A N -M 81________________
82-0-102.
82-3-437_______ .
4 3.7________ _____ _ . . .
8 .1 3 . _________
11 0 . . .
4 .1 _________________ . . .
A N -M 8 1 .
3 6.2_______ ________
3 4 .5 .................
...
36.0.
34.5.
263.0___________________
261.5___________________
M l or Mk 2 M od 0_____
Not Used . . .............
Mk 2 . ___
AN-M 103A1, A N M145,1 AN-M 166
(V T), AN -M 168 (VT).
AN-M 100A2 (with
Primer-Detonator M14
(nondelay)).
276.5.
275.0.
Sk 329153.
Dwg 1350522.
Mk 2.
AN-M 103A1, A N M145,1 AN-M 166
(V T), AN -M 168 (VT).
M172 or AN-M 175
(with Primer-DetonatorM14 (nondelay)).
Adapter Booster M117
82-3-778.
58.0.
6.13.
11.19.
17.5.
F R A G M E N T A T IO N BO M B A SSEM B LIES
Figure 7—13.— 260-lb Frag Bomb A N -M 81 with Fin Assembly A N -M 1 0 3 A 1 , Exterior View.
Figure 7-14.— 260-lb Frag Bomb A N -M 81 with Fin Assembly A N -M 1 0 3 A 1 , Exploded View.
7-17
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
260-LB FRAG BO M B A N -M 8 1 W IT H FIN A S S E M B L Y A N -M 1 0 3 A 1
TAIL FUZE
FIN ASSEMBLY
ARM ING WIRE
ASSEMBLY
SURROUND
BOMB BODY
STEEL TUBE
EXPLOSIVE CHARGE
'AUXILIARY BOOSTER
SURROUND
FUZE SEAT LINER
NOSE FUZE
Figure 7-15.— 260-lb Frag Bomb AN -M 81 with Fin Assembly A N -M 1 0 3 A 1 , Cutaway View.
7-18
F R A G M E N T A T IO N BO M B A SSEM B LIES
General Description
The 260-lb Frag Bomb AN-M81 has a
body constructed of spirally wound 1-inch
square steel wire. A seamless steel tube
forms the basis for the outer wrapping. The
steel wire winding is forged at the nose and
tail to form solid nose and tail sections. A
box-type fin is secured to the aft end by a
fin locknut. The nose and tail sections are
threaded to accommodate nose and tail fuzes.
Two suspension lugs are welded 14 inches
apart on one side of the bomb body; a single
lug is attached to the opposite side at the
approximate center of gravity.
The explosive charge comprises approxi­
mately 13 percent of the complete weight
of the bomb.
Painting and M arking
Older issues of the bomb have yellow
bands on the nose and aft end of the body
to identify its high-explosive filler of com­
position B or TNT. When filled with com­
position B, nose and tail surrounds of TNT
are employed. Identifying nomenclature is
stenciled in black on the olive drab colored
bomb casing.
Newer issues of the bomb have olive drab
bodies, yellow bands, and yellow markings.
New Series Bombs
The 220-lb Frag Bomb AN-M88 is a later
modification of the AN-M81; it is lighter
because of its thinner windings.
Both
bombs have the same outside diameter;
however, the smaller explosive cavity of the
AN-M81 contains about 5 pounds less ex­
plosive filler. The physical characteristics
of the two bombs are otherwise similar.
The 260-lb Frag Bomb AN-M81 is more
effective for fragmentation effect than an
equivalent bomb station load of 500-lb GP
bombs, and 20-lb frag bombs, except for the
casualty effect on unprotected personnel by
the 20-lb frag bomb when released from alti­
tudes up to 10,000 feet. The 220-lb frag­
mentation bomb compares similarly in effec­
tiveness with the 260-lb fragmentation
bomb, with an overall increase of fragmenta­
tion effect under all conditions.
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements. When unpacked and
not used, fuzes are to be returned
to their original packing.
1. Remove the shipping bands from the
bomb by removing the nuts from the secur­
ing bolts. Inspect for damage, cracks, or
broken weldments which might weaken the
lugs or their attachment to the bomb body.
2. Cut the shipping wire and remove the
fin locknut and discard it with its protector.
Remove the protector from the locknut.
3. Remove the fin assembly and its at­
tachment from the shipping crate. Position
the fin on the bomb so that it will clear the
aircraft structure and the ground when in­
stalled. Replace the fin locknut and tighten
it with a wrench. Always use Fin Locknut
M l in place of the regular fin locknut. Clean
all threaded surfaces on the after end of
the bomb before installing the fin assembly.
CAUTION: Reject any fin assem­
bly which is cracked, deformed, or
which cannot be properly secured
to the bomb.
4. Remove the nose and tail shipping plugs
and inspect the fuze cavities to be sure they
are free from rust and corrosion.
5. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
lock it securely in place. If the bomb bay
does not provide enough space for fuzing,
this operation will be performed before the
the bomb is hoisted into place on the rack.
6. Remove the required fuze and armingwire assembly from their containers and in­
spect carefully for serviceability.
7. For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
7-19
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
260-LB FRAG B O M B A N -M 8 1 W IT H
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
FAHNESTOCK C U PS
FIN A S S E M B L Y M l 35
FIN LOCKING W EB .
LONG STEM TAIL FUZE
FIN LOCK NUT
CONICAL FIN
CENTER SUPPORT TUBE
BOMB BODY
NOSE FUZE
Figure 7—16.— 260-lb Frag Bomb A N -M 8 1 with Fin Assembly M l 35, Exploded View.
curing bolts. Remove the closing plugs.
Inspect for damage, cracks, or broken weld­
When equipped with the conical fin assem­
ments
which might weaken the lugs or their
bly M135, the 260-lb Frag Bomb AN-M81
attachment
to the bomb body.
uses the standard AN-M81 bomb body. This
2.
Cut
the
shipping wire. Remove and
elongated conical fin assembly lengthens and
discard
the
fin
locknut and its protector.
streamlines the bomb, improving its aero­
3.
Remove
the
fin assembly and its at­
dynamic performance and accuracy.
tachments from the shipping crate. Thread
The M135 fin assembly consists of an elon­
the center support tube onto the base plug
gated cone with four integral blades spaced
of the bomb (locknut seat). Tighten the
at equal distances. A support tube runs
tube with a wrench and tighten the set­
through the center of the cone; the fin as­
screws in the support tube. Place the fin
sembly is secured to the bomb body by
cone over the support tube. Slide the cone
means of this support tube, a locking web,
back until it is jammed against the bomb
and a locknut. Installation of the M135
body. Position the fin assembly so that it
conical fin assembly requires the use of one
will clear the aircraft structure and the
of the new long-stem tail fuzes to locate
ground when installed. Place the fin lock­
the arming vane effectively in the air stream.
ing web over the support tube so that it en­
gages
the blades of the fin assembly. Se­
Assembly
cure the conical fin assembly to the support
CAUTION : Fuzes and bombs are
tube by threading on the special locknut, and
not to be unpacked in advance of
tighten the locknut with the special notched
requirements. If unpacked and not
wrench. Bend two tabs of the locking web
used, return them to their original
into the locknut slots. Secure the nut in
packings.1
position by means of setscrews.
4. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
1.
Remove the shipping bands from the
lock it securely in place.
If the bomb
bomb by removing the nuts from the se­
General Description
7-20
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B A SSEM B LIES
bay does not provide enough space for fuz­
ing, this operation will be performed before
the bomb is hoisted into place on the rack.
5.
Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming-wire assemblies from their con­
tainers and inspect them carefully for serv­
iceability.
6.
For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under the par­
ticular fuze to be installed.
7-21
Chapter 8
FRAGMENTATION BOMB CLUSTERS
AND ADAPTERS
100-LB FRAG B O M B CLU STER A N - M 1 A 2
Figure 8 -1 .— 100-lb Frag Bomb Cluster A N -M 1A 2.
Model ........... ..........................................................................
Assembly Drawing N o.................. ...................... ......................
Length o f Cluster ( i n . ) ........... ..............................................—
Width o f Cluster (in.)
.................. - ..................
Height of Cluster (in.)
AN-M 1A2
82-0-69
46.6
8.9
10.3
Cluster Adapter
Model .......................................................... ................................ AN-M 1A3
Length (in.) ...................... ........ ............................................ 38.25
Frag Bombs
Model
...................
.......... ....................... .....................
Number Required
..... ................................ ............ ............
Weight o f Each Bomb (lb) ...... .................... .........
W eight of Cluster (lb) .......... ................................................
AN-M41A1
6
20.0
128.0
Nose Fuzes
Model ......... .................................................... - .......................... AN-M110A1 or AN-M158
Number Required
........... ............................
6
8-1
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure 8-2.— Cluster Adapter A N -M 1A 3.
General Description
The 100-lb Frag Bomb Cluster AN-M1A2,
now obsolete, consists of six 20-lb A N M41A1 frag bombs assembled in an A N M1A3 cluster adapter. The AN-M1A3 is
a “ quick-opening frame,” mechanical type
of adapter which holds the bombs in two
banks of three bombs each and releases them
upon withdrawal of the arming wires.
The bomb cluster is issued with individual
bombs assembled but unfuzed; fuzing is per­
formed before the cluster is installed in the
aircraft.
The AN-M1A3 cluster adapter has four
sheet metal bomb supports spaced at inter­
vals on two tubes. Three flat steel suspen­
sion lugs and two side plates are attached
to the upper tube. Two spring strips are
fitted to the bottom tube. Fuze vane lock
springs fit into a ferrule in front of the
spring strips.
Three lock springs pass
through the front support and three through
the third support. The fuze vane lock
springs prevent the rotation of the fuze
8-2
arming vanes while the bombs are in the
cluster.
Two metal straps hold the bombs in place
against the adapter; their free ends are
locked in place by a toggle strap clamp se­
cured by the arming wire. When the cluster
is released armed, the arming wire is pulled
out, the strap clamp opens, and the bombs
are freed from the adapter. The spring
strip aids in forcing the bombs away from
the adapter. Flat steel lugs located on the
upper tube provide for one or two point
(14-inch) suspension.
Painting and M arking
Identifying nomenclature is stenciled in
black on the face of the forward support.
The high-explosive contents are identified
by the yellow head and base of each of the
20-lb frag bombs.
Differences Between Frag Bomb
Clusters A N —M 1 A 2 and
A N -M 1 A 1
The difference between frag bomb cluster
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B CLU STERS A N D A D A PT ER S
AN-M1A2 and frag bomb cluster A N M1A1 lies in the cluster adapters. The A N M1A2 cluster is the only one of this series
that is issued unfuzed. The AN-M1A1
cluster uses the M1A2 or M1A1 cluster
adapter which has narrow U-type suspen­
sion lugs; with these lugs, the complete
weight of the cluster is only 125 pounds.
Assembly
CAUTION:
Boxed frag bomb
clusters should be handled care­
fully. When set down, place them
in a horizontal position. Do not
slide, tumble, or strike the pack­
ings.
1. Unpack the cluster and its components.
CAUTION: Upon opening the box,
inspect the clusters to be sure that
the fuze safety devices are in place.
If a fuze is armed, the cluster will
be destroyed by authorized and
qualified personnel. Binding straps
which hold the bombs in place
should be tight and unbroken.
Broken straps may be replaced and
the cluster used.
2. Thread one branch of the arming wire
through the forward suspension lug and
through the holes in the front release mech­
anism.
3. Thread the other branch of the arm­
ing wire through the rear lug and release
mechanism.
4. Place two safety clips at each end of
the arming wire; cut off excess wire.
CAUTION : Arming wire must be
free from kinks, twists, and burrs.
5. Pull up the suspension lugs and fasten
them with the cotter pins supplied.
6. Assemble the nose fuzes to the bombs
according to the procedure outlined in chap­
ter 2.
7. Install the cluster and remove the cot­
ter pins from the release mechanism.
8. If the cluster is not dropped, replace
all pins and tapes before repacking the
cluster for storage.
8-3
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
SUPPORT-
STRAP CLAMP-
STRAP
SUSPENSION LUGS
RELEASING
MECHANISM
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
COTTER PIN
SIDE PLATE
Figure 8-3.— 100-lb Frag Bomb Cluster A N -M 1 A 2, Perspective View.
8-4
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B CLU STERS A N D A D A P T ER S
100-LB FRAG B O M B CLU STER M 2 8 A 2
Figure 8-4. — 100-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M28A2, Exterior View.
Model ____________________________ ______ ____ ....._______________________ M28A2
Assembly Drawing N o .___________________ ___________.___ ___ __________ 82-0-107
Length o f Cluster (in.) ...... ................................................................................ 47.48
Diameter (in.) | ~ _________________________ _____ ___ _____ ___ ________ 8.0
Cluster Adapter
Model _______ ________________________________ _______ _______ ________ M15A2
Length (in.) _____ ___ - ................................................................................. 43.67
Fin Span (in.) ..................................... ............................................... ................... 11.0
Frag Bombs
Model _____ ________________ ____________ ___ _____ ______ ______ ___ _____ M83
Number Required ........... ............................................... ................................... 24
Weight of Each Bomb (lb)
____________________________ ____________ _ 3.81
Weight o f Cluster (lb) ..___ __________________ ___ ___ __ ____ ______ ______ 115.7
Fuze (Cluster-Opening) ___ _________________ .....___ ____________________ AN-M146A1
Bushing, Case Locking ..... .................................................................................... 438075
L
General Description
The 100-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M28A2
consists of 24 four-lb M83 frag bombs as­
sembled in an M15A2 cluster adapter. The
M15A2, an aimable type adapter, is bomb­
like in appearance and has a standard type
fin. It holds the frag bombs in eight banks
of three each.
Loading and dispersal of bombs is accom­
plished through a hinged lid on the adapter
which is held in place by a nose locking cup.
A spoiler ring is held in place against the
8-5
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
nose of the adapter by the nose fuze, and
a drag plate is secured to the fin assembly.
Two suspension lugs, spaced 14 inches apart,
protrude through slots in the lid section.
If single hook suspension is desired, the two
lugs are removed from the case and a single
lug is attached by four screws to the upper
surface of the adapter at the center of
gravity.
When the cluster is released armed, the
arming wire is withdrawn from the time
fuze, allowing the fuze to arm. When the
designated time has elapsed the fuze func­
tions, blowing the nose locking bushing rear­
ward into the adapter case and permitting
the cluster to open. The 24 frag bombs are
dispersed by spring action when their wings
open and project them into the air.
Painting and M arking
Identifying nomenclature is stenciled in
black on the olive drab painted adapter
casing. The high-explosive content is in­
dicated by yellow bands on the nose and aft
section of the cluster adapter.
Differences Am ong Frag Bomb
Clusters M28, M 28A1, and
M 28A2
The frag bomb clusters in the M28 series
are similar to each other in appearance, dif­
fering only in their adapters.
The M28 cluster uses cluster adapter M15;
the M28A1 uses the M15A1 (with spoiler
ring and drag plate) ; and the M28A2 uses
cluster adapter M15A2 (which contains a
Figure 8-5.— Cluster Adapter M15A2.
8-6
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B CLU STERS A N D A D A PT ER S
new case locking bushing in addition to the
spoiler ring and drag plate).
Assembly
CAUTION: Do not disassemble
the cluster or any of its compo­
nents.
1. Unpack the cluster and its components.
As issued, the cluster contains 24 M83 frag
bombs.
2. Support the cluster in a horizontal po­
sition so that the tail fin is several inches
above the ground.
3. Fit the drag plate over the tail fin so
that one ear rests against the outside of
each fin blade.
4. If holes are not drilled in the tail fin
to accommodate the drag plate, drill holes
with a No. 30 drill (0.128 inch in diameter).
Use the holes in the drag plate ears as
guides.
5. Screw the drag plate to the fin with
the self-tapping screws that are issued with
the drag plate. Tighten the screws securely.
6. Unthread the bolts and remove the Lshaped protectors from the suspension lugs.
For single suspension, remove the double
suspension lugs from the cases and attach
the single lugs to the bomb cases with the
screws provided.
7. Cut the wire on the nose cup retainer;
remove the wire and the retainer.
CAUTION:
The locking cup
screws must be tight before the
nose cup retainer is removed.
8. Place the spoiler ring over the fuze
cavity of the cluster adapter so that the
flange of the spoiler ring hole fits inside the
cavity.
9. While holding the spoiler ring in the
above position, screw the fuze into the fuze
cavity. Tighten the fuze by hand, adjust­
ing the spoiler ring at the same tim e; in its
final position, the spoiler ring must be lo­
cated so that the small hole in the ring is in
line with the arming pin of the fuze. When
the arming wire is installed, it must pass
through the hole in the spoiler ring.
10. If the cluster is not used, restore the
components to their original condition and
return to their original packings.
CAUTION:
Protect
clusters from moisture.
unpacked
11. Aircraft armed with these clusters
are not to be catapulted unless they have
been equipped with the case locking bushing,
dwg 438075. Clusters will be jettisoned
before landing; they cannot be guaranteed
to drop SAFE.
8-7
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
DRAG PLATE
TAIL FIN
HINGE
ARMING WIRE
ADAPTER COVER
ADAPTER
FRAG BOMBS
LOCKING CUP
RING
Figure 8—6.— 100-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M28A2, Cutaway View.
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B CLU STERS A N D A D A PT ER S
500-LB FRAG B O M B C LU STER M 2 6 A 2
Figure 8-7. — 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M26A2.
Model ......... ..............................- .....
Assembly Drawing No.................
Length o f Cluster (in.)
Width of Cluster (in.) .................
Height o f Cluster (in.)
Cluster Adapter
Model ____
Length (in.)
............... .........
Frag Bombs
Model _______ ________ _____ _
Number Required ______ ____
Weight o f Each Bomb (lb)
Weight o f Cluster (lb) .............
Nose Fuzes Required
For Each Bomb AN-M41A1
For Cluster Adapter M13A2
M26A2
82-0-111
52.56
14.7
14.1
M13A2
48.9
AN-M41A1
20
20.0
416.0
AN-M110A1
M155A1
or
AN-M158
8-9
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure 8-8.— Cluster Adapter A N -M 13A 2.
General Description
The 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M26A2,
now obsolete, consists of twenty 20-lb A N M41A1 frag bombs assembled in an M13A2
cluster adapter. The M13A2 is a “ quick­
opening frame” type of adapter which holds
the bombs in two banks of ten bombs each.
The M13A2 adapter may be set for im­
mediate or delayed action release of the
bombs. A fuze is not required for immedi­
ate release since withdrawal of the arming
wire opens the adapter. For delayed ac­
tion, a mechanical time fuze is inserted in
the adapter. The fuze is set to function
after a specified time delay following re­
lease of the cluster from the aircraft. Fuze
8-10
detonation drives a plug rearward, cutting
the shear wires and opening the adapter.
The M13A2 cluster adapter is a steel
framework consisting of a tubular center
bar, suspension lugs, separator plates, and
two metal bands. Each separator plate fits
in front of a bank of bombs and contains
arming vane stops.
Two suspension lugs spaced 14 inches
apart provide for two point suspension. A
lug located at the center of gravity provides
for single point suspension.
Painting and M arking
Identifying nomenclature is stenciled in
black letters on the face of the first sup­
port plate.
The overall frame is olive
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B C LU STERS A N D A D A PT ER S
Figure 8-9.— 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M26A2, Perspective View.
8-11
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B CLU STERS A N D A D A PT ER S
Figure 8-9.— 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M26A2, Perspective View.
8-11
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
drab. The high-explosive contents of the
20-lb AN-M41A1 frag bombs are identified
by a yellow head and base.
Differences Between Frag Bomb
Clusters M 2 6 A 2 and M 26A1
The M26A2 frag bomb cluster differs from
the M26A1 frag bomb cluster in the adapters
and bombs used, as well as in the fuzing
components. The M26A1 cluster is issued
with 20 fuzed AN-M41 frag bombs assem­
bled in an M13A1 cluster adapter. The
M26A2 cluster is issued with 20 unfuzed
AN-41A1 frag bombs assembled in an
M13A2 cluster adapter.
Assembly
1. Unpack the cluster and remove all pack­
ing accessories.
CAUTION: Inspect the cluster
for serviceability. Be sure that the
cotter pins and shear wires are
secure in the band clamps. Bands
which hold the bombs in place
should be tight and unbroken.
2. Cut and remove the wire holding the
removable fuze vane locks on the long sepa­
rator assembly rods of the cluster. Retain
the two cotter pins which are threaded on
the wire.
3. Unpack and inspect the fuzes. For de­
tailed information on fuzing, refer to chap­
ter 2 under the particular fuze to be
installed.
4. Cut, but do not remove, the fuze seal
wires; hold the wires in place by twisting
them.
5. Assemble the fuzes to the lower layer
of the rear bank of bombs. Adjust the
arming-wire guide on each fuze body so
that it does not interfere with the assembly
of the fuze vane lock.
6. Assemble fuzes to the middle layer of
bombs; adjust the arming-wire guide of each
fuze body so that it does not interfere with
the assembly of the upper and lower fuze
vane locks.
7. Replace the lower fuze vane lock on
8-12
the rod; insert the cotter pin and spread
it at least 90 degrees.
8. Assemble the fuzes to the upper layer
of bombs and replace the upper fuze vane
lock; insert the cotter pin and spread it at
least 90 degrees.
9. Assemble the fuzes and fuze vane locks
to the front bank of bombs exactly as de­
scribed in the procedure for the rear bomb
banks.
10. After the vane locks are secured, re­
move the fuze sealing wires.
Preparing Bomb Cluster M 2 6 A 2 for
Immediate Opening
1. Cut off the fine branch of the arming
wire, which has three branches.
2. Pass one heavy branch of the arming
wire through the forward suspension lug and
through the outer holes in the forward band
clamp. Pass the other heavy branch of the
arming wire through the rear lug and rear
band clamp.
3. At each band clamp, cut the shear wire
between the clamp and the sleeve, and pull
the wire out from the under side of the tube.
4. Remove the band clamps.
5. Install the cluster on the aircraft.
Preparing Bomb Cluster M 2 6 A 2 for
Delayed Opening
1. Inspect the fuze well in the center tube
for serviceability; clean it if necessary. In­
spect the center tube for presence of the
steel plug and its holding wire.
2. Install the bomb cluster securely to
the bomb rack.
3. Inspect mechanical time fuze M155A1
for serviceability. Set the fuze for the time
desired. Refer to chapter 2 for detailed in­
formation on setting this fuze.
4. Screw the fuze into the center tube
until it is hand tight.
5. Pass the fine branch of the arming wire
through the front suspension lug and
through the holes in the mechanical time
fuze arming pin bracket and vane. Cut off
excess wire so that it extends 2 to 3 inches
beyond the fuze. If the bomb is to be
carried on external racks, or carried in­
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B C LU STERS A N D A D A PT ER S
ternally at speeds in excess of 300 knots,
place one safety clip on the end of the wire.
6. Pass the heavy branches of the arm­
ing wire through the suspension lugs and
band clamps. Do not cut the shear wire
of each band clamp. Arming wires must be
free from kinks, twists, and burrs.
7. Remove the cotter pins from the band
clamps. Remove the sealing wire, cotter
pin, and striker stop from the mechanical
time fuze.
Disassembly
If the cluster is not used, replace the seal­
ing wire, cotter pin, and striker stop in the
time fuze. Replace the cotter pins in the
cluster band clamps. Remove the arming
wire from the time fuze and remove the time
fuze for separate storage. Remove the
cluster from the bomb rack. For temporary
storage (alerted ammunition) the cluster
may be stored without unfuzing the indi­
vidual bombs. For other than temporary
storage the individual bombs will be unfuzed
as follows.
1. Replace and secure the seal wires in
the fuzes in the top layer of bombs.
2. Remove the upper fuze vane lock.
3. Replace and secure the seal wires in
the fuzes in the middle layer of bombs.
4. Remove the fuzes from the top layer
of bombs; refer to chapter 2 for the removal
of fuzes from the bombs.
5. Replace and secure the seal wires on
the fuzes in the bottom layer of bombs.
6. Remove the lower fuze vane lock.
7. Remove the fuzes from the center and
bottom layers of bombs.
8. Repack the fuzes in containers and seal
with adhesive tape.
9. Replace the fuze well plugs and return
the cluster to its original packing.
NOTE: If the cluster was pre­
pared for immediate opening, new
shear wires must be installed
before the cluster can be used for
delayed opening.
8-13
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
500-LB FRAG B O M B C LU STER M 27A1
Figure 8-10. — 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M27A1.
Model ...........................................
Assembly Drawing No___ ___
Length o f Cluster (in.) ....... .
Width of Cluster (in.) ..............
Cluster Adapter
M o d e l.....................................
Length (in.) .........................
Frag Bombs
Model .....................................
Number Required ____ _____
Weight o f Each Bomb (lb) __
Weight o f Cluster (lb) ..........
Nose Fuzes Required
For Each Bomb M82 ______
For Cluster Adapter M14A1
General Description
The 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M27A1,
now obsolete, consists of six 90-lb M82 frag
bombs assembled in an M14A1 cluster
8-14
M27A1
82-0-124
59.0
15.5
M14A1
55.33
M82
6
86.6
585.0
AN-M103A1
M155A1
adapter. The M14A1 is a “ quick-opening
frame” type of adapter which holds the
bombs in two banks of three bombs each.
The M14A1 adapter may be set for im­
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B CLU STERS A N D A D A PT ER S
mediate or delayed action release of the
bombs. A fuze is not required for immedi­
ate release since withdrawal of the arming
wire opens the adapter. For delayed action,
one or two mechanical time fuzes are in­
serted in the adapter. The fuzes are set
to function after a specified time delay fol­
lowing release of the cluster from the air­
craft. Fuze detonation drives a plug rear­
ward, cutting the shear wires and opening
the adapter.
The M14A1 adapter consists of two steel
tubes, to which four steel support plates are
welded. These plates form the support for
the six M82 frag bombs. The lower tube is
the backbone of the cluster, and the upper
tube carries the suspension lugs, buckles, and
the fuze adapters.
The M27A1 frag bomb cluster is assem­
bled in the field, and its components may be
supplied unassembled or partially assembled.
Two lugs, spaced 14 inches apart, provide
for two point suspension. A lug located at
the center of gravity provides for single sus­
pension.
Painting and M arking
The adapter frame is olive drab and no­
menclature is stenciled in black. The highexplosive contents are identified by yellow
painted heads and bases on each bomb.
Differences Between Frag Bomb
Clusters M 2 7 and M27A1
The difference between the M27 and the
M27A1 clusters lies in the cluster adapter.
The M27 cluster uses the M14 adapter and
the M27A1 cluster uses the M14A1 adapter.
The M14A1 adapter is similar to the M14
adapter except that the M14 has wider fuze
Figure 8-11.— Cluster Adapter M14A1.
8-15
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
ARMING V A N E ,
EXTENSION
ASSEMBLY-
ARM ING WIRE
FUZE
CLAMP
COTTER
PLATES
RELEASE
FUZE
Figure 8-12.— 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M27A1, Perspective View.
8-16
F R A G M E N T A T IO N BO M B CLUSTERS A N D A D A PT ERS
vane lock plates, reinforced sway brace
plates, a leaf spring for the bottom bomb,
and a l'/s-inch wide release strap.
Assembly
1. Remove the bomb cluster from the
shipping bands.
2. Remove the nose plugs and nose pro­
tector caps.
3. Release the locknuts and remove the
connectors.
4. Remove the fin locknuts from all the
bombs in the cluster.
5. Inspect the fuze cavities and threads.
6. Assemble the fin assemblies to the
bombs. Fins must not interfere with or
damage each other when the cluster is as­
sembled in the aircraft.
7. Unpack six bomb fuzes and inspect
them for serviceability. Discard the vane
assembly supplied with the fuze.
8. Set each fuze for instantaneous action
by pulling out the setting pin and turning
it so that the locating pin seats in the shal­
low slot.
9. Screw a fuze, handtight, into the nose
of each bomb. Safety cotter pins must be
accessible from the outside of the cluster.
10. Cut and remove the fuze seal wire.
Assemble the short (4.6-inch) vane supplied
with the fin assembly.
11. Remove the safety cotter pin and turn
the vane each way to insure that the adapter
vane stop will prevent the fuze vane from
rotating.
Preparing Bomb Cluster M27A1 for
Immediate Opening
Prepare the bombs as in steps 1 through
11 above; then proceed as follows.
1. Thread a heavy branch of arming wire
through each suspension lug and through the
holes in each corresponding release mecha­
nism. Place a safety clip on each branch
of wire.
2. Cut off both fine branches of arming
wire at the swivel loop.
3. Cut the shear wire in each release
mechanism close to the clamp.
4. Install the cluster securely in the air­
craft and sway brace.
5. Remove the safety cotter pins from
both release mechanisms and from the six
bomb fuzes.
6. If the bomb cluster is not used, replace
all cotter pins and shear wires, or tie a con­
spicuous tag to the release mechanism to
indicate that the shear wire has been cut
and that the cluster is prepared for im­
mediate opening only.
Preparing Bomb Cluster M 27A1 for
Delayed Opening
Prepare the bombs as outlined in steps 1
through 11 of the assembly instructions
above; then proceed as follows.
1. Remove the plug from the nose fuze
adapter in the upper steel tube. Remove
the envelope containing the setscrew. In­
spect to see if the cavity is clear.
2. Unpack the mechanical time nose fuze
and inspect it for serviceability. Remove
and replace the striker stop to be sure that
the safety block will not fall out. If the
trigger mechanism is intact, there will be a
noticeable gap between the striker and the
safety block.
3. Set the time desired on the mechanical
time fuze, referring to chapter 2 for in­
structions.
4. Screw the fuze into the fuze adapter,
handtight. Insert the setscrew and locknut.
Back off the fuze until the arming pin points
up. Tighten the setscrew and locknut.
5. Thread a heavy branch of arming wire
through each suspension lug to the front
and rear release buckles. Thread each wire
through the empty hole in the release mech­
anism and attach a safety clip to the end of
each wire.
6. Thread a fine branch of arming wire
through each suspension lug to the two me­
chanical time fuzes. If only one fuze is used,
cut off the rear branch of fine wire at the
swivel loop. Pass the wire through the fuze
arming pin, the arming wire guide, and the
vane tab of each fuze so that the wire pro­
trudes about 2.5 inches beyond the vane tab.
If the cluster is to be carried externally, or
if it is to be carried internally at speeds in
8-17
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
excess of 300 knots, place a safety clip on
each arming wire past the fuze vane tabs.
8. Install the cluster securely on the air­
craft and sway brace.
9. Remove the safety cotter pins from
7.
Cut and remove the fuze sealing wire, the cluster release mechanisms and from the
the safety cotter pin, and the striker stop.
six bomb fuzes.
8-18
F R A G M E N T A T IO N BO M B CLU STERS A N D A D A PT ER S
500-LB FRAG B O M B C LU STER M29A1
Figure 8-13. — 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M29A1.
Model
.......... ............................
Assembly Drawing No.
Length o f Cluster (in.)
Width of Cluster (in.)
Cluster Adapter
Frag Bombs
Model ___________
Number Required ....... .
Weight o f Each Bomb (lb)
Weight of Cluster (lb) ......
Nose Fuzes Required
For Each Bomb M83
For Cluster Adapter M16A1
General Description
The 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M29A1
consists of ninety 4-lb Frag Bombs M83 as­
sembled in a cluster Adapter M16A1. The
M29A1
82-0-108
59.4
13.9
M16A1
M83
90
4
415.1
M129, M130, or M131
M155
M29A1 is a “ quick-opening frame” type of
adapter which holds the bombs in nine banks
of ten bombs each.
When the cluster is released armed, the
8-19
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure 8-14. — 4-lb Frag Bomb M83 and Wafer Assembly.
arming wire is withdrawn from the time
fuze. When the fuze detonates it drives the
nose cup rearward, opening the adapter.
The frag bombs are dispersed when spring
action opens their wings to release the
bombs.
The cluster is assembled in the field. Two
lugs, spaced 14 inches apart, provide for
two point suspension. A lug located at the
center of gravity provides for single sus­
pension.
Painting and M arking
The bomb cluster case is olive drab and
nomenclature is stenciled in black. The
high-explosive contents are identified by
two one-inch yellow painted stripes.
Differences Between Frag Bomb
Clusters M 29 and M29A1
The difference between the M29 and
M29A1 clusters lies in the cluster adapter.
The M29 cluster uses the M16 adapter and
the M29A1 cluster uses the M16A1 adapter.
The M29A1 adapter is similar to the M29
adapter except that the M16A1 has a newtype locking cup and a case-locking bushing.
8-20
Assembly
1. Remove Cluster Adapter M16A1 from
the crate and place the adapter on horizontal
supports so that the tail fin is off the ground.
2. Unscrew and remove the suspension
lug guards.
3. Cut the shipping wire on the cup con­
tainer located in the adapter nose.
4. Turn the screws of the locking cup in
a counterclockwise direction forcing the
locking cup inward. Open the adapter cover
by prying with a screwdriver along the
seam, a little way from the nose. For
Adapter M16, drive back the locking cup by
inserting a wooden stick, or similar object,
into the nose fuze well and tapping inward
to dislodge the cup.
5. Thread a cord through the hole in the
pull piece of the locking cup, passing the
free end through the nose fuze well open­
ing. Close the lid and pull the locking cup
into place.
6. Open the individually packed wafer
boxes by tearing open the metal liner and
removing the strapping which secures the
wafers to the plywood inserts. Remove the
twine that is packed with the wafers and
save for later use.
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B CLU STERS A N D A D A PT ER S
HINGE
ARM ING WIRE
COVER
ADAPTER
WAFER ASSEMBLY
LOCKING CUP
Figure 8—15.— 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster M29A1, Cutaway View.
8-21
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
7. Lift the wafers by the cable assemblies
and place four wafers in the two center bays
of the bottom half of the adapter.
CAUTION: Do not handle wafers
by the strappings.
8. If the cluster is to be suspended from
a single suspension lug, remove the metal
brace, single suspension lug, and screws
from the inside of the case in which the
adapter cluster is packed.
9. Remove the two regular suspension
lugs and fasten the metal brace in place be­
tween the partitions using screws taken
from the two lugs.
10. Fasten the single suspension lug in
place on the metal brace with the machine
screws in the two sets of holes nearest the
tail end of the adapter. There are three
sets of holes on the brace; the forward set
is not used.
11. Fasten the suspension lug over the
center portion of the cluster adapter with
the small portion of the lug forward. The
two regular suspension lugs remain in place.
12. Place two wafers in the front bay
and three wafers in the rear bay.
13. Tie all wafers down separately with
the twine provided. Pass the twine over the
bombs and around the outside of the bottom
half of the adapter; tie securely.
14. Cut and remove the metal strappings
from the bombs, leaving the twine to hold
the bombs together. Settle the bombs into
place by careful shifting of the wafers. No
rigid part of a bomb must interfere with
closing of the cluster lid.
15. Close the adapter by lowering the
cover slowly; at the same time, adjust the
cable assemblies of the bombs so that they
do not rest across the partitions and do not
obstruct the cover. When closing the cover,
see that the rear corners of the cover are
seated under the rear flange of the bottom
half of the adapter, and that the reinforce­
ment strips on the edge of the cover are
inside the bottom half.
CAUTION: When the adapter is
closed, the cover may cut some of
8-22
the twine with which the wafers
are tied. Do not reopen the cover
because the untied bombs will
spring out.
16. When using Cluster Adapter M16, pull
the locking cup into position with the cord
attached to it. Use the hook and prying
tool provided to wedge the cup securely in
the forward position. When using Adapter
M16A1, pull the locking cup into position and
turn the locking screws in a clockwise di­
rection which will draw and hold the locking
cup against the nose of the cluster.
17. Insert measuring gage, provided in
kit, into fuze well of the adapter until it is
against the bottom surface of the locking
cup. The maximum distance permissible
between the nose of the cluster and the bot­
tom surface of the locking cup is 1.375
inches. For Cluster Adapter M29, the mini­
mum distance is 0.8437 inch.
CAUTION: If adapters do not
gage properly and cannot be ad­
justed, they should not be used.
18. With the cover securely in place and
held by the locking cup, cut and remove the
twine with which the wafers are tied. If
the twine does not pull out easily, cut the
pieces on both sides of the adapter at the
seam, and leave the upper portion in the
adapter.
19. Remove Mechanical Time Fuze M155
from the packing and inspect the fuze for
damage. For information on fuzing refer
to chapter 2.
20. Install bomb securely on the aircraft.
21. Pass one branch of the arming wire
through the forward suspension lug, arm­
ing bracket, and vane of the fuze. Remove
the fuze cotter pin and sealing wire. The
arming wire should extend 2 to 3 inches
beyond the fuze vane. If the bomb is to be
carried externally, or internally at speeds in
excess of 300 knots, place one Fahnestock
clip on the end of the wire.
22. If Bomb Cluster M29A1 is not used,
remove arming wire and fuze as outlined
in chapter 2.
F R A G M E N T A T IO N B O M B C LU STERS A N D A D A P T ER S
CAUTION: Store loaded clusters
off the ground and under cover.
Store for as short a period as pos­
sible, because this material is sus­
ceptible to damage by atmospheric
moisture. Once loaded, the adapter
shall not be reopened. Locking
cups must be in the fully locked po­
sition before the time fuze is
inserted.
8-23
Chapter 9
DEMOLITION BOMBS
750-LB D E M O L IT IO N B O M B M l 17
Figure 9 -1 . — 750-lb Demolition Bomb M l 17 (M echanically Fuzed), Exterior View.
Model .... .............................................._
Assembly Drawing No.
Electrically Fuzed __________ ___
Mechanically Fuzed __ __ _______
Length o f Assembled Bomb (in.) .....
Body Diameter (in.) ......... ...............
Fin Span (in.) ______ ______________
W eight of Explosive Charge (lb)
Tritonal
.... ......................................
Weight o f Fin Assembly M131 (lb)
W eight o f Assembled Bomb (lb)
Loaded with Tritonal ____________
Nose F u z e .......... _................... ..............
Tail Fuze
........................................................
Adapter-Boosters (for mechanical fuzing)
M117
F8796759
F8796758
84.0
16.1
22.4
386
44
799
AN-M103A1
VT Fuze T750
VT Fuze AN-166
M990 (T905) (electric)
M190 (T759)
M990 (T906) (electric)
T45E1 (nose)
T46E4 (tail)
Arming W ire Assembly
9-1
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure 9—2.— 750-lb Demolition Bomb M l 17 (Mechanically Fuzed), Exploded View.
General Description
The 750-lb Demolition Bomb M117, fig­
ure 9-1, has a short ogival nose, a cylindri­
cal body, and a tapered aft end. A conicaltype fin assembly is bolted to the rear of the
bomb to improve its aerodynamic perform­
ance and accuracy in flight.
The bomb is designed primarily for elec­
tric fuzing. Two conduits for the electric
fuze cable harness connect the nose and tail
fuze cavities with a charging receptacle
located between the suspension lugs on the
surface of the bomb case. When electrical
fuzes are not used, a plug is threaded into
the charging receptacle cavity. The steel
nose fuze-hole plug and base fuze-hole plug
are replaced in their respective cavities
after electric fuzes have been installed.
Pending the availability of electric fuzes,
mechanical fuzes are used in the nose cavity,
tail cavity, or both. Adapter-boosters must
be installed in the fuze cavities to permit
use of the mechanical fuzes.
The bomb uses a mechanical tail fuze
which projects into the airstream on the side
of the bomb fin cone, rather than straight
out the aft end. To accomplish this, the
fuze has a flexible arming stem. To install
9-2
the fuze, an access cover is removed from
the side of the fin cone and the fuze body
is inserted through the opening and threaded
into the fuze cavity. The arming head is se­
cured to the side of the fin cone and the
arming stem then is joined to the fuze body.
Two suspension lugs spaced 14 inches
apart, are threaded into lug inserts on the
bomb case. All seams and crevices are
sealed with an inert sealing compound to
prevent leakage. Approximately 50 percent
of the total bomb weight is explosive charge.
Painting and M arking
The bomb is painted olive drab. On bombs
of recent issue, the identification data is
stenciled in yellow letters in at least two
places adjacent to a yellow band. On bombs
of older issue, the identifying nomenclature
was stenciled in black on the olive drab body.
For permanent identification, nomenclature
is stamped into the bomb body.
Use
The 750-lb Demoltion Bomb M117 is de­
signed for a higher blast effect than a gen­
eral purpose bomb of comparable weight.
D E M O L IT IO N BO M BS
CONICAL FIN ASSEMBLY.
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
LONG STEM TAIL FUZE
SET SCREW
SUSPENSION
LUGS
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
PLUGS
BOMB BODY
-NOSE FUZE
-FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
Figure 9-3.— 750-lb Demolition Bomb M l 17 (Mechanically Fuzed), Cutaway View.
9-3
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements.
Return them to
their original packing if not used.
Mechanical Fuzing.
1. Remove the bomb body and compo­
nents from their packing cases. Remove
the shipping ring from the rear of the bomb
body by unscrewing the studs.
CAUTION: Inspect for damage
(cracks, broken weldments, etc.)
which might cause leaks in the
bomb body or weaken lugs or their
attachment to the bomb body.
2. Place the conical fin assembly over
the end of the bomb with one of the fins in
line with the suspension lugs. If suspended
in external racks, turn the fin and locate it
to clear the aircraft structure and the
ground when installed. Secure the fin to
the aft end of the bomb with setscrews lo­
cated on the edge of the cone. Assemble
the two suspension lugs in their respective,
threaded holes.
3. Remove the hand-hole cover on the
fin cone by taking out the securing screws.
4. Remove the base fuze-hole plug
threaded into the rear fuze cavity.
5. If a nose fuze is required, remove the
nose fuze-hole plug.
6. Install the adapter-boosters in the
nose and tail fuze cavities as required for
mechanical fuzing.
7. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
securely lock the bomb in place. If the bomb
bay does not provide enough space for fuz­
ing, fuzing shall be done prior to hoisting
the bomb into place on the rack.
8. Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming wire assemblies from their con­
tainers.
CAUTION:
If containers are
punctured, split, or if the seal is
9-4
broken in any way, the fuzes con­
tained therein shall be considered
unserviceable. This does not apply
to fuzes repacked in the field and
resealed with adhesive tape for
temporary protection. These fuzes
should be examined carefully for
serviceability.
9. For detailed information on fuzing
and defuzing, refer to chapter 2.
10. Thread the tail fuze body into the
tail fuze cavity handtight.
11. Insert the flexible arming stem with
fuze head through the fuze opening in the
fin cone skin. Thread the retaining collar
on the flexible arming stem over the fuze
neck of the fuze body, and tighten the col­
lar by hand. Secure the fuze head to the
fin cone skin with the studs supplied with
the fuze.
12. Install the nose fuze into the nose
fuze cavity handtight.
13. Insert the arming wires through the
suspension lugs to each fuze. The arming
wires should protrude two inches beyond the
fuze vanes. Cut off the excess wire. If the
bomb is tail-fuzed only, cut off one branch
of the arming wire assembly. The arming
wire should be free from kinks, twists, and
burrs.
Electric Fuzing.
1. Perform the preceding steps 1
through 5 under Mechanical Fuzing.
2. Install the electric fuzes in the nose
and tail fuze cavities.
3. Replace the nose fuze-hole plug, base
fuze-hole plug, and fin access hand-hole
cover.
4. Remove the charging receptacle plug
from the bomb body.
5. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
lock the bomb securely in place. If the
bomb bay does not provide enough space for
fuzing, fuzing shall be done prior to hoist­
ing the bomb into place on the rack.
D E M O L IT IO N BO M BS
3000-LB D E M O L IT IO N BO M B M l 18
Figure 9-4. — 3000-lb Demolition Bomb M l 18 (Mechanically Fuzed), Exterior View.
Model ............. ...................................
Assembly Drawing No.
Electrically Fuzed ....... ..................
Mechanically F u z e d ^ ^ ..________
Length o f Assembled Bomb (in.) .
Body Diameter (in.) _____ ____ ___
Fin Span (in.) ... ...............................
Weight o f Explosive Charge (lb)
T rito n a l............. .................. ........... .
Weight o f Fin Assembly M132 (lb)
W eight of Assembled Bomb (lb)
Loaded with Tritonal .
___
Nose Fuze ..... ................................... .
Tail Fuze ___________ _________ __________
Adapter-Boosters (for mechanical fuzing)
___
M118
....... 82-0-197
....... 82-0-208
____ 130
24.13
...... 14.1
____1888
___ 162
...
3020
AN-M103A1
VT Fuze T750
VT Fuze AN-M166
...... M192 (T761)
...... T45E1 (nose)
T46E4 (tail)
Arming Wire Assembly
General Description
The 3000-lb Demolition Bomb M118, fig­
ure 9-4, has a short ogival nose, a cylindrical
body, and a tapered aft end. A conical-type
fin assembly is bolted to the rear of the bomb
to improve its aerodynamic performance and
accuracy in flight.
Two conduits for an electric fuze cable
harness connect the nose and tail fuze cavi­
ties with a charging receptacle located be­
tween the suspension lugs on the surface ol
the bomb case. Since electric fuzes are not
used, a plug is threaded into the charging
receptacle cavity.
Mechanical fuzes are used in the nose
cavity, tail cavity, or both. Adapter-boosters
are installed in the fuze cavities to permit
use of the mechanical fuzes.
9-5
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure 9-5. — 3000-lb Demolition Bomb M l 18 (Mechanically Fuzed), Exploded View.
The bomb uses a mechanical tail fuze
which projects into the airstream on the
side of the bomb fin cone, rather than
straight out the aft end. To accomplish this,
the fuze has a flexible arming stem. To
install the fuze, an access cover is removed
from the side of the fin cone, and the fuze
body is inserted through the opening and
threaded into the fuze cavity. The arming
head is secured to the side of the fin cone,
and then the arming stem is joined to the
fuze body.
Two suspension lugs, spaced 30 inches
apart, are bolted to the bomb body. A single
hoisting lug may be attached to the bomb at
the center of gravity and may be used for
an alternate 14-inch suspension mount. All
seams and crevices are sealed with an inert
sealing compound to prevent leakage. Ap­
proximately 65 percent of the total bomb
weight is explosive charge.
Painting and M arking
The bomb is painted olive drab. On bombs
of recent issue, the identification data is
stenciled in yellow letters in at least two
places adjacent to a yellow band. On bombs
of older issue, the identifying nomenclature
was stenciled in black on the olive drab
body. For permanent identification, nomen­
clature is stamped into the bomb body.
9-6
Use
The 3000-lb Demolition Bomb M118 is de­
signed for a higher blast effect than a gen­
eral purpose bomb of comparable weight.
Assembly
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements. Return them to their
original packing if not used.
1. Remove the bomb body and components
from their packing cases. Remove the ship­
ping ring from the rear of the bomb body
by unscrewing the studs.
CAUTION: Inspect for damage
(cracks, broken weldments, etc.)
which might cause leaks in the
bomb body or weaken lugs or their
attachment to the bomb body.
2. Remove the hand-hole covers on the fin
cone by unthreading the fasteners.
3. Place the conical fin assembly over the
end of the bomb with one fin in line with the
suspension lugs. If suspended in external
racks, turn the fin and locate it to clear the
aircraft structure and the ground when in­
stalled. Align holes on the facing plate of
the fin assembly with the bolt holes on the
base plate of the bomb. Place lockwashers
D E M O L IT IO N BO M BS
Figure 9-6.— 3000-lb Demolition Bomb M l 18 (Mechanically Fuzed), Cutaway View.
9-7
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
on the bolts, and screw the bolts into the
bomb body from inside the fin cone. Tighten
the bolts securely. Assemble the two sus­
pension lugs to the bomb body by assembling
with four cap screws.
4. Remove the base fuze-hole p l u g
threaded into the rear fuze cavity.
5. If the nose fuze is required, remove the
nose fuze-hole plug.
6. Install the adapter-boosters in the nose
and tail fuze cavities as required for me­
chanical fuzing.
7. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
securely lock the bomb in place. If the bomb
bay does not provide enough space for fuz­
ing, fuzing shall be done prior to hoisting
the bomb into place on the rack.
8. Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming wire assemblies from their con­
tainers.
CAUTION: If containers are punc­
tured, split, or if the seal is broken
in any way, the fuzes contained
therein shall be considered unserv­
iceable. This does not apply to
9-8
fuzes repacked in the field and re­
sealed with adhesive tape for tem­
porary protection.
These fuzes
should be examined carefully for
serviceability.
9. For detailed information on fuzing and
defuzing, refer to chapter 2.
10. Thread the tail fuze body into the
tail fuze cavity handtight.
11. Insert the flexible arming stem with
fuze head through the fuze opening in the
fin cone skin. Thread the retaining collar on
the flexible arming stem over the fuze neck
of the fuze body, and tighten the collar by
hand. Secure the fuze head to the fin cone
skin with the studs supplied with the fuze.
12. Install the nose fuze into the nose fuze
cavity handtight.
13. Insert the arming wires through the
suspension lugs to each fuze. The arming
wires should protrude two inches beyond
the fuze vanes. Cut off the excess wire. If
the bomb is tail-fuzed only, cut off one
branch of the arming wire assembly. The
arming wire should be free from kinks,
twists, and burrs.
Chapter 10
CHEMICAL (GAS), SMOKE# AND INCENDIARY
BOMB ASSEMBLIES
115-LB C H E M IC A L (GAS) B O M B M 70A1
Figure 10-1.— 115-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb M70A1, Exferior View.
Model ..................................... ............
Assembly Drawing No........ ..... ......
Fin Assembly (M odel) ____ _____
Length o f Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.) ............... ......
Fin Span (in.) _________ _________
Weight o f Empty Bomb (lb)
Filling _______ ___ _________ ______
Filling Weight (lb) ............. ..........
Weight o f Fin Assembly (lb) ___
Weight o f Assembled Bomb (lb)
Arming-W ire Assembly ........ ......
Burster .............. ............................
Nose Fuze ..........................................
... M70A1
... 82-0-83
D14-5-1187
AN-M103A1
._ 51.5
...
8.0
...
11.0
... 55.0
... Distilled Mustard (H D ).
._ 60.6
... 5.6
... 128.1
... Mk 1 or AN-M 6A2
... M10
... AN-M158
10-1
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure 10—2 .— 115-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb M70A1, Exploded View.
General Description
The 115-lb Chemical Bomb M70A1 is made
from a seamless steel tubing; it has an
ogival nose and a conical rear section. A
burster-well tube runs the entire length of
the body and fits into a positioning cup at
the rear. The forward end of the burster
well is threaded to receive a nose fuze. Two
suspension lugs, 14 inches apart, are welded
to the bomb body. A single lug is attached
to the underside at the approximate center
of gravity. A standard box-type fin as­
sembly is secured to the bomb by a fin lock­
nut.
Functioning
Detonation of the fuze on impact sets off
10-2
the burster, exploding the bomb and dis­
persing its agent.
Painting and M arking
The bomb body is painted gray. Green
bands painted around the periphery of the
bomb identify the filling. Weight, type,
filling, model, and lot number are stenciled
in green on the bomb body.
Packaging
The bomb is protected during shipping
and stowage either by lug protectors or by
shipping bands. Shipping weight is ap­
proximately 135 pounds.
The explosive
components, the arming wire, and the fin
assembly are packed separately.
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSEM B LIES
ARMING-WIRE
ASSEMBLY
BOMB BODY
BURSTER WELL
BURSTER
FILLER CAVITY
NOSE FUZE
Figure 10-3.— 115-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb M70A1, Cutaway View.
10-3
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
500-LB C H E M IC A L (GAS) B O M B A N - M 7 8
Figure 10—4.— 500-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb A N -M 78, Exterior View.
Model .......... ......................................
Assembly Drawing No. ........ ........
Fin Assembly (model) ____ ______
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.) __________
Fin Span (in.) .............. ................Weight o f Empty Bomb (lb) ____
F illin g ..... ....................... .............. ....
Filling Weight
CG (lb) ...............................
CK (lb) ....................... ........
Weight of Fin Assembly (lb)
Weight of Assembled Bomb
Filled with CG (lb) __ ___
Filled with CK (lb) ............
10-4
AN-M 78
82-0-115
AN-M109A1
59.25
14.18
18.94
260.0
Phosgene (CG)
or Cyanogen
Chloride (CK)
205.0
176.0
18.6
495.0
466.0
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y BO M B A SSE M B L IE S
Mk 1, AN-M 6A2,
or M13
i M115 or M115A1
AN-M15
M163, M164,
M165, AN-M103A1,
AN-139A1, AN-M140A1,
AN-M 166 (V T)
... AN-M101A2
Arming-W ire A sse m b ly ......................
Adapter-Booster (Holder Assembly)
Burster ....................................................
Nose Fuze ......... ....................................
Tail Fuze
Special Information
Conical Fin Assembly M128A1 can also be
used; secure it with fin locknut, BuOrd
Sketch 329153, and fin locking web, drawing
1350522. If used, the adapter-booster holder
should be staked prior to assembly and, in
this case, Tail Fuze M172 is required.
Adapter-Booster Ml 17 may be used in con­
junction with AN-M145A1 and AN-M146A1
type mechanical time fuzes for aerial burst
when the bomb is filled with persistent gas.
General Description
The 500-lb Chemical Bomb AN-M78 re­
sembles the 500-lb GP Bomb AN-M64A1 in
construction. The body is of one-piece cast
steel construction with a burster well run­
ning the entire length of the bomb. The
ARM ING WIRE ASSEMBLY
burster-well assembly is threaded at its for­
ward end to receive a nose fuze and at its
rear to receive Adapter-Booster M115A1.
The rear section of the bomb tapers down
to approximately an 8-inch diameter where
a base plate is welded, closing the body. The
base plug consists of a special forging welded
to the case, containing Needle Valve Ml.
Two suspension lugs, 14 inches apart, are
welded to the bomb body. A single lug is
attached to the underside at the approximate
center of gravity. A standard box-type fin
assembly or a conical fin assembly can be
used with the bomb. Nondelay impact fuzes
are preferred when the bomb is filled with a
nonpersistent gas.
Functioning
Detonation of the fuze sets off the burster,
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS,.
LONG STEM TAIL FUZE
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
FIN LOCKING NUT
FIN ASSEMBLY
BODY
Figure 10-5.— 500-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb A N -M 78, Exploded View.
10-5
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
exploding the bomb and dispersing its agent.
The nose fuze normally detonates the burster
but, in the event of malfunction, the tail
fuze sets off the burster through the adapterbooster charge.
Painting and M arking
The bomb body is painted gray. Three
green bands— one near the nose, one near
the middle, and one near the tail— identify
10-6
the filling. Weight, type, filling, model, and
lot number are stenciled in green on the
bomb body.
Packaging
Shipping bands protect the bomb during
shipping and storage. Shipping weight is ap­
proximately 472 pounds when CG-filled. The
explosive components, arming wire, and fin
assembly are packed separately.
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
FIN ASSEMBLY
ADAPTER-BOOSTER
TAIL FUZE
ARMING-WIRE
ASSEMBLY
BOMB BODY
BURSTER WELL
FILLER CAVITY
BURSTER
-FU ZE SEAT LINER
-NOSE FUZE
“ SAFETY CLIPS
Figure 10-6.— 500-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb A N -M 7 8 , Cross Section.
10-7
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
1000-LB C H E M IC A L (GAS) B O M B A N -7 9
Model _______________ __________
Assembly Drawing N o ._________
Fin Assembly (Model) ................
Length o f Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.) ... ................
Fin Span (in.) ..............................
Weight of Empty Bomb (lb) ....
Filling .............................................
Filling Weight
CG (lb) ..........................................
CK (lb) .............. 1 . ____ __________
AC (lb) ____________________ _____
W eight o f Fin Assembly (lb) ...........
Weight of Assembled Bomb
Filled with CG (lb) ........ .................
Filled with CK (lb) ......................
Filled with AC (lb) _____ _________
Arming Wire Assembly ____________
Adapter-Booster (Holder Assembly)
Burster .......... ........................ ................
Nose Fuze _________________________
Tail Fuze
Special Information
Conical Fin Assembly M129 also can be
used; secure it with fin locknut (sk 329153)
and fin locking web (dwg 1350522). Tail
Fuze AN-M184 is required for use with
M129 fins.
Adapter-Booster Ml 17 may be used in
conjunction with AN-M145A1 and A N M146A1 type mechanical time fuzes for
aerial burst when the bomb is filled with
persistent gas.
General Description
The 100-lb Chemical Bomb AN-M79 re­
sembles the 1000-lb GP Bomb AN-M65A1,
utilizing the same fin assemblies, arming
wires, and fuzes. The body is of one-piece
cast-steel construction and has a burster well
running the entire length of the bomb body.
The burster well is expanded both in the
nose and in the base plate before welding in
order to eliminate possibilities of decomposi­
tion of the chemical agent due to the pres­
10-8
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
AN-M 79
82-0-98
AN-M113A1
69.5
18.8
25.4
485.0
Phosgene (C G ), Cyanogen
Chloride (C K ), or
Hydrocyanic Acid (A C)
...
...
...
...
415.0
351.0
195.0
21.5
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
937.0
873.0
717.0
Mk 1, AN-M 6A2, or M13
M115A1
AN-M 16
M163, M164, M165,
AN-M 103A1, AN-M 139A1,
AN-M 140A1, AN-M 168
(V T )
... M162, AN-M 102A2
ence of crevices. The base plate differs from
that of the standard GP bomb in that it is
a special forging welded to the case, having
a filling hole, a hole for a venting and sam­
pling Needle Valve M l, and a threaded cen­
ter hole for an adapter-booster. The filling
hole is closed by a soft iron gasket, a hard
steel gasket plug, and a threaded closing
plug. Horizontal suspension is accomplished
by two lugs, 14 inches apart or a single lug
180 degrees removed from these two at the
center of gravity; all are welded to the bomb
body. Nondelay impact fuzes are preferred
when the bomb is filled with a nonpersistent
gas.
Functioning
Detonation of the fuze sets off the burster,
which breaks the bomb case into a few large
pieces and releases the gas. The initial
cloud formed by the burst of the bomb, when
filled with CG, covers an area of 100 yards
in diameter within approximately 8 to 10
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
seconds. The nose fuze normally detonates
the burster but, in the event of malfunction,
the tail fuze sets it off through the adapterbooster charge.
Painting and M arking
The bomb body is painted gray. Green
bands painted around the nose, the middle,
and the tail identify the filling. Weight,
type, filling, model, and lot number are sten­
ciled in green on the bomb body.
Packaging
Shipping bands protect the bomb during
shipping and storage. Shipping weight is
approximately 930 pounds when CG-filled,
866 pounds when CK-filled, and 710 pounds
when AC-filled. The explosive components,
arming wire, and fin assembly are packed
separately.
Figure 10-7.— 1000-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb A N -M 7 9 , Exterior View.
10-9
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure 10-8. — 1000-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb A N -M 7 9 , Exploded View.
10-10
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSEM B L IES
Figure 10-9.— 1000-lb Chemical (Gas) Bomb A N -M 7 9 , Cross Section.
10-11
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
100-LB SMOKE BOMB A N -M 47A 4 and
100-LB INCENDIARY BOMB A N -M 47A4
51"7
Figure 10—10 . — 100-lb Smoke or Incendiary Bomb A N -M 4 7 A 4 , Exterior View.
S moke
AN-M 47A4 ._
Model
_
82-0-80 _____
Assembly Drawing No
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)__ 5 1 .7_ _______
8.1_____________________
Body Diameter (in.)
Fin Span (in.)_____________ ______ 11.0____________________
Weight of Empty Bomb (lb ). ___ 2 6 .0 _________ _________
Weight of Filler:
PT1, IM , or NP (lb)_________
WP (lb)________ _____________ 100.0.
PWP (lb)_____ ________
_. 74.0.
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb)___ 105.1 or 130.6_______ . . .
Mk 3_________________
Arming-Wire Assembly____
_______
Igniter__________ - .............
..... None________
Burster________________
Nose Fuze
________
A N -M 18 or A N -M -2 0 .
AN-M 159
General Description
The 100-lb smoke and the 100-lb incen­
diary bombs are similar in outward ap­
10-12
I n c e n d ia r y
AN-M 47A4.
C14-5-651.
51.7.
8.1.
11.0.
26.0.
42.0.
70.0.
M2.
A N -M 9 (used with
Burster A N -M 13).
AN -M 12 or AN-M 13.
AN-M 159.
pearance and in many details, the chief
differences consisting of their chemical fill­
ings, their functioning, and their use.
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSEM B LIES
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
BOMB BODY
FAHNESTOCK CLIP
BANDS
BURSTER
SCREW
BURSTER WELL ASSEMBLY
NOSE FUZE
LOCK WASHER
Figure 1 0 -1 1 . — 100-lb Smoke or Incendiary Bomb A N -M 4 7 A 4 , Exploded View.
The 100-lb Smoke Bomb AN-M47A4 has
a cylindrical body, a rounded nose, and a
tapered aft section to which a box-type fin
assembly is welded.
The bomb is con­
structed of thin sheet steel and is threaded
at the nose to receive an axial burster well
which extends to the aft end of the bomb
body.
Two suspension bands of sheet steel, each
equipped with a heavy-gage suspension lug,
circumscribe the bomb body. For single
suspension, one band is removed; the other
band is loosened, slid to the approximate
center of gravity, and then retightened.
The AN-M47A4 smoke bomb is filled with
PWP (plasticized white phosphorous) or
WP. PWP is more effective than WP be­
cause of its longer burning, reduced pillar­
ing, and antipersonnel effect.
Either the AN-M20 or the AN-M18
burster is used with this bomb. The burster
is secured in place by an impact type nose
fuze which is threaded into the foward end
of the burster well. The AN-M18 burster
is used when the bomb is to be dropped from
low altitudes.
Use
Smoke bombs are used to conceal all types
of troop and ship movements and installa­
tions in both the combat zone and rear areas.
Functioning
Upon impact of the bomb, functioning of
the fuze detonates the burster. The burster
shatters the bomb and disperses the agent
over a circular area of 30 to 50 yards in
radius. Atmospheric oxygen ignites and
causes the agent to burn and produce smoke;
an effective white smoke screen may be
produced with a duration up to 5 minutes.
Painting and Marking
The base color of the bomb is blue-gray.
A yellow band one inch in width, denoting
the smoke filling, is painted around the
midsection of the bomb. Identifying nomen­
clature is stenciled in yellow letters forward
of the rear metal suspension band.
Packaging
Each bomb is shipped in a wooden box;
the shipping box is marked with the same
10-13
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
BOMB BODY
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
BURSTER
FILLER CAVITY
BURSTER WELL
'NOSE FUZE
Figure 10-12.— 100-lb Smoke or Incendiary Bomb A N -M 47A 4, Cutaway View.
10-14
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSEM B LIES
information that appears on the bomb body.
The markings are applied to the shipping
box to identify the material and to comply
with Interstate Commerce Commission Regu­
lations. If smoke bomb shipping containers
are repainted, they should be marked with
a facsimile of the original markings.
The burster, fuze, and arming wire are
assembled to the bomb in the field to form a
complete round.
Differences Among Mods
The AN-M47A3 has lighter-gage suspen­
sion lugs; otherwise, it is identical to the
AN-M47A4 bomb.
The only difference between the A N M47A2 the AN-M47A3 is in the length of
the tail fins. The tail fins of the AN-M47A3
are 3 inches longer for increased flight
stability.
Assembly
CAUTION:
Bombs, fuzes, and
bursters are not to be removed
from stowage or packings in ad­
vance of requirements.
If un­
packed and not used, return them
to their original condition.
1. Inspect the suspension lugs and fin
assembly for alinement, straightness, and
security of attachment to the bomb body.
For single suspension, remove one suspen­
sion band; loosen the other, slide it up to
the approximate center of gravity, and re­
tighten it.
2. Remove the shipping plug and cork
stopper from the nose of the bomb. Inspect
the burster well. Threads must be clean
and all surfaces must be free from foreign
matter.
3. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
lock it securely in place.
4. Remove the required number of fuzes,
bursters, and arming wires from their con­
tainers; examine them carefully for service­
ability. Refer to chapters 2 and 3 for de­
tailed information on the particular fuze
and burster to be used.
5. Seat the burster in the burster well,
hand tight; do not use force.
6. Thread the fuze into the fuze adapter
hand tight, until it seals firmly. Use no
tools.
7. Thread the arming wire through the
front suspension lug, then through the arm­
ing-wire guide and the tab on the fuze.
Adjust the wire to protrude 4 inches beyond
the fuze vane. Cut off excess wire. Arm­
ing wire must be free from kinks, burrs,
and corrosion.
8. Slip two safety clips over the arming
wire and push them up to the tab on the
fuze vane.
9. Remove the sealing wire from the fuze
and the adhesive tape from the fuze collar,
if present.
Safety Precautions
Handling. As WP munitions ignite spon­
taneously upon contact with the air, they
should not be handled roughly. If a fire does
occur, personnel should wear gloves and keep
both gloves and shoes wet. WP smoke is
toxic on prolonged and repeated inhalation,
but is not likely to be harmful in the con­
centrations found in smoke screens in the
open air. Gas masks afford complete pro­
tection from concentrated WP smoke, but
they tend to become clogged and therefore
should not be worn except where serious ex­
posure in enclosed spaces is involved.
Stowage. Any bomb leakage or malfunc­
tioning in stowage would result in the gen­
eration of quantities of acrid smoke and
fires which are difficult to extinguish perma­
nently while aboard ship. Bomb stowage
afloat shall be in accordance with OP 4,
Ammunition Afloat.
Ashore, the bombs
should be stowed in fireproof magazines
away from all other types of munitions. No
WP munitions should be stowed where tem­
peratures exceed 100° F.
Decontamination. White phosphorus fires
are easily extinguished permanently with a
5 percent copper-sulphate solution. If this
solution is not available, water or wet sand
may be used to extinguish the fire tempo­
rarily. Fires thus extinguished, however,
will re-ignite when the phosphorus has dried
out; therefore, they must be kept wet until
10-15
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
all the white phosphorus has been removed.
WP in contact with the skin will cause
severe and lingering burns. Places of con­
tact should be washed immediately and kept
wet until the phosphorus has been removed.
Washing the affected area with a soda solu­
tion, followed by a 5 percent copper sulphate
solution, is very effective. Greasy ointments
should never be used since they merely
spread the contamination.
100-LB INCENDIARY BOMB AN -M 47A 4
General Description
The 100-lb Incendiary Bomb AN-M47A4
uses the same body as the 100-lb Smoke
Bomb AN-M47A4.
Whereas the smoke
bomb is used as an obscurant, the incendiary
bomb is designed for use against combustible
land targets where large and numerous fires
will cause serious damage, and for use over
water to ignite oil slicks. The types of land
targets against which the incendiary bomb
is effective include warehouses, factories,
docks, storage dumps, barracks, and resi­
dential and industrial structures. When
ships in a harbor or oil storage tanks near
a harbor are damaged, oil slicks are formed
which are frequently of sufficient thickness
to be ignited by incendiary bombs and to
burn intensely.
Three types of incendiary fillings are used
in the incendiary bomb: PT1, IM, and NP.
PT1 is a complex mixture based on “ goop,”
which is comprised of magnesium dust, mag­
nesium oxide, and carbon, with a sufficient
amount of petroleum distillate and asphalt
to form a paste. IM (Oil, Incendiary, Iso­
butyl Methacrylate, Type I) is a mixture of
88.75 percent gasoline, 5 percent isobutyl
methacrylate, 3 percent stearic acid, 2 per­
cent calcium oxide, and 1.25 percent water.
NP (Oil, Incendiary, Napalm Type I) is a
mixture of 88.5 percent gasoline and 11.5
percent Napalm thickener.
The AN-M47A4 incendiary bomb uses
Igniter AN-M 9 (white phosphorus or so­
dium filled) with Burster AN-M13 (TNT
and tetryl filled). Burster AN-M12 (black
powder and magnesium) may be used in lieu
of the AN-M 9 igniter and an AN-M13
burster when the bomb is to be dropped on
land targets. When the AN-M 9 igniter and
10-16
AN-M13 burster combination is used, a
small coil spring is placed in the bottom
of the inner tube of the igniter before the
burster is installed to insure firm contact
between the burster and the fuze. No spring
is used when the AN-M12 burster is in­
stalled. Bursters and igniters are secured
in the burster well by an impact type nose
fuze which is threaded into the nose of the
burster well.
With the burster well installed, the empty
bomb weighs approximately 26 pounds.
When filled and assembled with the fuze,
burster, and igniter, the bomb weighs ap­
proximately 70 pounds.
Functioning
When the incendiary bomb, equipped with
a sodium igniter, impacts on the target, it
bursts and scatters burning gobs of incen­
diary gel containing particles of sodium.
These gobs of gel will float and the sodium
will ignite spontaneously upon contact with
water, thereby insuring the ignition o f flam­
mable oil slicks. If the incendiary bomb
penetrates the surface of a wooden dock or
pier and bursts below the dock, the incen­
diary gel will continue to burn in spite of
the water present. If a white phosphorusfilled igniter is used, the scattering and igni­
tion of the gel takes place, but ignition of
the gel on water is not assured. Burning
gobs of incendiary gel will produce a tem­
perature of 50 to 675° C at a height of 3
inches above the flame over a maximum
period of approximately 8 minutes.
Painting and Marking
The base color of the bomb is blue-gray.
A purple band one inch in width, denoting
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
the incendiary filling, is painted around the
midsection of the bomb. Identifying nomen­
clature, filling, lot number, date of loading,
and identification mark of the loading fa­
cility are stenciled in purple letters on the
bomb body.
Packaging
Each bomb is shipped in a wooden box;
the shipping box is marked with the same
information that appears on the bomb body.
The markings are applied to the shipping
box to identify the material and to comply
with Interstate Commerce Commission
Regulations. If smoke bomb shipping con­
tainers are repainted, they should be marked
with a facsimile of the original markings.
Bursters, igniters, fuzes, and arming wires
are assembled to the bomb in the field to
form a complete round.
Assembly
CAUTION:
Bombs, fuzes, ig­
niters, and bursters are not to be
removed from stowage or packing
in advance of requirements. If
removed and not used, return them
to their original condition.1
1. Inspect the suspension lugs and fin as­
sembly for alinement, straightness, and se­
curity of attachment to the bomb body. For
single suspension, remove one suspension
band; loosen the other, slide it up to the
approximate center of gravity, and re­
tighten.
2. Remove the shipping plug and cork
stopper from the nose of the bomb. Inspect
the burster well. Threads must be clean
and all surfaces must be free from foreign
matter.
3. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
lock it securely in place.
4. Remove the required number of fuzes,
bursters, igniters, and arming wires from
their containers; examine them carefully
for serviceability. Refer to chapters 2 and
3 for detailed information on each item to
be used.
5. Insert Igniter AN-M 9 all the way into
the burster well in the bomb until the flange
on the igniter seats against the shoulder
in the fuze adapter. Do not use force.
6. Screw the retainer ring into the fuze
adapter to insure a tight fit of the igniter.
7. Place the small spring at the bottom of
the inside of the igniter tube.
8. Insert the explosive burster AN-M13
into the igniter tube.
9. Thread the fuze into the fuze adapter,
hand tight, until it seats; use no tools.
10. Thread the arming wire through the
front suspension lug, then through the arm­
ing-wire guide and tab on the fuze. Ad­
just the wire so that it protrudes 4 inches
beyond the fuze vane. Cut off excess wire.
The arming wire must be free from kinks
and burrs.
11. Slip two safety clips over the arming
wire and push them up to the tab on the
fuze vane.
12. Remove sealing wire from the fuze
and adhesive tape from the fuze collar, if
present.
Safety Precautions
Handling. Incendiary bombs and compo­
nents have satisfactorily withstood tests
simulating the normal handling expected to
be received during loading, shipment, un­
loading, and stowage. However, they can
easily be damaged by unnecessarily rough
treatment and should be handled with care
at all times. Sodium-loaded igniters should
be handled very carefully to prevent leakage
of the sodium, which ignites spontaneously
and with great violence when it comes into
contact with moisture. WP-loaded igniters
should be handled very carefully to prevent
leakage of the white phosphorus, which ig­
nites spontaneously when it comes into con­
tact with the atmosphere.
Stowage. Incendiary bombs, unfuzed and
without burster or igniter, should be stowed
in a magazine containing incendiary bombs
only. Sodium igniters should be stowed only
with other sodium-filled items. White phos­
phorus igniters should be stowed only with
other white phosphorus loaded items. This
is necessary because of the different fire­
10-17
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
fighting techniques employed in combating
sodium and white phosphorus fires.
Fire. If fire occurs in a magazine con­
taining incendiary bombs, it should be fought
with the same equipment and in the same
manner as a gasoline fire. Fire in a maga­
zine containing WP loaded igniters should
be fought with water or wet sand. Care
must be taken that white phosphorus fires
extinguished with water do not re-ignite
when the firefighting water has drained
away or evaporated from the exposed white
phosphorus. If air is excluded from WP,
it will not burn. WP may be extinguished
permanently with a 5 percent solution of
copper sulphate in water, provided the white
phosphorus layer is not too thick, in which
case repeated application of the copper sul­
phate solution may be necessary.
10-18
Water must never be used on burning
sodium or on burning buildings or equipment
in which sodium is stored or used. Dry
soda-ash, dry graphite, or dry sand will
quickly smother sodium fires. Chemical so­
lution type,, vaporizing liquid type, or car­
bon-dioxide extinguishers are not effective,
and their use will add to the hazard instead
of reducing it. The chemical solution type
of extinguisher (soda acid) contains water,
while the vaporizing liquid type (carbontetrachloride) and carbon dioxide both react
violently with sodium. The fumes of burn­
ing sodium are essentially caustic and there­
fore irritating.
An approved type of
respirator should always be available, and
personnel should always put on the respira­
tor before attempting to fight a sodium fire.
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y BO M B A SSEM B LIES
500-LB INCENDIARY BOMB A N -M 7 6 W ITH
FIN ASSEMBLY AN-M109A1 (BOX-TYPE)
W ith F in A ssem bly
AN-M109A1 (B o x - t y p e )
M odel________ ______ __________
Assembly Drawing N o_________
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.)___________
Fin Span (in.)_________________
Weight of Filler (lb)___________
Weight of Fin Assembly (lb)___
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb).
Fin Locknut___________________
Fin Locking Web_______ ______
Arming-Wire Assembly________
Igniter____ _____ ______________
Burster_______________ ______
Nose Fuze.............. ......................
Tail Fuze______________________
General Description
The 500-lb Incendiary Bomb AN-M76,
now obsolescent, resembles the 500-lb A N M64A1 GP bomb and uses the same fin as­
sembly. It has a cylindrical metal casing,
an ogival nose, and a tapered aft end to
which a box-type fin assembly is secured by
a fin locknut.
The rear section of the bomb tapers down
to about 8 inches; a base plate is welded on
at this point. The base plate has two filling
holes and a threaded center hole to receive
an adapter-booster holder assembly consist­
ing of the M115A1 adapter-booster, an
adapter-booster holder, and a fuze closing
plug. An impact-type tail fuze having a
non-delay
primer-detonator
(M14)
is
threaded into the adapter-booster.
A
burster-well, attached to the base plate, ex­
tends throughout the axial length of the
bomb body. The burster well is secured to
the nose of the bomb and is threaded at its
forward end to receive a nose fuze.
Suspension lugs, 14 inches apart, are
welded to the bomb body; a single lug is at­
AN-M 76.
82-0-100.
59.2.
14.18.
18.94.
174.0.
18.6.
468.8.
M2 or Mk 3 Mod 0.
Not Used.
Mk 1 or AN-M 6A2.
A N -M 5.
AN-M 14.
AN-M 103A1, AN-M 139A1, or
AN-M140A1.
AN-M101A2.
tached 180 degrees from the other lugs at
the center of gravity of the bomb.
The bomb is filled with approximately 174
pounds of Incendiary Mixture PT1, consist­
ing essentially of gasoline, magnesium, and
carbon, with a sufficient amount of petro­
leum distillate and asphalt to form a paste.
The AN-M5 (white phosphorus) igniter and
AN-M14 (tetrytol) burster are used with
this bomb.
Functioning
Impact of the bomb causes both the nose
and tail fuzes to function, the nose fuze act­
ing faster. The nose fuze normally deto­
nates the burster; if the nose fuze should
fail, however, the tail fuze sets off the
burster through the adapter-booster charge.
The burster shatters the igniter and the
bomb body, causing the white phosphorus in
the igniter to burn on contact with the air
and to ignite the incendiary filling. The
bomb has a dispersal area of 300 by 600
feet.
10-19
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure 10-13. — 500-lb Incendiary Bomb A N - M 7 6 with Fin Assembly A N - M 1 0 9 A 1 , Exterior View.
Painting and Marking
The base color of the bomb is gray. Pur­
ple identification bands are painted around
the nose, middle, and tail sections. Weight,
type, filling, model number, and lot number
are stenciled in purple on the bomb body.
Packaging
During shipment and stowage, the bomb
is protected by shipping bands. The explo­
sive components, fin assembly, and arming
wires are assembled to the bomb in the field
to form a complete round.
Assembly
CAUTION:
10-20
Bombs,
fuzes,
bursters, and igniters are not to
be removed from stowage or pack­
ing in advance of requirements.
If removed and not used, return
them to their original condition.
1. Remove the shipping bands from the
bomb by removing the nuts from the secur­
ing bolts. Inspect for damage, cracks, and
broken weldments which might weaken the
lugs or their attachment to the bomb body.
2. Remove the nose plug and shipping
plate which is attached to the base plate by
four screws. Inspect and clean all threads,
cavities, and mating parts. Make sure that
the fuze seat liner is properly installed in the
nose of the bomb.
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
FAHNESTOCK CUF>S
LONG STEM TAIL FUZE
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
FIN LOCKING NUT
BOX FIN ASSEMBLY
BOMB BODY
Figure 10-14. — 500-lb Incendiary Bomb A N - M 7 6 with Fin Assembly A N - M 1 0 9 A 1 , Exploded View.
3. Remove the required number of fuzes,
bursters, igniters, arming wires, and
adapter-booster holder assemblies from their
containers.
Examine them carefully for
serviceability. Refer to chapters 2 and 3 for
detailed information on the explosive com­
ponents to be installed.
4. Insert the igniter, with its two pipe
plugs facing aft, in the burster well from
the rear of the bomb. Insert the burster in
the igniter cavity.
5. Install the adapter-booster holder as­
sembly in the base plate and remove the fin
locknut.
6. Remove the fin assembly from the
shipping crate. Place the fin assembly over
the rear of the bomb with fins positioned 45
degrees from the suspension lugs. Thread
the fin locknut on the external threads of the
adapter-booster holder and tighten it with
a wrench. Fin Locknut M2 or Mk 3 Mod 0
is always used in place of the regular fin
locknut.
Fin locknut screws should be
tightened securely to prevent rotation of the
fin assembly.
CAUTION: Do not use a fin as­
sembly if it cannot be properly
secured to the bomb. If the fin
assembly is loose and turns on the
bomb, it will pull the arming wire
from the tail fuze, causing it to arm
prematurely.
7. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
lock it securely in place.
8. Remove the plug from the adapterbooster and install the tail fuze. After
making sure that the nose fuze seat liner is
properly seated, install the nose fuze. Do
not use tools in the fuzing process; fuzes
are to be seated hand tight.
9. Install the arming wire so that 4 inches
of wire protrude beyond the nose and tail
fuze vanes. Clip off excess wire. Place two
safety clips on both ends of the wire and
slide them up close to the fuze vanes. Arm­
ing wires must be free from kinks, twists,
and burrs.
Safety Precautions
The pipe plugs in the igniter and filling
plugs in the bomb body should not be re­
moved under any circumstances.
Bombs and components must be handled
as little as possible. Do not drop them or
subject them to bumps, shocks, or blows.
Protect them from rain, spray, and the di­
rect rays of the sun. Stored bombs should
be inspected frequently so that leakers may
be detected and properly processed.
10-21
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
ADAPTER-BOOSTER
HOLDER ASSEMBLY
ARMING-WIRE
TAIL FU2E
BOMB BODY
FILLER CAVITY
IGNITER
FUZE
Figure 10—15.— 500-lb Incendiary Bomb A N M 7 6 wifh Fin Assembly A N - M 1 0 9 A 1 , Cross Section.
10-22
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
500-LB INCENDIARY BOMB A N -M 7 6 W ITH
FIN ASSEMBLY M128A1 (CONICAL)
LONG STEM TAIL FUZEv
FIN LOCKING NUT,
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
>
SET SCREW
FIN LOCKING WEE
CONICAL FIN
'CENTER SUPPORT TUBE
BOMB BODY
NOSE FUZE
BURSTER
Figure 10-16.— Incendiary Bomb A N - M 7 6 with Fin Assembly M 128A 1, Exploded View.
ing bolts. Inspect for damage, cracks, and
broken weldments which might weaken the
Equipped with Fin Assembly M128A1, the
lugs or their attachment to the bomb body.
500-lb Incendiary Bomb AN-M76, now ob­
2. Remove the nose plug and shipping
solescent, uses the standard AN-M76 bomb
plate which is attached to the base plate by
body. The elongated cone of the assembled
four screws. Inspect and clean all threads,
fin lengthens and streamlines the bomb, in­
cavities, and mating parts. Make sure that
creasing its aerodynamic performance and
the fuze seat liner is properly installed in
accuracy. The M128A1 conical fin assembly
the nose of the bomb.
consists of an elongated cone with four inte­
3. Remove the required number of burst­
gral fins spaced at equal distances on the
ers, igniters, and adapter-booster holder as­
cone. A support tube runs through the cen­
semblies from their containers. Examine
ter of the cone; the fin assembly is secured
them carefully for serviceability.
to the bomb body by means of the support
tube, a locking web, and a fin locknut. When
4. Insert the igniter, with its two pipe
a conical fin assembly is installed on the
plugs facing aft, in the burster well from the
bomb, the new long-stem tail fuzes are re­
rear of the bomb. Insert the burster in the
quired so that the arming vane is located
igniter cavity.
effectively in the air stream.
5. Remove the plug from the adapterbooster holder assembly. Install the as­
Assembly
sembly in the base plate and remove the fin
CAUTION: Fuzes and bombs are
locknut. Discard the locknut.
not to be unpacked in advance of
6. Remove the fin assembly and its at­
requirements.
Return them to
tachments from the shipping crate. Thread
their original condition if not used.
the center support tube onto the external
1.
Remove the shipping bands from the threads of the adapter-booster holder.
bomb by removing the nuts from the secur­
Tighten the tube with a wrench. Tighten
General Description
10-23
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
the setscrews in the support tube. Place
the fin cone over the support tube and slide
the cone back until it is jammed against the
bomb body. Position the fins so as to clear
the aircraft structure and ground when
installed.
7.
Place the fin locking web over the sup­
port tube so that it engages the fins of the
fin assembly. Secure the conical fin as­
sembly to the support tube by threading on
the special locknut. Tighten the locknut
with special notched wrench. Bend two
tabs of the locking web into the locknut slots
and secure the nut in position by means of
setscrews.
10-24
8. Install the bomb on the aircraft and
lock it securely in place.
9. Remove the required number of fuzes
and arming-wire assemblies from their con­
tainers and examine them carefully for serv­
iceability.
For detailed information on
fuzing and defuzing, refer to chapter 2 under
the particular fuzes to be installed.
10. Install the arming wire so that 4
inches protrude beyond the nose and tail
fuze vanes. Clip off excess wire. Place two
safety clips on both ends of the wire and
slide them up close to the fuze vanes. Arm­
ing wires must be free from kinks, twists,
and burrs.
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
500-LB FIRE B O M B M k 77 M od 1
Figure 10—17.— 500-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 M od 1, Exterior View.
Mark .... .................... .........................
Mod _.... ...... ..................... -..............
General Arrangement
List of Drawings ......... ..................
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.) .....................
Filler Capacity (gal) ...................
W eight o f Empty Bomb (lb) .....
W eight o f Filler (lb) __________
W eight o f Assembled Bomb (lb)
Igniter ............... .................L..... ....
Fuzes ..................................................
General Description
The 500-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 1 is a
75-gallon capacity bomb obtained by modify­
ing the 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 0. The
modification consists of cutting off approxi­
mately 2 inches from the nose and tail body
sections and approximately 12 inches from
each end of the center section of the Mod 0,
77
1
1380243
165789
108.59
18.73
75.0
63.0
450.0
520.0
M15, M16, or M23
M157 (used with
Igniters M15 and
M16), or AN-M173
(used with Igniter
M23)
and welding the remaining pieces together
to form the smaller Mod 1.
Igniters and fuzes are used in the nose
and tail of the Mk 77 Mod 1 fire bomb. Three
igniters may be used; the M15, the AN-M16,
and the M23. The bomb is designed for
primary use of the M23 igniter with the
AN-M173 fuze in both the nose and the tail.
10-25
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
ARMING WIRE A S S E M B L E
V - FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
TA ILC O N E.
FAHNESTOCK CLIP’S
V
SCREW
IGNITER
WELDED BODY SECTION
IGNITER
F ig u re
SCREW
10-18.— 500-lb Fire Bomb M k 77 Mod 1, Exploded V iew .
Adapters are furnished with the bomb so
that the M15 igniter with the M157 fuze can
be used in the nose or tail of the bomb. The
M16 igniter with the M157 fuze is normally
used only in the tail of the bomb, since the
nose cone will not accommodate this larger
igniter. If the nose cone is left olf the bomb,
however, the M16 igniter can be used in the
nose.
The arming wires and cone-release wires
are carried to the nose and tail of the bomb
through internal tubes. When the conerelease wires are withdrawn, the springs in
the cone-ring adapters eject both nose and
tail cones from the bomb, exposing the fuzes
to the air stream.
Two suspension lugs are mounted on the
body 14 inches apart. Two gasket sealed
filler holes are located on the upper bomb
surface. The bomb is filled with 75 gallons
of gasoline gel; a minimum air space of 3
percent of the capacity of the bomb is re­
quired. Once a bomb is filled it cannot be
disassembled; it must either be used or
jettisoned.
Painting and M arking
The base color of the bomb is the natural
aluminum color of the body. Purple identi­
10-26
fication bands are painted around it. Identi­
fying nomenclature is stenciled on this
modified bomb body in red letters.
Assembly
NOTE : The assembly instructions
following do not cover the uncrat­
ing or the physical modification de­
tails for converting the Mk 77 Mod
0 bomb to the Mk 77 Mod 1. For
unpacking, refer to the section on
the Mk 77 Mod 0 fire bomb.
1. Check the bomb for damage, broken
weldments, or cracks that may weaken the
suspension or cause leaks in the casing.
2. Check the nose and tail sections for the
presence of cones, cone-ring adapters, ship­
ping pins, igniter adapters, and filling-hole
covers.
3. Remove the tail-cone screws from the
tail-cone adapter.
4. Pull the shipping pin from the clevis
pin in the tail-cone adapter and remove the
clevis pin and clevis-pin spring to release the
tail-cone adapter.
5. Remove the igniter adapter from the
tail end-plate casting.
6. Remove the nose cone.
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSEM B LIES
7. Follow the procedure given in step 4
above to release the nose-cone adapter.
8. Remove the igniter adapter from the
nose end-plate casting.
9. Screw the igniter adapter in the nose
end-plate casting until it bottoms.
10. Replace the nose-cone adapter, the
clevis-pin spring, and the clevis pin. Replace
the shipping pin in order to secure the as­
sembly. Check the nose-cone adapter re­
lease mechanism by pulling out the shipping
pin.
11. Reassemble the nose-cone adapter and
assemble the nose cone.
CAUTION: Do not damage the
nose cone by tightening the screws
excessively. If the bomb is not to
be used immediately, the nose cone
need not be assembled to the nosecone adapter until the bomb is
fuzed.
12. Screw the igniter adapter into the tail
end-plate casting until it bottoms.
13. Replace the tail-cone adapter, follow­
ing the procedure given in steps 10 and 11.
14. The 500-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 1
is normally loaded on the aircraft while
empty and then filled with gasoline gel.
However, this procedure is not always prac­
tical. Detailed instructions for mixing the
gasoline gel and filling the bomb are given
in OP 2183.
TAIL CONE
FILLER CAP
ARMING -WIRE
, ASSEMBLIES
ARMING-WIRE
TUBE
IGNITER
BOMB BODY
'T IE ROD
NOSE CONE
SAFETY CLIP
Figure 70-19.— 500-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 1, Cutaway View.
10-27
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
15. Fill the bombs either through one or
through both filling holes; both covers must
be removed even if the bomb is filled through
one hole. Secure the covers after filling.
16. Install the bomb securely on the air­
craft and sway brace. After the bomb is
installed and filled, fuze and arm it as
follows.
17. Remove the screws securing the nose
cone to the adapter, and remove the nose
cone.
18. Thread the two nose arming wires
through the suspension fittings and internal
arming-wire guide tube to the nose end-plate
casting.
19. Insert one wire through the hole in
the end of the clevis pin.
20. Attach the arming wire to the bomb
rack.
21. Remove the clevis-pin shipping pin.
22. Repeat steps 17 through 21 to install
the rear arming wires.
23. Install the nose and tail igniters.
a. Clamp Igniter M15 into the igniter
10-28
adapter in the nose, and Igniter M15 or M16
into the igniter adapter in the tail.
b.
If Igniters M23 are used, unscrew
the adapters and screw the igniters into the
forward and rear walls.
24. Insert the arming wires into the nose
and tail fuzes.
25. Attach the safety clips to the ends of
the arming wire of each fuze. Cut off excess
arming wire.
CAUTION:
Remove all kinks,
twists, or burrs from arming wires
to prevent possible malfunctioning.
26. Remove the safety pins from the ig­
niter fuzes.
27. Install the nose and tail cones and
secure them with screws. Do not tighten
the screws excessively.
28. Only an unfilled bomb may be disas­
sembled.
CAUTION: Once filled, a bomb
must be used or jettisoned.
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
750-LB FIRE B O M B M k 77 M od 0
Figure 10-20.— 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 M od 0, Exterior View.
Mark ........ |____ ______ _______ __ ___ ____ ___
Mod ____ _____________ ____ ________________
General Arrangement
List o f Drawings .......... ........ ...........
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)
Body Diameter (in.)
Filler Capacity (gal) ........ ...........................
W eight o f Empty Bomb (lb)
W eight of Filler (lb) .........
Weight o f Igniters (lb) ... .................... .....
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb)
Weight o f Bomb and Crate as shipped (lb)
Nose Igniter _______________ ______________
Tail Igniter .................. ..... ........ ....... .......
Fuzes ____ ___________ _________________ _
General Description
The 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 0 is a
nonstabilized cigar-shaped bomb constructed
of aluminum. It consists of three main sec­
tions and two end cones. A center tie rod
holds the nose, center, and aft sections to­
gether and aluminum ring adapters secure
the nose and tail cones to the main sections.
... 77
.. 0
434200
.. 165788
.. 138.0
18.63
..
110.0
82.0
668.0
10.0
760.0
138.0
M15 or M23
M15, M16, or M23
M157 (used with Igniters M15
and M16)
AN-M173 (used with Igniter M23)
The bomb is filled with 110 gallons of gaso­
line gel and uses two igniter and fuze com­
binations to ignite the gel upon impact.
Three igniters may be used with the Mk 77
Mod 0 fire bomb: the M15, the M16, or the
M23. The bomb is designed for primary use
of Igniter M23. Adapters are furnished
with the bomb so that Igniter M15 may be
10-29
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLIES,
TAIL SECTION
.FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
CENTER SECTION
TAIL CONE
FILLER CAP
J
Ck
NOSE SECTION
FAHNESTOCK
CLIPS
IGNITER ,
SCREW
/
NUT
LOCK WASHER
WASHER
Figure 10-21.— 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 0, Exploded View.
used for either nose or tail fuzing. Igniter
M16 normally is used only for tail fuzing.
When the bomb is assembled, one igniter is
attached to each end.
Tubes carry the arming wires and cone
release wires from the outside of the bomb
to the inside. When the release wires are
withdrawn, springs in the ring adapters eject
both adapters and cones.
Double suspension lugs are mounted on
the body 14 inches apart. Two gasket sealed
filler holes are located on the upper side of
the bomb body. A gasoline and napalm mix­
ture (gel) fills the bomb body; gaskets be­
tween the three main sections prevent leak­
age of the gasoline gel. A minimum air
space of 3 percent of the capacity of the
bomb is required. Once a bomb is filled it
cannot be disassembled; it must be used or
jettisoned.
Painting and M arking
The base color of the bomb is olive drab,
and purple identification bands are painted
around it.
Identifying nomenclature is
stenciled on the bomb assembly in red letters.
Assembly
CAUTION:
10-30
Igniters, fuzes, and
bombs are not to be unpacked in
advance of requirements. If un­
packed and not used, return them
to their original packings.
1. Remove the bomb body and its com­
ponents from their packing crate as follows.
a. Remove the eight screws securing the
end panel of the shipping crate of the bomb.
b. Remove the end panel of the crate.
c. Cut the four metal straps which
secure the bomb sections to the crate.
d. Slide the bomb sections out of the
open end of the crate.
e. Remove and open the package con­
taining the tie rods, washers, and nuts.
f. Remove the tail cone from the ship­
ping crate end plate.
g. Check the sealing gaskets. Gaskets
must be in place and sealing surfaces must
be free of foreign matter, dents, and nicks.
h. Check to see that the nose and tail
sections include cones, cone adapters, ship­
ping pins, igniter adapters, and filling hole
covers.
i. Check the suspension lugs for damage.
2. Remove the tail-cone screws from the
tail-cone adapters.
3. Pull the shipping pin from the clevis
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
pin in the tail-cone adapter and remove the
clevis pin and clevis-pin spring to release
the tail-cone adapter.
4. Remove the igniter adapter from the
tail end-plate casting.
5. Remove the nose cone.
6. Follow the procedure given in step 3
above to release the nose-cone adapter.
7. Remove the igniter adapter from the
nose-plate casting.
8. Wipe the gasket surfaces on all sections
with carbon tetrachloride or gasoline.
9. Assemble the tie rod sections. Screw
the ends of the forward and rear tie rods,
which have a 1-inch length of thread, into
the center nut until the tie rods come to­
gether.
10. Pass the end of the tie rod with the
shortest end of threads through the hole in
the nose end-plate casting. Slide the large
NOSE-CONE ADAPTER
NOSE-CONE SCREW
SCREW FASTENERC LEV IS
IGNITER M15
ADAPTER-CLAM P SCREW
IGNITER M23
IGNITER ADAPTER
wnsE CONF
Figure JO-22.— 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 0, Assembly Details.
10-31
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
FILLER CAP
.ARMING-WIRE
ASSEMBLIES
TAIL SECTION
CENTER SECTION
TIE ROD
IGNITER
-NOSE SECTION
NOSE CONE
^ -SA F E T Y CLIP
Figure 10-23.— 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 M od 0, Cutaway View.
inside diameter washer over the end of the
tie rod and fit it into the recess; place the
gasket, small inside diameter flat washer,
lockwasher, and self-locking nut on the tie
rod, in the order given. Secure by tighten­
ing the self-locking nut on the tie rod.
11. Pass the tie rod assembly through the
center section.
12. Move the tail section into position;
remove the rear filler cap, reach through the
filling hole, and guide the tie rod through the
hole in the tail end-plate casting.
13. Slide the large inside diameter washer
over the end of the tie rod and fit it into the
recess; place the gasket, small inside di­
10-32
ameter washer, lockwasher, and long nut
on the tie rod, in the order given, making
certain that the counterbored end of the nut
is placed over the tie rod first.
14. Aline the arming-wire tubes on all
sections.
15. Secure the tie rod with the long nut
and tighten it with a torque wrench to 325
inch-pounds.
CAUTION : Before tightening the
long nut, make sure that the gaskets
on the tie rod are properly seated.
16. Screw the igniter adapter in the nose
end-plate casting until it bottoms.
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
17. Replace the nose-cone adapter, clevispin spring, and clevis pin. Replace the
shipping pin to secure the assembly. Check
the nose-cone adapter release mechanism by
pulling out the shipping pin.
18. Reassemble the nose-cone adapter and
assemble the nose cone. Do not damage the
nose cone by tightening the screws exces­
sively. If the bomb is not to be used imme­
diately, the nose cone need not be assembled
to the nose-cone adapter until the bomb is
fuzed.
19. Screw the igniter adapter into the tail
end-plate casting until it bottoms.
20. Replace the tail-cone adapter, follow­
ing the procedure given in steps 17 and 18.
21. The 750-lb Mk 77 fire bomb is nor­
mally loaded on the aircraft while empty
and then filled with gasoline gel. However,
this procedure is not always practical. De­
tailed instructions for mixing the gasoline
gel and filling the bomb are given in OP
2183.
22. Fill the bomb either through one or
through both filling holes; both covers must
be removed even if it is filled through one
hole. Secure the covers after filling.
23. Install the bomb securely on the air­
craft and sway brace. After the bomb is
installed and filled, fuze and arm it as fol­
lows.
24. Remove the screws securing the nose
cone to the adapter and remove the nose
cone.
25. Thread the two nose arming wires
through the suspension fitting and armingwire guide tubes to the nose endplate casting.
26. Insert one wire through the hole in
the end of the clevis pin.
27. Attach the arming wire to the bomb
rack.
28. Remove the clevis-pin shipping pin.
29. Repeat steps 24 to 28 to install the
rear arming wires.
30. Install the nose and tail igniters.
31. Insert the arming wires into the nose
and tail fuzes.
32. Attach safety clips to the ends of the
arming wire of each fuze. Cut off excess
arming wire. Remove all kinks, twists, or
burrs from the arming wires to prevent
possible malfunctioning.
33. Remove the safety pins from the igni­
ter fuzes.
34. Install the nose and tail cones and
secure them with screws. Do not tighten the
screws excessively.
35. Only an unfilled bomb may be dis­
assembled. Once filled, a bomb must be
used or jettisoned.
Handling and Stowage
Special care must be taken when handling
the bomb sections to prevent denting or
nicking the sealing gasket seats.
10-33
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
750-LB FIRE BO M B M k 77 M od 0 W IT H
B O M B C O N V E R S IO N K IT M k 19 M od 0
DOUBLE ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
/
FAHNESTOCK CLIF
SINGLE ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY.
CONVERSION KIT FIN
/
SCREW
/
FILLER CAP
FILLER CAP
\TAIL
NOSE SECTION
CONE
FAHNESTOCK CLIP
NUT
LOCK WASHER
SET SCREW
IGNITER
ADAPTER
WASHERS
SECTION
VT FUZE
ROD
SECTION
ROD
VT FUZE
ADAPTER
WASHERS
CLAMP BOLT
NUT
Figure 10—24.— 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 0 with Bomb Conversion Kit Mk 19 Mod 0, Exploded View.
Mark ______________ __________ __________
______________
M o d ........... ..................................... ................... .1 _____________ _
Installation Drawing No. __ ____ ____________
List o f Drawings
............. .....................................
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)
With Tail Cone Installed _______ ____............................... ......
Without Tail Cone ................... .............................................. .....
Body Diameter (in.)
_____ ____________ __ _______
Fin Span (in.) ............................... ...................................................
Filler Capacity (gal)
. ..... _____________________________
Weight o f Empty Bomb (lb) ________________ _ ____ _____
Weight o f Filler (lb)
...
....... ..... ......... ..........
Weight o f Conversion Kit Components (lb)
......... ........
Weight o f Assembled Bomb (lb) _____ _______ __
Weight o f Conversion Kit As Shipped (lb) ............................
Nose Fuze ___________ ____ __ ____ ____________ ________ _
Tail Igniter ........................... ................................
Igniter Fuze
...
_________ ____ _____ ___
General Description
Bomb Conversion Kit Mk 19 Mod 0 con­
sists of component parts for a shrouded fin
assembly, an adapter for the AN-M166E1
VT fuze, and two setscrews to lock in place
the igniter clamp which holds the VT fuze
10-34
77
0
1380246
165787
138.0
131.0
18.63
31.75
110.0
82.0
668.0
17.3
777
24.0
AN-M166E1 (V T)
M15, M16, or M23
M157 (used with
Igniters M15 and M16)
AN-M173A1 (used
with Igniter M23)
adapter. The conversion kit was developed
to convert 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 0
into a weapon that could be used in normal
dive-bombing tactics.
The Mk 77 Mod 0 bomb, modified with the
Mk 19 Mod 0 conversion kit, is stabilized
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
c. Cut the four metal straps that se­
cure the bomb sections to the crate.
d. Slide the bomb sections out of the
open end of the crate.
e. Remove and open the package con­
taining the tie rods, washers, and nuts.
f. Remove the tail cone from the ship­
ping-crate end plate.
g. Check the sealing gasket. Gaskets
must be in place and sealing surfaces free
of foreign matter, dents, and nicks.
The nose cone and nose-cone adapter ring
h. Check to see that the nose and tail
are discarded when the VT fuze is installed.
sections include cones, cone adapters, ship­
The use of a tail cone and tail-cone adapter
ping pins, igniter adapters, and filling-hole
ring is optional with the converted Mk 77
covers.
Mod 0 bomb.
i. Check the suspension lugs for dam­
age.
Assembly
2. Remove the tail-cone screws from the
CAUTION: Igniters, fuzes, and
tail-cone adapter.
bombs are not to be unpacked in
3. Pull the shipping pin from the clevis
advance of requirements. If un­
pin in the tail-cone adapter, and remove the
packed and not used, return them
clevis pin and clevis-pin spring to release the
to their original packings.
tail-cone adapter.
4. Remove the igniter adapter from the
1.
Remove the bomb components from
tail
end-plate casting.
their packing crate as follows.
5. Remove and discard the nose cone.
a. Remove the eight screws securing the
end panel of the shipping crate of the bomb.
6. Release the nose-cone adapter as in
step 3 and discard it.
b. Remove the end panel of the crate.
during flight by a shrouded fin assembly.
The AN-M166E1 VT fuze, housed in the
nose of the bomb, functions before impact
to rupture the nose casting of the bomb and
free the tie rod that holds the three main
body sections together. The bomb sections
separate upon impact of the bomb; conse­
quently, the gasoline gel is distributed over
a greater area and a smaller crater is created
than when all the sections remain attached
on impact.
Components of Bomb Conversion Kit Mk 19 Mod 0
Fin B la d e __ . ___ _ ___ _ _ _ . .
Fin Base ______
___
_________ __
Fin S u p p o r t___ . ______ __ __ ___
Headless Setscrew
_ _ _ _ _ _
___
Instruction Card----------------------- --------
Safety Wire
_
__
__ __
Shroud.
.....................
VT Fuze Adapter___ . . .
Washer Head S c r e w . .....
D ra w in g
N um ber
Q u a n tity
I te m
____
. . . __
___
..
....................... ....
4
4
4
2
1
4
1
8
4
1
8
4
8
S tock
N um ber
1212123.
1212124.
1212125.
AN 565-416-8.
1380254.
AN 123961 (spare
part).
AN 364-1032.
1212126.
1212127.
AN 960-10.
AN 960-516.
AN 525-10-11.
10-35
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
7. Remove the igniter adapter from the
nose-plate casting.
8. Remove the four bolts, washers, O-ring
seals, and nuts from the tail section skin
of the bomb. Inspect the O-ring seals; if
damaged, replace with those furnished with
the conversion kit.
9. Remove the eight bolts, washers, and
the safety wire from the fin mounting holes
in the tail end-plate casting.
10. Mount the four fins from the con­
version kit to the tail section, using the
screws, washers, and nuts removed in steps
8 and 9. Care must be taken to see that
the O-ring seals seat properly at the bolts
passing through the tail section skin. The
O-ring seals should be next to the bomb skin
with the large flat washer on top so that
the washer contains the O-ring seals.
11. Secure the four sections of the tailfin shroud to the fins with the eight screws,
washers, and locking nuts contained in the
conversion kit.
12. Safety wire the eight fin-securing
bolts in the tail end-plate casting.
13. Wipe the gasket surfaces on the three
body sections with carbon tetrachloride or
gasoline.
14. Assemble the tie rod sections. Screw
the ends of the forward and rear tie rods
(which have a 1-inch length of thread) into
the center nut until the tie rods come to­
gether.
15. Pass the end of the tie rod with the
shortest end of thread through the hole
in the nose end-plate casting. Slide the
large inside diameter washer over the end
of the tie rod and fit it into the recess;
place the gasket, small inside diameter flat
washer, lockwasher, and self-locking nut on
the tie rod, in the order given. Secure by
tightening the self-locking nut on the tie rod.
16. Pass the tie rod through the center
section.
17. Move the tail section into position.
Remove the rear filler cap, reach through
the filling hole, and guide the tie rod through
the hole in the tail end-plate casting.
18. Slide the large inside diameter flat
washer, lockwasher, and long nut on the tie
10-36
rod (in the order given), making certain
that the counterbored end of the nut is fac­
ing inward.
19. Aline the arming-wire tubes on all
sections and tighten the long nut with a
torque wrench to 325 inch-pounds. Before
tightening the long nut, make sure that the
gaskets on the tie rod are properly seated.
20. In the igniter-adapter seat of the nose
end-plate casting, drill and tap two holes
V4-20NC on opposite sides of the casting
flange. Screw the igniter adapter into the
nose end-plate casting and lock it in place
with the two headless setscrews supplied
with the conversion kit.
21. Install the VT fuze adapter in the
igniter adapter and tighten it in place with
the clamping bolt on the igniter adapter.
22. Screw the igniter adapter into the tail
end-plate casting until it bottoms.
23. Replace the tail-cone adapter, clevispin spring, and clevis pin. Replace the
shipping pin to secure the assembly. Check
the tail-cone-adapter release mechanism by
pulling out the shipping pin.
24. Reassemble the tail-cone adapter and
assemble the tail cone. Do not damage the
tail cone by tightening the screws exces­
sively. If the bomb is not to be used
immediately, the tail cone need not be as­
sembled to the tail-cone adapter until the
bomb is fuzed.
25. The 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 77 Mod 0
is normally loaded on the aircraft while
empty and then filled with gasoline gel.
However, this procedure is not always prac­
tical. Detailed instructions for mixing the
gasoline gel and for filling the bomb are
given in OP 2183.
26. Fill bombs either through one or
through both filling holes; both covers must
be removed even if the bomb is filled through
one hole. Secure the covers after filling.
27. Install the bomb securely on the air­
craft and sway brace. After the bomb is
installed and filled, fuze and arm it as
follows.
28. Remove the screws securing the tail
cone to the adapter and remove the tail cone.
29. Thread the two tail arming wires
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y BO M B A SSE M B L IE S
through the rear suspension lug and the
arming-wire guide tubes to the tail endplate casting.
30. Insert one wire through the hole in
the end of the clevis pin.
31. Attach the arming wire to the bomb
rack.
32. Remove the clevis-pin shipping pin.
33. Install the igniter and fuze into the
tail igniter adapter. Refer to chapter 2
for detailed fuzing instructions.
34. Insert the arming wire into the fuze
and attach Fahnestock clips to the end of
the wire. Replace the tail cone and secure
it in place as in step 24.
35. Remove the AN-M166E1 VT fuze
from its packings.
CAUTION: If the fuze container
is damaged or if the seal is broken
in any way, the fuze is to be con­
sidered unserviceable.
36. For installation of the AN-M166E1
VT fuze, see the instruction card, dwg
1380254, which is attached to the VT fuze
adapter in Bomb Conversion Kit Mk 19
Mod 0. See also OP 1444, 2nd Revision.
37. Thread a single arming wire through
the front suspension lug and arming-wire
guide tubes to the nose end-plate casting.
38. Pass the arming wire through the VT
fuze arming-wire guides and attach one
safety clip to the end of the wire.
39. Cut off exess wire at the nose and tail
fuze installations.
CAUTION: Arming wires must
be free from kinks, twists, and
burrs to prevent possible mal­
functioning.
10-37
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
750-LB FIRE BOMB Mk 78 Mod 2
Figure 10-25. — 750-lb Fire Bomb M k 78 M o d 2, Exterior View.
Mark
.................. ............... ............ I
Mod ______ _____ _________________ __
General Arrangement ______ ___ ___
List of Drawings
........
Length of Assembled Bomb ( i n . ) __
Body Diameter (in.) .........................
Filler Capacity (gal) ....... ................
Weight of Empty Bomb (lb) ______
Weight of Filler (lb) ........ .................
Weight o f Assembled Bomb (lb)
Arming-Wire Assembly ..... ..............
Igniter ....... .... ......... .......................... .
Fuze ............... ........................................
General Description
The 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 78 Mod 2 con­
sists of two thin sheet-steel half-shells
10-38
78
2
1380217
165785
89.12
26.4
110.0
90.0
660.0
760.0
Mk 1, AN-M 6A2,
or Mk 2
M23 (or Mk 15 or Mk 16
with Fuze Mk 157)
AN-M173
welded together. It is non-stabilized and
has a 110-gallon capacity.
The bomb has two wells located fore and
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
aft on the upper surface. These wells house
two M23 igniters which are secured in place
with igniter caps. A filler opening for the
gasoline gel is located on the upper surface
of the bomb between the fore igniter well
and the suspension lugs. Two reinforced
lugs provide for a 14-inch suspension. A
gasoline gel fills the bomb to 97 percent of
its capacity. Once a fire bomb is filled, it
cannot be disassembled; it must be used or
jettisoned.
Painting and Marking
This bomb is identified by a purple stripe
painted on the nose and tail end of its body.
Identifying nomenclature is stenciled in
black letters on the upper shell. The base
color of the bomb is olive drab.
Differences Among Fire Bombs Mk
78 Mods 0, 1, and 2
There are three modifications of 750-lb
Fire Bomb Mk 78 Mods 0, 1, and 2. Dif­
ferences exist in the construction and loca­
tion of the wells, brackets, and adapters for
use of igniters.
The Mod 0 bomb uses an M16 igniter with
an M157 fuze installed in the filler hole of
the bomb. A second igniter, an M15 with an
M l57 fuze, is clamped externally to the aft
end of the bomb in a bracket.
The Mod 1 bomb is identical to the Mod
0 except for the addition of two external
igniter adapters. These adapters, located
fore and aft on the upper bomb surface,
accommodate M23 igniters with AN-M173
fuzes.
The Mod 2 bomb is identical to the Mod
1 except that it has internal igniter wells
in place of the external igniter adapters.
The wells of the Mod 2 are located higher
on the bomb body than the igniter adapters
Figure 10-26.— 750-lb Fire Bomb Mk 78 M od 2 Exploded View.
10-39
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
ARMING-WIRE
/ASSEMBLY
IGNITER
BRACKET
FILLER CAVITY
FILLER CAP
IGNITER
BOMB BODY
Figure 10-27. — 750-lb Fire Bomb M k 78 M o d 2, Cutaway View.
of the Mod 1. The M23 igniters set in the
wells are secured by igniter caps.
Assembly
CAUTION:
Igniters,
fuzes,
and bombs are not to be unpacked
in advance of requirements. If un­
packed and not used, return them
to their original packings.
1. Remove the bomb body and its compo­
nents from the packing crate. Inspect for
damage, cracks, or broken weldments which
might cause leaks in the bomb body, or
damage that might weaken the lugs or their
attachment to the bomb body.
10-40
2. Fill the bomb to its required capacity
through the filler hole. Secure the cover
after filling. Detailed instructions for mix­
ing the gasoline gel and filling the bomb are
given in OP 2183.
3. Install the bomb securely on the air­
craft and sway brace. This bomb is nor­
mally loaded on the aircraft while empty
and then filled with gasoline gel, although
this procedure is not always practical.
After the bomb is suspended from the
bomb rack and filled, fuze and arm it as fol­
lows :
NOTE: For the Mod 2 bomb, dis­
regard steps 4 through 7.
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
4. Loosen the bolt on the rear igniter
clamp.
5. Install Igniter M15 and tighten the
clamp bolt until the igniter is secure.
6. Install Igniter M16 in the filler hole.
7. Remove the igniter well caps and in­
stall the M23 igniters. Replace the well
caps, securing the igniters. On Mod 1, in­
stall M23 igniters in the external adapters.
8. Thread the arming wire through the
suspension fittings and arming-wire guide
brackets.
9. Attach the arming wire to the bomb
rack.
10. Insert the arming wires through the
nose and tail fuzes.
11. Attach safety clips to the ends of the
arming wire of each igniter; the arming
wire should protrude approximately 2 inches
beyond the fuze vanes (cut off excess wire)
and should be free from kinks, twists, or
burrs.
12. Remove the safety pins from the ig­
niter fuzes.
13. Only an unfilled bomb may be dis­
assembled. Once filled, the bomb must be
used or destroyed; all bombs not used shall
be jettisoned prior to landing afloat or
ashore.
10-41
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
1000-LB FIRE BOMB Mk 79 Mod 1
1 6 7 "9 6 -
Figure 10-28. — 1000-lb Fire Bomb M k 79 M o d 1, Exterior View.
Mark ....................................................................
Mod ............................................................... .
General Arrangement .
............... .........
List of Drawings _________ _______ _______
Length o f Assembled Bomb (in.)
......
Body Diameter (in.) ________________ _____
Fin Span (in.) ........... ....................................
Filler Capacity (gal) .................................... ..
Weight o f Filler (lb) ........ .............................
Weight of Assembled Bomb (Empty) (lb)
Weight of Bomb as Shipped (lb) ___ __ _
Arming Wire Assembly
Igniter ............... ....... ......................................
Fuzes ........ ......................................................
General Description
The 1000-lb Fire Bomb Mk 79 Mod 1 is
a thin-skinned bomb of low-drag design.
The bomb is made up of four basic sections,
plus certain accessory parts. These four
sections are designated: forward (or nose)
section, called Section I; center (or main)
10-42
79
1
1884353
517551
167.9
19.6
27.7
112
700
212
275
M23
AN-M173 (Mech.)
(used with Igniter M23)
XB66C (Elec.)
used with Proximity
Fuze Sensing
Element M20 (T-18E2)
section, called Section I I ; first aft section,
called Section III; and second aft (or tail)
section, called Section IV.
The center (or main) section of the bomb
is used as a shipping container into which
the other sections (nose, aft, and tail) are
nested together and stowed. In this pack­
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSEM B L IES
aged condition, the bomb has an enlarged
protective cover at each end of the center
section. On one end is a built-up metal
dish having four lever handles on its face;
this is the forward (or nose) end of the
bomb. On the other end is a built-up, drum­
like construction having no exterior lever
handles; this is the aft (or tail) end of the
bomb. This aft, drum-like cover contains
the bomb accessories, and must be removed
before the lever handles on a separate tail
cover can be reached.
The bomb, which has a capacity of ap­
proximately 112 gallons, is filled with gaso­
line mixed with Napalm.
This bomb can be fuzed with either stand­
ard mechanical fuzing utilizing the Fuze
AN-M173 with the Igniter M23 (two places)
for impact functioning or an electric fuzing
system consisting of the Electric Fuze
XB66C with the Proximity Fuze Sensing
Element M20 (T18E2) for either airburst
or impact functioning.
The following items are furnished with
each bomb: one Bomb Cable Assembly Mk
8 Mod 0; two screw-in Suspension Lugs Mk
6 Mod 0, providing for 14-inch suspension;
special tools required for assembly consist­
ing of a combination wrench, pounding
block, and fuze inserting dowel; and lock
pins to hold sections extended for assembly.
Other than the special tools furnished with
each bomb, the only tools required for un­
packing and assembly of the bomb are a
hammer and a screw driver.
Painting and M arking
The base color of the bomb is olive drab.
No stripes encircle the bomb. Identifying
nomenclature is stenciled on the bomb as­
sembly in yellow.
Differences Between Fire Bombs M k
79 M ods 0 and 1
The Mod 0 bomb was designed to accept
standard fuzing only and was never released
to procurement.
Unpacking
CAUTION:
The sealed bomb
package should not be opened
until required for use because these
bombs, as shipped are protected
internally against corrosion by
volatile corrosion inhibitor (VCI)
powder.
Figure 10-29.— 1000-lb Fire Bomb Mk 79 Mod 1, Exploded View.
10-43
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
T A IL W IN D
F A H N E S T O C K C L IP S
F U Z E -IG N
F IN B L A D E
F IL L E R C A P
A R M IN G W IR E
B O M B BODY
F ILLER
FUZE
L O C K P IN
F AH N ESTO CK
C L IP S
N O S E W IN D C A P
Figure 10—30.— 1000-lb Fire Bomb MJc 79 M od 1, Cutaway View.
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
1. Lay the bomb on its side and place it
on a bomb truck, hand truck, dolly, or other
support so that the shipping ends are free
of the ground. Block the bomb in place to
prevent its rolling. The bomb may however
be unpacked on any hard, reasonably smooth
surface, such as a deck or flight apron. If
this is done, care must be taken to see that
the bomb is not allowed to fall when the
projecting shipping ends are removed.
2. Inspect the packaged bomb for visible
damage to Section II (center section).
Some damage to the shipping ends is to be
expected.
3. Using a screw driver, pry up the four
lever handles on the nose shipping end until
they release. After these handles are re­
leased, grasp each one in turn and rotate the
attached shafts one-half turn (it may be
necessary to push the handle in toward the
face of the cover while turning). Turning
the handle will release an internal hook at­
tached to the handle shaft; when properly
unhooked, there will be no restraint from
turning the handle.
4. When (and only when) the four in­
ternal hooks are released, remove the nose
cover and the gasket at the edge of this
cover. It may be necessary to use a hammer.
5. Attached to the inside of the nose ship­
ping cover are a cone-shaped nose cap and
a tail cap. Remove the tail cap from its
holding bracket by inserting a screw driver
tip into one of the holes in the side of the
bracket and depressing the spring pin on the
cap. The nose cap should be removed by
prying or pulling the holding brackets away
from the nose cap. Remove the Bomb Cable
Assembly Mk 8 Mod 0 which is packaged
inside the tail cap. The nose shipping cover
may now be discarded.
6. Reach into the bomb, grasp the forward
end of Section I (nose section) and move it
up and down or side to side until it is free;
pull it forward about one foot. Do not slam
or jerk the section; pull firmly and evenly.
Wiggle the section from side to side if fric­
tion occurs.
CAUTION:
Do not remove the
tail cover (see step 10) before step
6 is accomplished.
7. At the tail end, note that the accessory
cover (aft portion of the tail cover) is held
in place by a hooplike clamp ring similar
to that found on a commercial open-top steel
or fiber shipping drum. This ring is located
about four inches forward of the aft end of
the cover, and is fastened at one point by
a toggle arrangement. Remove the cotter
pin, and pry open the toggle. This will
allow removal of the clamp ring.
8. Remove the accessory cover by pulling
or driving it aft with a hammer. Use care
in removing this cover so that the fins do not
fall to the ground and become damaged.
Discard the O-ring gasket.
9. The following parts are stowed in the
accessory cover:
a. Four fins
b. One fuze inserting dowel
c. Two oval-shaped filling hole covers
d. One cloth bag containing:
(1) Twenty-four lock pins
(2) One grooved fiber block (pound­
ing block)
(3) One cable retainer assembly con­
sisting of one cable retainer, two bolts, and
two lockwashers
(4) Two bolts and lockwashers. Re­
move these parts by unclamping them, and
inspect them for damage. Place the parts on
the deck or in the accessory cover for future
use.
10. After removing the accessory cover
and accessories, remove the inside tail cover
by means of the four lever handles, similar
to those previously found on the nose cover.
Pry up the handles and turn them to release
the internal hooks. (Refer to steps 3 and
4.) Discard the tail shipping cover.
11. Reach into the tail, grasp the tab to
unwind the tape that secures the athwartship fuze well package; remove the package
and unpack it. Reach into the open tail,
grasp the aluminum tail cone section, and
pull it out. Do not slam or jerk the section;
pull firmly and evenly. Continue to pull the
tail section until both parts extend to approx­
imately full length. The end of the tail will
10-45
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
be about five feet beyond the center section
when fully extended. Do not slam or jerk
the sections; pull them firmly and evenly.
Wiggle the sections from side to side if fric­
tion occurs.
Assembly
1. Place the bomb on a bench, hand truck,
dolly, or on the ground and block it so that
it cannot roll.
2. Turn the bomb so that the white
painted alinement stripe is clearly visible.
This stripe, near the suspension lugs, ex­
tends over all the joints on top of the bomb.
3. Pull out the three fore-and-aft sections
to full length, so that the white stripe is in
line (by eye) at all joints. Do not slam or
jerk the sections; pull firmly and evenly.
Wiggle the sections from side to side if fric­
tion occurs. The joint ends of the white
alinement stripe should line up within ap­
proximately the thickness of a five cent
piece when the bomb sections are properly
alined. With the bomb in alinement the
two fuze wells, the two filling holes, and the
suspension lugs should all be in line; the fin
stubs should be at 45 degree to the suspen­
sion lugs.
4. There are outside lock-pin slots ap­
proximately one inch long by one-quarter
inch wide near the end of each bomb section.
If necessary, insert a screwdriver in the
slots and pry or drift the sections into exact
alinement.
NOTE:
When the sections are
properly in line and are out to
proper length, a mating slot in each
under section will appear under­
neath the slot on the outside.
5. Install the lock pins. These pins are
in the cloth bag previously removed from
the accessory cover. (See step 9 under Un­
packing.) There are twenty-four lockpins;
twenty are required to assemble the bomb
and four are included as spares. These pins
drive like nails and can be driven with any
hammer. The pins are self-locking and
should be driven flush with the bomb skin.
10-46
CAUTION: If the pins appear to
drive too hard, check for misalinement of the bomb sections. Do not
force the pins without first being
sure of alinement. Damage may be
caused to the bomb skin by im­
proper driving of the pins.
For easier assembly, drive the lock pins in
the following sequence:
a. Drive one pin in each joint, pref­
erably on top near the alinement stripe.
b. Turn the bomb over and drive a
second pin in each joint directly opposite
the first pin.
c. Drive the remaining pins in any se­
quence.
6. Place the fins over the fin stubs on
the tail of Section IV, with the sloping
edge forward. Using the fiber pounding
block, hammer the fins solidly down and aft
until they bottom, making sure that the
lower edge of each fin enters the fore-andaft guide clips properly.
CAUTION: Do not hammer di­
rectly on the fins. They are soft
aluminum and are easily damaged.
Instead, place the groove in the
fiber pounding block over the edge
of each fin and hammer on the
block.
When each fin is properly in place, bend the
longer of the two forward guide clips over
the leading edge of the fin, to lock the fin and
thus prevent its removal or displacement.
7. Line up the tail cap with the open hole
at the tail, and push solidly with the hands
until the cap bottoms and the spring pins
engage properly. The cap will seem rather
loose when properly installed. When neces­
sary, an installed tail cap can be removed by
grasping the cap between the hands, and
turning and pulling aft at the same time.
8. The nose cap fits into the open hole at
the nose of the bomb and is needed only
when the standard fuzing system Fuze M173
with Igniter M23 is used. The nose cap may
be discarded when the electric fuzing system
is to be installed. The wrench furnished
C H E M IC A L (GAS), SM O K E, A N D IN C E N D IA R Y B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
with each bomb may be used to tighten the
nose cap in place.
!
9. To make the athwartship fuze well
hole accessible, remove the shipping plug
from the top center of the bomb by means of
the spanner pins on the furnished wrench;
turn the bomb over and remove the bottom
shipping plate using the same wrench. Dis­
card both the shipping plug and the plate.
CAUTION: Do not discard the
nuts and lockwashers holding the
bottom plate. Save them for future
use.
Inspect the athwartship fuze well, making
sure that the O-rings in the top and bottom
nest firmly in the grooves. Slip the top of
the fuze well through the large hole in the
bottom of the bomb; align the pilot slot in
the bottom flange of the fuze well with the
pilot pin on the bomb. Install the two
lockwashers and nuts finger tight. Turn
the bomb on its side and install the cable
retainer assembly in the slot in the top of
the bomb. Engage the bolts in the top of the
fuze well assembly; then install the other
two bolts and lockwashers through the back
bone and screw them into the top of the
fuze well. Tighten all four bolts evenly and
securely. Return to the bottom of the bomb
to tighten the two nuts holding the lower
flange of the fuze well to the bomb.
NOTE: The athwartship fuze well
is always installed regardless of
whether the electric fuzing system
or the alternate standard fuzing
system Fuze M173 with Igniter
M23 is to be used.
10. Open a filling hole by lifting the cam
handle of the cover. Pry up the cam handle
with a screwdriver; the spring will keep it
open. To insert a cover in the bomb grasp
the cover by the cam handle and insert the
small end of the bottom plate crosswise in
the filling hole. When the bottom plate has
entered, turn the cover at right angles so
that the small end is aft and the shape of
the cover lines up with shape of the hole. The
cover should be very free and loose until the
cam handle is pushed down. Push the cam
handle down flush. This locks and seals the
cover. The cam handle should go down
smoothly and easily. If it does not, the
cover may be fouled on the internal rubber
extension sleeve. Shaking the cover in the
hole should free it.
NOTE: It is suggested that the
filling hole covers not be inserted in
the bomb until after the bomb is
filled with Napalm. If the bomb
is stored empty for a period of
more than several hours, it is ad­
visable to leave the cam handles
open and the covers loose.
Electric Fuzing
1. Insert the three-pronged plug of Bomb
Cable Assembly Mk 8 Mod 0 into the opening
in the nose of the bomb, and feed it through
the tube and out of the Section I skin. Pull
it through until the single-pronged plug en­
gages the mouth of the tube.
CAUTION: Do not engage this
plug in the tube by pulling on the
cable. Instead, place the hollow
end of the fuze inserting dowel over
the single prong and force the plug
base firmly into the tube. Then re­
move the dowel.
Feed the three-pronged plug through the
fixed channel on Section I I ; remove the
slack. Insert the front channel (the loose
piece) through the channel clip on Section I
and over the cable engaging the inside of
the fixed channel. With a hammer, bend
down the ear on the channel clip to approxi­
mately 45 degrees.
2. Remove shipping pin from bottom of
fuze and screw white phosphorus filled igni­
ter can to fuze. Insert nose of fuze-igniter
can assembly into athwartship fuze well
approximately thirteen inches. Place fuze
inserting dowel inside of cap assembly with
the tongue of the dowel at the spring end.
Push fuze-igniter can assembly to top of
fuze well and rotate with the dowel until
the plug receptacle boss engages the slot in
10-47
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
installed in the flush mounting wells pro­
the upper end of the fuze well. Rotate cap
vided. Two igniter-fuze combinations are
assembly until slots engage bayonet pins;
used. One of each is installed on Sections I
rotate with fingers as far as possible. Re­
and IV (the nose and tail) as follows:
move dowel and tighten cap assembly with
square projection on wrench furnished. In­
1. Remove the igniter well covers. These
sert tetryl loaded burster tube through cut
covers are shipped in place in the wells and
out in cap into cavity of the igniter can.
are held in place by three springs, two of
Screw burster tube securely in cavity using
which have tabs extending above the cover
dowel as a screw driver.
Insert three­
to facilitate removal. To remove a cover,
pronged plug of the cable into the XB66C
squeeze a pair of tabs together between the
Electric Fuze, making sure the cable retainer
thumb and forefinger until the springs re­
engages the shoulder on the plug to prevent
lease. The cover can then be lifted out.
withdrawal.
2. Place the igniter-fuze combinations into
3.
After the Bomb Cable Assembly Mk 8 the wells, lining up the arming wire holes in
Mod 0 has been properly installed, unpack
the arming vanes so that they are in line
Proximity Fuze Sensing Element M20 (T with the suspension lugs of the bomb. Re­
18E2) and remove the rear cover. Install
place the well cover over each fuze and push
the element in the opening in the nose of the
down against the spring until the lock pins
bomb. Tighten the element in place with the
snap into place. It should not be necessary
furnished wrench.
to remove the safety pins until the well
covers have been installed. Install the arm­
Standard Fuzing
ing wires, passing them through the guides
The igniter-fuze combinations are to be
on top of the bomb.
10-48
Chapter 11
PRACTICE BOMB ASSEMBLIES
3-LB M IN IA T U R E P R A C T IC E B O M B M k 5 M ods 2 and 3
3-LB M IN IA T U R E P R A C T IC E B O M B A N - M k 23 Mod 1
4.5-LB M IN IA T U R E PR A C T IC E BO M B M k 43 M od 1
M a r k __ __ _____________
- .
M od ________ ________________________
General Arrangement__________ - - List of Drawings---------- -------------- .
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.) ___
Diameter (in.).......... ............. - -------- Fin Span (I n .)................... ......... Weight:
Without Signal (lb )___. _
...
With M k 4-Type Signal (lb). ___
With Mk 5-Type Signal (lb)_
Firing-Pin Assembly_____________ —
Signal . . . ________ _____ ____________
Mk 5__________ _____ .
2 and 3 ............... .
452859____________ ..
Sk 165595.. .................
8 .25____________ _
.
2 .1 8 ___________ _____ .
2 .5 __________________.
A N -M k 23________
1__________________
452860____________
Sk 165597_________
8 .2 5 ______________
2 .1 8 ______________
2 .5 _______________
2 .5 6 ________________ .
2 .6 8 ________________
2 .6 2 ________________ .
Mk 1 Mod 0 ________ .
Mk 4 Mods
or
Mk 5 M od 0.
2 .8 7 ______________ . .
3 .0 0 ______________ . .
2 .9 4 ______________
Mk 1 Mod 0_______ . .
Mk 4 Mods
or
Mk 5 Mod 0.
.
..
..
__
..
..
..
Mk 43.
1.
452858.
Sk 165596.
8.25.
2.18
2.5.
4.31.
4 43.
4.37.
Mk 1 Mod 0
Mk 4 Mods
or
Mk 5 Mod 0.
General Description
Painting and M arking
The 3-lb MPB Mk 5 Mods 2 and 3, the
3-lb MPB AN-Mk 23 Mod 1, and the 4.5-lb
MPB Mk 43 Mod 1 are similar in physical
appearance and differ basically in the metal
used to cast the body.
Bomb Mk 5, now obsolescent, is manufac­
tured from zinc alloy and weighs the least of
the three bombs. Bomb AN-Mk 23 is made
of cast iron. Bomb Mk 43, now obsolete,
was manufactured from cast lead and was
the heaviest of the three bombs.
The cast body has a bore throughout its
transverse axis which houses a signal and
firing-pin assembly.
Four fins are cast integrally with the bomb
body. A rectangular sheet-metal shroud at­
tached to the fins is used to stabilize the
bomb in flight. Two crimps, 180 degrees
apart, anchor the shroud to the fin blades.
The firing-pin assembly consists of two
shallow metal cups, separated by a spacer
which houses the firing pin. A cotter pin
through the nose of the bomb body and two
recesses in the lip of the forward cup lock
the firing-pin assembly and signal in place.
Identification data is cast integrally on the
body of the bomb during manufacture, and
the bomb has no color marking other than
that of the cast metal.
Use
The 3-lb MP Bomb Mk 5 is used for bomb­
ing practices on armored-deck target boats.
The Bomb AN-Mk 23 is authorized for all
bombing practices except those involving
armored-deck target boats. The 4.5-lb MP
Bomb Mk 43 was used for low-altitude, hori­
zontal or dive bombing and on armoreddeck target boats. The Bombs Mk 5, A N Mk 23, and Mk 43 are used with the Mk 4type signal, which expels a large puff of
smoke rearward through the bore of the
bomb when detonated by action of the firing
pin. They also are used with the Mk 5 type
signal, which contains a fluorescein dye and
is actuated by a water inertia load on the
firing pin. When the Mk 5 type signal is
installed, the firing-pin assembly is not used.
Special containers are utilized by aircraft to
carry and release these bombs.
11-1
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure 11-1.— 3-lb Miniature Practice Bomb A N -M k 23 Mod 1, Exterior View.
Figure 11-2.— 3-lb Miniature Practice Bomb A N Mk 23 M od 1, Exploded View.
11-2
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
2. Remove the cotter pin and the firingpin assembly from the nose of the bomb.
CAUTION: Signals and bombs
The firing-pin assembly should fit loosely
are not to be unpacked in advance
in the bomb and not bind when being re­
of requirements. If unpacked and
moved.
not used, return them to their
3. Check the bore through the center of
original packings.
the bomb; it must be clean, smooth, and not
1.
Remove the bomb and the signal from damaged in any way.
their packings.
4. Inspect the firing-pin assembly for
Assembly W ith the M k 4 Type Signal
SHROUD
EXPLOSIVE
SIGNAL
FIRING-PIN
ASSEMBLY
BOMB
BODY
FLUORESCEIN
DYE SIGNAL
Figure 11-3.— 3-lb Miniature Practice Bomb A N -M k 23 Mod 1, Cutaway View
and Detail Showing Signal Mk 5 Mod 0 Installed.
11-3
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
damage. Be sure the firing-pin cup is not
deformed and that the firing-pin point is
below the lip of its cup.
5. Place the bomb in a vertical position,
nose end up.
6. Check that the signal is not swollen or
deformed in any way. The primer must be
flush or slightly below the base of the car­
tridge. Do not use a signal cartridge that
is deformed in any way.
7. Insert the signal into the bomb, primer
end up, and let it fall gently into place;
do not force it. The base flange of the
signal cartridge must rest on the bomb bore
shoulder.
8. Insert the firing-pin assembly carefully
with the firing-pin end toward the signal.
The assembly must drop into place under
its own weight.
CAUTION : Do not apply pressure
to force the firing-pin assembly into
the bomb. The assembly may col­
lapse and fire the signal.
9. Rotate the firing-pin assembly so that
the two notches in the lip line up with the
two pin holes in the bomb nose. Do not
apply pressure to the firing pin during this
operation.
10. Insert the cotter pin through the nose
holes and the recesses in the firing-pin as­
sembly.
11. Spread the ends of the cotter pin with
a screwdriver sufficiently to retain the pin
11-4
in the bomb. Do not bend the ends of the
cotter pin at a right angle to the axis of
the cotter pin or strike the ends to bend them
into position.
CAUTION: Be extremely careful
when handling practice bombs
loaded with signals. Jarring or
dropping the bomb may detonate
the signal. Do not, under any cir­
cumstances, point either end of the
signal toward other personnel.
Loaders must not place their bodies
in line with the nose or tail ends
of the bombs.
Disassembly
To disassemble the complete bomb, the
previous steps should be carried out in re­
verse order and the components restored to
their original condition.
Assembly W ith the M k 5 Type Signal
1. Prepare the bomb in accordance with
steps 1 through 6 of the assembly instruc­
tions for the Mk 4 type signal.
2. Insert the signal with the small end
toward the tail of the bomb.
3. Secure the signal in the bomb by re­
placing the cotter pin.
4. Spread the ends of the cotter pin suffi­
ciently to lock it in place.
5. Retain the discarded firing-pin assem­
blies as spares or return them to the nearest
supply point.
P R A C T IC E BO M B A SSE M B L IE S
13-LB M IN IA T U R E P R A C T IC E B O M B M k 19 M ods 0 and 1
F ig u re 1 1 - 4 . — 13-lb M in ia tu re P ra ctice B o m b M k 1 9 M o d 1, Exterior V iew .
Mark__________________________
M od ___________________________
General Arrangement__________
List of Drawings_______________
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)
Diameter (in.)_________________
Fin Span (in.)__________________
Weight:
Wighout Signal (lb)_______
With Signal Mk 4 (lb)_____
With Signal Mk 5 (lb)_____
Signal___________ ______________
Firing Pin Assembly
General Description
The 13-lb MPB Mk 19 Mods 0 and 1,
now obsolescent, is made of cast metal and
has a bore through its transverse axis which
houses a signal and firing-pin assembly.
19_______________ ___
. . . ___
284480__________ ___
Sk 90553
...
....
1 3.1____
2.6_____________ ___
3 .7 _____________
19.
1.
300617.
Sk 90842.
13.1.
2.6.
3.7.
13_______________ ___
1 3.2____________ ___
1 3.1____________ ___
Mk 4 Mods
or
Mk 5 Mod 0.
Mk 1 Mod 0_________
13.
13.2.
13.1.
Mk 4 Mods
or
Mk 5 Mod 0.
Mk 1 Mod 0.
0________
The body is cast lead-antimony. Four steel
sheet-metal fins are cast integral with the
bomb body.
The firing-pin assembly consists of two
shallow metal cups, separated by a spacer
11-5
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
F ig u re 1 1 - 5 .— 1 3 -lb M in ia tu re P ra ctice B o m b M k 19 M o d 1, E x p lo d e d V ie w .
which houses the firing pin. A straight steel
pin through the nose of the bomb body and
two recesses of the forward cup lock the
firing-pin assembly and signal in place. The
ends of the pin are peened over at assembly
and, for shipment, tape is placed over the
ends of the pin.
The difference between mods 0 and 1 is
the bore construction. The center bore of
mod 0 is lined with a steel sleeve; mod 1
has no such lining.
Painting and M arking
The bomb body is painted black; identi­
fication data is stenciled on the body in white
letters.
Use
The bomb is used for high altitude hori­
zontal bombing practice and mod 1 also may
be used on armored-deck target boats. The
bomb is used with Signal Mk 4 which expels
a large puff of smoke rearward through the
bore of the bomb when detonated by action
of the firing pin. It is used also with Signal
Mk 5, which contains a fluorescein dye and is
actuated by a water inertia load on the firing
pin. When the Signal Mk 5 is installed, the
firing pin assembly is not used.
11-6
Assembly W ith Signal M k 4
CAUTION: Signals and bombs are
not to be unpacked in advance of
their requirements. If unpacked
and not used, return them to their
original packings.
1. Remove the bomb and signal from their
respective packings.
2. Inspect the bomb for damaged seams,
cracked weldments, and deformed areas.
3. Remove the tape covering the ends of
the retaining pin. Remove the ,etaining
pin and the firing pin assembly.
4. Inspect the firing-pin assembly for dam­
age. The firing-pin cups must not be de­
formed, and the point of the firing pin must
be below the lip of its cup.
5. Inspect the bore through the center of
the bomb. The bore must be clean, smooth,
free of obstructions, and undamaged.
6. Inspect the signal to see that it is not
swollen or deformed in any manner. The
primer must be flush with or slightly below
the base of the cartridge. Deformed sig­
nals must not be used.
7. With the firing pin assembly removed,
stand the bomb vertically with its nose up.
Insert the signal, primer end up, into the
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
w
F ig u re 1 1 - 6 .— 1 3 -lb M in ia tu re Practice B o m b M k 19 M o d 1, C u t a w a y V iew .
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
bomb and let it slide gently into place; do
not force it. The base flange of the signal
cartridge must rest on the shoulder of the
bomb bore.
8. Carefully insert the firing-pin assembly
into the bomb nose, with the point of the
firing pin facing the signal. The firing-pin
assembly must drop into place under its own
weight.
CAUTION: Do not apply pressure
to force the firing-pin assembly
into the bomb as the assembly may
collapse and fire the signal.
9. Rotate the firing-pin assembly so that
the two recesses in the lip of the forward
cup are aligned with the two pin holes in
the bomb nose.
CAUTION:
Do not exert any
downward pressure on the firingpin assembly during this operation.
10. Insert the retaining pin through the
holes in the bomb nose and through the two
recesses in the cup of the firing-pin assem­
bly.
11-8
11.
Peen lead over the ends of the retain­
ing pin or use two patches of adhesive tape
to retain pin. Peen only sufficiently to re­
tain pin, to permit withdrawal of the pin.
Disassembly
To disassemble the complete bomb, the
above steps should be carried out in reverse
order and the components restored to their
original condition.
Assembly With Signal Mk 5
1. Prepare the bomb in accordance with
steps 1 through 6 of the assembly instruc­
tions for the Signal Mk 4.
2. Insert the signal with the small end
toward the tail of the bomb.
3. Secure the signal in the bomb by re­
placing the retaining pin.
4. Peen the ends of the retaining pin only
sufficiently to retain the pin, or apply two
patches of adhesive tape over the ends of
the pin.
5. Retain the discarded firing-pin assem­
blies as spares or return them to the nearest
supply point.
PR A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B LIES
5-LB P R A C T IC E B O M B M k 106 Mod 0
F ig u re 11—7. — 5 -lb Practice B o m b M k 1 0 6 M o d 0, Exte rio r V iew .
Mark __________-__ ______ _______________ _____ _______ ______
Mod
_______ _____ __________ ___ -______________ ______ _______
General Arrangement
.. . __ _______________ -...... — ___ _____
List of Drawings ____ ________ ______ __
________________ ______
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.) ___________ _____ .___ —......
Diameter (in.) .................... .. .............- ______ .______ _________ ____ .
Fin Span (in.)
___________ _____ __ _________ ___________ ______
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb) ............. ........ .... ......... ...... .
Signal ______ ______________ __ ________________ ________ ________
Fuze (Impact) ________ _______ _____________ ___ _____________ _____
General Description
The 5-lb Practice Bomb Mk 106 Mod 0 is
a thin-cased, cylindrical bomb. It is com­
posed of a bomb body assembly, a Mk 4 Mod
3 Practice Bomb Signal, and a modified
M173 Impact Fuze assembly.
The bomb body is composed of an inner
cylinder, an outer cylinder, and a fin assem­
bly. The inner cylinder is composed of two
seamless steel tubes; one is the smaller in
diameter and is partially inserted into the
larger and welded in position. The inner
106
0
1985666
414455
18.75
3.875
3.875
4.56
Mk 4 Mod 3
M173 (modified)
cylinder has internal threads on the forwarc
end for receiving the M173 fuze assembly.
It also forms the base for the outer cylinder
and fin assembly. The outer cylinder is
fabricated of sheet steel. It is suspended on
the forward end of the inner cylinder by two
sheet steel supports which are welded to both
the inner and outer cylinders. A box-type
fin assembly, consisting of four metal vanes
welded together, is welded to the aft end of
the inner cylinder.
The bomb has two % inch indexing holes
11-9
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
F ig u re 1 1 - 8 . — 5 -lb P ractice B o m b M k 10 6 M o d 0, E x p lo d e d V ie w .
drilled into the body 2 inches forward of the
center of gravity. These holes accommodate
the Aero 8A Dispenser.
Painting and M arking
Identifying nomenclature is stenciled in
white marking ink on the side of the body.
Early issues of the bomb are coated ex­
ternally with black enamel. Present issues
are coated with orange enamel and are en­
circled with one-fourth inch enamel or lac­
quer white stripes terminated by arrowheads
which point to the two indexing holes.
Use
The 5-lb Practice Bomb Mk 106 Mod 0 is
designated for low altitude drops.
The
modified M173 Impact Fuze assembly, con­
sisting of an adapter and the M173 Fuze
less booster, is installed in the nose of the
bomb. The fuze is fully armed by anemom­
eter-type vanes, after completing 220 feet
of air travel. When the fuze is armed,
impact forces from any direction will cause
instantaneous detonation of the fuze which in
turn fires the signal.
The Practice Bomb Signal Mk 4 Mod 3 is
seated in the inner cylinder of one bomb
11-10
F ig u re 1 1 - 9 . — 5 -lb Practice B o m b M k 10 6
M o d 0, C u t a w a y V iew .
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B LIES
body. Smoke produced from the detonated
signal is discharged rearward through the
inner cylinder.
Assembly
CAUTION: Signals, fuzes, and
bombs are not to be unpacked in
advance of requirements. If un­
packed and not used, return them to
their original packings.
1. Remove the bomb assembly from con­
tainer.
2. Remove the signal from its packing
and check that the signal is not swollen or
deformed in any way. The primer must be
flush or slightly below the base of the car­
tridge. Do not use a signal cartridge that is
deformed in any way.
3. Place the bomb in a vertical position,
nose end up.
4. Insert the signal into bomb, primer
end up, and let it fall gently into place; do
not force it. The base flange of the signal
cartridge must rest on the bomb bore
shoulder.
5. Remove the fuze and the adapter from
their packings, and inspect the fuze to en­
sure that the fuze safety devices are in place.
CAUTION: If a fuze is armed or
otherwise unsafe to handle, the fuze
shall be disposed of by authorized
personnel.
6. Carefully screw fuze assembly into nose
of bomb until seated. Install positioning
clip.
7. Insert arming wire into off-center holes
on the fuze anemometer vane hub and in­
stall Fahnestock clip.
8. Remove safety cotter pin from fuze.
Disassembly
To disassemble the complete bomb, the
above steps should be carried out in reverse
order and the components restored to their
original condition.
11-11
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
25-LB P R A C T IC E B O M B M k 76 M ods 0,1, and 2
MOD 0
INDEXING HOLE
MOD 2
F ig u re 1 1 - 1 0 . — 2 5 -lb P ra ctice B o m b M k 7 6 M o d s.
Mod _
General Arrangement _
List of Drawings _
Length of Complete
Bomb (with fuze)
(in.)--------- . . . .
Weight of Complete
Bomb (lb). ____ .
Signal . . ____
Fuze _
______
Firing Pin
76 . .
. ...
0_________________
561638. . . .
.
Sk 165603___
76
1_____
1381205-.
165802
22.5______________
27.155
2 3 .8 ..
______
Mk 4 Mods 0, 1,2, 3
Not Used. __ ___
Mk 1 Mod 0
___
25.10_______ . . . .
Mk 4 Mod 3_____ .
AN-M146E3____
Not Used
.
General Description
The 25-lb PB Mk 76 Mod 0, now obsoles­
cent, has a tear-drop shaped, cast-metal body
which is centrally bored. The tail-tube as­
sembly fits into the end of the bore. The
conical afterbody covers the tail-tube assem­
bly and is threaded to the body. The two
sections are staked together to prevent un­
11-12
.
.
..
___ .
76.
2.
1381208
165803.
22.5.
23.70.
Mk 4 Mod 3.
Not Used.
Mk 1 Mod 0.
screwing. The fin assembly is welded to the
tail tube. Firing-Pin Assembly Mk 1 Mod
0 and the signal are assembled into the bore
of the body and secured in place by a safety
cotter pin.
In the Mod 0 a single lug is positioned
just forward of the center of gravity of the
bomb. Some bombs of early manufacture
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B L IES
have a suspension lug with a small opening
which precludes use of the bomb on Shackle
Mk 8 All Mods or Aero 14 and 15 series
racks. Later manufacture provided lugs
with a larger opening that permits use on
this type shackle or rack. Activities may re­
place the older type lugs with lugs having
the larger opening (ASRS 307140-A). The
threads in the bomb body should be cleaned
after the smaller lug is removed. Glycerinelitharge cement should be applied to the
threads to hold the newer type lug in posi­
tion.
The Mod 1 is designed for air-burst fir­
ing only. The Time Fuze AN-M146E3 is
used to fire the Signal Mk 4 Mod 3 which is
seated in the bore of the body section. A
setscrew (AN-565-D-1032 H5) is threaded
into the nose of the bomb to retain the fuze
and signal. Smoke produced from the det­
onated signal is discharged rearward
through the tube of the fin assembly.
CAUTION: Tests have shown that
the fuze will fragment the bomb
body producing a maximum frag­
ment weight of 254 grams and a
maximum fragment velocity of 98
feet per second. Proper precau­
tions should be taken to insure that
any personnel who may be scoring
drops of this bomb are beyond the
maximum range of the burst.
In the Mod 1 a single suspension lug is
threaded into the bomb body just forward of
the center of gravity and cemented in place.
Two %-inch indexing holes are drilled into
the body to assist in the proper positioning
of the bomb in the Aero 8A Practice Bomb
Container.
The Mod 2 is similar in appearance and
functioning to the Mod 0 except that two % inch indexing holes are drilled into the body
at the center of gravity to assist in the
proper positioning of the bomb in the Aero
8A Practice Bomb Container.
Painting and M arking
Early issues of the bombs are painted
with black enamel and identification data is
stenciled in white letters on the body. The
Mods 1 and 2 have a f4-inch white stripe
painted around the body over the index
holes. The purpose of the stripe is to assist
ordnance men in properly positioning the
bomb in the Aero 8A PB container.
Functioning
The firing-pin assembly fires the signal
in the Mod 0 and the Mod 2. The time fuze
fires the signal in the Mod 1. Smoke from
the signal is discharged rearward through
the central tube.
Assembly
CAUTION: Signals, fuzes, and
bombs are not to be unpacked in
advance of requirements. If un­
packed and not used, return them to
their original packings.
CAUTION: Signals must not be
swollen or deformed in any manner.
The primer must be flush or slightly
below the base of the cartridge.
Signal cartridges that are deformed
in any way shall not be used.
To assemble the Mod 0 or Mod 2, proceed
as follows:
1. Remove the bomb and the signal from
their packings.
2. Remove the cotter pin and firing-pin
assembly from the nose of the bomb.
CAUTION: The firing-pin assem­
bly should fit loosely in the bomb
and not bind when dropped into
position. Inspect firing-pin assem­
bly for damage. Be sure firing-pin
cup is not deformed and that the
firing-pin point is below the lip of
the cup. Check the bore through
the center of the bomb; it must be
clean, smooth, and not damaged in
any way.
3. With the firing-pin assembly removed,
place the bomb in a vertical position, nose
end up.
4. Insert the signal into the bomb, primer
end up, and let it slide gently into place; do
not force it. The base flange of the signal
11-13
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
cartridge must rest on the bomb bore
shoulder.
5. Insert the firing-pin assembly care­
fully with the firing-pin end toward the
signal.
CAUTION: The assembly must
drop into place under its own
weight. Do not apply pressure to
force the firing-pin assembly into
the bomb because the assembly may
deform and fire the signal.
6. Rotate the firing-pin assembly so that
the two U-shaped notches in the lip line up
with the two pin holes in the bomb nose. Do
not apply pressure to the firing pin during
this operation.
7. Insert the cotter pin through the nose
holes and the recesses in the firing-pin as­
sembly.
8. Spread the ends of the cotter pin just
enough to retain it in place.
CAUTION: Do not bend the ends
of the cotter pin at a right angle
to the axis of the cotter pin, or
strike the ends to bend the cotter
pin into position.
To assemble the Mod 1 proceed as follows.
1. Remove the bomb assembly from its
crate.
2. Verify that the setscrew is backed off
sufficiently to permit entrance of fuze.
3. Place bomb in vertical position, nose
end up.
4. Remove the signal from packing and
insert the signal into the bomb, primer end
up, and let it gently slide into place. Do
not use force. The base flange of the sig­
nal must rest on the bomb bore shoulder
(about 1.0 inch from the nose of the bomb).
5. Remove fuze from packing and inspect
it to insure that the safety block and arming
pin are in proper position, fuze threads are
clean, and there is no evidence of corrosion
or damage.
6. Hold the safety block in place and re­
move the striker stop. Examine for clear­
ance between striker and safety block.
n -i4
Shake fuze to determine if safety block will
fall out.
7. Replace striker stop.
CAUTION: If the striker snaps
down tightly against the safety
block when the striker stop is with­
drawn, or if the safety block falls
out when the fuze is shaken, the
fuze shall be disposed of by au­
thorized personnel.
8. Loosen time-setting thumbscrew, and
turn head until desired time is indicated by
index mark on fuze body. Tighten thumb­
screw to lock time setting.
9. Carefully screw the fuze into the nose
of the bomb until seated, then back it off a
portion of one turn until the arming pin
is in line with the suspension lug.
10. Tighten the setscrew to lock fuze in
place.
CAUTION: Be extremely careful
when handling practice bombs
loaded with signals. Jarring or
dropping the bomb may detonate
the signal. Do not, under any cir­
cumstances, point either end of the
signal toward other personnel.
Loaders must not place their bodies
in line with the nose or tail ends of
the bombs.
11. For bombs individually suspended
from bomb racks by their suspension lugs,
pass an arming wire AN-M6A2 or Mk 1
Mod 0 through the suspension lug, outer
holes in the arming pin bracket, arming pin,
outer eyelets of wire guide, and vane tab.
12. Install a Fahnestock clip on the arm­
ing wire flush against the vane tab. Cut
off the excess arming wire two or three
inches in front of the vane tab.
13. Remove striker stop, safety pin, and
the seal wire. Check again for clearance
between striker and the safety block as de­
scribed in step 6. If the safety block should
fall out, replace it, secure it with tape, re­
move the fuze from the bomb, and set it
aside for destruction.
14. When used in Aero 8A Containers the
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B L IES
arming wire is secured to the forward sec­
tion of the container and passed through the
fuze from fore to aft in reverse of step 11.
Fahnestock clip is placed flush against the
after edge of the arming pin bracket.
the suspension lug to the tail arming sole­
noid to obtain a fair lead of the wire.
Disassembly
To disassemble a complete bomb, the above
steps should be carried out in reverse order
15.
When suspended from Mk 55 Bomb and the components restored to their origi­
nal condition.
Racks, the arming wire should be led through
11-15
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
56-LB P R A C T IC E B O M B M k 89 M ods 0 and 1
F ig u re i 1— 1 7.— 5 6 -lb P ra ctice B o m b M k 8 9 M o d 0 , E x te rio r V ie w .
Mark..
__________________________
M od____________________________ __
General Arrangement________________
List of Drawings______
_____
Length of Bomb (in.)
Assembled with Firing Pin -------Assembled with Fuze.. ._
___
Body Diameter, maximum (in.)_______
Fin Span (in.)_______ ______________
Distance between Suspension Lugs, center-to-center (in.)__________________
Weight of Bomb (lb)
Assembled with Firing P in ..
Assembled with Fuze AN-M146E3.
Assembled with Fuze XB-125A___
Practice Bomb Signal. .
Firing Pin_____________________ ___
Fuze*.......... . ....................................
89_____
0_____
1525310___
413702
31.3.
....
....
____
...
___
89.
1.
1367164.
290694.
31 .3.
39
4 0 __
6.6.
14.0
56.6
_
_______ . . .
___
...
_ _
Mk 4 Mod 3
__ . . .
Mk 1 Mod 0 _____.
....
9
4.0.
6.6.
14.0.
56.6.
57 3.
57 0.
Mk 4 Mod 3.
Mk 1 Mod 0.
XB-125A.
* This fuze was designed specially for use with the Mk 89 Mod 1 bomb. However, as
an interim measure the AN-M146E3 fuze may be used until the XB-125A fuze becomes
available.
General Description
The 56-lb PB Mk 89 Mod 0 is a low-drag
(sub-caliber) practice bomb, similar in
11-16
shape to the low-drag series of general pur­
pose bombs. The cast iron body is slender,
with a long pointed nose. The conical type
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
SUSPENSION LUG
F ig u re 1 1 - 1 2 . — 5 6 -lb P ractice B o m b M k 8 9 M o d 0, E x p lo d e d V iew .
fin assembly is of welded sheet metal or cast
almag construction. The tail fins are canted
2 degrees to impart spin to the bomb for the
purpose of obtaining repeated consistent
trajectories.
Practice Bomb Signal Mk 4 Mod 3 is in­
stalled in the forward end of the bomb. The
smoke produced by the detonated signal is
discharged out the rear of the tail fin.
Practice Bomb Mk 89 Mod 0 is designed
for impact firing. Firing Pin Mk 1 Mod 0
detonates the signal on land or water impact.
Practice Bomb Mk 89 Mod 1 is designed
for impact or air-burst firing. The signal
is detonated by a firing pin or a fuze. A
removable nose-bushing provides this dual
capability. For impact firing, the bomb is
assembled with the bushing installed, se­
cured by a setscrew. Firing Pin Mk 1 Mod
0 fits within the bushing and is held there
by a cotter pin. For air-burst firing, the
bomb is assembled without the bushing,
cotter pin, firing pin. Instead, Fuze X B 125A is threaded into the nose of the bomb.
The setscrew retains the fuze and signal.
Both mods of Practice Bomb Mk 89 have
three threaded holes equally spaced over a
14-inch span on the bomb body. These holes
receive suspension lugs or shipping plugs.
In some applications, suspension lugs (Mk
10 Mod 0) are installed in the two outer
holes; in other applications, a suspension lug
is installed in the center hole only. Ship­
ping plugs are installed in all three holes
when the bomb is to be used in a dispenser.
In the Mod 0, two %-inch holes are drilled
into the body near the center of gravity;
these holes assist in proper positioning of
the bomb in the Aero 8A Practice Bomb Con­
tainer. In the Mod 1, an additional set of
two %-inch holes are drilled 1.385 inches
closer to the nose end. Two white arrows
point to each of these four holes. The for­
ward set of the holes are used to facilitate
positioning of bomb in the forward compart­
ment of the container when the bomb is as­
sembled with a fuze.
Painting and M arking
Identifying nomenclature is stenciled in
white marking ink on the side of the body.
The exterior surface of the early issues of
the bomb are coated with black enamel. In
the Mod 0, a Vi-inch white stripe is painted
around the body over the indexing holes. In
the Mod 1, two white arrows are painted at
each of the indexing holes.
Functioning
The firing pin assembly or the fuze fires
the signal. Smoke from the signal is dis­
charged rearward through the central tube.
11-17
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Assembly
CAUTION: Signals and bombs
shall not be unpacked in advance
of requirements. If unpacked and
not used, return them to their origi­
nal packings.
CAUTION: Firing pin assemblies
must fit loosely and not bind when
dropped into position. Inspect fir­
ing pin assembly for damage. Be
sure firing-pin cup is not deformed
and that the firing-pin point is be­
low the lip of its cup. Check bore
through center of bomb; bore must
be clear.
2. Remove the cotter pin and firing pin
assembly from the nose of bomb.
3. With the firing pin assembly removed,
elevate the nose of bomb. Insert Practice
Bomb Signal Mk 4 Mod 3, primer end up,
and slide it gently into place. Do not use
force. The base flange of the signal car­
tridge must rest on the bore shoulder (about
li/t inches in from the nose of the bomb).
CAUTION: Signals must not be
swollen or deformed in any man­
ner. The primer must be flush or
slightly below the base of the car­
tridge. Signal cartridges that are
deformed in any way shall not be
used.
To assemble the Mod 0 or 1 for impact
firing, proceed as follows.
4. Carefully insert firing pin assembly
1.
Remove the bomb assembly and the with firing pin end toward the signal.
signal assembly from their packings. Each
bomb is shipped from the manufacturer
CAUTION : Firing pin assembly
with the firing pin assembly installed and
must slide into place under its own
with a retaining cotter pin through the nose
weight. Do not apply pressure to
end.
force the firing pin assembly into
Figure 11—13.- 56-lb Practice Bomb Mk 89 Mod 1, Exploded View.
11-18
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B LIES
Figure 11-14.- 56-lb Practice Bomb Mk 89 M od 0, Cutaway View.
11-19
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
the bomb because the assembly may
deform and fire the signal.
5. Rotate the firing pin assembly so that
the two U-shaped notches in the lip of the
forward cup line up with the pin holes in
the bomb nose. Do not apply pressure to
the firing pin during this operation.
6. Insert the cotter pin through the pin
holes in the nose, passing through the
notches in the firing pin assembly. Spread
the ends of the cotter pin just enough to
retain it in place.
CAUTION: Do not bend the ends
of the cotter pin at right angles
to the cotter pin axis, or strike the
ends to bend them in position.
To assemble the Mod 1 for air-burst fir­
ing, proceed as follows.
1. Remove the bomb assembly from its
crate.
2. Remove the cotter pin and firing pin
assembly from the bomb nose.
3. Back off the setscrew and remove the
nose bushing.
4. Place the bomb in a vertical position,
nose end up.
5. Remove the signal from its packing
and insert the signal into the bomb, primer
end-up, and let it gently slide into place.
Do not use force. The base flange of the
signal must rest on the bomb bore shoulder
(about 1.25 inch from the nose of the bom b).
11-20
6. Remove the fuze from its packing and
inspect it to insure that the fuze safety de­
vices are in place.
CAUTION: If the fuze is armed
or otherwise unsafe to handle,
it shall be disposed of by authorized
personnel.
7. Carefully screw the fuze into the nose
of the bomb until seated, then back it off a
portion of one turn until the arming pin is
in line with the suspension lug.
8. Tighten the setscrew to lock the fuze
in place.
9. Install the arming wire and Fahnestock
clip.
CAUTION: Be extremely careful
when handling practice bombs
loaded with signals. Jarring or
dropping the bomb may detonate
the signal. Do not, under any cir­
cumstances, point either end of the
signal toward other personnel.
Loaders must not place their bodies
in line with the nose or tail ends of
the bombs.
Disassembly
To disassemble a complete bomb, the steps
just listed should be carried out in re­
verse order and the components restored to
their original condition.
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
F ig u re 1 1 - 1 5 .— 1 0 0 -lb P ra ctice B o m b M k 15 M o d s .
15
________ ______
Mark
1 5 _____
Mod _ ___
.
2 . .. _____
.. . . .
3 __________
. ______
General Arrangement _ 2 0 4 2 7 6 ..
_ 439738.
List of Drawings
Sk 1 0 9 5 3 6 ____
Sk 5 8 1 5 2
_________
Length of Assembled
Bomb (in.).
4 1 .2
___
4 1 .2 ..
____
Diamter (in.)_
8 . 0 ____
___________
8 .0 .
...
...
Fin Span (in.)_______
1 1 .2 4
..
11 .2 4 .
Weight of Assembled
Bomb (lb):
Loaded with Wet
100.
____________
Sand _ _
1 0 0 ..
____ ____
Loaded with Water__ __ ____ 5 6 _____________________
6 7 _______________
15.
4.
516342.
261462.
4 1 .5 .
8 .0 .
1 1 .2 4 .
9 7 .0 .
60.
11-21
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Wet Sand Filler (lb)__
Water Filler (lb).. . . .
Water Filler (gal)____
Signal.
____
76
....
39_______
4.6
None__ . . _
77.4. . ________
40
4 .7 _______
Mk 7 Mod 0
Fuze__
. ...
Firing-Pin Assembly__
Arming-Wire Assembly
None___________
None. . . . . . . . .
Mk 1 or AN-M6A2
Mk 247 Mod 0
None__________ __
Mk 1 or AN-M6A2
76.0.
39.
4.6.
Mk 4 Mods 0, 1,
3,4.
None.
Mk 1 Mod 0.
No Arming Wire.
100-LB P R A C T IC E B O M B M k 15 M od 2
General Description
The 100-lb PB Mk 15 Mod 2 is identical
to the Mod 3 except that it is not adapted
for the use of a fuze and signal. It is filled
with water or a mixture of sand and water
for spotting purposes.
For training purposes, a small washer
may be soldered to the nose of the bomb to
simulate a fuze. The end of an arming wire
which is normally inserted in the fuze of
service-type bombs is then secured to the
washer. For ARMED releases, the washer
is torn free of the bomb by the arming w ire;
for SAFE releases, the arming wire remains
secured to the washer.
When used against armored-deck target
boats, it is filled with water and released
from an altitude of less than 7000 feet.
100-LB P R A C T IC E BO M B M k 15 M od 3
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
W ING NUTS
&
SUSPENSION BANOS
. --------- -LOCKWASHERS
BODY
^ H E X NUTS
CAP SCREWS
Figu re 11-16.— 1 0 0 -lb P ra ctice B o m b Mk 15 M o d 3, E x p lo d e d V iew .
General Description
The 100-lb PB Mk 15 Mod 3 has a lightcased, cylindrical body with a threaded fill­
ing hole in its rounded nose. A box-type
11-22
fin assembly, consisting of four metal vanes
attached to a cone, is welded to the after
end of the body. A flat nose attachment
that prevents ricochet of the bomb at en-
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
FILLER CAP
F ig u re 11— 17.— 1 0 0 -lb P ra ctice B o m b M k 15 M o d 4, E x p lo d e d V iew .
trance angles as low as 90 degress is used
during antisubmarine practice. The attach­
ment is secured in place by a cap which
threads onto the filling hole.
The bomb has two metal suspension band
assemblies, each consisting of a circular
clamp, a suspension lug, and two cap screws
for tightening the band to the bomb. The
band may be adjusted for double suspension
of the bomb by orienting to suit the rack or
shackle to which the bomb is to be attached.
For single suspension, one band is installed
at the approximate center of gravity of the
bomb.
The bomb is filled either with water or
with a mixture of water and sand. Anti­
freeze must be added under freezing condi­
tions to prevent bursting of the bomb case
caused by freezing of the filler.
Painting and M arking
The bomb is painted black; identification
data is stenciled on the body in white letters.
Use
It is used with Practice Bomb Signal Mk
7 Mod 0 and inert Fuze Mk 247 Mod 0, which
are secured to the after end of the bomb.
Functioning
Upon impact of the bomb, the firing pin
in the fuze detonates a blank .38 caliber
cartridge in the signal which, in turn, ex­
plodes the signal. The explosion of the sig­
nal produces a flash and a large puff of
smoke, permitting observation of bombing
accuracy.
Assembly
CAUTION: Signals, fuzes, and
bombs are not to be unpacked in
advance of requirements. If un­
packed and not used, return them
to their original packings.
1. Remove the bomb assembly from its
crate.
2. Inspect for damaged seams, cracked
weldments, and deformed areas which might
cause leaks, weaken the suspension bands,
or prevent serviceable use.
3. Stand the bomb vertically with its nose
up and remove the filler cap and gasket.
Replace the gasket if damaged.
4. Fill the bomb with the required amount
of water or wet sand. When necessary, add
antifreeze to the filler. In order to fill the
bomb with a maximum quantity of wet sand
11-23
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
mixture, approximately one quarter of the
bomb should be filled with dry sand. Satu­
rate the sand with water, followed by more
sand and more water in successive steps
until the bomb is filled. If possible, check
the weight of the bomb on a scale to ascer­
tain when the correct weight has been ob­
tained.
5. Reinstall the gasket and filler cap,
threading on hand tight.
6. Adjust for 14-inch suspension by
loosening and moving the suspension bands.
For single suspension, take off one band and
move the other to the approximate center
of gravity of the bomb. Aline the bands so
that the tail fins will clear the aircraft
CLIP
LOCKING PLATE
GUIDE
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY
SIGNAL
-SAND FILLER
BODY
SUSPENSION BAND
Figure 11-18.— 100-lb Practice Bomb Mk 15 M od 3, Cutaway View.
11-24
PR A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B LIES
structure and ground when the bomb is
installed. Secure the bands in place by
tightening the band securing screws.
7. Remove the wing nuts, lockwashers,
and locking plate from the two studs in the
after end of the bomb.
8. Open the box containing Signal Mk 7,
Fuze Mk 247, the fuze arming-vane assem­
bly, the cotter pin, and the blank .38 caliber
cartridge which is sealed in an envelope in
each carton. If the containers are punc­
tured, split, or badly damaged, or if the
seals are broken, the fuze and signal as­
sembly is to be considered unserviceable.
This does not apply to fuze and signal as­
semblies repacked in the field and sealed
with adhesive tape for temporary protection.
Such assemblies must be examined carefully
for serviceability.
9. Place the arming-vane assembly on the
arming screw of the fuze and adjust it so
that the holes in the vane hub aline with
those in the arming screw. Insert the cotter
pin through the holes and secure it by spread­
ing its two ends.
10. Loosen the locknuts on the fuze and
unscrew the fuze from the signal. Insert the
blank .38 caliber cartridge into the chamber
of the signal, primer end facing aft. Thread
the fuze into the signal and secure it by
tightening the locknuts.
11. Insert the fuzed signal into the open­
ing in the after end of the bomb, seating it
firmly in the guide sleeve attached to the
bomb body. Adjust the fuze for correct
position to permit a straight pull of the arm­
ing wire.
12. Place the locking plate of the bomb
around the fuze and over the signal, secur­
ing it handtight with the wing nuts and
lockwashers.
13. Thread the arming wire through the
rear suspension lug of the bomb, then
through the arming-wire guide and vane
assembly of the fuze. The arming wire must
be free of kinks and burrs, and should ex­
tend 2 to 3 inches beyond the flange of the
fuze.
14. For external suspension of the bomb,
place one safety (Fahnestock) clip on the
free end of the arming wire, adjacent to the
arming vane of the fuze. If the bomb is to
be installed in a bomb bay, do not install a
safety clip on the arming wire.
15. Install the bomb in accordance with
the type of rack or shackle in use, and lock
it securely in place.
CAUTION: Do not remove the
safety cotter pin from the body of
fuze before the bomb is secured in
the aircraft and the arming wire is
completely installed.
Disassembly
To disassemble the complete bomb, the
steps should be carried out in reverse order
and the components restored to their ori­
ginal condition.
11-25
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
100-LB P R A C T IC E B O M B M k 15 M od 4
FLASH TUBE
BODY
-SAND FILLER
SIGNAL
CAP
FIRING PIN ASSEMBLY
F ig u re 1 1 - 1 9 .— 1 0 0 -lb P ractice B o m b M k 15 M o d 4, C u t a w a y V iew .
General Description
The 100-lb PB Mk 15 Mod 4 is a lightcased, cylindrical bomb with a round nose
and an integral box-type fin and cone. A
11-26
flash tube, extending throughout its trans­
verse axis, houses a pyrotechnic signal and
firing-pin assembly. Two suspension lugs
are welded to the bomb body 14 inches
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B LIES
apart. A filling hole is located off-center on
the bomb nose and is sealed by a filler cap
similar to those used on automobile gas
tanks.
The firing-pin assembly consists of two
shallow metal cups, separated by a spacer
which houses the firing pin. A cotter pin
through the nose end of the flash tube and
two recesses in the lip of the forward cup
locks the firing-pin assembly and signal in
place.
The bomb is filled either with water or
with a mixture of water and sand. Anti­
freeze must be added under freezing condi­
tions to prevent bursting of the bomb case
caused by freezing of the filler.
Painting and M arking
The Mk 15 Mod 4 bomb is painted black;
identification data is stenciled on the cylin­
drical section of the bomb in white letters.
Use
It is used with Signal Mk 4.
Functioning
The signal is
firing pin upon
explosion of the
a large puff of
tion of bombing
detonated by action of the
impact of the bomb. The
signal produces a flash and
smoke, permitting observa­
accuracy.
Assembly
CAUTION: Signals and bombs
are not to be unpacked in advance
of requirements. If unpacked and
not used return them to their ori­
ginal packings.1
4
3
2
1. Remove the bomb and the signal from
their respective packings.
2. Inspect the bomb for damaged seams,
cracked weldments, and deformed areas
which might cause leaks in the bomb body
or weaken the suspension lugs, or their at­
tachment to the bomb case.
3. Stand the bomb vertically with its nose
up. Remove the filler cap and gasket and
replace the gasket if damaged.
4. Fill the bomb with the required amount
of water or wet sand exactly as for the
Mod 3.
5. Replace the filler cap and gasket; be
sure the gasket is properly installed. Twist
the filler cap on with a spanner wrench until
it is locked securely in place.
6. Remove the cotter pin and firing-pin
assembly from the nose end of the flash
tube.
7. Inspect the firing-pin assembly for
damage. The firing-pin cups must not be
deformed, and the point of the firing pin
must be below the lip of its cup.
8. Inspect the bore of the flash tube
through the center of the bomb. The bore
must be clean, smooth, free of obstructions,
and undamaged.
9. Inspect the signal to see that it is not
swollen or deformed in any manner. The
primer must be flush with or slightly below
the base of the cartridge. Deformed signals
must not be used.
10. Insert the signal, primer end up, into
the bomb and let it slide gently into place;
do not force it. The base flange of the signal
cartridge must rest on the shoulder of the
flash tube, approximately l l/g inches from
the nose of the tube.
11. Carefully insert the firing-pin assem­
bly into the flash tube, with the point of the
firing pin facing toward the signal. The
firing-pin assembly must drop into place
under its own weight.
CAUTION: Do not apply pressure
to force the firing-pin assembly into
the bomb as the assembly may col­
lapse and fire the signal.
12. Rotate the firing-pin assembly so that
the two recesses in the lip of the forward
cup are alined with the two pin holes in the
nose of the flash tube.
CAUTION:
Do not exert any
downward pressure on the firingpin assembly during this operation.
13. Insert the cotter pin through the holes
in the nose of the flash tube and the two
recesses in the cup of the firing-pin assembly.
14. Spread the ends of the cotter pin suffi­
11-27
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
ciently to lock the pin in the bomb. Do not
bend the ends at right angles to the axis of
the cotter pin or strike the ends to bend them
into position.
CAUTION: Be extremely careful
when handling practice bombs
loaded with signals. Jarring or
dropping the bomb may detonate
the signal. Do not, under any cir­
cumstances, point either end of the
11-28
signal toward other personnel.
Loaders must not place their bodies
in line with the nose or tail ends of
the bombs.
Disassembly
To disassemble the complete bomb, these
steps should be carried out in reverse order
and the components restored to their ori­
ginal condition.
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
250-LB P R A C T IC E B O M B M k 86 M od 0 and 1
F ig u re 1 1 - 2 0 . — 2 5 0 - lb P ra ctice B o m b M k 8 6 M o d 0, Exterior V iew .
Mark---------------------- --------------------------Mod_________________________________
General Arrangement____ ____________
List of Drawings ^ _________ _____
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.) __
Body Diameter, maximum (in.)________
Fin Span (in.)________________________
Distance between Suspension Lugs center-to-center (in.)___________________
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb):
Empty Assembled Bomb.. ______
Loaded with Wet Sand___ ______
Loaded with Water___
_ ____
Practice Bomb Signal __
Firing Pin________________ ______
General Description
The 250-lb PB Mk 86 Mod 0 is a low-drag
bomb of the same size and shape as the Mk
81 low-drag general purpose bombs. It has
a streamlined nose and a conically tapered
aft end. One filler hole is located on the
side, aft of the cylindrical section. Four fin
blades perpendicular to each other are lo­
cated forward of the rear end of the bomb.
The 250-lb PB Mk 86 Mod 0 is of thincase construction with internal reinforce­
86.
0______
_____
158331716579776.0_____
___
9 .0 _____________
12.6.
. . ...
86.
1.
2116448.
418759.
76.0.
9.0.
12.6.
14.0.
14.0.
.
65.4_____________ . . .
217--.
141
Mk 4 Mod 3_____
Mk 1 Mod 0_____ _
65.4.
216.5.
141.
Mk 4 Mod 3.
Mk 1 Mod 0.
ment for the sway brace and ejection areas.
To provide rigidity, bulkheads and channel
reinforcements are used on the inside of the
bomb shell.
Practice Bomb Signal Mk 4 Mod 3 is used
with 250-lb PB Mk 86 Mod 0. A blast tube
extends from the nose to the aft end of the
bomb and allows for exit of the signal smoke
when fired. The firing pin assembly and
signal are held in place inside the blast tube
by a retaining cotter pin.
11-29
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
SUSPENSION LUG
HOISTING LUG
SUSPENSION LUG
FILLER CAP-'
FILLER CAP C LAM P'
LOCK W ASH ER'
FIRING PIN ASSEMBLY
BOMB BODY
SC REW '
F ig u re 1 1 - 2 1 . — 2 5 0 -lb P ractice B o m b M k 8 6 M o d 0, E x p l o d e d View .
Double suspension lugs are spaced 14
inches apart on the body of the PB Mk 86
Mod 0. The lugs are of the screw-in type
used with the low-drag general purpose
bomb family. A screw-in type of hoisting
lug is provided at the center of gravity of
the bomb.
This bomb is filled with water or wet
sand. Antifreeze is added to the filler dur­
ing freezing conditions.
The Practice Bomb Mk 86 Mod 1 is similar
to the Mk 86 Mod 0. The major differences
between the two mods are that the Mod 1
uses an integrally welded suspension lug and
a slightly different internal design. The as­
sembly and disassembly procedures for both
mods are identical. There is only a small
quantity of the PB Mk 86 Mod 1 in supply.
Painting and M arking
On bombs of recent issue, the identifica­
tion data is stenciled in white letters on
the orange body. On bombs of older issue,
the identification data is stenciled in white
letters on the black body.
Functioning
When the bomb strikes its target, the
firing pin is forced into the signal primer.
The smoke produced from the detonated sig­
nal is discharged out of the end of the bomb
through the blast tube.
11-30
Assembly
CAUTION:
Signals and bomb
shall not be unpacked in advance
of requirements. If unpacked and
not used, return them to their origi­
nal packings.
1. Remove bomb assembly from crate.
CAUTION : Inspect for damage,
such as cracked weldments, which
might cause leaks in the bomb cas­
ing or damage to suspension lugs.
2. Remove safety wire from suspension
lugs and hoisting lug.
3. Remove the filler cap from the filler
hole by backing off the screws holding the
two clamps in place until the clamps can
be turned aside. Do not completely remove
these screws in order to prevent possible
loss of the screws or lockwashers. Inspect
the gasket. Damaged gaskets should be re­
placed.
4. Fill with required amount of water or
wet sand at loading base; during freezing
conditions add antifreeze. Filling the bomb
with wet sand can be facilitated by hoisting
the tail so the filler will flow toward the
nose.
5. Replace filler cap making sure the
gasket and gasket seat are free of loose
grains of sand. Turn the filler cap clamps
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
/
FIRING-PIN ASSEMBLY
Figure 11-22.— 250-lb Practice Bomb Mk 86 M od 0, Cutaway View.
11-31
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
into locking position and tighten the screws
securely.
8. Carefully insert firing pin assembly
with firing pin end toward the signal.
CAUTION: Check to make sure
the lockwashers are in place under
the heads of the screws.
CAUTION: Firing pin assembly
must slide into place without fric­
tion. Do not apply pressure to
force the firing pin assembly into
the bomb because the assembly may
collapse and fire the signal.
6. Remove cotter pin and firing pin as­
sembly from the nose of the bomb.
CAUTION : Firing pin assembly
must fit loosely and not bind when
sliding into position. Inspect fir­
ing pin assembly for damage. Be
sure firing pin cup is not deformed
and that the firing pin point is
below the lip of its cup. Check the
blast tube. It must be clean and
not damaged or blocked in any way.
7. With firing pin assembly removed from
the bomb, insert Signal Mk 4 Mod 3, primer
end pointing forward, and slide signal gently
into place. Do not force into place. The
base flange of the signal cartridge must
rest on the blast tube shoulder (about lVb
inches in from the front of the blast tube).
CAUTION: Signals must not be
swollen or deformed in any man­
ner. The primer must be flush or
slightly below the base of the car­
tridge. Signal cartridges that are
deformed in any way shall not be
used.
11-32
9. Rotate the firing pin assembly so that
the two notches in the lip of the forward cup
line up with the cotter pin holes in the nose
end of the bomb. Do not apply pressure to
the firing pin during this operation.
10. Insert the cotter pin through the pin
holes in the bomb body, passing through the
notches in the firing pin assembly. Spread
the ends of the cotter pin just enough to
retain it in place.
CAUTION: Do not bend the ends
of the cotter pin at right angles
to the cotter pin axis, or strike the
ends to bend them into position.
11. Install bomb in accordance with type
of rack in use and securely lock and sway
brace in place.
Disassembly
To remove the signal and firing pin, carry
out the steps for their assembly in reverse
order and restore these components to their
original condition.
P R A C T IC E BO M B A SSEM B LIES
500-LB P R A C T IC E B O M B M k 65 M od 0
F ig u re 1 1 - 2 3 . — 5 0 0 -lb P ractice B o m b M k 6 5 M o d 0, Exterior View .
Mark
........... ..........
Mod - __ ___ ________ ___ ______
General Arrangement _________
List o f Drawings ..... ....................
Fin Assembly Drawing No. ........
Length o f Assembled Bomb (in.)
Diameter (in.)
Fin Span (in.)
..........................
Weight o f Assembled Bomb (lb)
Loaded with Wet S a n d .............
Loaded with Water .
Wet Sand Filler (lb)
Water Filler (lb)
Water Filler (gal) ............ .
Signal ....... ........................................
Fuze ..... ........................................
Arming-Wire Assembly .
65
0
439700
Sk 109523
438267
56.61
14.0
18.94
443.2
248.8
395.0
200.6
20.0
Mk 6 Mod 0
Mk 247 Mod 0
Mk 1 or AN-M 6A2
11-33
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
A R M IN G W IR E A S S E M B L Y
F A H N E S T O C K C L IP S ^
H E X -H D B O L T S
FUZE
S IG N A L
LO C K W A S H E R
,
S ig n a l b r a c k e t
IOX F IN A S S E M B L Y
B O M B BODY
GASKET
F IL L E R C A P
F ig u re 1 1 - 2 4 . - K 5 0 0 - l b Practice B o m b M k 6 5 M o d 0, E x p lo d e d V iew .
General Description
The 500-lb PB Mk 65 Mod 0 has a lightcased, cylindrical body and is constructed
of welded sheet steel sections. It has an
ogival nose and a tapered aft end to which
a box-type fin assembly is bolted. A threaded
filling hole is located in the nose of the bomb
and is sealed by a nose plug and gasket.
The nose plug is wired to a small bracket
welded to the nose.
Two suspension lugs 14 inches apart are
welded to the bomb body and seven threaded
recesses are located on the periphery of the
bomb at the approximate center of gravity.
One or two hoisting lugs, screwed into these
recesses, permit hoisting of the bomb by
either one or two cables.
The bomb is filled either with water or
with a mixture of water and sand. Anti­
freeze must be added under freezing condi­
tions to prevent bursting of the bomb case
caused by freezing of the filler.
Painting and M arking
The bomb is painted black; identification
data is stenciled on the cylindrical section
of the bomb in white letters.
Use
This bomb is authorized for all types of
11-34
service usage, including catapult and jetassisted takeoffs and arrested landings. It
is used with the Mk 6 type signal and inert
Fuze Mk 247 Mod 0. The signal is seated in
a recess in the tail-end of the bomb body and
is secured to the fin assembly by a clamp
provided with the signal.
This bomb should not be carried externally
on jet aircraft.
Functioning
Upon impact of the bomb, the fuze firing
pin initiates a blank .38-caliber cartridge
which, in turn, explodes the signal to pro­
duce a flash and a large puff of gray smoke.
" O ld " Series Practice Bombs
No fuzes were used in the “ old” series
practice bombs, and they contained no spot­
ting charge, being filled either with water or
with wet sand.
Assembly
CAUTION: Signals and fuzes are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements. If unpacked and not
used, return them to their original
packings.
1. Remove the bomb body from storage
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B LIES
“ Old” Series Practice Bombs— Data
i
|
'
T otal W eigh t
B omb
500-lb Mk 5.
___
500-lb Mk 11______
500-lb Mk 21______
L ength
67t3
61 "8
61 "8
D ia m e te r
C olor
W ater-
W e t -S and
F illed
F illed
16T0 Black.
. 360.0 lb s ...
15T0 | Black______ 268.0 lb s ...
15 TO Black______ 273.0 lb s ...
I
and the fin assembly with its attachment
from the shipping crate. Inspect each for
damaged seams, cracked weldments, or de­
formed areas which might cause leaks,
weaken the suspension lugs, or prevent serv­
iceable use.
2. Remove the shipping wire and nose
plug.
3. Inspect the gasket and replace it if
damaged.
4. Fill the bomb with the required amount
of wet sand or water. When necessary, add
a sufficient quantity of antifreeze to the
filler.
5. In order to fill the bomb with a maxi­
mum quantity of wet sand mixture, fill
approximately one quarter of it with dry
sand. Saturate the sand with water, fol­
lowed by more sand and more water in suc­
cessive steps until the bomb is filled. If
possible, check the bomb on a suitable scale
to ascertain when the correct weight has
been obtained.
6. Replace the gasket and nose plug,
threading in hand tight.
7. Open the box containing the signal, the
fuze, the fuze arming-vane assembly, the cot­
ter pin, and the blank .38 caliber cartridge
which is sealed in an envelope in each carton.
If the containers are punctured, split, or
badly damaged, or if the seals are broken,
the fuze and signal assembly is considered
unserviceable. This does not apply to assem­
blies repacked in the field and sealed with
adhesive tape for temporary protection;
500.0 lbs.
448.0 lbs.
489.0 lbs.
these assemblies must be examined care­
fully for serviceability.
8. Place the arming-vane assembly on the
arming screw of the fuze and adjust it so
that the holes in the vane hub aline with
the hole in the arming screw. Insert the
cotter pin through the holes and secure it by
spreading its ends.
9. Loosen the locknuts on the fuze and un­
screw the fuze from the signal.
10. Inspect the fin assembly for any cracks
or deformation and discard it if cracked or
badly deformed. All mating surfaces must
be thoroughly cleaned prior to assembly.
Fin assemblies with bent vanes may be re­
paired and used if the vanes can be straight­
ened easily. If straightened, inspect again
for cracking.
11. Fasten the signal clamp to the fin
sleeve by means of the clamp taps. To do
this, it is necessary to squeeze the clamp ends
together so that the slots in the tabs can be
slipped under the rivets on the fin sleeve. Se­
cure the clamp to the fin assembly with the
nut, bolt, and lockwasher provided.
12. Slip the fin assembly over tail end of
the bomb. Aline the holes in the fin-assem­
bly base with the holes in the bomb base so
that the tail fin will clear the aircraft struc­
ture and ground when the bomb is installed.
13. Use a wrench to secure the fin assem­
bly to the bomb body with bolts and lockwashers.
14. Slide the cylindrical section of the
signal through the signal clamp with the
11-35
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
S IG N A L
BRACKET
W E T -S A N D
F IL L E R
A R M IN G -W IR E
ASSEM BLY
S IG N A L
"
W E T -S A N D
F IL L E R
F ILLE R
CAP
Figure 11-25.— 500-lb Practice Bomb Mk 65 M od 0, Cutaway View.
11-36
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B L IES
cartridge chamber of the signal facing aft.
Rotate the signal until the cartridge chamber
is alined with the suspension lugs, pressing
the signal firmly in place so that its forward
end seats snugly into the indentation in the
bomb body. Insert a bolt through the holes
in the clamp and tighten it until the signal
is held securely in place.
15. Insert the blank .38-caliber cartridge
into the chamber of the signal. Thread the
fuze into the signal, seating it firmly. Ad­
just the fuze to permit a straight pull of the
arming wire (when installed), and lock the
fuze in position by tightening the fuze lock­
nuts.
16. Thread the arming wire through the
rear suspension lug of the bomb, then
through the arming-wire guide and vane as­
sembly of the fuze. The arming wire must
be free of kinks and burrs, and should extend
2 to 3 inches beyond the flange of the fuze.
17. For external suspension of the bomb,
place one safety (Fahnestock) clip on the
free end of the arming wire adjacent to the
arming vane of the fuze. If the bomb is to
be installed in a bomb bay, do not install a
safety clip on the arming wire.
18. Install the bomb in accordance with
the type of rack or shackle in use, using
hoisting lugs supplied for various hoisting
conditions.
CAUTION: Do not remove the
safety cotter pin from the body of
the fuze prior to securing the bomb
in the aircraft and completely in­
stalling the arming wire.
Disassembly
To disassemble the complete round, the
preceding steps should be carried out in
reverse order and the components restored
to their original condition.
11-37
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
500-LB P R A C T IC E B O M B M k 87 M od 0
F igu re 1 1 - 2 6 . — 5 0 0 -lb P ractice B o m b M k 8 7 M o d 0, Ex te rio r V iew .
Mark ................... ......... ....... _................................ ......... ...................................
Mod
.......... ........... ...................................................................................
General Arrangement
........... ................................................. ...........
List of Drawings
______ ____ _____ ____ ______________ ____
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.) ______ ___ __ _____
Body Diameter, maximum (in.) .... ............................................. ....................
Fin Span (in.)
_______________ _______ __________ _
Distance between Suspension Lugs, center-to-center (in.) ..... ...........
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb)
Empty Assembled Bomb
___ ___ ___ ______________ ___________
Loaded with W et Sand
............ ..................................................................
Loaded with Water
...... ....... .........................................................................
Practice Bomb Signal _________________ ___ ___ ____
_____ _____ ____
Firing Pin ..... ................................... .........................................
...
11-38
87
0
1695657
165798
90.89
10.75
15.06
14
98
333
221
Mk 4 Mod 3
Mk 1 Mod 0
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
General Description
The 500-lb PB Mk 87 Mod 0 is a low-drag
practice bomb, similar in size and shape to
the Mk 82 general purpose bomb. It has a
long pointed nose and a concially tapered aft
end. One filler hole is located on the side,
aft of the rear suspension lug. The four
tail fins are canted IV2 degrees to impart spin
to the bomb to insure good flight stability.
The 500-lb PB Mk 87 Mod 0 is of thincase construction with internal reinforce­
ment for the sway brace and ejection areas.
To provide rigidity, bulkheads and channel
reinforcements are used on the inside of the
bomb casing.
Firing Pin Mk 1 Mod 0 and Practice Bomb
Signal Mk 4 Mod 3 are installed in the for­
ward end of the bomb, and are secured by a
cotter pin.
The bomb is filled with 235 pounds of wet
sand or 123 pounds of water.
Two suspension lugs (Mk 6 Mod 0) are
spaced 14 inches apart on the body. A hoist­
ing lug is located midway between the sus­
pension lugs.
Painting and M arking
Bombs of recent issue are painted orange,
with identification markings in white.
Bombs of older issue have white markings
but the overall color is black.
Functioning
The firing pin assembly fires the signal.
The detonated signal produces smoke which
is discharged out the rear of the central
tube.
11-39
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
BOMB BODY
HOIST LUG
S U S P E N S IO N
LU G
FILLER CAP
FILLER CAP CLAMP
FIRING PIN
SIGNAL
Figure 11-28.— 500-lb Practice Bomb Mk 87 M od 0, Cutaway View.
11-40
PR A C T IC E BO M B A SSEM B LIES
Assembly
CAUTION: Signals and bomb
shall not be unpacked in advance
of requirements. If unpacked and
not used, return them to their origi­
nal packings.
1. Remove the bomb assembly from the
packing.
CAUTION: Inspect for damage,
such as cracked weldments, which
might cause leaks in the bomb cas­
ing or damage to suspension lugs.
2. Remove filler cap by backing off the
screws holding the two clamps in place until
the clamps can be turned aside. Inspect
the cap gasket and clamps for proper fit.
Replace damaged gaskets.
3. Fill with the required amount of wet
sand or water at the loading base. During
freezing conditions add antifreeze. Filling
the bomb with wet sand can be facilitated
by hoisting the tail so the filler may flow
toward the nose.
4. Replace filler cap after clearing chan­
nel and gasket seal of loose grains of sand.
Turn the filler cap clamps into the locking
position and tighten the screws securely.
5. Remove cotter pin and firing pin as­
sembly from the nose of the bomb.
CAUTION: Firing pin assembly
must fit loosely and not bind when
sliding into position. Inspect firing
pin assembly for damage. Be sure
firing pin cup is not deformed and
that the firing pin point is below
the lip of its cup. Inspect the blast
tube. It must be clean and not
damaged or blocked in any way.
6. With firing pin assembly removed, in­
sert signal, primer end forward, and slide
the signal gently into place. Do not force
into place. The base flange of the signal
cartridge must rest on the blast tube shoul­
der (about lVs inches in from the nose of
the blast tube).
CAUTION: Signal must not be
swollen or deformed in any man­
ner, The primer must be flush or
slightly below the base of the car­
tridge. Signal cartridges that are
deformed in any way shall not be
used.
7. Carefully insert firing pin assembly
with firing pin end toward the signal.
CAUTION: Firing pin assembly
must slide into place under its own
weight. Do not apply pressure to
force the firing pin assembly into
the bomb because the assembly may
deform and fire the signal.
8. Rotate the firing pin assembly so that
the two U-shaped notches in the lip of the
forward cup line up with the pin holes in
the nose of the blast tube. Do not apply
pressure to the firing pin during this opera­
tion.
9. Insert the cotter pin through the pin
holes in the bore, passing through the
notches in the firing pin assembly. Spread
the ends of the cotter pin just enough to re­
tain it in place.
CAUTION: Do not bend the ends
of the cotter pin at right angles
to the cotter pin axis, or strike
the ends to bend them into position.
10. Install bomb in accordance with type
of bomb rack in use and securely lock in
place.
Disassembly
To remove the signal and firing pin, carry
out the steps for their assembly in reverse
order and restore these components to their
original condition.
11-41
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
1000-LB PR A C T IC E BO M B M k 66 M od 0
Mark .................... -.........------- -------Mod ............................... - ........ .......
General Arrangement .......... .......
List of Drawings _____ __ ______
Fin Assembly Drawing No. ... ....
Length o f Assembled Bomb (in.)
Diameter (in.) .... .............. ...........
Fin Span (in.) _________ ___ ____
Weight o f Assembled Bomb (lb)
Loaded with Wet Sand ......... .
Loaded with Water ...................
Wet Sand Filler (lb) .............
Water Filler (lb) ................ .........
Water Filler (gal) ............. ..........
Signal
.................... ...............- .....
Fuze _______ ____ ___ ____________
Arming-Wire Assembly ..............
66
0
439701
Sk 109521
438257
66.96
18.63
25.4
883.5
480.5
788.3
385.3
45.0
Mk 6 Mod 0
Mk 247 Mod 0
Mk 1 or AN-M 6A2
General Description
Use
The 1000-lb PB Mk 66 Mod 0 has a lightcased, cylindrical body and is constructed
from welded sheet steel sections. It has an
ogival nose and a tapered aft end, to which
a box-type fin assembly is bolted. A threaded
filling hole is located in the nose of the bomb
and is sealed by a nose plug and gasket.
The nose plug is wired to a small bracket
welded to the nose. A second filler hole,
located on the side of the bomb, is capped
with a circular plate and gasket and is
secured to the bomb with hex-head bolts.
The bomb is authorized for all types of
service usage, including catapult and jetassisted takeoffs and arrested landings. It
is used with the Mk 6-type signal and inert
Fuze Mk 247 Mod 0. The signal is seated
in a recess in the tail end of the bomb body
and is secured to the fin assembly by a
clamp provided with the signal.
Two suspension lugs 14 inches apart are
welded to the bomb body and seven threaded
recesses are located on the periphery of the
bomb at the approximate center of gravity.
One or two hoisting lugs, screwed into these
recesses, permit hoisting of the bomb by
either one or two cables.
The bomb is filled either with water or
with a mixture of water and sand. Anti­
freeze must be added under freezing con­
ditions to prevent bursting of the bomb case
caused by freezing of the filler.
Painting and M arking
The bomb is painted black; identification
data is stenciled on the cylindrical section
of the bomb and the box section of the fin
assembly in white letters.
11-42
Functioning
Upon impact of the bomb, the fuze firing
pin initiates a blank .38-caliber cartridge
which, in turn, explodes the signal to produce
a flash and a large puff of gray smoke.
"O ld " Series Practice Bombs
No fuzes were used in the “ old” series
practice bombs and they contained no spot­
ting charge, being filled either with water
or with wet sand. Filling holes were lo­
cated on the top of the bomb near the nose.
Assembly
CAUTION: Signals and fuzes are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements. If unpacked and not
used, return them to their origi­
nal packings.
1.
Remove the bomb body from stowage
and the fin assembly with its attachments
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B LIES
“ Old” Series Practice Bombs— Data
T o tal W e ig h t
B omb
L ength
D ia m e te r
C olor
W a t e r -F illed
1000-lb Mk 7____ . .
1000-lb Mk 22_____
___
80 "0
79 "0
19 ro
1970
Black _ _ 580.0 lbsBlack__
573.0 lbs___________
W et -S an d F illed
1000.0 lbs.
1013.0 lbs.
Figure 11-29.— 1000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 66 Mod 0, Exterior View.
11-43
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY -
FAHNESTOCK CLIF>S
LOCK WASHER
SIGNAL BRACKET
HOISTING LUG
HEX-HD
BOLTS
LOCK WASHER
BOX FIN ASSEMBLY
BOMB BODY
GASKET
FILLER CAP
F ig u re 1 1 - 3 0 .— 1 0 0 0 -lb Practice B o m b M k 6 6 M o d 0, E x p lo d e d V ie w .
from the shipping crate. Inspect each for
damaged seams, cracked weldments, or de­
formed areas which might cause leaks,
weaken the suspension lugs, or prevent
serviceable use.
2. Fill the bomb through the nose or side.
If filling through the nose, stand the bomb
on its tail end and remove the shipping wire,
nose plug, and gasket. If filling through
the side, place the bomb on its side with
the filler hole on top. Remove the filler cap
and gasket.
3. Inspect the gasket and replace if dam­
aged.
4. Fill the bomb with the required amount
of wet sand or water. When necessary, add
a sufficient quantity of antifreeze to the
filler.
5. In order to fill the bomb with a maxi­
mum quantity of wet sand mixture, fill ap­
proximately one quarter of the bomb with
dry sand. Saturate the sand with water,
followed by more sand and more water in
successive steps until the bomb is filled. If
possible, check the bomb on a suitable scale
to ascertain when the correct weight has
been obtained.
6. Replace and secure the nose plug or
11-44
filler cap, making certain that the gasket
is installed properly.
7. Open the box containing the signal, the
fuze, the fuze arming-vane assembly, the
cotter pin, and the blank .38-caliber car­
tridge which is sealed in an envelope in
each carton. If the containers are punc­
tured, split, or badly damaged, or if the
seals are broken, the fuze and signal assem­
bly is considered unserviceable. This does
not apply to assemblies repacked in the
field and sealed with adhesive tape for tem­
porary protection. These assemblies must
be examined carefully for serviceability.
8. Place the arming-vane assembly on the
arming screw of the fuze and adjust it so
that the holes in the vane hub aline with
the hole in the arming screw. Insert the
cotter pin through the holes and secure it
by spreading its ends.
9. Loosen the locknuts on the fuze and
unscrew it from the signal.
10. Inspect the fin assembly for any
cracks or deformation, and discard it if
cracked or badly deformed. All mating sur­
faces must be thoroughly cleaned prior to
assembly. Fin assemblies with bent vanes
may be repaired and used if the vanes can
be straightened easily. If straightened, in­
spect again for cracking.
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B LIES
11.
Fasten the signal clamp to the fin
sleeve by means of the clamp tabs. To do
this, it is necessary to squeeze the clamp
ends together so that the slots in the tabs
can be slipped under the rivets on the fin
sleeve. Secure the clamp to the fin assem­
bly with the nut, bolt, and lockwasher pro­
vided.
12. Lay the bomb on its side and slip the
fin assembly over its tail end. Aline the
holes in the fin-assembly base with the holes
in the bomb base so that the tail fin will
clear the aircraft structure and ground when
the bomb is installed.
13. Use a wrench to secure the fin assem­
bly to the bomb body with bolts and lockwashers.
FUZE
ARMING-W IRE ASSEMBLY
SIGNAL
W E T -S A N D FILLER
Figure 11-31.— 1000-lb Practice Bomb Mk 66 Mod 0, Cutaway View.
11-45
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
14. Slide the cylindrical section of the
signal through the signal clamp with the
cartridge chamber of the signal facing aft.
Rotate the signal until the cartridge cham­
ber is alined with the suspension lugs, press­
ing the signal firmly in place so that its for­
ward end seats snugly into the indentation
in the bomb body. Insert a bolt through the
holes in the clamp and tighten it until the
signal is held securely in place.
15. Insert the blank .38-caliber cartridge
into the chamber of the signal. Thread the
fuze into the signal, seating it firmly. Ad­
just the fuze to permit a straight pull of
the arming wire (when installed), and lock
it in position by tightening the fuze lock­
nuts.
16. Thread the arming wire through the
rear suspension lug of the bomb, then
through the arming-wire guide and vane
assembly of the fuze. The arming wire must
be free of kinks and burrs and should extend
2 to 3 inches beyond the flange of the fuze.
17. For external suspension of the bomb,
place one safety (Fahnestock) clip on the
free end of the arming wire adjacent to
the arming vane of the fuze. If the bomb
11-46
is to be installed in a bomb bay, do not in­
stall a safety clip on the arming wire.
18.
Install the bomb in accordance with
the type of rack or shackle in use, using
hoisting lugs supplied for various hoisting
conditions.
CAUTION: Do not remove the
safety cotter pin from the body
of the fuze prior to securing the
bomb in the aircraft and completely
installing the arming wire.
Disassembly
To disassemble the complete round, the
preceding steps should be carried out in
reverse order and the components restored
to their original condition.
Conversion to Fire Bomb
As an emergency measure in the past, the
1000-lb PB Mk 66 Mod 0 was converted to
a fire bomb by loading with a gasoline gel
and installing igniter-fuze combinations on
the fin assembly.
Development of the new series of fire
bombs by the Navy now precludes the neces­
sity for conversion of the practice bombs.
P R A C T IC E BO M B A SSE M B L IE S
1000-LB P R A C T IC E B O M B M k 88 Mod 0
F ig u re 1 1 - 3 2 .— 1 0 0 0 -lb P ractice B o m b M k 88 Mod 0, Exterior V iew .
Mark ................................................
Mod ___ __ - .....................................
General Arrangement ............
List o f Drawings ..... .....................
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)
Diameter (in.) ..............................
Fin Span (in.) ................................
Weight o f Assembled Bomb (lb)
Loaded with Wet Sand ..........
Loaded with Water .................
Wet Sand Filler (lb) .......
Water Filler (lb) ......................._...
Water Filler (gal) .......
Signal ..............................................
General Description
The 1000-lb PB Mk 88 Mod 0 has a long,
slender body and is constructed of thin sheet
metal, with internal reinforcement for the
sway brace and ejection areas. Internal
bulkheads and channel reinforcements pro­
vide for rigidity of the casing. The bomb
has a sharp nose and a tapered aft end to
which four fin blades are attached. The
88
0
1290158
165799
119.8
14.0
19.6
783.13
458.13
640.0
315.0
37.7
Mk 4 Mods 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
blades are set perpendicular to the axis of
the bomb, approximately 5.5 inches forward
of the tail end, and are canted 2 degrees for
added stability. Two filling holes are lo­
cated topside in the bomb body and are
sealed with filler caps. A single hoisting lug
is screwed into the body over the approximate
center of gravity. Two suspension lugs, 14
inches apart and equidistant from the hoist-
11-47
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
SUSPENSION LUG
F ig u re
1 1 - 3 3 . — 1 0 0 0 -lb P ractice Bomb M k 8 8 M o d
ing lug, are threaded into recesses in the
bomb body. A blast tube, extending the
length of the bomb, houses a pyrotechnic
charge and firing-pin assembly.
The bomb is filled either with water or
with a mixture of water and sand. Anti­
freeze must be added under freezing condi­
tions to prevent bursting of the bomb case
caused by freezing of the filler.
Painting and M arking
The entire bomb is painted black (old
issue) or orange (new issue) ; identifica­
tion data is stenciled on the side in white
letters.
Use
The 1000-lb PB Mk 88 Mod 0 is similar in
size and shape to the 1000-Ib GP (low-drag)
bombs of the Mk 83 series and is authorized
for all types of service use. It is used with
Firing-Pin Assembly Mk 1 Mod 0 and Sig­
nal Mk 4 Mod 3, both of which are seated in
the forward end of the flash tube and locked
in place by a cotter pin.
Functioning
Upon impact of the bomb, the firing pin
initiates a blank .38-caliber cartridge which,
in turn, explodes the signal to produce a
flash and a large puff of smoke. Smoke
11-48
0, E x p l o d e d V iew .
produced by the Mk 4 Mod 3 signal is visible
from altitudes as high as 30,000 feet.
Assembly
CAUTION: Signals and bombs
are not to be unpacked in advance
of requirements. If unpacked and
not used, return them to their orig­
inal container.
1. Remove the bomb assembly from its
crate and inspect it for damaged seams,
cracked weldments, or deformed areas which
might cause leaks, weaken the suspension
lugs, or otherwise prevent serviceable use.
2. Remove the two filler caps, using a
suitable spanner wrench.
3. Inspect the filler-cap gaskets and re­
place if damaged.
4. Fill the bomb with the required amount
of wet sand or water. When necessary, add
a sufficient quantity of antifreeze to the
filler. To facilitate filling, put in as much
wet sand as possible when the bomb is on its
side. Then close the forward filling hole,
hoist the tail of the bomb, and finish filling
through the rear hole.
5. In order to fill the bomb with a maxi­
mum quantity of wet-sand mixture, fill ap­
proximately one quarter of it with dry sand.
Saturate the sand with water, followed by
PR A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
F ig u re 1 1 - 3 4 .— 1 0 0 0 -lb P ractice B o m b M k 8 8 M o d 0, C u t a w a y V ie w .
more sand and more water in successive
steps until the bomb is filled. If possible,
check the bomb on a suitable scale to ascer­
tain when the correct weight has been ob­
tained.
6.
Twist on the filler caps with a spanner
wrench until they are securely locked in
place.
7. Remove the cotter pin and firing-pin
assembly from the nose of the bomb.
8. Inspect the firing-pin assembly for
damage. The firing-pin cups must not be de­
formed and the point of the firing pin must
be below the lip of its cup.
9. Inspect the bore of the blast tube.
It
11-49
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
must be clean and smooth, free of obstruc­
tions, and not damaged in any manner.
10. Remove the signal from its packing
and inspect it for damage. The signal must
not be swollen or deformed in any manner,
and the primer must be flush with or slightly
below the base of the cartridge. Deformed
signals must not be used.
11. Insert the signal into the blast tube,
primer end forward. Let the signal slide
gently into place; do not force it. The base
flange of the signal cartridge must rest on
the shoulder of the blast tube about lVs
inches from the nose of the tube.
12. Carefully insert the firing-pin assem­
bly into the blast tube, with the point of the
firing pin facing toward the signal. The
firing-pin assembly must slide into place
under its own weight.
CAUTION: Do not apply pressure
to force the firing-pin assembly into
the bomb as the assembly may
collapse and fire the signal.
13. Rotate the firing-pin assembly so that
the two recesses in the lip of the forward cup
are alined with the two pin holes in the
nose of the blast tube.
CAUTION:
11-50
Do
not exert any
pressure on the firing-pin assembly
during this operation.
14. Insert the cotter pin through the holes
in the nose of the blast tube and the two
recesses in the cup of the firing-pin assembly.
15. Spread the ends of the cotter pin suffi­
ciently to lock the pin in the bomb. Do not
bend the ends at right angles to the axis of
the cotter pin, or strike the ends to bend
them into position.
16. Install the bomb in accordance with
the type of rack in use and lock it securely in
place.
CAUTION: Be extremely careful
when handling practice bombs
loaded with signals. Jarring or
dropping the bomb may detonate
the signal. Do not, under any cir­
cumstances, point either end of the
signal toward personnel. Loaders
must not place their bodies in line
with the nose or aft end of the
blast tube.
Disassembly
To disassemble the complete bomb, the
foregoing steps should be carried out in re­
verse order and the components restored to
their original condition.
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
2000-LB P R A C T IC E B O M B M k 67 M od 0
F ig u r e 1 1 - 3 5 . — 2 0 0 0 - lb P ractice B o m b M k 6 7 M o d 0 , Ex te rio r V iew .
Mark .
.......
Mod .....
...... ....................................
General Arrangement ____
List o f Drawings ..... ............ ........
Fin Assembly Drawing No.
Length of Assembled Bomb (in.)
Diameter (in.) ................... ..............
W eight o f Assembled Bomb (lb)
Loaded with W et Sand .
Loaded with Water .
W et Sand Filler (lb)
W ater Filler (lb) ............. ................
Water Filler (gal) .............. ..........
Signal _________ __________________
Fuze ..... ..............................................
Arming-W ire Assembly _________
67
0
439703
Sk 109522
438265
90.3
23.0
1617.25
960.75
1473.05
816.55
97.0
Mk 6 Mod 0
Mk 247 Mod 0
Mk 1 or AN-M 6A2
11-51
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
General Description
The 2000-lb PB Mk 67 Mod 0 has a lightcased, cylindrical shaped body and is con­
structed of welded sheet steel sections. For
added strength and rigidity, reinforcement
strips are welded to the inside of the bomb
casing. The bomb has an ogival nose and a
tapered after end to which a box-type fin
assembly is bolted. A threaded filling hole
in the nose of the bomb is sealed by a nose
plug and gasket. A second filling hole, lo­
cated on the side of the bomb, is capped with
a circular plate and gasket and secured by
bolts. Two suspension lugs, 30 inches apart,
are welded to the body of the bomb 90
degrees from the center of the side filling
hole. Two additional lugs, 14 inches apart,
are welded to the opposite side of the body.
Seven threaded recesses, located on the pe­
riphery of the bomb about the center of
gravity, permit various hoisting conditions.
One or two hoisting lugs, screwed into these
recesses, enable hoisting of the bomb by
either one or two cables.
The bomb is filled with water or a mixture
of water and sand. Antifreeze must be
added under freezing conditions to prevent
bursting of the case caused by freezing of
the filler.
Painting and M arking
The complete bomb is painted black. Iden­
tification data is stenciled on the cylindrical
section of the bomb and box section of the
fin assembly in white letters.
Use
The bomb is authorized for all types of
service use. It is used with Signal Mk 6
Mod 0 and inert Fuze Mk 247 Mod 0. The
signal is seated in a recess in the tail end of
the bomb body and is secured to the fin
assembly by a clamp provided with the
signal. This bomb should not be carried
externally on jet aircraft.
Functioning
Upon impact of the bomb, the firing pin
11-52
in the fuze detonates a blank .38-caliber car­
tridge in the signal which, in turn, explodes
the signal. The explosion of the signal
produces a flash and a large puff of gray
smoke.
Assembly
CAUTION: Signals and fuzes are
not to be unpacked in advance of
requirements. If unpacked and not
used, return them to their original
packings.
1. Remove the bomb body from stowage
and the fin assembly, with its attachments,
from the shipping crate.
2. Inspect the bomb body and fin assem­
bly for damaged seams, cracked weldments,
or deformed areas that might cause leaks,
weaken the suspension lugs, or prevent serv­
iceable use.
3. The bomb may be filled either when in
a vertical position or on its side. If it is to
be filled when vertical, stand it with either
its nose or its tail end up and remove the
plug and gasket. Replace the gasket if dam­
aged.
4. If the bomb is to be filled through the
filler hole on the side, position it with the
side filler hole on top. Remove the bolts,
side filler plate, and gasket. Replace the
gasket if damaged.
5. Fill the bomb with the required amount
of wet sand or water. When necessary, add
a sufficient quantity of antifreeze to the filler.
In order to fill the bomb with a maximum
quantity of wet sand mixture, fill approxi­
mately one quarter of it with dry sand.
Saturate the sand with water, followed by
more sand and more water in successive
steps until the bomb is filled. If possible,
check the bomb on a suitable scale to as­
certain when the correct weight has been
obtained.
6. Replace and secure the plug or cover,
making certain that the gasket is properly
installed.
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B L IES
FAHNESTOCK CLIPS
LOCK WASHERS
ARMING WIRE ASSEMBLY.
HEX HD BOLTS
FUZE
k
SIGNAL
SIGNAL
BRACKET
GASKET
FIN ASSEMBLY
BOMB BODY
FILLER CAP
F ig u re 1 1 - 3 6 . — 2 0 0 0 - lb P ractice B o m b M k 6 7 M o d 0, E x p lo d e d V iew .
7. Open the box containing the signal
fuze, the fuze arming-vane assembly, the
cotter pin, and the blank .38-caliber car­
tridge which is sealed in an envelope in each
carton. If the containers are punctured,
split, or badly damaged, or if the seals are
broken, the fuze and signal assembly is con­
sidered unserviceable. This does not apply
to assemblies repacked in the field and sealed
with adhesive tape for temporary protec­
tion ; these assemblies must be examined
carefully for serviceability.
8. Place the arming-vane assembly on the
arming screw of the fuze and adjust it so
that the holes in the vane hub aline with
the hole in the arming screw. Insert the
cotter pin through the holes and secure it
by spreading its ends.
9. Loosen the locknuts on the fuze and
unscrew the fuze from the signal.
10. Inspect the fin assembly for any cracks
or deformation, and discard if cracked or
badly deformed. All mating surfaces must
be thoroughly cleaned pUor to assembly.
Fin assemblies with bent v.nes may be re­
paired and used if the vanes can be straight­
ened easily. If straightened, inspect again
for cracking.
11. Fasten the signal clamp to the fin
sleeve by means of the clamp tabs. To do
this, squeeze the clamp ends together so
that the slots in the tabs can be slipped under
the rivets on the fin sleeve. Secure the
clamp to the fin assembly with the nut, bolt,
and lockwasher provided.
12. Lay the bomb on its side and slip the
fin assembly over its tail end. Aline the
holes in the fin-assembly base with the holes
in the bomb base so that the tail fin will
clear the aircraft structure and ground
when the bomb is installed.
13. Use a wrench to secure the fin assem­
bly to the bomb body with bolts and lockwashers.
14. Slide the cylindrical section of the
signal through the signal clamp, with the
cartridge chamber of the signal facing aft.
Rotate the signal until the cartridge cham­
ber is alined with the suspension lugs, press­
ing the signal firmly in place so that its for­
ward end seats snugly into the indentation
in the bomb body. Insert a bolt through the
holes in the clamp and tighten it until the
signal is held securely in place.
15. Insert the blank .38-caliber cartridge
into the chamber of the signal. Thread the
fuze into the signal, seating it firmly. Ad­
just the fuze to permit a straight pull of
11-53
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
a r m i n g - w ir e
SIGNAL
-HOLE
COVER
BOMB BODY
WET-SAND
FILLER
NOSE
PLUG
F ig u re 1 1 - 3 7 . — 2 0 0 0 -lb P ractice B o m b M k 6 7 M o d 0, C u t a w a y V iew .
11-54
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
the arming wire (when installed), and lock
the fuze in position by tightening the fuze
locknuts.
16. Thread the arming wire through the
rear suspension lug of the bomb, then
through the arming-wire guide and vane
assembly of the fuze. The arming wire must
be free of kinks and burrs, and should ex­
tend 2 to 3 inches beyond the flange of the
fuze.
17. For external suspension of the bomb,
place one safety (Fahnestock) clip on the
free end of the arming wire adjacent to the
arming vane of the fuze. If the bomb is to
be installed in a bomb bay, do not install
a safety clip on the arming wire.
18. Install the bomb in accordance with
the type of rack or shackle in use, using
hoisting lugs supplied for various hoisting
conditions.
CAUTION: Do not remove the
safety cotter pin from the body
of the fuze prior to securing the
bomb in the aircraft and completely
installing the arming wire.
Disassembly
To disassemble the complete round, the
preceding steps should be carried out in
reverse order and the components restored
to their original condition.
Conversion to Fire Bomb
As an emergency measure in the past,
the 2000-lb PB Mk 67 Mod 0 was converted
to a fire bomb by loading with a gasoline
gel and installing igniter-fuze combinations
on the fin assembly.
Development of the new series of fire
bombs by the Navy now precludes the neces­
sity for conversion of the practice bombs.
11-55
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
2000-LB P R A C T IC E B O M B M k 104 M od 0
F igu re 11—3 8 . — 2 0 0 0 - lb P ra ctice Bomb M k 1 0 4 M o d 0, Exte rio r V iew .
Mark __________________ ___________ _____
Mod ................. —..............................................
General Arrangement
.............................
List of Drawings ______ ___ ______ ______
Length o f Assembled Bomb (in.) ...
Diameter (in.) ......... .........................
Fin Span (in.) _____ ____________ _______
Weight of Assembled Bomb (lb) .............
Concrete and Steel Shot Filler (lb) .... ......
Signal ..... .......................... ....................... ......
Cable Assembly ....................................... .
General Description
The 2000-lb PB Mk 104 Mod 0 has a long,
slender welded body and is composed of two
sheet steel fore and aft conical sections and
a heavy steel plate central cylindrical sec­
tion. The body is internally reinforced in
the sway brace and ejection areas. Internal
bulkheads and a solidified filler provide for
rigidity of the casing. The bomb has a
conical nose cap and a tapered aft end to
which four fins (two folding) are attached.
11-56
......... ........................................
______ _____________________
.......... .................................
__ __ ____ _____ __ ______ __
............... ....................... ..........
......................... ................
.......... .......................................
104
0
1997659
499774
170.6
20.0
32.0
....................... 2020
__________________ ______
_____ __________ __________
__________________ _____ _
1234
Mk 4 Mod 3
CF-3104
Arrows on the bomb body and tail cone line
up the tail cone to index position “ O” . The
tail cone can be rotated from position “ O”
and secured with two index screws at posi­
tion every 15 degrees from position “ O” and
at positions 6 degrees 30 minutes from each
15-degree position. The index screws must
be installed 180 degrees apart and staked in
place. Of the four fins on the tail cone, two
180 degrees opposed are permanently fixed
and the other two 180 degrees opposed are
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
PULSE BREAKAWAY
FITTING ASSEMBLY
\
DOUBLE
SUSPENSION LUGS
F igu re
11—3 9 . — 2 0 0 0 -lb P ra ctice
Bom b M k
folded and latched until the bomb is re­
leased. There is a fin latch release of the
folding fins by an explosive actuator at sepa­
ration of the bomb. The fixed fins have no
angle of incidence whereas the folding fins
have a lVa-degree cant, which provides a
roll moment for spin stabilization in a clock­
wise direction as viewed from the aft end
of the bomb. Two suspension lugs, 30 inches
apart, are threaded into recesses in the bomb
body. A blast tube, extending at a slight
angle down and aft from the nose cap of
the bomb to the lower rear of the aft cone
weldment, houses a pyrotechnic charge and
firing-pin assembly.
The bomb is filled with a concrete and
steel shot mixture which is cast in place
by the manufacturer of the bomb.
When the Mk 104 Mod 0 Practice Bomb
is to be carried externally on aircraft fitted
with the standard stub pullout connector sys­
tem, Cable Assembly CF-3104 is required
to provide an electrical connection between
the standard stub pylon and the bomb pulse
plug. Cable Assembly CF-3104 is not re­
quired if the aircraft to be used has not been
POSITION " 0 "
1 0 4 M o d 0 , E x p lo d e d
V iew .
converted to the standard stub connector
system.
Painting and M arking
Bombs of recent issue are painted orange,
with identifying nomenclature in white, and
notations for field-handling personnel in
black.
Bombs of older issue are painted black,
with identifying nomenclature in white, and
notations for field-handling personnel in
yellow.
Use
The 2000-lb PB Mk 104 Mod 0 is similar
in size and shape to the Mk 28 Special
Weapon and is the primary full scale prac­
tice bomb for the Mk 28 series. It is used
with Firing-Pin Assembly Mk 1 Mod 0
and Signal Mk 4 Mod 3, both of which are
seated in the forward end of the flash tube
and locked in place by a cotter pin. The
cotter pin also secures the castellated nut
holding the nose cap in position.
Fittings on the top centerline of the for­
ward cone weldment are dimensionally simi­
lar to the corresponding parent weapon fit-
11-57
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
ACTUATOR
ASSEMBLY
FIN RELEASE
SHAFT
POSITION "0"
ALIGNMENT ARROW-,
RETAIN
NK
FIXED
FIN
PULSE BREAKAWAY
FITTING ASSEMBLY
DOUBLE SUSPENSION
LUGS
NON FUNCTIONAL.
FITTINGS
BOMB BODY
FILLER
NOSE
CAP
FLASH TUBE
-SIGNAL
-FIRING PIN
ASSEMBLY
SPECIAL CASTLE
NUT
F ig u re T l - 4 0 . — 2OOO-lb P ractice B o m b M k 1 0 4 M o d 0, C u t a w a y V iew .
11-58
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B LIES
tings. They are non-functional and are of
value only as drill features.
Functioning
One pair of fins (180° opposed) are
shipped in folded position and are secured
at the tips of one fixed and one folded fin.
The tips are connected by a sheet metal link,
a fixed pin on the folding fin and a retractible pin on the fixed pin. The retractible pin
is attached to an explosive powered linear
actuator. The following actuation cycle is
initiated when the bomb separates from the
pylon.
1. Bomb is released and falls.
2. Tension in pylon cable breaks a tension
wire in pulse breakaway fitting. As the
fitting continues to separate, a ground wire
and a 28-volt wire, within the fitting, re­
main as the only connection between the
pylon system and the bomb. A 28-volt pulse
is initiated and maintained for approxi­
mately two inches of additional separation,
after which the two wires break.
3. The 28-volt pulse energizes a trans­
former that transmits a higher voltage
output to the M52A4 primer. The primer
fires and forces a diaphragm outward to
retract the pin securing one end of the re­
taining link at the fin tip. The folding fins
are now free to rotate to the open position
where they are locked by spring-loaded pins.
Upon impact of the bomb, the firing pin
initiates the spotting signal to produce a
flash and a large puff of smoke. Smoke pro­
duced by the Mk 4 Mod 3 signal is visible
from altitudes as high as 30,000 feet.
Assembly
CAUTION: Signals and bombs
are not to be unpacked in advance
of requirements. If they are un­
packed and not used, return them to
their original containers.
2. Remove the cotter pin, firing-pin as­
sembly, special castle nut, and nose cap from
the nose of the bomb.
3. Inspect the nose cap and the firing-pin
assembly for damage. The firing-pin cups
must not be deformed and the point of the
firing pin must not project beyond the lips
of the inner cup.
4. Inspect the bore of the flash tube. It
must be clean and smooth, free of obstruc­
tions, and not damaged in any manner.
5. Remove the bomb fittings and the
wrench, for the bolts and cap screws of the
tail fin assembly, that are packed inside the
nose cap. Then replace the nose cap on the
bomb and install the non-functional fittings.
6. Two M52A4 primers are packaged in a
plastic vial taped to the firing pin. Remove
the screws securing the fairing at the ex­
treme aft end of the bomb for access to the
actuator and the firing pin. Unscrew firing
pin assembly. Remove sealing washer and
discard. Unpack and insert primer into
chamber cavity. Finger-tighten firing pin
assembly. Install one or both set screws
and tighten. Replace fairing.
7. Remove the signal from its packing
and inspect it for damage. The signal must
not be swollen or deformed in any manner,
and the primer must be flush with or
slightly below the base of the cartridge. De­
formed signals must not be used.
8. Insert the signal into the flash tube,
primer end last. Slide it into place gently;
do not force it. The base flange of the sig­
nal cartridge must rest on the shoulder of
the blast tube about 1.08 inches from the
nose of the tube.
9. Carefully insert the firing-pin assembly
into the flash tube, with the point of the
firing pin facing toward the signal.
CAUTION: Do not apply pressure
to force the firing-pin assembly
1.
Remove the bomb assembly from its
into the bomb because the assembly
crate by means of a hoist on the suspension
lugs. Inspect the bomb for damaged seams,
might collapse and fire the signal.
cracked weldments, or deformed areas which
10. Rotate the firing-pin assembly so that
might weaken the suspension lugs or other­
the two recesses in the lip of the forward
wise prevent serviceable use.
11-59
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
cup are alined with the two cotter pin holes
in the nose of the flash tube.
CAUTION: Do not exert any
pressure on the firing-pin assem­
bly during this operation.
11. Replace the special castle nut on the
flash tube, tighten the nut until it is flush
with the nose of the flash tube, and insert
the cotter pin through the nut, flash tube,
and recesses in the cup of the firing-pin
assembly.
12. Spread the ends of the cotter pin
sufficiently to lock the pin in the bomb. Do
not bend the ends at right angles to the axis
of the cotter pin, or strike the ends to bend
them into position.
13. Install the bomb in accordance with
the type of rack in use and lock it securely
in place.
CAUTION: Be extremely careful
when handling practice bombs
loaded with signals. Jarring or
dropping the bomb may detonate
the signal. Do not, under any cir­
cumstances, point either end of the
signal toward personnel. Loaders
must not place their bodies in line
11-60
with the nose or aft end of the flash
tube.
Disassembly
To disassemble the complete bomb, the
foregoing steps should be carried out in re­
verse order and the components restored to
their original condition.
It should rarely be necessary to remove the
complete tail fin assembly. If necessary,
proceed as follows:
1. Remove the 11 flat head sheet metal
screws that secure the fairing, and remove
the fairing.
2. Remove the round head machine screw,
self-locking nut, and plain washer securing
the cable clamp at the transformer. Remove
the clamp.
3. Remove the four self-tapping screws
that secure the pulse plug in the aft cone
weldment of the bomb. Remove the pulse
plug and detach the wire at the pulse plug.
4. Remove the two field-break index
screws and rotate the tail fin assembly to
position “ O.”
5. Through the access hole toward the
rear of the aft cone weldment, remove the
socket head cap screw, and slide the com­
plete tail fin assembly aft.
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B L IES
Figure 11-41.— Practice Depth Bomb Mk 100 Mod 0, Major Components.
Mark __________ ____________ __________ __________ __ ________-............100
Mod - ............... ........ ....... .................. ........... ........ .............. .................. 0
General Arrangement .............................. ..... ....... ......
1438551
Length (in.) _______ _______ __ ________________________
122.0
Length (marker to parachute pack) (in.)
_________ __ __________ 125.2
Diameter (in.) _______ _____ __ _____ ____ ______ __ _______________
31.34
Weight (lb) _____________________
________________ _______
2500
Spacing of suspension lugs (in.)
30.0
Parachute Pack ________________________________________________
Mk 25 Mod 0
Practice Bomb Marker ____ ________ __ ____ ____ ___ ___ ______ __
Mk 17 Mod 0
Weapon Response Simulator . ........... .................. ......... . .....
Mk 4 Mod 0
General Description
Practice Depth Bomb Mk 100 Mod 0,
figure 11-41, is a practice bomb for Depth
Bomb Mk 90 Mod 0. The nose section of the
practice bomb has an afterbody and a para­
chute pack attached to it.
The practice bomb has four functions:
1. Trains flight personnel in the use of
Control Boxes Aero 2A, Aero 2B, and Aero
3B,
2. Provides a means for target practice.
3. Provides the pilot with information
about how the aircraft will respond when it
is carrying the service bomb.
4. Trains ground personnel in methods
of loading the service bomb on the aircraft.
The monitoring system, the IFI operation,
and the manual safety switch of the service
bomb are simulated in the practice bomb by
means of a weapon response simulator. The
simulated signals are required for training
personnel in the operation of Control Boxes
Aero 2A, Aero 2B, and Aero 3B. A marker
can be inserted in place of the eyebolt at the
nose of the practice bomb for use in target
practice. The marker produces a deep red
color on the water surface at the point where
the bomb enters the water.
The service bomb is described in NAVY
SWOP B90-1, Assembly, Test, and Storage
Procedures. For information on postload­
ing, pretakeoff, and inflight procedures, re­
fer to the applicable Pilot’s Handbook for
the aircraft involved. The procedures in­
cluded in the pilot’s handbook also apply to
the practice bomb.
The practice depth bomb consists of the
following major components:
Nose Section.
Afterbody.
11-61
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Parachute Pack Mk 25 Mod 0.
Practice Bomb Marker Mk 17 Mod 0.
Weapon Response Simulator Mk 4 Mod 0.
Nose Section
The nose section, figure 11-42, is a steel
shell with an ogive-shaped forward end. A
lVa-inch threaded opening for an eyebolt or
marker, is located at the apex of the ogive.
The shell is 63.27 inches long and 31.34
inches in diameter. Two suspension lugs
mounted on 30-inch centers are welded to
the top of the middle section of the shell. A
solid steel cylinder about 18 inches long and
9!4 inches in diameter, is located internally
Figure 11-42.-
11-62
to provide the proper weight, center of
gravity, and moment of inertia for the prac­
tice bomb. The cylinder is mounted in an
opening through the center of a steel disk.
The disk is welded in place in a circum­
ferential groove on the inside wall of the
shell.
The after end of the shell is faced with a
steel disk containing twelve threaded studs
around the periphery. These studs provide
the securing points for the afterbody.
Afterbody
The afterbody, figure 11-43, is a tapered
aluminum shell that streamlines the nose
N o s e Secf/'on.
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
section. The shrouded fins stabilize the un­
derwater trajectory.
The forward section of the afterbody has
a steel facing with twelve bolt holes which
receives the studs of the nose section. An
oval-shaped cutout at the top of the after­
body has a flange with six tapped holes used
to secure the weapon response simulator.
The shroud ring at the after end
has twelve lugs bolted to it for attach­
ment of the parachute suspension lines. Two
socket-head bolts secure each lug to the
shroud ring. Three right-angled clamps,
located at the bottom and both sides of the
shroud ring, and a key at the top, secure the
parachute pack housing.
Parachute Pack
Parachute Pack Mk 25 Mod 0, figure 1144, consists of a main and an extraction
parachute packed in an aluminum pack
housing with a cover secured by a ball-lock
pack opener. The parachute pack is secured
to the shroud ring with the right-angled
clamps. The key at the top fits into a cutout
at the top of the flange of the pack housing.
It secures the top of the pack and prevents
the pack from rotating.
A threaded inspection plug is located in
the center of the reverse side of the pack
housing. When removed, the condition of
Figure 11-43.— Afterbody.
11-63
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
the E-ring on the base of the plunger of the
pack opener may be observed.
The main canopy, when inflated, is an el­
liptical nylon parachute 15 feet across its
largest diameter.
A red 30-inch elliptical nylon extraction
parachute is attached to the vent lines of the
main canopy. The suspension lines of the
main parachute (which emerge from the
sides of the pack housing) are attached by
clevis pins to the lugs on the shroud ring of
the afterbody.
The static line is folded in a replaceable
pocket secured to the pack cover. One end
of the static line is fitted with an adjustable
slide fastener and a snap hook for attach­
ment to the aircraft. The other end of the
static line is engaged with pack opener by
means of a loop and is joined to a static line
extension from the main canopy.
When the bomb is released, the parachute
static line pays out of the pocket as the bomb
falls clear of the aircraft. When the static
line comes taut, it pulls up on the pack
opener, releasing it and allowing the pack
C IE V IS PIN
AND E RING
STATIC LIN E
EX T EN SIO N
STATIC LIN E PO C KET
SH R O U D
R IN G
KEY
/
S N A P H OO K
PACK
H O U SIN G
TO A IR C R A F T
figure 11-44.— Parachute Pack Secured
to Shroud Ring.
11-64
cover to be ejected into the air stream by a
spring inside the parachute pack. The pack
cover pulls out the extraction parachute,
which in turn pulls out the main canopy. In
addition, the static line is connected to the
main canopy by a break cord which assists
the extraction parachute in pulling the main
canopy out before it breaks free. As the
main canopy deploys, its suspension lines pay
out of the pockets in the deployment bag in
which they are folded and the canopy in­
flates.
Marker
Practice Bomb Marker Mk 17 Mod 0,
figure 11-45, is used in target practice to
produce a deep red color at the point where
the weapon enters the water. The marker,
about four inches long and four inches in
diameter, consists of a plastic housing
screwed to an aluminum base. A single
lockwire is used between the housing and
base to prevent the housing from loosening.
The housing is filled with a dark green dye
which is sealed against moisture by an Oring between the housing and the base. The
housing breaks open when a bomb strikes
the water releasing the dye. A chemical
reaction between the dye and water causes
the dye to turn red.
The marker is secured to the nose of the
practice bomb by means of a threaded boss
on the underside of the base, figure 11^6.
It replaces the eyebolt and is tightened to the
nose section by use of a special wrench. The
wrench fits into three of the six notches cut
around the periphery of the base.
In some aircraft the practice bomb, with
the marker mounted on the nose, will not
fit into the bomb bay. In such cases, the
marker is mounted on an adapter bracket,
figure 11^7, which permits the marker to
be located below the ogive surface and some­
what behind the point of the ogive as shown
in figure 11-48.
Lug Adapter
A lug adapter, figure 11-49, is furnished
for use when the bomb is carried on an air­
craft that does not have sufficient ground
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
NOTCH FOR W RENCH
WRENCH, H-3082
Figure 11-45.— Parachute Bomb Marker Mk 17 Mod 0 and Wrench.
Weapon Response Simulator
Figure 11-46.— Marker Mounted on Nose
of Practice Bomb.
clearance for the weapon. The lug adapter
is mounted on the forward suspension lug
to raise the tail of the bomb to provide ade­
quate ground clearance.
Weapon Response Simulator Mk 4 Mod 0
figure 11-50, simulates the monitoring cir­
cuits, the IFI unit, and the manual safety
switch of the service bomb. It can be used
with Monitor Test Set Mk 274 Mod 0 or 1
(T-3009 or T-3009A respectively) or Con­
trol Box Aero 2A, Aero 2B or Aero 3B.
Physical Description. The simulator con­
sists of a flanged aluminum housing that en­
closes three connectors and the circuit
components. The flange has six bolt holes
for securing the simulator to the afterbody.
Eight threaded holes are located in the flange
for attaching the dust cover.
Each connector is equipped with a springloaded ball-lock sleeve which mates with a
similar sleeve on the aircraft pull-out con­
nectors. The sleeve protects the connectors
from oil and dirt while the practice bomb is
carried on the aircraft. The ball-lock mech­
anism permits the aircraft connectors to
disconnect from the connectors in the
weapon response simulator when the prac­
tice bomb is released.
A red pin associated with the ball-lock
11-65
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
IN T ER N A L TOOTH
L O C KW A SH ER
O PEN IN G FOR A TT A C H M EN T
OF DYE M A R K E R
Figure 11-47.— Adapter Bracket for Marker.
mechanism of each connector indicates full
engagement with the aircraft connector by
protruding above the face of the weapon
response simulator when the aircraft con­
nector is inserted fully.
The connectors have 35, 14, and 8 pins
respectively. However, only 21 of the pins
are used in the 35-pin connector, and two
each in the 14-pin and 8-pin connectors.
A
two-position
screwdriver-operated
switch, located on the face of the simulator,
is used to simulate the manual safety switch.
A screwdriver is used to turn it to A
(armed) or S (safe) position.
Operation. The electrical circuit of the
simulator, figure 11-51, consists of compo­
nents which simulate the IFI operation, the
manual safety switch, and the monitoring
circuit. The relay and switch designations
used in the following discussion are for ref­
erence only; the designations do not appear
on the components. These statements as­
sume that the simulator is connected to the
test set; and the lights referred to here are
located on this test set.
The IFI operation is simulated by use of
rotary relays K l, K2, and K3 and a thermal
time-delay relay K4. K l and K2 are step­
ping relays. The relay coil of K l operates
a single pole switch S I ; K2 operates a twopole switch S2A and S2B. These switches
11-66
are stepped one position when the coil is
energized, and remain in this position when
the coil is de-energized. When relay K3
is energized, the contacts change position to
an open circuit returning to the closed cir­
cuit when the relay is de-energized. K4 is
a thermal time-delay relay in which a switch
is closed approximately 5 seconds after
power is applied to a heater circuit.
The function of K l is to step SI one po­
sition so that the OUT or IN IFI light
(whichever one is on initially) goes out. It
also serves to close the electrical circuit to
K4 through one of the switches in K2. K2
switches the IFI light (whichever one is off
initially) to ON approximately 5 seconds
after K l is energized. The 5-second delay
is provided by K4. K3 keeps K l and K2 in
synchronization and thereby maintains the
proper sequence of operation between the
IFI operate switch and the IFI IN and OUT
lights.
The operations of the weapon response
simulator is described in the following steps,
starting with the IFI in the OUT position.
1. When the IFI switch on either the test
set or on Control Box Aero 2A, Aero 2B or
Areo 3B is actuated, 28-volt power is ap­
plied to K l through terminal d on the 35contact connector.
2. With K l energized, SI steps from posi­
tion 1 to position 2. This extinguishes the
Figure 11-48.— Practice Bomb with Marker
Mounted on Adapter Bracket.
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B LIES
35-PIN
CONNECTOR
BALL-LOCK
SLEEVE
14-PIN
CONNECTOR
INDICATOR PIN
8-PIN
CONNECTOR
figure II-4 V .— Lug Adapter Mounted on
Forward Suspension Lug.
IFI OUT light and channels the 28-volt
power from L through S2A1 of K2, to the
heater of K4.
3. After approximately 5 seconds, S4
closes, energizing K2 and K3 simultaneously.
4. With K2 energized, S2A and S2B step
from position 1 to position 2 and the IFI IN
light goes on. Between 5 and 10 seconds
later, the heater in K4 cools off, S4 opens and
the K3 contacts return to the closed position.
5. With K3 energized, the relay contacts
open, interrupting the coil circuit of K1
and the heater circuit of K4. If the IFI
switch on the test set or the control box is
actuated while S4 is closed, K1 cannot be
energized until S4 opens again.
The manual safety switch simulator is a
SIM U LA TE D M AN U A L
SAFETY SWITCH
Figure 11-50.— W eapon Response Simulator
Mk 4 Mod 0.
two position switch. The common lead, fig­
ure 11-51, completes a 28-volt circuit to
either the MSS ARMED or SAFE light on
the test set or on the control box.
The monitor circuit consists of jumpered
and grounded terminals which simulate the
continuity path through the connectors to
components in the service weapon.
Unpackaging and Inspection
The practice weapon is packaged as five
separate pieces. The packaging configura­
tion, dimensions, and gross weights are
listed in the following table.
Packaging Data
I tem
P a c k in g C o n fig u r a t io n
Nose Section (and Lug Adapter). Nailed wood crate_____
Afterbody__________
__
Wirebound wood crate
Parachute Pack.
Cylindrical metal container.
Fairing
Wirebound wood crate
Accessory Box. . .
Rectangular metal container
D im en sions
W eigh t
Inches
Pounds
78.5 x 41 X 41.25_________
57 x 35 x 35___ _
36.2 diam. x 13.5
99 x 37 x 46
18.3 x 9.3 x 6 .2 _______
.
2400
546
200
440
40
11-67
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Figure 11—51.— W eapon Response Simulator Mk 4 Mod 0, Schematic Wiring Diagram.
Nose Section. The nose section is clamped
to the base of the crate in a horizontal posi­
tion. A metal band around the body of the
nose is anchored to the base of the crate
by six half-inch hex-heads bolts and nuts.
The top, sides, and ends of the unsheathed
crate are assembled to the crate base to
form the complete crate.
The lug adapter is secured to a bracket
attached to the base of the crate beneath the
ogive of the nose section. The bolt that
secures the lug adapter also is used to mount
it on the forward suspension lug when the
lug adapter is required.
U npackaging . Unpackage the nose sec­
tion as follows:
1. Remove the corner strappings at the
top of the crate using a claw hammer or
crowbar.
2. Knock away the sides and ends of the
11-68
crate from the top panel, and remove the
top panel.
3. Remove all nails that project into the
crate leaving the sides and ends in position.
4. Remove the nuts on the six bolts, which
anchor the metal frame, using a 13X6-inch
open-end wrench.
5. Lift and remove the metal frame from
the crate.
6. Using a hoist capable of lifting 2500
pounds minimum and an H-3070 sling or
equal, lift the nose section by the suspension
lugs, and remove it from the crate.
7. Place the nose section on an H-3045
dolly or equal, with the ogive resting against
the pillow block, figure 11-42.
8. Remove the tape from the twelve bolts
at the aft end of the nose section and inspect
for damaged or dirty threads. Clean with
trichloroethylene (stock number 55-T 5751), or similar solvent if necessary. The
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B LIES
the cover of the container by means of a
washers, nuts, and cotter pins should be left
metal band consisting of two semicircular
on the studs until ready for assembly.
9.
The base of the crate may be used as a segments. The ends of each segment termi­
nate in two bolt eyes which are locked by
skid for local handling by fork-lift truck.
%o-inch bolts. The shroud lines are held
When the base is used as a skid for handling
together by cotton seine-twine.
the nose section, the metal frame must be
A four-spot humidity indicator, located in
secured to the base by the six anchor bolts
the cover of the parachute pack container,
and nuts. The sides and end panels should
provides a means for checking humidity
be disassembled from the base.
I n s p e c t i o n . The nose section should be
within the container. The spots register
inspected for damage or deformation; reject
relative humidity from 20 percent to 50 per­
if it is deformed or if deep gouges, dents, or
cent in 10 percent increments. The humidity
scratches are found. Superficial abrasions
inside the container is indicated by the spot
or scratches are not cause for rejection.
that most closely approximates the lavender
Afterbody.
The afterbody, positioned
shade of the background. If all spots are
blue, the humidity is too low; if the 50 spot
vertically, is packaged in a wirebound,
slatted-wood crate which is expendable. The
is lavender, the humidity is above the safe
forward end of the afterbody rests on a felt
level. In either case, the parachute should be
pad at the base of the crate and is anchored
unpackaged and left for 36 to 48 hours in an
with carriage bolts. The after end is se­
area with a relative humidity between 25
cured at the top of the crate with hold-down
percent and 40 percent and repackaged if
strips. All end fasteners terminate at the
continued storage is planned.
same corner. The crate is unpackaged by
U n p a c k a g i n g . Unpackage the parachute
opening these fasteners and knocking the
pack as follows:
slats away from the top and bottom of the
1. Check the humidity indicator on the
crate.
cover of the container. If the humidity indi­
U n p a c k a g i n g . Unpackage the afterbody
cator shows excessive humidity, the con­
as follows:
tainer should be examined for failure after
1. Open the fastened ends of each wire
it is opened. This would be indicated by the
loop.
presence of excessive dust, foreign matter,
2. Remove the nails at the top of the slats.
grease, or fungus growth in the container or
3. Knock the slats away from the top and
packing material. A defective container
bottom framework. As each side is freed
should not be reused unless the cause of
from the top and bottom panels, it can be
failure can be corrected.
unfolded from the crate.
2. Remove the twelve hex nuts that secure
4. Remove the top of the crate and then
the cover to the base using a 5/Q-inch speed
the two hold-down strips and pads from the
wrench.
top of the shroud ring. Loosen the carriage
3. Lift the cover off the container and turn
bolts with a 5/s-inch open-end wrench.
it over.
5. Place the afterbody on a skid or dolly
4. Remove the twine from the eyes of the
so that it lies horizontally. Three men can
parachute suspension lines.
lift it conveniently.
5. Using a %-inch speed wrench, loosen
the two nuts which secure the retaining band
I n s p e c t i o n . Inspect the afterbody for
and remove the parachute pack.
damage or deformation; reject if it is de­
formed or if deep gouges, dents, or deep
6 . If the container is in satisfactory con­
scratches are found. Superficial abrasions
dition, replace the cover and secure it with
or scratches are not cause for rejection.
the bolts.
Parachute Pack. The parachute pack is
7. Retain the empty container for future
shipped and stored in a reusable steel con­
use or return it to the issue point.
tainer. The pack is secured to the inside of
I n s p e c t i o n . Inspect the parachute pack
11-69
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
assembly after unpackaging and before each
mission as follows:
1. Inspect the parachute pack for damage
or deformation; reject if deformed or punc­
tured.
2. Inspect the exposed portions of the
parachute suspension lines for abrasion; re­
ject the assembly if the lines are damaged.
3. Inspect the static line for wear, abra­
sion, or improper assembly. Carefully check
the tie cords that hold the static line in the
pocket, figure 11-52, to be sure they are not
loose. Replace the static line if unsatis­
factory. A spare static line is located in the
accessory box; instructions follow for re­
placing the static line.
CAUTION: Failure of the static
line tie cords or improper assembly
of the pack opener will cause the
parachute pack to open before it is
released from the aircraft.
4. Inspect the pack opener to make certain
that the setscrew on the plunger and the
E-ring on the pin are in place and tight.
5. Unscrew the inspection plug on the
bottom of the pack housing. Shine a spot­
light through the cylinder to examine the E-
Figu re 1 1 - 5 2 . — P a ra c h u te Sta tic Line R ep la cem ent.
11-70
ring at the end of the plunger of the pack
opener. Be sure the E-ring is inserted fully
and is not deformed. If it is deformed, re­
ject the parachute pack. Replace the in­
spection plug.
Accessory Box. The accessory box is a
metal container in which the following seven
items are packaged:
1. Wrench (H-3082).
2. Parachute static line.
3. Practice Bomb Marker Mk 17 Mod 0.
4. Unit spares bag.
5. Accessory bag.
6.
Bracket.
7. Weaon Response Simulator Mk 4 Mod 0.
These items are wrapped in fiberboard
sealed with paper tape, or enclosed in water­
proof bags.
U n p a c k a g i n g . Unpackage the accessory
box as follows:
1. Open the box by removing the lockwire
from the latch and opening the hinged cover.
2. The wrench is in a fiberboard wrap at
the top of the box. Open it by cutting the
tape at the seam and unraveling the fiberboard.
3. To open the static line bag, manipulate
the static line away from one edge of the
bag and cut the edge with scissors.
4. Open the marker container by remov­
ing the tape and pulling apart the two halves
of the container.
5. The unit spares bag is opened as fol­
lows :
a. Cut one edge of the waterproof bag,
with scissors.
b. Remove the fiberboard box container,
and pull apart the two halves of the con­
tainer.
c. Remove the waterproof bag, cut one
edge of the bag with scissors and remove the
contents.
6 . Open the accessory bag in accordance
with step 5.
7. Unpackage the bracket in accordance
with step 2 .
8 . Open the container of the weapon re­
sponse simulator by removing the tape from
the fiberboard box and opening the lid. Re­
move the waterproof bag containing the
P R A C T IC E BO M B A SSEM B LIES
simulator. Cut along the edge of the bag
with scissors and remove the simulator.
I nspectio n . The following items should
be inspected before using:
1. Check the parachute static line for
abrasion or tears. Check the action of the
snap hook to be certain it closes fully.
2. Check the marker for a cracked hous­
ing, loose lockwire, or damaged threads. If
the housing is cracked, reject the marker.
3. Inspect the weapon response simulator
as follows:
a. Remove the 8-32 NC-2 x %-inch
socket-head screws with a Vs-inch socket
wrench.
b. Examine the gasket for cracks or
checks.
c. Inspect the ball-lock sleeve, connector
and the red indicator pins for any deforma­
tion cracks, or breaks.
d. Inspect the base to be certain the
lockwire is in place. If not, replace it after
the simulator has been tested and found sat­
isfactory. Test instructions follow.
e. Replace the dust cover, and secure it
with the eight retaining screws.
Assembly and Test
The assembly procedure consists essen­
tially of securing the afterbody to the nose
section and installing the parachute pack and
weapon response simulator.
The marker, when used, is not installed
until the practice bomb has been placed un­
der the aircraft prior to loading. This pro­
cedure avoids cracking the plastic housing
of the marker and losing the dye.
In some instances the bomb bay may be
too short to accomodate the marker when it
is mounted at the nose of the weapon. In
such cases an adapter bracket is used to
bring the forward edge of the marker back
in line with the apex of the ogive.
A horizontal assembly system is used for
putting together the major components of
the practice bomb. Components are assem­
bled in the following sequence. The after­
body is bolted to the nose section. The para­
chute pack is installed by removing the key
and the two clamps at the top and sides of
the shroud ring respectively. The para­
chute pack is lowered so that the flange
rests in the clamp at the bottom of the
shroud ring with the cutout oriented at the
top. The key is hooked into the cutout and
secured to the shroud ring, and the two side
clamps reinstalled.
The weapon response simulator is tested
with Monitor Test Set Mk 274 Mod 0 or Mod
1 (T-3009 or T-3009A respectively) before
it is installed, in accordance with test in­
structions following.
If parts such as nuts, washers, or clevis
pins are missing, extras will be found in the
unit spares bag and accessory bag located in
the accessory box. These bags contain the
items listed in the following table.
In addition to the items listed in the table,
there also is a bag containing a parachute
static line.
Assembly of Afterbody to Nose Section.
The afterbody and nose section should be
oriented so that the forward end of the
afterbody faces the after end of the nose
section. Four men will be required for
handling the afterbody to avoid damaging
the bolt threads on the nose section. If a
hoist is available, an alternate method is to
place a manila rope of 1 4 -inch or 5/g-inch
diameter and about 10 feet long around the
notches in the fins of the afterbody. The
hoist hook then can be hooked on to the rope
and the afterbody raised. Since the after­
body will be unbalanced when raised, one
person will be required to guide it. The
procedure is as follows:
1 . Remove the cotter pins, nuts, and
washers from the studs on the nose section.
2. With the afterbody on the skid or dolly,
bring it within about two feet of the nose
section.
3. Lift the afterbody and carefully guide
is so that the bolt holes pass over the studs
on the nose section without damaging the
threads.
4. Insert a flat washer and 1/ 2-20 NF-2
castellated hex nut over each stud. Hand
tighten all the nuts before releasing the
afterbody.
5. Release the afterbody and use a torque
11-71
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Contents of Accessory Bag and Unit Spares Bag
A ccessory B ag
A fterbo dy
12 Castellated
hex nuts.
U n it S pa re s B ag
P ar ac h u te
P ack
M arket
12 Clevis _ ..
2 Internal
tooth lock­
washers.
12 Flat wash­
12 E-rings__
ers.
12 Cotter pins -
1 Special bolt.
A fter bo d y
4 Castellated
hex nuts.
4 Flat wash­
ers.
4 Cotter pins.
wrench with a %-inch socket to tighten
the nuts to a torque of 570 ± 20 inchpounds.
6.
Insert a 1-inch cotter pin through the
hole in each stud and spread the end of the
pin. If necessary, back off the nut slightly
until the pin can be inserted.
Assembly of Parachute Pack to Afterbody.
The parachute pack should be inspected as
previously described before it is installed.
The parachute pack may be assembled to
the shroud ring by two men as follows:
1. Using a %6-inch socket wrench, remove
the retaining screws and lockwashers from
the key at the top of the afterbody shroud
ring and the two clamps at either side. Do
not remove the bottom clamp.
2 . Locate the cutout in the flange of the
parachute pack. With the cutout oriented
at the top, lift the pack by the handles and
place it in the shroud ring so that the flange
drops into the bottom clamp.
3. Place the key in the cutout, figure 1144, and replace the lockwashers and retain­
ing screws. The screws are Vi-20 NC x Viinch socket-head screws and the lockwashers
are internal tooth.
4. Replace the two side clamps. Be sure
the lockwashers are in place.
Replacement of Parachute Static Line. If
the practice weapon has been flown three
missions without being dropped, it should
11-72
P a r ac h u te
P ack
W eapon
R esponse
M ar ker
S im u lato r
4 Clevis pins.. 2 Slotted fil­
lister head
screws.
4 E-rings____ 2 Spring
washers.
2 Internal
tooth lock
washers.
be inspected in accordance with previous
instructions and the static line should be
replaced as follows:
CAUTION: Do not disturb the
position of the plunger when en­
gaging or disengaging the static
line. Inward or outward plunger
movement of only % inch will ac­
tuate the pack opener, ejecting the
cover with force sufficient to cause
injury.
1. Remove the static line pocket by un­
screwing the retaining screws, figure 11-52.
2. Remove the E-ring from the pin.
Loosen the plunger setscrew and remove the
pin. Open the hinge lever and remove the
static line bight.
3. Open the eye in the end of the static
line, figure 11-44, and pass the static line
assembly through this eye to disengage the
assembly from the static line extension.
4. Put the eye of the new static line
through the eye of the static line extension,
pass the static line assembly through its
eye, and pull the resulting knot tight.
5. Place the bight of the static line under
the hinge lever of the pack opener, replace
the pin, tighten the setscrew, and install a
new E-ring.
6 . Secure the static line pocket in place
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
with the five 10-32NF x Vfc-inch slotted
fillister-head screws previously removed.
Installation of Weapon Response Simula­
tor. Install the weapon response simulator
as follows:
1. Using a Vs-inch socket wrench, remove
the eight socket-head screws from the dust
cover. These screws are 8-32NC-2 x % inch long.
2. Remove the bag hanging from the sim­
ulator.
The bag contains the mounting
screws for the simulator. Place the simu­
lator in the afterbody opening with the 35pin connector facing forward.
3. Insert the six 14-20 UNF-2 x %-inch
slotted fillister-head screws using 1 4 -inch
spring lockwashers in the six holes around
the flange of the simulator. Tighten the
screws uniformly.
4. Replace the dust cover and secure it
with the socket-head screws.
Installation of Marker. The marker, if
externally carried, is installed in the nose
section after the weapon is loaded, or if
internally carried, it is installed just prior
to raising the practice bomb into the bomb
bay.
I n s t a l l a t io n
for
E xternal
Carriage .
Install the marker as follows:
1. Unscrew the eyebolt from the nose sec­
tion.
2. Make sure the 114-inch internal tooth
lockwasher is on the threaded boss of the
marker.
3. Insert the boss in the eyebolt hole and
tighten with the special wrench (H-3082)
shown in figure 11-45. The marker should
be tightened so that the flange comes up
flush with the apex of the ogive.
CAUTION: Do not tighten the
marker by turning the plastic
housing. The dye will disperse
over a wide area if lost from the
case and will penetrate cracks and
crevices; it turns red on contact
with moisture.
I n st a l la tio n
for
Internal
Install the marker as follows:
C arriage .
1. Check the length of the bomb bay to
see if the weapon with the marker attached
at the nose, figure 11-46, will fit. The
length of the weapon from parachute pack
to marker is 125.125 inches. The bomb bay
should be about 135 inches long to allow
room for any pitch of the weapon when it
is loaded or dropped during a mission.
2. If the bomb bay is too short, use the
adapter bracket, figure 11-47. Orient the
bracket as shown in figure 1 1 ^ 8 and in­
stall it in the nose using the special bolt
and internal tooth lockwasher. A two-inch
wrench is necessary. Insert the bolt through
the bolt hole. The threaded hole should be
below and behind the apex of the ogive.
3. Secure the marker with the lockwasher
to the threaded hole in the bracket using
the special wrench.
CAUTION: Do not tighten the
marker by turning the plastic hous­
ing. The dye will disperse over a
wide area if lost from the case and
will penetrate cracks and crevices,
turning red on contact with mois­
ture.
4. Check the lockwire on the marker to be
sure it has not been damaged by the wrench.
If necessary, replace the lockwire.
Installation of Lug Adapter.
A lug
adapter may be installed on the forward
suspension lug, figure 11-49, to provide ad­
ditional ground clearance for the tail of
the practice bomb when it is carried ex­
ternally on some aircraft. When directed
by the officer-in-charge, install the lug
adapter as follows:
1 . Fit the lug adapter snugly over the
forward suspension lug.
2. Secure the lug adapter to the suspen­
sion lug with a 1-14NF x 4V8-inch sockethead bolt. Insert the bolt, from front to
rear, into the bolt hole in the lug adapter.
3. Place a Vs-inch thick flat washer on the
bolt.
4. Screw a 1-14 castellated hex nut tightly
onto the bolt.
5. Insert a l/g x lV^-inch cotter pin
n -73
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
through the castellated nut and spread the
cotter pin.
Test Instructions
The weapon response simulator is the only
component tested in the practice bomb. It
is tested with Monitor Test Set Mk 274 Mod
0 or Mod 1 (T-3009 or T-3009A respec­
tively) . The test set indicates by pilot
lights that the relays and manual safety
switch simulator are operating properly and
that the jumpered terminals do not have any
loose connections and are connected cor­
rectly. The procedure for performing the
test is described in the following paragraphs.
Preparation of Test Set.
1. Locate the test set in an area near a
115-volt, 60- to 460-cycle supply.
2. Set the test set on top of the practice
weapon and secure it by fastening the straps
to the bomb suspension lugs.
3. Open the test set cover and remove
the cables from the case.
4. Connect the GROUND CHECK termi­
nal on the test set panel to a good earth
ground. If the test set is a Mod 1, connect
the power cable to the test set receptacle
labeled 95-130V, 55-460 cycles per second.
5. See that the ON-OFF switch is OFF
and plug the test set power cable into a
115-volt, 60- to 460-cycle supply.
Self-Test of Test Set. Check the test set
as follows:
1. Turn the ON-OFF switch ON. The
POWER, GROUND CHECK, and BAT­
TERY HEATER lights should come on and
the meter should indicate a reading.
2. Rotate the LIGHT TEST switch to ON
momentarily. All lights on the panel should
come on. Turn the switch OFF.
3. If Monitor Test Set Mk 274 Mod 0
is used, proceed as follows:
a. Plug the 35-pin connector of the test
cable into the TEST CONNECTOR recepta­
cle on the test set panel. Air the remaining
lights except the IFI IN light should come
on; the BATTERY HEATER and GROUND
CHECK lights should go out.
b. Operate the IFI OPERATE switch
11-74
momentarily. The IFI IN light should come
on while the switch is operated.
c. Rotate the BATTERY TEST switch
to the X-UNIT position. The meter should
indicate in the orange band.
d. Turn the POWER switch OFF and
disconnect the test cable.
4.
If Monitor Test Set Mk 274 Mod 1 is
used, proceed as follows:
a. Rotate the BATTERY TEST switch
to MC-134.
b. If the meter does not read full scale
rotate the METER ADJUST control until
the meter reads at the high limit of the scale.
c. Plug one end of the test cable into
the TEST CONNECTOR receptacle on the
test set panel.
d. Plug the other end of the test cable
into the CT-3111 receptacle on the test set
panel, and tighten it.
e. When the two ends of the cable are
connected, all lights should be on except the
IFI
IN,
BATTERY
HEATER,
and
GROUND CHECK lights.
f. Operate the IFI OPERATE switch
momentarily.
The IFI IN light should
come on while the switch is operated.
g. With the BATTERY TEST switch
at MC-134, the meter should read in the
orange band.
h. Turn the ON-OFF switch OFF and
disconnect the test cable.
Test Procedure. The weapon response
simulator provides simulated indications of
all monitor circuits in the service bomb. It
does not simulate the battery load test how­
ever. If any of the following tests fail, reject
the simulator.
Perform the test as follows:
1. Remove the dust cover from the
weapon response simulator.
2. Remove the test cable from the TEST
CONNECTOR receptacle and plug it into
the 35-pin connector of the weapon response
simulator. Install the 14-pin and 8-pin test
plugs in proper receptacles. Turn the ONOFF switch ON. All the lights in the top
panel should come on. The condition of the
bottom row lights should be as follows:
PR A C T IC E BO M B A SSEM B LIES
L ig h t
C ondition
IFI IN .... ..................................................
IFI OUT ............................... ......................
MSS SAFE ..................................................
MSS ARMED ....
_________ ____ _
IMPACT SWITCH .
..... .........
PULL-UP CONN 1 ____
_____ ____
PULL-UP CONN 2 ............... ............... .
PULL SWITCH ............ ................. ....... .
Off
On
On
Off
On
On
On
On
3. Operate the IFI switch. The light that
initially is on should go out when the switch
is operated. Five seconds later the other
light should come on.
4. If the MSS ARMED light is on, turn
the screwdriver-operated switch so that the
SAFE light on the test set goes on and the
ARMED light goes off.
5. Pull the 14-pin test plug out of the
connector with a quick hard pull. The
PULL-UP CONN 1 light should go out.
6 . Repeat step 5 with the 8 -pin test plug.
The PULL-UP CONN 2 light should go out.
7. Operate the IFI OPERATE switch mo­
mentarily if three minutes have elapsed since
the last operation. The IN light should go
out immediately and the OUT light should
come on in approximately five seconds. Wait
three minutes then depress the IFI switch
again momentarily and see that the OUT
light goes off and the IN light comes on.
The IFI should be left in OUT position.
8 . Turn the manual safety switch simu­
lator (screwdriver-operated switch) to A
and check to see that the SAFE light goes
off and the ARMED light comes on. Set
the switch back to S.
9. Turn the POWER switch OFF and
disconnect the test gear.
10. Install the simulator in the afterbody
as directed in the assembly instructions and
replace the dust cover if the practice bomb
will not be used immediately.
11-75
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
P R A C T IC E DEPTH B O M B M k 102 M od 0
Figure 11-53.— Practice Depth Bomb Mk 102 M od 0.
Mark
.......... ............................
Mod ..
------------ -------- ------List of Drawings ______ ____
Hull Assembly (dw g)
A f t e r b o d y .................................
Connector
Manual Switch
Diameter (in.) .......
Length (in.) _____________ __
Weight (lb)
...... .....................
Suspension Lug Spacing (in.)
General Description
Practice Depth Bomb Mk 102 Mod 0,
figure 11-53, is a nonexpendable practice
bomb for Depth Bomb Mk 101 Mod 0. The
practice bomb simulates the external outline
and the weight of the service bomb. It pro­
vides a means of electrical connection with
internal switches and wiring to simulate
the service bomb electrically when used with
Aero 6 A Control Box; Monitor Test Set T 3024, and Safety Switch Test Set T-3026.
It also includes a switch that can be adjusted
to simulate various fault conditions.
The functions of the practice bomb are:
1. Trains personnel in the use of the Aero
6 A Control B ox; Monitor Test Set T-3024;
Safety Switch Test Set T-3026.
2. Aids in training air crews in the opera­
tion and capabilities of Magnetic Airborne
11-76
102
0
LD 479317
1501413
Mk 5 Mod 0 (LD 299769)
Mk 22 Mod 0 (LD 479307)
Mk 52 Mod 0 (LD 479311)
18
92.375
1200
14
Detection (MAD) equipment when used
with the Mk 102.
3. Trains pilots and ground personnel in
procedures for handling the service bomb
and loading it onto the aircraft.
4. Provides pilots with information on
how the aircraft will respond when carrying
the service bomb.
5. Depth Dummy Bomb Mk 108 Mod 0,
described later, provides a means of checking
aircraft fit and separation characteristics.
The weapon response simulator assembly
simulates the weapon connector, the MC725 Arming-Safing Motor Switch (often
called the inflight safety switch), the
manual safety switch, and monitor circuits
of the service bomb. In addition, a selectortype fault switch makes it possible for an
instructor to simulate defects in the circuits
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
and switches of the service-bomb by rotating
the fault switch to a desired position in set­
ting up a training problem.
The service bomb is described in NAVY
SWOP B101-1. Postloading, pre-takeoff,
and inflight procedures are the same for the
practice bomb as for the service bomb.
Practice Depth Bomb Mk 102 Mod 0 has
three major components: a hull assembly, an
afterbody, and a weapon response simulator
assembly. The simulator assembly consists
of a weapon connector and a manual switch
for the practice bomb.
Hull. The hull assembly, figure 11-54,
is a blunt-nosed steel cylinder, 45% inches
long 18 inches in diameter. A steel bulk­
head is welded into the after-end of the hull
as a closure and provides a mount for the
weapon connector. The practice bomb sus­
pended in a bomb rack by means of two sus­
pension lugs, dwg 1252628, threaded into the
top of the hull. The bomb is hoisted into the
aircraft by means of a hoisting lug, dwg
1686182, threaded into the top of the hull
midway between two suspension lugs. The
manual switch is mounted flush with the
side of the hull in an opening 2 % inches in
diameter with a flanged mounting seat. The
switch is properly oriented by an aligning
pin in the mounting seat and a mating notch
in the switch housing.
Inside the forward section of the hull, a
steel disk is welded across the diameter.
This steel disk makes the weight, center of
gravity, and the moment of inertia of the
practice- bomb equivalent to those of the
service bomb. The practice bomb also simu­
lates closely the magnetic properties of the
service bomb.
The after bulkhead of the hull has an
opening near the top 2 % inches in diameter,
and four tapped holes which provide mount­
ing and attachment points for the weapon
connector of the practice weapon. Two
tapped holes near the perimeter of the same
bulkhead provide attachment points for H 3106 lifting lugs used in vertical handling of
the hull.
A grooved flange around the after edge of
the hull fits against a similar flange around
the forward edge of the afterbody. The hull
and the afterbody are held together by means
of a segmented clamp band which mates with
these two grooved flanges. The clamp band,
dwg 1476493-12, is made up of three seg­
ments secured with self-locking screws.
The hull and the afterbody are properly
aligned on assembly by means of an align­
ing pin projecting from the upper edge of
S U SP E N S IO N LUGS
W EAPO N CO N N EC T O R
CLAM P BAND
B U LK H E A D
M A N U A L SW ITCH
Figure 11-54.— Cutaway of Assembled Practice Bomb.
11-77
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
the hull and a mating hole in the forward
edge of the afterbody.
Afterbody. Practice Weapon Afterbody,
Mk 5 Mod 0 is a conical aluminum shell, 47
% inches long, pierced with flooding and
vent holes. Shrouded fins stabilize the air
and underwater trajectory.
An oval opening in the top of the after­
body gives access to the weapon connector
and the fault switch when the afterbody is
installed on the hull. The forward edge of
the afterbody has a grooved flange which
mates with the clamp band, and an aligning
hole which mates with the aligning pin of
the hull on assembly.
Weapon Response Simulator Assembly.
General . The weapon response simula­
tor assembly consists of two major compo­
nents: a manual switch and a weapon con­
nector, figure 11-54. Although the manual
switch of the practice bomb is only a single
component, it simulates the functions of two
components of the service bomb: Manual
Safety Switch Mk 45 Mod 0 and Rotary
Switch Control Mk 1 1 Mod 0. Externally the
manual switch of the practice bomb resem-
Figure 11-55.— Manual Switch Mk 52
Mod 0, Installed.
11-78
Figure 11-56.— W eapon Connector Mk 22
Mod 0, Installed.
bles the rotary switch control of the service
bomb. The weapon connector in the prac­
tice bomb simulates the Weapon Connector
Mk 21, the MC-725 switch and the monitor
circuits of the service bomb.
The manual switch is mounted on the side
of the hull, figure 11-55. The weapon con­
nector is mounted on the after bulk­
head of the hull, figure 11-56. The upper
surface of the weapon connector is accessible
through the opening in the top of the after­
body and is approximately flush with the
surface of the afterbody.
A cable, dwg 1541079, electrically connects
the manual switch to the weapon connector
and fault switch, figure 11-54.
M anual S w itch . Practice Weapon Man­
ual Switch, Mk 52 Mod 0, figure 11-55, con­
sists of a single pole, double throw rotary
switch that is operated by an attached con­
trol mechanism. The manual switch is en­
cased in an aluminum housing and is
mounted in an opening in the side of the hull.
It is held in place by two steel tabs fastened
to the hull with self-locking screws, dwg
1476493-23. A notch in the side of the
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSE M B L IE S
and switches of the service bomb by rotating
the fault switch to a desired position in set­
ting up a training problem.
The service bomb is described in NAVY
SWOP B101-1.
Postloading, pre-takeoff,
and inflight procedures are the same for the
practice bomb as for the service bomb.
Practice Depth Bomb Mk 102 Mod 0 has
three major components: a hull assembly, an
afterbody, and a weapon response simulator
assembly. The simulator assembly consists
of a weapon connector and a manual switch
for the practice bomb.
Hull. The hull assembly, figure 11-54,
is a blunt-nosed steel cylinder, 45% inches
long 18 inches in diameter. A steel bulk­
head is welded into the after-end of the hull
as a closure and provides a mount for the
weapon connector. The practice bomb sus­
pended in a bomb rack by means of two sus­
pension lugs, dwg 1252628, threaded into the
top of the hull. The bomb is hoisted into the
aircraft by means of a hoisting lug, dwg
1636182, threaded into the top of the hull
midway between two suspension lugs. The
manual switch is mounted flush with the
side of the hull in an opening 2 % inches in
diameter with a flanged mounting seat. The
switch is properly oriented by an aligning
pin in the mounting seat and a mating notch
in the switch housing.
Inside the forward section of the hull, a
steel disk is welded across the diameter.
This steel disk makes the weight, center of
gravity, and the moment of inertia of the
practice- bomb equivalent to those of the
service bomb. The practice bomb also simu­
lates closely the magnetic properties of the
service bomb.
The after bulkhead of the hull has an
opening near the top 2 % inches in diameter,
and four tapped holes which provide mount­
ing and attachment points for the weapon
connector of the practice weapon.
Two
tapped holes near the perimeter of the same
bulkhead provide attachment points for H 3106 lifting lugs used in vertical handling of
the hull.
A grooved flange around the after edge of
the hull fits against a similar flange around
the forward edge of the afterbody. The hull
and the afterbody are held together by means
of a segmented clamp band which mates with
these two grooved flanges. The clamp band,
dwg 1476493-12, is made up of three seg­
ments secured with self-locking screws.
The hull and the afterbody are properly
aligned on assembly by means of an align­
ing pin projecting from the upper edge of
i
ADAPTER PLUG
CO N N EC T O R
AFTERBODY
C LAM P BAND
CABLE
S U SP E N S IO N LUGS
HULL
\
B U LK H EA D
M A N U A L SW ITCH
Figure 11-54.— Cutaway of Assembled Practice Bomb.
11-77
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
the hull and a mating hole in the forward
edge of the afterbody.
Afterbody. Practice Weapon Afterbody,
Mk 5 Mod 0 is a conical aluminum shell, 47
% inches long, pierced with flooding and
vent holes. Shrouded fins stabilize the air
and underwater trajectory.
An oval opening in the top of the after­
body gives access to the weapon connector
and the fault switch when the afterbody is
installed on the hull. The forward edge of
the afterbody has a grooved flange which
mates with the clamp band, and an aligning
hole which mates with the aligning pin of
the hull on assembly.
Weapon Response Simulator Assembly.
G en e r al . The weapon response simula­
tor assembly consists of two major compo­
nents : a manual switch and a weapon con­
nector, figure 11-54. Although the manual
switch of the practice bomb is only a single
component, it simulates the functions of two
components of the service bomb: Manual
Safety Switch Mk 45 Mod 0 and Rotary
Switch Control Mk 11 Mod 0. Externally the
manual switch of the practice bomb resemS E C U R IN G SC R E W
LO CKIN G TAB
Figure 11-55.
Manual Switch Mk 52
Mod 0, Installed.
11-78
Scanned by MilSpecManuals
Figure 11-56.— W eapon Connector Mk 22
Mod 0, Installed.
bles the rotary switch control of the service
bomb. The weapon connector in the prac­
tice bomb simulates the Weapon Connector
Mk 21, the MC-725 switch and the monitor
circuits of the service bomb.
The manual switch is mounted on the side
of the hull, figure 11-55. The weapon con­
nector is mounted on the after bulk­
head of the hull, figure 11-56. The upper
surface of the weapon connector is accessible
through the opening in the top of the after­
body and is approximately flush with the
surface of the afterbody.
A cable, dwg 1541079, electrically connects
the manual switch to the weapon connector
and fault switch, figure 11-54.
M a n u a l S w i t c h . Practice Weapon Man­
ual Switch, Mk 52 Mod 0, figure 11-55, con­
sists of a single pole, double throw rotary
switch that is operated by an attached con­
trol mechanism. The manual switch is en­
cased in an aluminum housing and is
mounted in an opening in the side of the hull.
It is held in place by two steel tabs fastened
to the hull with self-locking screws, dwg
1476493-23. A notch in the side of the
P R A C T IC E B O M B ASSEM B LIES
housing matches an alignment pin in the
flanged mounting seat in the hull. The back
of the housing is fitted with a male plug and
threaded sleeve for making connection with
the cable from the weapon connector. The
entire unit is sealed with O-rings.
The switch has two positions, SAFE and
ARMED, indicated by engraved lettering on
the outside of the control mechanism. When
the control mechanism is rotated to either
the SAFE or ARMED position, it is locked
in place by spring loaded balls inside the
mechanism.
To operate the control mechanism, Arm­
ing Wrench H-3113 is inserted against a
spring-loaded piston in the center of the con­
trol mechanism, figure 11-57. This releases
the locking balls and the mechanism can be
rotated by turning the wrench. Turning
the wrench clockwise arms the switch and
counterclockwise safes the switch. When
the new position is reached, the wrench is
forced out of the piston and the springloaded balls again lock the mechanism in
place.
As an added safety factor, when the con­
trol mechanism is not locked in either of its
two positions, the arming wrench cannot be
pulled out.
Figure 11-57.— Manual Switch Mk 52
Mod 0 and Arming Wrench.
Figure 11-58.— Weapon Connector Mk 22
Mod 0 and Adapter Plug.
W eapon Co n n ec to r .
Practice Weapon
Connector Mk 22 Mod 0, figure 11-58, pro­
vides access to the electrical circuits in the
practice bomb.
The connector assembly consists of an
aluminum housing, adapter plug, and Motor
Driven Switch Mk 53. A rotary fault switch
is mounted in the same housing for con­
venience of access but does not function as
part of the connector. The fault switch is
described separately.
The connector housing is mounted in an
opening in the after bulkhead and is secured
by four self-locking screws, dwg 147640419.
One end of the adapter plug mates with
the receptacle in the weapon connector, and
the other end mates with a cable from the
aircraft. In operation, a wire bail on the
adapter plug is attached to the aircraft. If
the weapon is released from the aircraft, the
adapter plug is pulled out of the connector
receptacle and remains with the aircraft.
The connector receptacle consists essen­
tially of two parts: a female receptacle and
three steel retainer balls. The female re­
ceptacle mates with its male counterpart in
the adapter plug. The outside surface of
the adapter plug sleeve has three L-shaped
grooves which engage the retainer balls in
11-79
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
the connector receptacle. The adapter plug
has two positions, LOCKED and UN­
LOCKED as engraved on top of the plug,
figure 11-58, which are determined by the
position of the stop pin in the slot between
these indicated positions. The adapter plug
must be in the UNLOCKED position before
it can be installed in the weapon connector.
Turning the adapter plug clockwise locks the
weapon connector by means of the retaining
balls. The stop pin halts the rotation of the
sleeve when it is in the LOCKED position
and a set screw secures the sleeve in that
position.
When the adapter plug must be removed
from the weapon connector for testing or
other purposes, the set screw must be
loosened and the sleeve turned to the UN­
LOCKED position. However, if the bomb
is dropped from an aircraft, the weight of
the bomb will pull the locked adapter plug
from the connector.
A rubber boot on the adapter plug seals
the joint between plug and receptacle. A
protective dust cover is installed on the ex­
posed threads of the adapter plug when the
bomb is in storage or shipment. When the
dust cover is removed from the adapter
plug, it is secured under a spring clip located
on top of the weapon connector; to prevent
loss it is attached to the clip by a short
chain.
Motor Driven Switch Mk 53 simulates the
MC-725 switch in the service bomb.
Mounted in the forward part of the con­
nector housing, it consists of a rotary wafer
switch and a small electric motor. When
the motor operates, the switch is rotated to
either of two positions. In one position it
closes a simulated ARMED circuit and in
the other a simulated SAFE circuit. The
switch has two sets of contacts, one for
monitoring the armed and safe position and
one for operation of the motor.
A 32-inch cable electrically connects the
manual switch with the weapon connector.
The cable is clamped to the forward end of
the weapon connector housing and passed
into the housing where it is permanently
connected to various, terminals. The other
11-80
end of the cable is fitted with a standard
female AN connector, which mates with the
plug in the back of the manual switch.
F ault S w it c h . The fault switch is lo­
cated in the connector housing, figure 11-58,
and is protected by a dust cap when the
switch is not in use. It is a rotary, fiveposition switch, operated by turning the
slotted rotor with a screwdriver. The fault
switch simulates defects in the service bomb
by opening certain circuits in the practice
bomb.
Dummy Bomb
Depth Dummy Bomb, Mk 108 Mod 0 is
an expendable dummy form of the Mk 102
bomb and is used for fit tests on aircraft
prototypes and for nonrecoverable drops
from aircraft. It is a duplicate of the Mk
10 2 with the following exceptions:
1. It does not contain any of the switches
or associated wiring.
2. It contains a Weapon Dummy Con­
nector, Mk 23 Mod 0 which is unwired but
is capable of receiving an adapter plug.
3. The hull has no opening for a manual
switch or a weapon connector.
Functioning
The practice bomb simulates the manual
switch, the MC-725 switch, the series moni­
tor circuit, and the pressure monitor switch
circuit of the service bomb. The practice
bomb also incorporates a fault switch that
can simulate various faults which might ap­
pear in the service bomb. Operation of the
practice bomb consists of applying voltage
to its circuits and operating its switches in
conjunction with either a monitor test set
or an aircraft control box. A schematic
wiring diagram of the practice bomb ap­
pears in figure 11-59. In this section, all
the pins referred to are on the weapon con­
nector receptacle.
Simulated Manual Safety Switch and
Series Monitor Circuit. The manual safety
switch and rotary switch control of the serv­
ice bomb are simulated in the practice bomb
by Manual Switch Mk 52, previously de­
scribed. This switch simulates the SAFE and
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B LIES
ARMED conditions of its service counter­
part. The associated wiring in the practice
bomb simulates the rest of the series monitor
circuit in the service bomb. Operation of
the manual switch consists of rotating it to
the SAFE or ARMED position, thus chang­
ing the circuit configuration of the practice
bomb.
M a n u a l S w i t c h i n S a f e P o s i t i o n . When
the manual switch is rotated to the SAFE
position and the fault switch is in position
1, a circuit is completed from pin G and
pin M to pin T through the fault switch
and the manual switch. The circuit from
pin G to pin T simulates the series monitor
circuit with the high-voltage power supply
installed in the weapon, and the circuit from
pin M to pin T simulates the series monitor
circuit when the high-voltage power supply
is not installed.
If the fault switch is in position 4 both
simulated circuits are open. This simulates
a fault in the service weapon as indicated in
the following table.
Manual
Sw it c h
in
A rm ed
Fault Switch Simulations
P osition
S im u late d S er v ic e W eapon F au lt
of
S w itch
1
2
3
4
P o s it io n .
When the manual switch is rotated to the
ARMED position and the fault switch is in
position 1 , a circuit is completed from pin
V to pin T through the fault switch and the
manual switch. This simulates that part
of the monitor circuit seen by the aircraft
control b ox : the manual safety switch
ARMED monitor and the pull-up switch
monitor contacts closed.
If the fault switch is in position 5, the
circuit is open. This simulates a fault in
the service weapon as indicated in the pre­
ceding table.
M o to r D r iv e n S w i t c h . Motor Driven
Switch Mk 53, described previously is lo­
cated in the housing of the weapon con­
nector for the practice weapon. The switch
has two sets of contacts which operate simul­
taneously : the power contacts which act as
limit switches controlling the power to the
motor, and the monitor contacts which in­
dicate the ARMED and SAFE positions of
the switch. The motor driven switch simu­
lates the MC-725 switch (in-flight safety
switch) of the service weapon.
5
None— does not interfere with circuits.
MC-725 switch unable to move to
ARM ED position because:
a. Timer not in home position.
b. Low voltage power supply has
been initiated.
c. MC-725 switch motor or wiring is
faulty.
d. Connector Cable CF-3011 or M C 725 Switch is faulty.
M C-725 Switch unable to return from
ARM E D to SAFE position because
motor or wiring is defective.
Open series monitor circuit because:
a. Pull-up switch has operated or is
faulty.
b. Manual safety switch is not in
SAFE position or is faulty.
c. X-unit connector is not connected
or is faulty.
d. Weapon connector cable CF-3011
is faulty.
Open monitor circuit seen by control box
(pull-up switch and ARM ED Manual
Safety Switch) because:
a. Pull-up switch has operated or is
faulty.
b. Manual safety switch is not in
ARM E D position or is faulty.
c. Weapon connector cable CF-3011
is faulty.
A r m in g t h e S w i t c h . T o move the switch
to the ARMED position voltage is applied
to the motor circuit through pin K or J.
Since a ground on pin S is applied to the
motor through the fault switch and the
power contacts of the motor-driven switch,
the motor operates and drives the switch to­
ward the ARMED position indicated by the
dotted lines in figure 11-59. After four to
seven seconds of operation the power con­
tacts open and the ground is removed from
the motor. The motor stops and the switch
remains in the ARMED position.
At the outset of the arming operation, a
11-81
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
r
i
j
Figure 11—
59.— Schematic Wiring Digram Practice Depth Bomb Mk 102 Mod 0.
circuit is complete from pin L to pin F
through the monitor contacts. As the switch
moves toward the armed position, the circuit
from pin L to pin F is opened by the chang­
ing position of the monitor contacts and a
circuit from pin L to pin H is completed.
For a brief interval during the travel of
the switch the circuit from pin L is com­
pleted to both pin F and pin H.
If the fault switch is in position 2 before
beginning the arming operation, the circuit
from pin S to the motor is open and the
motor will not operate. This simulates the
faults indicated in the preceding table.
11-82
S afing t h e S w it c h . T o move the switch
from the ARMED to the SAFE position,
voltage is applied to the motor circuit
through pin P, the fault switch, and the
power contacts of the motor driven switch.
Since a ground on pin K is applied to the
motor, the motor operates but in the oppo­
site direction because of the reversed po­
larity of the applied voltage. The switch
is driven toward the SAFE position. After
four to seven seconds of operation, the cir­
cuit from pin P to the motor is broken and
the motor stops. The switch remains in the
SAFE position.
P R A C T IC E B O M B A SSEM B LIES
At the outset of the safing operation a
closed circuit exists from pin L to pin H
through the monitor contacts. As the switch
moves toward the SAFE -position, the cir­
cuit from pin L to pin H is opened by the
changed position of the monitor contacts
and the circuit from pin L to pin F is com­
pleted. For a brief interval during the
travel of the switch the circuit from pin L
is completed to both pin F and pin H.
If the fault switch is in position 3 before
beginning the safing operation, the circuit
from pin P to the motor is open and the
motor will not operate. This simulates a
fault in the service weapon as indicated in
the simulations table.
Simulated Pressure Monitor Switch. The
pressure monitor switch of the service
weapon is simulated in the practice weapon
by a jumper from pin R to pin B of the
weapon connector. This simulates the nor­
mal closed condition of the pressure monitor
switch in the service weapon. The practice
weapon does not simulate an open condition
of the pressure monitor switch.
Unpackaging and Testing
The procedures to be followed in preparing
the practice bomb for use consist of two
major steps: removing the bomb from its
packaging, and testing the electrical circuits
and switches in the bomb. When defective
components are discovered follow the re­
placement procedures described later.
Unpackaging the Bomb. The bomb is
shipped completely assembled. No spare
components or accessories are packaged with
the bomb.
The practice bomb is shipped on a wooden
skid secured by three metal bands. Un­
packaging the bomb consists of removing
the bomb from the skid and placing it on
a truck dolly:
1. Cut the three metal bands with metal
cutting shears.
2. Attach an H-3102 sling to the bomb
suspension lugs and to a hoist ( 200 0 -pound
minimum capacity).
3. Lift the bomb from the skid and place
it on an H-3103 truck dolly with the nose
of the bomb resting against the pillow
block.
4. Remove the sling.
NOTE: All inspecting, testing,
and parts replacement may be done
with the weapon on the H-3103
dolly.
Unpackaging Spare Components. If test­
ing shows that a component of the bomb is
defective it is replaced by a spare component.
Spare components are individually packaged
in reusable aluminum containers. The con­
tainers are lined with foam plastic to cushion
the component during shipment.
Four
latches secure the cover of each container
and, during shipment, two of the latches
are secured by lead car seals. Desiccant is
included in each container.
The container may be shipped individually
or in quantity. When shipped in quantity
they will normally be overpacked in wooden
boxes.
A spare component is unpacked as fol­
lows :
1. Remove the wooden overpacking, if
present.
2. Remove the lead car seals from the con­
tainer latches, open the latches and remove
the container cover.
3. Inspect the humidity indicator card. If
excessive humidity is indicated, inspect the
component with particular care to insure
that it has not been adversely affected. In
addition examine the container to determine
if the humid condition resulted from con­
tainer failure. Defective containers should
not be reused unless the cause of their failure
is readily correctable.
4. Lift out any loose cushioning and re­
move the component.
5. Replace the cushioning and the cover.
Set the container aside for future use or
return it to the issue point.
A rejected component may be packed in
the container from which its replacement
was removed, and the container appropri­
ately tagged.
Testing. The components to be tested in
the bomb are the manual switch, weapon
11-83
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
connector, adapter plug, motor driven switch,
fault switch, and their associated wiring.
The testing is done with the Monitor Test
Set T-3-24 and with the Safety Switch Test
Set T-3026. One position of the fault switch
is tested with an ohmmeter.
CAUTION: Do not attempt to
apply voltage to the practice bomb
from any source other than those
mentioned in this publication. The
correct voltage and polarity is sup­
plied only by the monitor test set,
safety switch test set, or the air­
craft control box.
The test sets indicate by lights that con­
tinuity exists in the weapon circuits. Each
test set can be self-checked for possible de­
fects. Procedures for the self-check and
for the weapon tests are described in the
following paragraphs.
P r e p a r a t io n o f t h e M o n it o r T e s t S e t .
Initial preparation of the monitor test set
is the same for the self-check and the weapon
test.
NOTE:
This test set is selfpowered and therefore needs no
external source of power. The test
set is prepared as follows:
1. Remove the top case and open the
hinged lid inside the top case.
2. Remove the cables and ground strap.
3. Connect the lug end of the ground
strap to the GROUND post on the test set
panel.
4. Connect the clip end of the ground
strap to a good earth ground.
All these connections are maintained for
both the self-check and the weapon test.
S e l f -C h e c k o f M o n it o r T e s t S e t . For
the purpose of self-checking, the T-3024 is
provided with two connectors mounted on
the hinged panel in the top half of the con­
tainer. Two cables are provided with the
test set: CT-3057 and CT-3058. If the set
is to be fully checked tests must be conducted
with both cables as indicated in the follow­
ing paragraphs.
If the lights do not come on or go off as
11-84
specified during the self-check, the test set
is defective. For trouble shooting proce­
dures, refer to NAVY SWOP T3024-2. The
self-check is performed as follows:
USING CABLE CT-3057.
1. Plug the standard male AN connector
on CT-3057 into the connector on the front
panel of the test set. Plug the female con­
nector on the other end of the cable into
the CT-3057 TEST connector on the hinged
lid in the top case of the test set.
2. Operate the POWER switch to the ON
position. The W /H SAFE, BATTERY-ON,
and PRESSURE lights should come on. If
all three lights do not come on, there is a de­
fect in the test set.
USING CABLE CT-3058.
1. Plug the standard male AN connector
on CT-3058 into the connector on the front
panel of the test set. Plug the special con­
nector on the other end of the cable into the
CT-3058 TEST connector on the hinged lid
in the top half of the container.
2. Operate the POWER switch to the ON
position. All four lights on the panel should
come on. If all four lights do not come on,
there is a defect in the test set.
T e s t in g Pr a c tic e W e a p o n W i t h M o n i­
T e s t S e t . The T-3024 checks the con­
to r
tinuity of the simulated series monitor cir­
cuit, and the operation of the manual switch.
The test set is powered by its own 6 -volt
battery. Cable CT-3057 is used when test­
ing through the adapter plug and cable CT3058 is used when testing directly through
the weapon connector. Tests must be per­
formed with both cables. The procedures
followed in testing the weapon are described
in the following paragraphs.
USING CABLE CT-3057.
1. Plug the standard male AN connector
on cable CT-3057 into the connector on the
front panel of the test set. Plug the female
connector on the other end of the cable into
the adapter plug on the weapon. Rotate the
manual switch to the SAFE position. Ro­
tate the fault switch to position 1. The
weapon now is ready to be tested.
2. Operate the test set POWER switch to
the ON position. The BATTERY-ON, W /H
P R A C T IC E BO M B A SSEM B LIES
SAFE, and PRESSURE lights should come
on.
3. Rotate the manual switch to the
ARMED position. The test set BATTERYON light should go out.
4. Rotate the manual switch to the SAFE
position. The test set BATTERY-ON light
should come on. Rotate the fault switch to
position 4. The BATTERY-ON light should
go out.
U se o f S a f e t y S w i t c h T e s t S e t . The
T-3026 is used to functionally test Motor
Driven Switch Mk 52 during assembly pro­
cedures or trouble shooting of the practice
bomb by assembly organizations.
CAUTION: The T-3026 should be
used with the practice bomb main­
taining the same safety precautions
as used with the service bomb. Re­
fer to NAVY SWOP B101-1 for
proper service bomb usage.
Initial preparation of the safety switch
test set is the same for the self-check and
the weapon test. The test set is prepared
as follows:
1. Remove the top case and open the
hinged panel inside the top case.
2. Remove the power cord, the ground
strap, and cable CT-3061. The other cable,
CT-3063, is not used in testing the practice
bomb.
3. Connect the lug end of the ground strap
to the GROUND post on the front panel of
the test set.
4. Connect the clip end of the ground
strap to a good earth ground.
5. Connect one end of the power cord to
the 3-pin male connector on the panel and
the other end to a 95-130V 55-65 CPS power
source.
S e l f - C h e c k o f S a f e t y S w i t c h T e s t Se t .
For purposes of self-checking, the T-3026 is
provided with a test receptacle and test
light mounted on the hinged panel in the top
half of the container. If the lights do not
come on or go off as specified during the
self-check, the test set is defective. For
trouble shooting procedures, refer to NAVY
SWOP T3026-2.
The self-check is per­
formed as follows:
1. Set the test set rotary switch in the
OFF position.
2. Connect one end of cable CT-3061 to
the standard AN receptacle on the test set
panel and the other end to the CON­
TINUITY TEST receptacle on the hinged
panel.
3. Operate the POWER switch to the ON
position. The POWER light should come on
and stay on while making the following tests.
4. PRESS-TO-TEST the BATTERY-ON,
MONITOR, W /H SAFE, and W /H ARMED
lights. Each light should come on when its
shield is pressed and go out when its shield
is released.
5. Turn the selector switch to the W /H
SAFE position. The BATTERY-ON, MON­
ITOR, and W /H SAFE lights should come
on.
6 . PRESS-TO-TEST the test light that is
mounted on the hinged panel in the top half
of the case. The light should come on when
its shield is pressed and go out when its
shield is released.
7. Turn the selector switch to the W /H
ARMED position and hold the switch in that
position. The BATTER Y-ON and MONI­
TOR lights should stay on. The W /H SAFE
light should go out. The W /H ARMED
light and the test light on the hinged panel
should come on.
8 . Release the selector switch. The switch
should return automatically to the W /H
SAFE position; the BATTERY-ON and
MONITOR lights should stay on, the W /H
SAFE light should come on, and the W /H
ARMED light and the test light on the
hinged panel should go out.
9. Turn the selector switch to OFF. All
lights except the POWER light should go
out.
10. Operate the POWER switch to OFF.
The POWER light should go out.
T e s t i n g P r a c t i c e W e a p o n w i t h Sa f e t y
S w i t c h T e s t S e t . The T-3026 checks the
continuity of the simulated safety switch
circuits, the operation of the safety switch
motor, and the operations of the fault switch.
11-85
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
The test set supplies 28-volt DC to the cir­
cuits under test. The procedures followed in
testing the weapon are described in the fol­
lowing paragraphs.
1 . Connect one end of cable CT-3061 to
the AN receptacle on the test set panel and
the other end directly to the weapon con­
nector. (The adapter plug is not used with
this test set.)
2. Rotate the manual switch of the prac­
tice weapon to the SAFE position. Rotate
the fault switch to position 1 .
3. Operate the test set POWER switch to
the ON position. The POWER light should
come on.
4. Turn the test set test selector switch to
the W /H SAFE position. The W /H SAFE,
MONITOR, and BATTERY-ON
lights
should come on.
NOTE : From step 5 through step 8
the BATTERY ON and MONITOR
lights should remain on.
5. With the fault switch in position 2,
turn the test selector switch to the W/H
ARMED position and hold it there four to
seven seconds. The W /H ARMED light
should remain out and the W /H SAFE light
should remain on.
6 . With the fault switch in position 1,
turn the test selector switch to the W /H
ARMED position and hold it there. After
four to seven seconds the W /H ARMED
light should come on and the W /H SAFE
light should go out.
7. While holding the rotary switch in the
W /H ARMED position, turn the fault switch
to position 3. Release the test selector
switch, allowing it to return automatically
to the W /H SAFE position. The W /H
SAFE light should remain out and the W /H
ARMED light should remain on.
8 . Return the test selector switch to the
W /H ARMED position and hold it there.
Return the fault switch to position 1. Re­
lease the test selector switch, allowing it
to return automatically to the W /H SAFE
position. After four to seven seconds the
W /H SAFE light should come on and the
W /H ARMED light should go out.
11-86
9. Before the test set selector switch is
turned to the OFF position, the W /H
ARMED light must be allowed to go out
and the W /H SAFE light to come on, as
indicated in the preceding paragraph. Then
turn the selector switch to the OFF posi­
tion. The MONITOR, BATTERY-ON, and
W /H SAFE lights should go out.
10. Operate the POWER switch to the
OFF position. The POWER light should go
out.
T e s t i n g P o s it io n
5 op F a u l t Sw i t c h .
Position 5 of the fault switch does not enter
into any of the circuits checked by the two
test sets and must be tested with an ohmmeter as follows:
1. Insert the adapter plug into the weapon
connector.
2. Rotate the manual switch to the
ARMED position. Rotate the fault switch to
position 5.
3. Connect an ohmmeter across pins P
and V of the adapter plug. The meter
should indicate an open circuit.
4. Rotate the fault switch to any other
position.
The meter should indicate a
closed circuit.
Troubleshooting. Users of this publica­
tion must not repair defective components
but must replace them with new ones.
Therefore troubleshooting consists simply
of localizing an indicated trouble to one of
three replaceable components: the adapter
plug, the manual switch, or the weapon con­
nector. (The fault switch and the motor
driven switch are included in the weapon
connector.) Procedures for removing and
replacing components follow under Disas­
sembly and Assembly.
The following steps should localize any
trouble.
1. Replace the adapter plug with a new
one and re-run that part of the test which
indicated trouble. If trouble is still indi­
cated, reinstall the original adapter plug and
proceed to step 2 .
2. Replace the manual switch with a new
one. With the manual switch connected to
the cable but not mounted, re-run that part
of the test which indicated trouble. If
P R A C T IC E BO M B A SSEM B LIES
trouble is still indicated, proceed to step 3.
3. Connect a new weapon connector to the
original manual switch, without mounting
either component on the hull. Re-run that
part of the test that indicated trouble. If
the trouble has been corrected, mount the
original manual switch and the new weapon
connector on the hull.
4. If, after these three steps, trouble is
still indicated, it is possible that more than
one component of the bomb is defective. In
such a case, replace all the components with
new ones and then substitute all the old
components one at a time until the trouble
reappears. This will identify the defective
components.
Assembly. It is assumed that all assem­
bly is taking place on the H-3103 dolly. As­
sembly procedure consists of three steps in
this order: the weapon connector is mounted
on the after bulkhead of the hull; the manual
switch is joined to the weapon connector
cable and mounted in the side of the hull;
the afterbody is fastened to the hull.
W e a p o n C o n n e c t o r I n s t a l l a t i o n . In­
stallation of the weapon connector requires
a piece of stiff wire at least 32 inches long
for fishing the cable through the hull to the
manual switch opening. The weapon con­
nector is installed as follows:
1. Insert the guide wire through the man­
ual switch opening in the hull and bring the
end of it out through the weapon connector
opening in the after bulkhead.
2. Attach the guide wire to the end of the
weapon connector cable.
3. Draw the cable through the weapon
connector opening and insert the weapon
connector housing in the opening.
4. Fasten the weapon connector housing
to the after bulkhead with four self-locking
screws, dwg 1476493-19, tightening them
with a torque of 42 to 50 foot-pounds.
M a n u a l S w i t c h I n s t a l l a t i o n . Install
the manual switch as follows:
1. With the weapon connector installed,
draw the cable through the manual switch
opening in the side of the hull with the guide
wire.
2. Install the cable connector on the man­
ual switch and secure it with the threaded
sleeve on the cable connector.
3. Orient the manual switch in the open­
ing in the hull by matching the aligning pin
in the flanged seat with the notch in the
switch housing and install the switch.
4. Locate the two locking tabs with the
crescent ends toward the switch, figure 1155, and secure the assembly with self-lock­
ing screws, dwg 1476493-23. Tighten the
screws with a torque of 15 to 20 inch-pounds.
A f t e r b o d y I n s t a l l a t i o n . Three men are
needed to attach the afterbody to the hull.
Two men lift the afterbody and a third man
installs the clamp band. The afterbody is
attached as follows:
1. Lift the afterbody into position against
the after bulkhead of the hull. An align­
ment pin on the hull fits into a corresponding
hole in the afterbody.
2. Secure the afterbody to the hull by in­
stalling the three clamp band segments on
the grooved flanges. Use assembly wrench
H-3115, and self-locking screws, dwg
1476493-12, tightening all screws with a
torque of 12-15 foot-pounds.
Disassembly. Replacement of components
may require some disassembly of the bomb.
Disassembly is carried out only as far as is
necessary for replacing the defective com­
ponent.
The order of disassembly is as follows:
detach the afterbody from the hull: remove
the manual switch; remove the weapon con­
nector. If the manual switch alone is de­
fective, it can be replaced without removing
the afterbody.
All disassembly may be conveniently done
with the weapon on an H-3103 dolly.
A fter b o d y R e m o v a l .
Three men are
needed to detach the afterbody from the hull.
Two men support the afterbody while a
third man removes the clamp band. The
afterbody is detached as follows:
1. Using assembly wrench H-3115 re­
move the screws from the clamp band seg­
ments and remove the segments from the
weapon.
2. Remove the afterbody from the hull.
Raise the afterbody slightly as it is moved
11-87
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
away from the hull in order to clear the
weapon connector.
M a n u a l S w i t c h R e m o v a l . The manual
switch is removed as follows:
1. Insert an arming wrench into the
switch and rotate it to a point midway be­
tween the ARMED and SAFE, positions.
2. Remove the two mounting screws that
fasten the tabs to the hull.
3. Pull the switch out of the hull by means
of the arming wrench.
4. Disconnect cable from switch.
W eapon
11-88
Co n n ecto r
Rem oval.
Th e
weapon connector cannot be removed from
the hull until the afterbody has been taken
off and the manual switch has been discon­
nected from the cable. The weapon con­
nector is removed as follows:
1. Remove the four socket-head screws
that secure the weapon connector to the after
bulkhead of the hull.
2. Withdraw the connector and attached
cable from the opening in the bulkhead.
Avoid scraping the cable on the edge of the
opening.
Chapter 12
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
General Safety Precautions
Under no circumstances should any Naval
activity attempt to render inert live-loaded
bombs and fuzes to fill an order for inert
material. Under no circumstances shall am­
munition be modified or changed without
specific authority from the Bureau of Naval
Weapons.
It must be assumed that fuzes may func­
tion at some indeterminate time after the
dumping of bombs, regardless of the method
of disposal. Lower the bombs over the side
to the water surface. Keep them off the
hull to the fullest extent practicable. Re­
lease bombs into the water with the least
amount of fall that circumstances permit.
Fuzes, bombs, igniters, and bursters are
not to be unpacked in advance of require­
ments. If unpacked and not used, return
them to their original packings.
Do not use a fin assembly if it cannot be
properly secured to the bomb. If the fin
assembly is loose and turns while on the
bomb, it will pull the arming wire from the
tail fuze and the fuze may arm before the
bomb is dropped.
Never use an arming wire that is twisted,
kinked, or burred. These conditions are
caused by mishandling. Burrs may result
when cutting the arming wire to its required
length or at any other point in the opera­
tion. File or recut to remedy the condition.
Safety Precautions for Fuzes
The use of certain World War II fuzes is
restricted; refer to NAVORDINST 8024.25.
Under no condition will any attempt be
made to unarm an impact nose fuze of the
AN-M158 type which is suspected of being
armed.
No attempt should be made to unarm im­
pact tail fuzes of the AN-M100A2 type by
turning the arming vane backwards. If
the threads on the arming stem fail to en­
gage the threads on the firing plunger, the
firing plunger will be pushed into the primer
with probable initiation of the explosive
components.
Prevent the arming-vane assembly of im­
pact tail fuzes of the AN-M115 type from
rotating by inserting a cotter pin or wire
through the holes in the arming-stem cup
and the bearing-cup eyelet. This will not
make the fuze any safer if it is fully armed,
but will prevent partially armed fuzes from
becoming completely armed.
Once installed, no attempt shall be made
to remove long-delay tail fuzes of the A N M123 type from bombs.
The following precautions must be ob­
served at all times when handling long-delay
tail fuzes of the AN-M123 and AN-M132
type.
1. Do not assemble the detonator holder
to fuzes or fuzes to bombs in anticipation of
future needs.
2. Take particular care to protect these
fuzes from heat and shock.
3. Examine the indicator vials when the
fuze packing box is opened. If all fuzes in
the box are not used, leave the vials in the
box with the remaining fuzes and reinspect
them when the box is reopened.
4. When engaging threads of mating parts
in assembling these fuzes to a bomb, do not
turn one part back and forth until the
threads engage. Use a screwing-in motion
only. The antiwithdrawal device will cause
the fuze and bomb to detonate if the fuze
is rotated counterclockwise while in the
adapter-booster, even before the threads
are engaged.
Bombs fuzed with AN-M123A1, A N M124A1, or AN-M125A1 fuzes cannot be
released SAFE. Impact will cause the sol­
vent ampoule to shatter and to initiate the
delay train, even with the arming wire in
place. In the event of incomplete missions,
these fuzed bombs are to be jettisoned over
enemy territory or deep water. Once in­
stalled, no attempt shall be made to remove
the fuzes from the bombs.
12-1
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Once installed, no attempt shall be made
to remove long-delay tail fuzes of the A N M132 type from bombs. Any attempt to
remove them will cause the antiwithdrawal
device to detonate the fuze instantaneously.
Do not remove the warning tag attached to
these fuzes when the fuze is assembled to
the bomb.
When fully armed, the antidisturbance
side fuze (M131 or M131A1) is extremely
sensitive and very dangerous. Only a slight
vibration is needed to initiate the antidis­
turbance mechanism and explode the bomb.
DO NOT HANDLE armed or questionably
armed fuzes of this type; they are to be
destroyed by authorized personnel, together
with the bomb.
With Nose Fuzes AN-M103A1, A N M139A1, and AN-M140A1, do not remove
the cotter pin that locks the vane strap and
eyelet strap until the bomb is installed in
the bomb rack.
Before attempting to remove any fuze
from a bomb, be sure it is in the unarmed
condition or safe to handle. The following
conditions apply to the individual fuzes des­
ignated.
1. Nose Fuzes AN-M158 and AN-M159
must be considered armed if the striker has
risen more than V4, inch above the vane nut.
2. Nose Fuze AN-Mk 219 Mods 3 and 4
will be regarded as armed if the striker
flange has advanced % G inch from the outer
sleeve. From outward appearances it is
practically impossible to obtain a definite
indication as to whether the fuze is partially
or fully armed.
3. Nose Fuzes Mk 243 Mod 0 and Mk
244 Mod 1 are armed if the arming assembly
(arming vanes, vane cup, and reduction
gears) is missing. If the arming assembly
is not missing, measure the distance between
the flange of the vane cup and the flange
of the vane cup support. If this distance is
14 inch or more, the fuze is fully armed.
If less than 1 4 inch, the fuze is partially
armed.
4. Check Mechanical Time Nose Fuzes
AN-M145A1 and AN-M146A1 and Mechani­
cal Time Fuze M155A1 for clearance between
12-2
the striker and safety block. If the striker
should snap down or tightly against the
safety block, or if the safety block should
fall out, replace the block, secure it with
tape, remove the fuze from the bomb or
cluster, and set it aside for disposal by
authorized and qualified personnel.
5. Impact Tail Fuzes AN-M100A2, A N M101A2, AN-M102A2, M172, AN-M184,
AN-M185, AN-M194, AN-M195, and the
AN-M115 series are armed if the armingvane assembly and reduction-gear mecha­
nism are missing. If these are not missing,
the fuze is not necessarily in the unarmed
or SAFE condition. Measure the distance
between the eyelet and the bearing cup and
the flange on the arming-stem cup. If the
distance is less than
inch, the fuze is
partially armed; if 1/2 to % inch, arming is
questionable; if more than % inch, the fuze
is definitely armed.
6. The degree of arming of Impact Tail
Fuze AN-Mk 228 Mods 0 and 1 can be de­
termined through a small glass window in
the side of the fuze by examining the relative
positions of the striker, cover, and outer
sleeve. If the upper surface of the striker
and the lower edge of the cover are about
flush with the top edge of the sleeve, the
fuze can be considered unarmed. If the
position of the striker is not more than 3/ 10
inch away from the outer sleeve, the fuze
can be considered only partially armed. If
the striker has moved away from the outer
sleeve about 1/32 inch, the fuze is to be con­
sidered fully armed.
7. If the arming-vane assembly and the
arming screw of Tail Fuze AN-Mk 247 Mod
0 are missing, or if the arming-vane assem­
bly is raised from the fuze y% inch or more,
the fuze is armed.
8. There is no way of telling from visual
inspection of Hydrostatic Tail Fuze AN-Mk
230 Mods 4, 5, and 6 whether or not it is
armed.
9. If the anemometer hub of Multi-Posi­
tion Fuze M157 or AN-M173A1 has sepa­
rated from the fuze head by Ys inch or more,
or if the anemometer vanes are completely
removed from the fuze, the fuze is armed.
SA FETY P R EC A U T IO N S
Do not attempt to remove an armed, un­
armed, or questionably armed Side Impact
Fuze M129 from a bomb.
Do not attempt to remove an armed, un­
armed, or questionably armed Side Time
Fuze M130 or M130A1 from a bomb. Fuze
M131, which is very similar in appearance
to the M130 and M130A1 fuzes, has an anti­
disturbance feature which will detonate an
armed bomb when slightly vibrated.
Do not attempt to remove an armed, un­
armed, or questionably armed Side Anti­
disturbance Fuze M131 from a bomb. The
antidisturbance mechanism in the fuze will
detonate the bomb if the fuze is armed.
Use extreme care in handling Impact Tail
Fuze AN-Mk 228 Mods 0 and 1; some lots
are dangerously sensitive.
Do not remove the safety cotter pin that
locks the arming mechanism of AN-Mk 228
fuzes.
Make no attempt to install detonators in
Long-Delay Tail Fuzes AN-M123A1, A N M124A1, AN-M125A1, AN-M132, A N M133, or AN-M134. Fuzes must be disposed
of by authorized personnel.
Long-Delay Tail Fuzes AN-M123A1, A N M124A1, or AN-M125A1 will detonate if
their extensions are unscrewed by any
amount.
Once an AN-M123A1, AN-M124A1, A N M125A1, AN-M132, AN-M133, or A N M134 fuze is inserted in the adapter-booster,
the fuze must not be turned backward
(counterclockwise) by any amount, how­
ever slight. Engage the threads by a screw­
ing-in motion only. Do not attempt to
unscrew the fuze; screwing-out motion will
cause the locking ball to become wedged
against the wall of the adapter-booster and
any further turning will detonate both the
fuze and the bomb.
If any thing interferes with the comple­
tion of a fuzing operation involving an A N M123A1, AN-M124A1, AN-M125A1, A N M132, AN-M133, or AN-M134 fuze, no
attempt shall be made to defuze the bomb.
The bomb, with the fuze in place, shall be
disposed of by authorized and qualified per­
sonnel.
Do not partially pre-arm Hydrostatic Tail
Fuze AN-Mk 230 to insure arming at low
altitudes. The extent of arming cannot be
determined by visual examination. If the
fuze is already in a state of partial arm­
ing, additional rotation of the vanes may
complete arming and render the fuze dan­
gerous since fluid pressure (air or water)
applied through parts in the body may build
up sufficiently to detonate the fuze.
If an AN-M166E1 VT fuze container
(used with the Mk 77 Mod 0 fire bomb)
is damaged or if the seal is broken in any
way, the fuze is to be considered unservice­
able.
Safety Precautions for Bomb
Components Other Than Fuzes
All M15 and AN-M16 igniters now in
stock, with the exception of those procured
during or after 1950, have Arming-Wire
Assemblies C-10 packed in the same ship­
ping box. Because of reported malfunc­
tions, these wires are to be used only in the
event that standard arming wires are not
readily available. If used, precautions must
be taken to crimp the ferrule, or slide, with
pliers and to bend back the short length of
the loop attached to the swivel 180 degrees
on itself.
Rough handling of Practice Bomb Signal
Mk 4 Mods 3 and 4, Mk 6 Mod 0, or Mk 7
Mod 0 may cause immediate functioning, or
may damage the signal so that it will not
function properly. Avoid dropping or jar­
ring these signals at all times.
Practice Bomb Signals Mk 4 Mods 3 and
4, Mk 6 Mod 0, and Mk 7 Mod 0 must not
be unpacked in advance of requirements.
If unpacked and not used, return them to
their original packings.
Swollen or deformed practice bomb sig­
nals are not to be used. The primer must be
flush with or slightly below the base of the
signal. Defective signals will be turned over
to a bomb disposal officer.
Under no circumstances should a signal
case containing Practice Bomb Signals Mk 4
Mods 3 and 4 be opened or tampered with.
If cartons containing Practice Bomb Sig­
12-3
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
nals Mk 6 Mod 0 or Mk 7 Mod 0 are punc­
tured, split, or badly damaged, or if the
seals are broken, the contents are considered
unserviceable. This does not apply to sig­
nals repacked in the field and sealed with
adhesive tape for temporary protection.
These assemblies must be examined carefully
for serviceability by qualified personnel.
Stow Practice Bomb Signals Mk 6 Mod 0
and Mk 7 Mod 0 in a dry, ventilated location,
out of the direct rays of the sun.
If necessary to disassemble Practice Bomb
Signal Mk 6 Mod 0 or Mk 7 Mod 0, the safety
cotter pin must be installed in the body of
the fuze before the arming wire is removed.
Safety Precautions for Armor-Piercing
and Semi-Armor-Piercing Bomb
Assemblies
Use only fin assemblies that are in good
condition. Reject fin assemblies that are
rusted, dented, bent, or have loose fins.
Inspect suspension and hoisting lugs for
damage or defects before securing them to
the bomb body. Replace if necessary.
If fuze containers are found to be punc­
tured, split, or if the seal is broken in any
way, the fuzes contained therein are con­
sidered unserviceable. This does not apply
to fuzes replaced in the field and resealed
with adhesive tape for temporary protection.
Such fuzes should be examined carefully for
serviceability.
One of the fuzes used with the 500-lb SAP
Bomb AN-M58A2 is the AN-M124A1 tail
fuze which incorporates the use of an anti­
withdrawal device. The 1000-lb SAP Bomb
AN-M59A1 and the 2000-lb SAP Bomb
M103 use the AN-M125A1 and the A N M134 tail fuzes which also have an anti­
withdrawal device. Nondetonation of bombs
using these fuzes cannot be relied upon when
released SAFE because the glass solvent
ampoule in the fuze may be broken upon im­
pact of the bomb. Once one of these fuzes
is installed, no attempt should be made either
to remove the fuze from the bomb or to
return the bomb to an airfield or aircraft
carrier upon an incomplete mission. Do not
turn the fuze back and forth to engage
12-4
threads; use a screwing-in motion only.
The antiwithdrawal device will cause the
fuze and the bomb to detonate if the fuze
is rotated counterclockwise while in the
adapter-booster, even before the threads are
engaged.
Safety Precautions for General
Purpose Bomb Assemblies
The 100-lb GP Bomb AN-M30A1 and the
250-lb GP Bomb AN-M57A1 use the AN M123A1 and the AN-M132 tail fuzes which
incorporate the use of an antiwithdrawal de­
vice. The 500-lb GP Bomb AN-M64A1
uses the AN-M124A1 and the AN-M133
tail fuzes, and the 1000-lb GP Bomb A N M65A1 and the 2000-lb GP Bomb A N M66A2 use the AN-M125A1 and the A N M134 tail fuzes, all of which also have anti­
withdrawal devices.
Nondetonation of
bombs using these fuzes cannot be relied
upon when released SAFE because the glass
solvent ampoule in the fuze may break upon
impact of the bomb. Once one of these fuzes
is installed, no attempt should be made to
remove the fuze or to return the bomb to an
airfield or aircraft carrier upon an incom­
plete mission. Do not turn the fuzes back
and forth to engage the threads; use a
screwing-in motion only.
The antiwith­
drawal device will cause the fuze and bomb
to detonate if the fuze is rotated counter­
clockwise while in the adapter-booster, even
before the threads are engaged.
Safety Precautions for Aircraft Depth
Bomb Assemblies
The body of the 350-lb ADB AN-Mk 54
Mod 1 is damaged easily because of its light
construction. Inspect it for damage.
Safety Precautions for Fragmentation
Bomb Assemblies
No attempt should be made to remove the
fuzes of 4-lb Frag Bomb M83, to change the
setting, or to work on them in any way.
No attempt should be made to reservice
AN-M145A1 or AN-M145 mechanical time
fuzes which are used, respectively, with the
90-lb Frag Bomb M82 and the 220-lb Frag
SAFETY PR EC A U T IO N S
Bomb AN -M 88 . The AN-M145A1 fuze is
considered armed when one or more of the
following conditions exist: absence of the
safety block; complete or partial ejection
of the firing pin; and failure of the trigger
arm assembly to support the striker and pre­
vent it from snapping down tightly against
the safety block.
Safety Precautions for Fragmentation
Bomb Clusters and Adapters
Boxed frag bomb clusters should be
handled carefully. When set down, place
them in a horizontal position. Do not slide,
tumble, or strike the packings.
Upon unpacking, inspect clusters to be
sure that the fuze safety devices are in
place. If a fuze is armed, the cluster will
be destroyed by authorized personnel. Bind­
ing straps which hold the bombs in place
should be tight and unbroken.
Broken
straps may be replaced and the cluster used.
Do not disassemble the 100-lb Frag Bomb
Cluster M28A2 or any of its components.
The locking cup screws of bombs in the
M28A2 cluster must be tight before the nose
cup retainers are removed.
Protect unpacked clusters from moisture.
Inspect the 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster
M26A2 for serviceability. Be sure that the
cotter pins and shear wires are secure in
the band clamps. Bands which hold the
bombs in place should be tight and un­
broken.
When using the 500-lb Frag Bomb Cluster
M29A1, do not handle wafers by the strap­
ping.
When the adapter is closed, its cover may
cut some of the strings with which the
wafers of the M29A1 cluster are tied. The
cover must not be opened or the untied
bombs will spring out. A case locking bush­
ing shall be used with all M29 clusters.
If adapters do not gage properly and
cannot be adjusted, they should not be used
on frag bomb clusters.
Store loaded M29A1 clusters off the
ground and under a tarpaulin. Store for as
short a period as possible, since this ma­
terial is susceptible to damage by atmos­
pheric moisture. When once loaded, the
cluster adapter will not be reopened. The
locking cups must be in a fully locked posi­
tion before the time fuze is inserted.
Safety Precautions for Chemical (Gas),
Smoke, and Incendiary Bomb
Assemblies
As WP (white phosphorus) munitions ig­
nite spontaneously upon contact with the
air, they should not be handled roughly. If
a fire does occur, personnel should wear
gloves and keep both gloves and shoes wet.
WP smoke is toxic on prolonged and re­
peated inhalation, but is not likely to be
harmful in the concentrations found in
smoke screens in the open air. Gas masks
afford complete protection from concen­
trated WP smoke, but they tend to become
clogged and therefore should not be worn
except where serious exposure in enclosed
spaces is involved.
WP in contact with the skin will cause
severe and lingering burns. Places of con­
tact should be washed immediately and kept
wet until the phosphorus has been removed.
Washing the affected area with a soda solu­
tion, followed by a 5 percent copper sulphate
solution, is very effective.
Greasy oint­
ments should never be used since they merely
spread the contamination.
Incendiary bombs and components have
satisfactorily withstood tests simulating the
normal handling expected to be received dur­
ing loading, shipment, unloading, and stow­
age. However, they can easily be damaged
by unnecessarily rough treatment and
should be handled with care at all times.
Sodium-loaded igniters should be handled
very carefully to prevent leakage of the
sodium, which ignites spontaneously and
with great violence when it comes into con­
tact with moistures. Sodium-loaded (Na)
igniters shall be stowed only with other
water-activated munitions and in accordance
with OP 5, Ammunition Ashore, or OP 4,
Ammunition Afloat, whichever is appropri­
ate, and OP 1631, Ammunition Hazard
Classification List.
WP-loaded igniters
should be handled very carefully to prevent
12-5
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
leakage of the white phosphorous, which ig­
nites spontaneously when it comes into con­
tact with the atmosphere.
Water must never be used on burning
sodium or on burning buildings or equipment
in which sodium is stored or used. Dry soda
ash, dry graphite, or dry sand will quickly
smother sodium fires. Chemical solution
type, vaporizing liquid type, or carbondioxide extinguishers are not effective, and
their use will add to the hazard instead of
reducing it. The chemical solution type of
extinguisher (soda acid) contains water,
while the vaporizing liquid type (carbon
tetrachloride) and carbondioxide both react
violently with sodium. The fumes of burn­
ing sodium are essentially caustic and there­
fore irritating. An approved type of respi­
rator should always be available, and per­
sonnel should always put on the respirator
before attempting to fight a sodium fire.
The pipe plugs in the igniter and the filling
plugs in the body of the 500-lb incendiary
bomb AN-M76 should not be removed under
any circumstances.
Bombs and components must be handled
as little as possible. Do not drop them or
subject them to bumps, shocks, or blows.
Protect them from rain, spray, and the direct
12-6
rays of the sun. Stored bombs should be in­
spected frequently so that leakers may be
detected and properly processed.
Safety Precautions for Fire Bomb
Assemblies
Once a fire bomb is filled, it must be used
or destroyed. All fire bombs not expended
shall be jettisoned prior to landing afloat or
ashore.
Safety Precautions for Practice Bomb
Assemblies
Do not apply pressure to force the firingpin assembly into the bomb. The assembly
may collapse and fire the signal.
Be extremely careful when handling prac­
tice bombs loaded with signals. Jarring or
dropping the bomb may detonate the signal.
Do not, under any circumstances, point
either end of the signal toward other per­
sonnel. Loaders must not place their bodies
in line with the nose or tail ends of the
bombs.
Do not remove the safety cotter pin from
the body of the fuze before the bomb is se­
cured in the aircraft and the arming wire
is completely installed.
INDEX
Page
A
AD Bomb A N -M k 54 ______ _____ __________
6-1
AD bombs— safety precautions ....... _ ...... ... 12-3
A P Bomb
A N -M k 1 ................................................ .
4-6
A N -M k 33 ......... ........................... ...............
4-1
AP bombs— safety precautions ________ ____ 12—4
Adapter-Booster
M102A1 ......... ..........................- __ ____ ___
3-1
M115A1 ........................ ................................
3-2
M l 17 ..............................................................
3-3
T45E1 ............................................................
3-4
T46E4 __ _____________ _____________ ____
3-5
adapter-boosters ___________ _________________
1-11
adapter, cluster ......................... ........................
1-13
Aircraft Depth Bomb A N -M k 54 ___________
6-1
aircraft depth bombs ............... ....... ..........
1-6, 6-1
Amatol ------------------------------- ----------------------1-13
ammonium picrate ................... ..........................
1-14
ammunition code ................... ............................
1-19
ammunition data card ....... .............. ................
1-21
antidisturbance side fuze ______________
2-97
arming wire .... ...................................................
1-11
armor piercing bombs ........... ..................
1-6, 4-1
Arm y-Navy numbers ........... ....... ......................
1-19
Army n um bers............................ .........................
1-19
Auxiliary Booster
Mk 1 ................................ ..............................
3-6
Mk 4 ..............................................................
3-7
auxiliary boosters .................. .............................
1-12
B
band, shipping ........................................
band, suspension ...................................
base plug ......................................
blast, bomb ...........................................
body, b o m b ...............................................
Bomb
AN-M 30A1 ............... ..................................... 5-1
AN-M41A1 .................................... 7-4, 8-1, 8-9
AN-M 47A2 ............
10-15
AN-M 47A3 ........
10-15
AN-M 47A4 .......................
10-12
AN-M57A1 ..................................
AN-M 58 ............... ......................_................
4-11
AN-M58A1 .....................................
AN-M 58A2 ....................................
AN-M59 .......................................
AN-M59A1 .....................................
AN-M64A1 __________________
Page
Bomb— continued
AN-M65A1 ...
.............
5-18
AN-M 66A2 ...
..........
5-24
__ ____ 10-19
AN-M 76 ......
..... .
10-4
AN-M 78 .......
_______ 10-8
AN-M 79 ......
_______
7-16
AN-M81 ......
........ _ _
7-11
AN-M 88 ......
________
4-6
AN -M k 1 ....
_______ 11-1
A N -M k 23 ...
________
4-1
A N -M k 33 ...
_______
6-1
AN -M k 54 _
_______ 10-1
M70A1 _____
.............
7-7
M82 ........... ..
7-1, 8-5, 8-19
M83 ............. .........
_______
4-18
M103 ______
________
9-1
M117 ..... .
.........
9-5
M118 ........ .
......-.... 11-1
Mk 5 ....... ..
.............. 11-21
Mk 15 _____
_______ 11-5
Mk 19 ..........
............ 11-1
Mk 43 .... .
.......
11-33
Mk 65 ....... .
Mk 66 ....... ..................................................... 11-42
Mk 67 ...... ................ ............................... -- 11-51
Mk 76 . " . . . .............................................. 11-12
Mk 77 Mod 0 ______________ ____________ 10-29
Mk 77 Mod 1 _____ ____ ___ ________ ____ 10-25
Mk 78 ______________
10-38
Mk 79 ________ ______ _______________ — 10-42
Mk 81 .......
5-31
Mk 82 ______
5-32
5-39
1-18Mk 83 ______
Mk 84 ........
5-43
1-18
Mk 1-13
86 _________________________
11-29
Mk 87 — ________
11-38
1-6
Mk 88 ________
11-47
1-13
Mk 89 _____
11-16
Mk 1 0 0 ___
11-61
Mk 102 ________
11-76
Mk 104 ............
11-56
Mk 106 ..................— ..............- ............. ...... 11-9
bomb body ____________________________
bomb5-7
components .. ..................................... 1-11, 3-1
safety precautions ____________________ 12-3
bomb
4-11conversion kit (See conversion kit)
4-10operation ___________________
bomb
booster,
4-14 adapter (See adapter booster)
4-14 auxiliary (See auxiliary booster)
booster,
5-12 fin assembly .................................
box-type
1-1
1-13
1-3
1-15
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Page
Burster
AN-M12
AN-M13
AN-M14
AN-M1B
AN-M16
AN-M18
AN-M20
M10 ......
bursters ____
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-11
3-11
3-12
3-13
3-8
1-13
C
card, ammunition data ....... ..............................
1-21
charge, explosive ............. ...............................
1-13
chemical bombs ......... ....... ...................... .....
1-8
safety precautions ......
12-5
Chemical (Gas) Bomb
AN-M78 ............ ............. ....... .
........ 10-4
AN-M79 _____ ____ ____ ________ ____ 10-8
M70A1 ....... ..... ................................. ..........
10-1
Classification, Federal Supply
............... ......
.1—19
classification o f bombs .... .................................
1-6
classification o f fuzes ..............
1-8
closing plug _____________ _____________ ___ _
1-13
Cluster
AN-M1A1 _____________________ ____ ....
8-1
AN-M 1A2 __________
8-1
M26A1 __ _ ____________ _______ _______
8-12
M26A2 ............... .............. ...........................
8-9
M27 ........ ......................................................
8-15
M27A1
... _______ ____ _____________
8-14
M28 ____ _______ _______ ___ _____ ______
8-6
M28A1 ........... ...... .........................................
8-6
M28A2 __________________ ______________
8-5
M29 ............
8-20
M29A1 ......... ...... ..... ................... ...........
8-19
Cluster Adapter
AN-M 1A3 ....................................................
8-1
M13A2 ...... ....................................................
8-9
M14A1 ________ ____ _____ ____ __ ____ ___
8-14
M15A2 ........... ........... ...................................
8-5
M16A1 ........... .......................................... __
8-19
cluster adapters ________________
1-13
code, ammunition ..... ..........................................
1-19
color coding .........
1-19
components, bomb .................. ._............... 1-11, 3-1
Composition B ......................................................
1-13
conical fin assembly ........ ........................ ....
1-15
Conversion Kit Mk 19 . ................................... 10-34
D
defective ammunition disposal ................. ......
delay arming ....... ........................................ .......
delay time fuze, long ..........................................
Demolition Bomb
M117 ....... ...................1............... ..... ......
M118 ______ __________________ ___ ______
demolition bombs ............. ...............1 ...............
1-2
1-24
1-8
1-11
9-1
9-5
1-8
Page
Depth Bomb AN -M k 54 ............... ................. .
6-1
Depth Bomb, Practice
Mk 100 _____________ __ ______ __
11-61
Mk 102 .......... ..................................... ...... 11-76
depth bombs ......... .............. .......................
1-6, 6-1
detonator, primer (See primer detonator)
detonator safe ......... ..........................................
1-8
disposal o f ammunition .............. ...................
1-24
dumping of ammunition ........ ...... ............. ......
1-24
E
Ednatol __ _______ ____ ____________________
explosive charge ................................ ....... ....
Explosive D ......................................... ...... ....
explosive train ....... .........................................
1-14
1-13
1-14
1-6
F
Federal Supply Classification _______
___
1-19
fin assemblies ......... ............. ...........................
1-15
Fin Assembly
AN-M103A1 .
5-1, 7-11, 7-16, 10-1
AN-M106A1
.............. ..... .
5-7
AN-M109A1 ....
...... 5-12, 10-4, 10-19
AN-M110A1 ....
________
4-10
AN-M113A1 __
__ ________ 5-18, 10-8
AN-M114A1 ....
.......... ............. —
4-14
AN-M116A1 ....
___ __ _________
5-24
M117A1 ______
_______________
4-18
M126 ________
_____ ______
5-11
M128A1 ...........
......... ......... 5-16, 10-23
...... .....................
5-22
M129 ............. .
............................
5-29
M130 - .... .......
..... .............._....
9 -1
M131 ...... .
M132 ........... .
.......... ........ .
9 -5
.......... 5-5, 7-11, 7-16
M135 ........ .......
................ 4-10, 4-14
Fin Locknut Mk 1
............... ............
1-16
fin locknuts ...........
Fire Bomb
Mk 77 Mod 0 ........... ....... ................... ........ 10-29
Mk 77 Mod 1 ................_.............................. 10-25
Mk 78 __ __________ ________ ____ _______ 10-38
Mk 79 .....................................- ............ ....
10-42
fire bombs ......... .......................... - ..... - ................
1-8
safety precautions ............ ............ ... .... 12-6
Frag Bomb
AN-M 41A1 ............. ............. ...
7-4, 8-1, 8-9
AN-M 81 ............. ..............- ..........................
7-16
AN-M 88 _________________ __ ___ ______
7-11
M82 ................. .........................— ........... 7-7, 8-14
M83
.... ............................... ..... 7-1, 8-5, 8-19
Frag Bomb Cluster
AN-M 1A1 ______________________
A N -M 1A2 ................................................ ....
8-1
M26A1 ....................
8-12
M26A2 .......................... .................................
8-9
M27 _______
8-15
M27A1 ............
8-14
M28 ............ .................................................
8-6
8-2
IN D E X
Page
Page
Frag Bomb Cluster— continued
Fuze— continued
M28A1 ............................................................
8-6
M28A2 ___ ________ _____ _______ _______
8-5
M29 ......... ................................................. - . .
8-20
M29A1 .......... ................... ...........................
8-19
fragmentation bomb clusters ............... ..........
8-1
safety precautions ........... .......................... 12-5
fragmentation bombs .............................—
1-8, 7-1
safety precautions ........ ......................... —. 12-4
AN -M k 247 ..................................................
2-55
Ml 29 ...... ........................................ ..............
2-89
M130 ......................_ _.......... ................. ......
2-93
M130A1 L................... ..................._...............
2-93
M131
.....
2-97
M131A1 ................... ......................................
2-97
M155A1 ................ ...... .......................... ......
2-30
M157 __________________ __________ ___...
2-R3
M160
______
2-36
M161
.....................
2-36
Ml 62 ___ ________ _______ ___ __ ______
2-36
M172
..........
2-36
M176
....
2-36
M178 ..._J ..........
2-43
M179 _ ............... ..........
2-43
M l80 ....... ............^
................................
2-43
M181
..................
2-43
Ml 82 ___________
2-43
M183 ....................
2-43
Mk 243 ........ ................................................
2-17
Mk 244 ................... ................... ....................
2-17
T50E1 ............................................................
2-33
T50E4 ______ ________ _______ ___ _______
2-33
T51E1 _____________
2-33
T91 _5|_________
2-33
T93 .........................—....... .........— ..............
2-33
fuze, antidisturbance side ............... ..................
2-97
fuze, hydrostatic ..... . ..... ....................... ..........
1-11
fuze, impact nose
..... 1-11, 2-1, 2-7, 2-12, 2-17
fuze, impact side ________
2-89
fuze, impact tail ......... 1-11, 2-1, 2-43, 2-50, 2-55
fuze, long-delay tail .....................
1-11, 2-59, 2-68
fuze, mechanical time ....
1-11, 2-22, 2-30
fuze, multi-position ..................... ......
1-11, 2-83
fuze safety precautions .............. ..............
12-1
fuze, side
______________ ____ ___ _____ _____
1-11
fuze, time side .....................................................
2-93
fuze, VT ............... .......................... .......
1-11, 2-33
fuzes, classification of ............... ....................
1-8
Fuze
AN-M 100A2 ................................
A N -M 1 0 1 A 2 ...........................................
AN-M 102A2 ................
AN-M103A1 ____ _____ ___ ______________
AN-M110A1 .................. .............................
AN-M 112 ......................................................
AN-M112A1 ...................
AN-M113 .........
AN-M113A1 ...... ............................. .............
AN-M114 _____
AN-M114A1 ..................................................
AN-M 115 .....................
AN-M 116 ...............
AN-M117 ________________
AN-M123 ................................................
AN-M123A1 ............ .....................................
AN-M 124 ________________ ________ _____
AN-M124A1 ...............
AN-M125A1 ____
AN-M 126
|................................................
AN-M126A1 ................ ...................... ......
AN-M 132 ..............
AN-M133 ............
AN-M 134 ....
AN-M139A1 ______ ____________________
AN-M140A1 ............ .................... ................
AN-M145A1 .............
AN-M146A1 ........
................................
AN-M158
__________________ ________
AN-M159 ............... ............. ............. ...........
AN-M166 .... .
AN-M166E1 _____
AN-M166E3 ____
AN-M168 ..............
AN-M168E1 ......... .......................................
AN-M168E2 ..........
AN-M173 ............ .............................
AN-M173A1 ............
AN-M175 ......................................... ....
AN-M177 ............ .........................................
AN-M184 ........... .......................................
AN-M185 ....................................................
AN-M194 ............. ................... .... ........
AN-M195
............ ............................. ......
A N -M k 219 ....... .......................................
A N -M k 228 ........... .....................................
A N -M k 230 ........ .........................................
2-36
2-36
2-36
2-1
2-7
2-43
2-43
2-43
2-43
2-43
2-43
2-43
2-43
2-43
2-59
2-59
2-59
2-59
2-59
2-7
2-7
2-68
2-68
2-68
2-1
2-1
2-22
2-22
2-7
2-7
2-33
2-33
2-33
2-33
2-33
2-33
2-83
2-83
2-36
2-36
2-36
2-36
2-36
2-36
2-12
2-50
2-77
G
GP Bomb
AN-M30A1 .....................
5-1
AN-M57A1 ..............
5-7
AN-M 64A1 ____________________________
5-12
AN-M 65A1 .....
5-18
AN-M 66A2 ..................................................
5-24
Mk 8 1 ....... ............................................ ......
5-31
Mk 8 2 ......... ......................... ........................
5-32
Mk 83 __ _______ _______ _______ _______5-39
Mk 84 ..... ...................................................
5-43
general purpose bombs .............................
1-3, 5-1
GP bombs— safety precautions ..................... 12-4
'''gas bombs .... ......... .................................... 1-8, 10-1
gas bombs— safety precautions ............
12-5
1-3
N A V W E P S OP 2216 (V O L U M E 1)
Page
P age
H
H B X ..................... ............... .............................
H -6 ............................................. ............................
handling explosives ...........................................
hydrostatic tail fuze ........ ........................ 1-11,
1-14
1-15
1-24
2-77
I
Igniter
AN -M 5 ....... ...._............................................
3-14
AN-M 9 ..........................................................
3-15
AN-M16 ............................. ...._....................
3-18
M15 ........ ............... ......................................
3-16
M23 ........... ...................................................
3-20
igniters ..... .......... ................ ..................... ..........
1-17
impact nose f u z e ....... —.. 1-11, 2-1, 2-7, 2-12, 2-17
impact side fuze ..................................................
2-89
impact tail fuze ..... .
1-11, 2-1, 2—43, 2-50, 2-55
Incendiary Bomb
A N -4 7 A 2 ......... .................................. ........... 10-15
AN -47 A3 - ........ ........................................... 10-15
AN-M47A4 __________ _______ __________ 10-12
AN-M76 ........................................................ 10-19
incendiary bombs ......................... ..................... 10-1
safety precautions ................ ..................
12-5
J
jettisoning bombs ................................_.........
12-6
K
Kit, conversion (see conversion kit)
L
liner, fuze seat ..................................................
locking web ......... ................................................
long-delay tail fuze ....................
1-11, 2-59,
locknut, fin ......... ........................................ . 1-16,
Low Drag Bomb (GP)
Mk 81 ........................................
Mk 82 ......... ....................................... .........
Mk 83 ................
Mk 84 ............................................................
1-17
1-17
2-68
1-17
5-31
5-32
5-39
5-34
M
mark numbers ......................
marking ........... ...................................................
mechanical time fuze ........................ ...............
miniature practice bombs ............... 1-8, 11-1,
multi-position fuze .................................... 1-11,
1-19
1-19
1-11
11-5
2-83
N
Navy numbers ......... ......... ................. ....... ......
1-19
nose fuze, im pact.... 1-9, 1-11, 2-1, 2-7, 2-12, 2-17
O
obsolescent items ...............................................
obsolete items ............................... ......................
1-3
1-3
P
packaging ........... .................................................
Picratol ........ .............................. ..........................
1-4
1-21
1-15
plug, base ........................................ .........— .........
plug, closing ..................._...................................
Practice Bomb
A N -M k 23 ..... ..... ........................................
Mk 5 ....... ............... ......................................
Mk 15 ............................................................
Mk 19 .................................................. ........
Mk 43 ................................................ ............
Mk 65 ........ ...................................................
Mk 66 ..... .................. ...................................
Mk 67
............. ................................._........
Mk 76 ............
Mk 86 ......... ............................................ ......
Mk 87 .............
Mk 88 - ..... ....................................................
Mk 89 ............ ............................... ................
Mk 100 ......................................................
Mk 102 ............................................. .............
Mk 104 ............... ..........................................
Mk 106 ..........................................................
Practice Bomb Signal
Mk 4 .....
Mk 5 ...... ..................- ...................................
Mk 6 .................
Mk 7 .........
practice bombs ........ ...........................—..... 1-8,
safety precautions
................ ................
Practice Depth Bomb
Mk 100 ....... ............................................ ..
Mk 102 ............ .....................................Primer Detonator
M14 ............
M16 _________ _____ - .................................
M16A1 ....................- ....................._............ ..
primer-detonators .......
1-13
1-13
11-1
11-1
11-21
11-5
11-1
11-33
11-42
11-51
11-12
11-29
H -3 8
H -47
H -16
11-61
11-76
11-56
11-9
3-21
3-23
3-24
3-26
11-1
12-6
11-61
11-76
3-28
3-30
3-30
1-18
R
RDX _____________ ____ - .............................-......
regulations, stowage ..................... .................
relays ........... ....... ....................................... ..........
restrictions, fuze ...............................................
ricochet ..................................................................
1-14
1-21
1-18
12-1
1-6
S
SAP Bomb
AN-M 58 .......................
AN-M 68A1 ........ ...........
AN-M 68A2 ....................
AN-M 59 .......................
AN-M59A1 ____ ____
M103 ..............................
safety precautions ____ __
scope o f OP 2216_____ __
seat, fuze .... .........................
seat liner, fuze _______ ___
semi-armor-piercing bombs
shear safe ..............................
shipping band ......... ............
...
...
...
....
....
...
4-11
4-11
4-10
4-14
4-14
4-18
12-1
...
1-3
1-13
....
1-17
1-6, 4-1
..
1-8
....
1-18
IN D E X
Page
Page
aide fuze .... -.................
signal ............ .............
signal, practice bomb (See
signal)
Smoke nomb
AN -47A3 .............
AN-M47A2 ..........
AN-M47A4 .........
smoke bombs ............. .
safety precautions
stowage, explosive ...
suspension band _____
1-11, 2-89, 2-93, 2-97
______ ________
1-18
practice bomb
1-11, 2-1 , 2-43, 2-50, 2-55
1-11. 2-59, 2-68
time fuze, mechanical...
1-11, 2-22, 2-30
.....
2-93
time side fuze...............
train, explosive _____
- 1-6
Tritonal ____ ____ ___
......
1-16
............ .........
10-15
.......... ............
10-15
U
_______________ 10-12
_________
1-8, 10-1
unpacked fuzes
................ ..........
12-5
V
...........................
1-24
................ ............................. VT
1-18
fuze ................. .....
T
TNT .............................
tail fuze, hydrostatic..
tail fuze, impact......
....
1-24
1-11, 2-33
W
...........................
1-15
.......... -..... - 1-11, 2-77
web, locking ............. ....................
wire, arming (See arming wire)
.....
1-17
1-5
DISTRIBUTION
SNDL Part 1 (No. 72) and Part 2 (No. 29)
Two copies each unless otherwise excepted:
21(CINC); 22(COMSECONDFLT); 23A(COMNAVFOR); 24A(COMNAVAIR); 24B
(COMPHIBFOR); 24F(COMSERVFOR); 24J(CGFMFOR); 26A(COMPHIBTRA);
26D( UDT ); 26F(OPTEVFOR); 26G( DESLANTSCOLGRU ); 26K(CJTF); 26U
(MORDSERVU); 26GG(EODU); 27A(COMSERVFOR); 27C(COMSEAFRON Carib­
bean, Hawaiian, Alaskan); 28A(COMCARDIV Nos 2, 4, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20);
28J (COMSERVRON); 29G(CVS); 29H(CVA, C V A (N )); 29K(DL); 29L(DLG);
31B(AKA); 31C(APA); 31J(LSD); 32HH(AV); 32JJ(AVP); 32KK(AVS); 42A
(COMFAIR); 42B(COMFAIRWINGS); 42D(FAETU); 42F(COMNAVAIR); 42I(ATTACK WINGS); 42J1(C0MCARAIRGRU); 42K1(ATKR0N); 42L1 (FITRON);
42N(AIRANTISUBRON); 42P(PATRON); 42S( AIRDEVRON); 42V(AIRSHIPRON);
45AA(EODCO); 46A(CGAIRFMFPAC); 46B(CGMAW); 46C1(MAG); 46C2(MARWGHQGRU); 46D1(MARFITR0N); 46D2(MARATKRON); 46J(MACRON); 46K
(MASRON); 46R(MABRON); 46Z (MARCOM PRECON RON); A3(CNO); A5(BUSHIPS,
BUWEP); A6(MARCORP); B3(AFSC); B5(CG) Cl(NLO APG, Md); C4(FC DASA);
F2(ND except 3rd, PRNC); F3(NAVBASE); F9(NAVSTA San Diego); J28(USNRTC);
J30(NAVTRAPUBCEN); J31 (NAVRETRACOM); J33(SERVSCOL); J37(NTC);
•J60(NSAA); J71(NAVSCOLEOD); J94(NROTCU); J95(NAVWARCOL); J97(Merchant Marine Academy); LI (NAVSHIPYD); M17(NAVORDSUPDEP); M26(SUPANX);
M27(NSC); M28(NSD); M46(NAVORDSUPO); M61(ASO); RIO(MARCORPSUPCEN);
R20(MARCORSCOL); W lA l(N A S ); W1A2(NAS); W IB(NAAS); W IC(NAF);
W IE(M CAS); WIF(MCAAS); WIG(MCAF); W2A(COMNAB all except 3rd, 8th,
13th, and Japan); W3A(CNATRA); W3B(CNAVANTRA); W3E(CNARESTRA); W3F
(CNATECHTRA); W3G(MARTC); W4A(NATTC); W4B(NATTU); W4C(NARTU/;
W4E(MARTD); W4F(NAVTECHTRAU); W5J(MARDET); W6A(BUWEPSGENREP); W6B(BUWEPSREP); W7B(AIRMATCEN); W7C(AIRTESTCEN); W7E
(AIRDEVCEN); W7F(EODTECHCEN); W7H(AIRENGRFACSHIPINSTL); W7K
(NAVAIRSPWPNFAC); W7M (AIRDEVU); W7P(WPNLAB); W 7Q(LAB); W7R
(NOLTESTFAC); W7S(NOTS); W7Y(NAVORDU); W8B(NAVMISCEN); W9B(NOP
Louisville Code Adf); W9G(NAVORDFAC); W11A(NAD except Fort Mifflin); W11B
(NAND); W llC(W PN STA); WllE(Skiffes Creek Annex); W llH (N AVM AG );
W12C(MORDSERVU); FRC, GSA, Alexandria, Va.
Requests for additional copies of NAVWEPS OP 2216 (VOLUME 1) should be sub­
mitted on DD Form 1149 to the appropriate forms and publications supply point.
8 August 1960/3000/1
« U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : [963 O - 680622